EP1434783A2 - Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents - Google Patents

Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents

Info

Publication number
EP1434783A2
EP1434783A2 EP02719036A EP02719036A EP1434783A2 EP 1434783 A2 EP1434783 A2 EP 1434783A2 EP 02719036 A EP02719036 A EP 02719036A EP 02719036 A EP02719036 A EP 02719036A EP 1434783 A2 EP1434783 A2 EP 1434783A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
seq
coding portion
primate
polypeptide
mature coding
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP02719036A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP1434783A4 (en
Inventor
Bernard Yaovi Amegadzie
Margret Barbara Basinski
Dayue Chen
Chongxi Huang
Gerald Patrick Keleher
Douglas Raymond Perkins
Paul Robert Junior Rosteck
Scott William Rowlinson
Patanjali Raghavacharya Sankhavaram
Eugene Thomas Seno
Eric Wen Su
Yu Zhi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Eli Lilly and Co
Original Assignee
Eli Lilly and Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Eli Lilly and Co filed Critical Eli Lilly and Co
Publication of EP1434783A2 publication Critical patent/EP1434783A2/en
Publication of EP1434783A4 publication Critical patent/EP1434783A4/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates to compositions related to proteins
  • it provides purified genes, polynucleotide sequences, proteins, polypeptides, antibodies, binding compositions, and related reagents useful, e.g , in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferaUve, autoimmune /inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of such proteins.
  • Protein transport and secretion are essen ⁇ al for cellular function. Protein transport is mediated by a signal peptide located at the amino terminus of the protein to be transported or secreted. Proteins targeted to the ER may either proceed through the secretory pathway or remain in any of the secretory organelles such as the ER, Golgi apparatus, or lysosomes. Proteins that transit through the secretory pathway are either secreted into the extracellular space or retained in the plasma membrane.
  • Proteins that are retained in the plasma membrane contain one or more transmembrane domains, each comprised of about 20 hydrophobic amino acid residues
  • Secreted proteins are generally synthesized as inactive precursors that are acdvated by post-transladonal processing events during transit through the secretory pathway Such events include glycosylation, proteolysis, and removal of the signal peptide by a signal peptidase. Examples of secreted proteins with amino terminal signal peptides are discussed below and include proteins with important roles in cell-to-cell signaling.
  • Such proteins include transmembrane receptors and cell surface markers, extracellular matrix molecules, cytokines, hormones, growth and differentiauon factors, enzymes, neuropepudes, and vasomediators (reviewed in Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The Cell, Garland Publishing, New York, NY, pp. 557-560, 582-592.).
  • the present invention is based in part upon the discovery of LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) proteins and/or polypeptides.
  • the invention provides substantially pure, isolated, and/or recombinant LP protein or peptide (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a,
  • LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) exhibiting identity over a length of at least about 12 contiguous amino acids to a corresponding sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y; a natural sequence LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) of SEQ ID NO: Y or Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or.8; a fusion protein comprising LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) sequence.
  • the portion is at least about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length.
  • the LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346): LP318a comprises a mature sequence of Table 1; LP318b comprises a mature sequence of Table 2; LP288 comprises a mature sequence of Table 3; LP289 or LP343 comprises a mature sequence of Table 4; LP319a or LP319b comprises a mature sequence of Table 5; LP321 comprises a mature sequence of Table 6; LP317 comprises a mature sequence of Table 7; and LP283 LP344, LP345, or LP346 comprises a mature sequence of Table 8
  • compositions comprising: a sterile LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or peptide and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration.
  • a sterile LP LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346
  • the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration.
  • the invention further provides a fusion protein, comprising: mature protein comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 a detection or purification tag, including a FLAG, His6, or Ig sequence; or sequence of another LP LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or peptide.
  • a detection or purification tag including a FLAG, His6, or Ig sequence
  • reagents also make available a kit comprising such an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or polypeptide, and: a compartment comprising the protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit.
  • LP LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346
  • the invention further provides a binding compound comprising an antigen binding portion from an antibody, which specificaUy binds to a natural LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or polypeptide, wherein: the protein or polypeptide is a primate protein; the binding compound is an Fv,
  • the binding compound is conjugated to another chemical moiety; or the antibody: is raised against a peptide sequence of a mature polypeptide comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 is raised against a mature LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) is immunoselected; is a polyclonal antibody; binds to a denatured LP, LP1, LP2, LP3, LP4,
  • kits include those containing the binding compound, and: a compartment comprising the binding compound; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. Many of the kits will be used for making a qualitative or quantitative analysis.
  • compositions comprising: a sterile binding compound, or the binding compound and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration.
  • the present invention further provides an isolated or recombinant LP nucleic acid encoding a protein or peptide or fusion protein described above, wherein: the LP protein and/or polypeptide is from a mammal, including a primate; or the LP nucleic acid: encodes an antigenic peptide sequence from an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 encodes a plurality of antigenic peptide sequences from an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 encodes
  • the invention provides a cell or tissue comprising such a recombinant LP nucleic acid.
  • Preferred cells include: a prokaryotic cell; a eukaryotic cell; a bacterial cell; a yeast cell; an insect cell; a mammalian cell; a mouse cell; a primate cell; or a human cell.
  • kit embodiments include a kit comprising the described LP nucleic acid, and: a compartment comprising the LP nucleic acid; a compartment further comprising an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit.
  • the kit is capable of making a qualitative or quantitative analysis.
  • LP nucleic acid embodiments include those which: hybridize under wash conditions of at least 42°C, 45°C, 47°C, 50°C, 55°C, 60°C, 65°C, or 70°C and less than about 500 mM, 450 mM, 400 mM, 350 mM, 300 mM, 250 mM, 200 mM, 100 mM, to an LP of SEQ ID NO: X that exhibit identity over a stretch of at least about 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 59, 75, or at least about 150 contiguous nucleotides to an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346).
  • the wash conditions are at 55° C and/or 300 mM salt; 60° C and/or 150 mM salt; the identity is over a stretch is at least 55 or 75 nucleotides.
  • the invention provides a method of modulating physiology or development of a cell or tissue culture cells comprising introducing into such cell an agonist or antagonist of an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346).
  • an LP LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346
  • Polynucleotide sequences encoding an LP of the present invention are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived.
  • Various cDNA library/tissue information described herein is found in the cDNA library/tissues of the LIFESEQ GOLDTM database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA.) which corresponding information is incorporated herein by reference.
  • LIFESEQ GOLDTM database a cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA library constructed from a primate, (e.g., a human tissue).
  • Each tissue is generally classified into an organ/tissue category (such as, e.g., cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitalia, female; genitalia, male; germ cells; hemic and immune system; liver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract).
  • organ/tissue category such as, e.g., cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitalia, female; genitalia, male; germ cells; hemic and immune system; liver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract.
  • the number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total
  • each LP sequence of the invention is also searched via BLAST against the UniGene database.
  • the UniGene database contains a non-redundant set of gene- oriented clusters.
  • Each UniGene cluster theoretically contains sequences that represent a unique gene, as well as related information such as the tissue types in which the gene has been expressed and map location.
  • Particularly interesting portions, segments, or fragments of LP's of the present invention are discovered based on an analysis of hydrophobicity plots calculated via the "GREASE” application, which is a computer program implementation based on the Kyte- Doolittle algorithm (J. Mol. Biol.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) & LP318b(c22hDGL) are novel human polypeptides.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence was discovered using a normalized human brain cDNA Library whose construction is based generally on methods of Ko (1990) Nucleic Acids Res. 18(19): 5705-11, and Soares, et al (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.91:9228-9232.
  • tissues from twelve brain subregions (Hypothalamus, Thalamus, Amygdyla, Sensory Cortex, Motor Cortex, Hippocampus, Cerebellum, Pons and Locus Coeruleus, Caudate/Putamen/Nucleus Accumbens, Entero-Cortex and Anterior Hippocampus, Prefrontal cortex, Anterior Cingulate Cortex) were obtained from the Harvard Medical School Tissue Bank and used to make mRNAs aliquots that were used to generate cDNAs.
  • the cDNAs were amplified using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and subsequently normalized by determining the ratio of high-, medium-, and low- abundance control genes.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) sequence was discovered using this library.
  • LP318b(cl6hDGL) was discovered using nucleic acid sequence information obtained from LP318a(cl6hDGL). Sequence analysis of LP318a(cl6hDGL) amino acid structure demonstrates that
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) exhibits amino acid sequence similarity to a rodent (e.g., mouse) protein designated mDGLl.
  • the gene (mdgll) encoding the mDGLl protein is located on a small segment of mouse chromosome 16, which is highly homologous to a segment of human chromosome 22.
  • the mouse and human chromosomal regions on, respectively, chromosomes 16 and 22 may represent ortho- or paralog segments (particularly, the C22ql 1 region of human chromosome 22; see, e. g., Botta, et al, 1997 Mammalian Genome.
  • LP318b(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence was localized to the C22qll region of human chromosome 22.
  • the following diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, and/or pathological states have also been mapped to this and surrounding regions of human chromosome 22, such as, for example: CATCH 22 syndrome, which is a spectrum of human conditions collectively referred using this medical acronym to refer to the cardiac anomalies, abnormal facial features, thymic hypoplasias, cleft palate, hypocalcemias, and chromosome 22 microdeletions that are associated with it (see, e.g., Krahn, et al., 1998 Mayo Clinic Proceedings.
  • CAFS conotruncal anomaly face syndrome
  • hypoparathyroidism Patients with DiGeorge syndrome may present with impaired immune function, heart failure, hypocalcemia, facial dysmorphism, impaired hearing, and mental retarda ⁇ on.
  • the syndrome which is a significant cause of heart and craniofacial defects as well as mental retardauon, is probably underdiagnosed and presents a large spectrum of presentation, from cases where the most prominent feature of the syndrome is hypocalcemia with hypoparathyroidism, to cases with asymptomatic, latent or late-onset hypocalcemia.
  • a recommenda ⁇ on to clinicians whom have patients presenting with late-onset or recurrent hypoparathyroidism is to perform a geneuc analysis of the human 22ql 1 region to determine if the individual has a feature of DiGeorge syndrome (see, e.g., Hong R.
  • an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule comprising LP318b(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. ⁇ 101 since it can be used to hybridize near sequence associated with one or more of the above stated diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, and/or pathological states and thus, LP22hDGL would serve as a marker for a such a disease, condiuon, syndrome, disorder, and/or pathological state.
  • compositions comprising LP318b(cl6hDGL) polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP318b(cl6hDGL) agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g, LP318b(cl6hDGL) antibodies) will also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, amelioration, and/or intervention of such an above referenced disease, condition, or state.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) and LP318b(cl6hDGL) are encoded by paralogous genes, which arose during some gene duplication event.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence is not located on human chromosome 22, it also will be useful as a distinct marker for detecting, marking, associating with, and/or diagnosing individuals present with CTAFS, VCFS, DiGeorge, CATCH 22 or CTAFS-, VCFS-, DiGeorge-, or CATCH 22-l ⁇ ke phenotypes. Such situations are not uncommon.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) does not map to the chromosomal region deleted in, for example, CATCH 22 patients an LP318a(cl6hDGL) mutein or variant could have evolved a degree of independence to modify such conditions or LP318a(cl6hDGL) could affect other components of the same signaling pathway (see, e g, a similar situation described by Clouthier, et al, 1998 Development 125: 813-824, where endothelin receptor dysfunction contributes to cranial and cardiac defects that mimic CATCH 22 phenotypes).
  • VCFS velocardiofacial syndrome
  • an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule comprising LP318a(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence also meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U S C. ⁇ 101 since it can be used to hybridize near sequence associated with one or more of the above stated diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, and/or pathological states and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease, condition, syndrome, disorder, and/or pathological state.
  • the CTAFS, VCFS, DiGeorge, Cat Eye, and CATCH 22 syndromes are often associated with anomalous developmental characteristics of the cardiovascular and/or nervous systems, and/or anomalous development of the face and head (see, e.g. Momma, et al, 1999 Ped Cardio 20: 97-102; Hong, R, 1998, Seminars in Hematology, 35: 282-290). It has been suggested that the DiGeorge syndrome is associated with a basic embryological defect (e.g, inadequate development of the facial neural crest tissues) (see, e.g. Hong, 1998).
  • Such behavioral abnormalities have been associated with defects in brain morphology (such as, e.g, defects in the midline structures of the brain) (see, e.g, Vataja & Elomaa 1998 Brit J of Psychiatry 172: 518-520).
  • genes encoding components of the nodal signaling pathway must be expressed only on one side of structures in the developing embryo to ensure correct placement and patterning. Errors in the nodal signaling pathway, for example, randomize the sidedness and morphology of the heart and other organs.
  • CATCH 22 syndromes For example, it has recently been demonstrated that nodal signaling is required for the proper development of laterally asymmetric structures in the brain (e.g, in the dorsal diencephalon, specifically, habenular nucleii and pineal structures) (see, e.g. Concha, et al, 2000 Neuron 28: 399-409; and Liang, et al, 2000 Development 127:5101- 112).
  • genes involved in the nodal pathway such as, e.g, squint, cyclops, lefty, antivin, and pitx2 are also responsible for localizing components of the dorsal diencephalon to the left side of the brain in vertebrates.
  • midline tissues in the developing vertebrate brain repress genes such as, e.g, cyclops and pitx2 on the right side of the developing diencephalon thus leading to morphological asymmetries of the nervous system.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) may play a role in this system, for example, by having an effect on the nodal signaling system or by, e.g, modulating the pitx2 or cyclops effector portion of the system.
  • the Drosophila protein with sequence similarity to LP318a(cl6hDGL) and LP318b(cl6hDGL) (see Table 1 below) is proposed to be a ligand protein further supporting such a ligand like function here for LP318a(cl6hDGL) or LP318b(cl6hDGL).
  • a two-hybrid type of system for identifying protein-protein interactions is encompassed herein to determine potential interactions of LP318b(cl6hDGL) and/or LP318a(cl6hDGL) with any of the currently described proteins known to influence morphological asymmetries (e.g, such as those described for the brain in Concha, et al, 2000 Neuron 28: 399-409; and Liang, et al, 2000 Development 127:5101-112).
  • morphological asymmetries e.g, such as those described for the brain in Concha, et al, 2000 Neuron 28: 399-409; and Liang, et al, 2000 Development 127:5101-112).
  • Such methods of determining protein-protein interactions are well known in the art (see, e.g. Fields and Song, 1989 Nature 340:245-6 for descriptions of the original yeast two-hybrid system design.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL)'s homology to proteins involved in blood coagulation e.g, plasma kallikrein, coagulation factor XI, and plasminogen
  • apple domains which have been shown to be involved in binding other members of the coagulation cascade (such as, e.g, kininogen, and factor Xlla) suggest that LP318a(cl6hDGL) may also be participate in the blood coagulation system.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) may also participate in inflammatory processes.
  • One is based on the observation that after injury there is typically a simultaneous activation of the innate immune response and the coagulation system.
  • the second piece of evidence supporting this view is the expression data for LP318a(cl6hDGL), which is primarily in IL-5 activated eosinophils, and eosinophils exhibiting hyper-eosinophilia, and in asthma patients Thus, supporting the linkage between the immune system and the coagulation system.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) is expressed in the following number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA libraries- Genitalia, Female 1/106; Genitalia, Male 4/114,Germ Cells 1/5, Hemic and
  • compositions comprising
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP318a(cl6hDGL) antibodies (or LP318a(cl6hDGL) binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, amelioration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not limited to, e.g, cell proliferative, autoimmune /inflammatory, coagulative, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) .
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Lys-40)
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Lys-40 and Ala-41 indicated as follows 1
  • An optional predicted signal sequence MRLPPKVIFLLRSISKAVA (Met-1 to Ala-19) based on a different signal peptide analysis allocates an alternative cleavage site between Ala-19 and Ala-20 indicated as follows 1
  • MRLPPKVIFLLRSISKA VA ⁇ ATDWA 24 Alternative cleavage points may represent alternative mature LP318a(cl6hDGL) variants (all of which are encompassed herein)
  • MRLPPKVIF LRSISKAVAATD AHSGHRWVTGSRTFDRKAMGCQWP C
  • VSPGVQVT NLHGEASYLLQA LGSLCSPWAAPRVGP
  • An LP318a(cl6hDGL) Mature Sequence (172aa) Mature Sequence (172aa) :
  • a predicted mature LP318a(cl6hDG ) sequence is as follows:
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) Additional interesting sections of LP318a(cl6hDGL) are the discovered portions of LP318a(cl6hDGL) from Pro-4 to Arg-12; Ser-13 to His-28; Trp-30 to Thr-36; Arg-39 to Leu-50; Trp-51 to Thr-59; Leu-60 to Leu-73; T -106 to Cys-116; Ala-117 to Ile-130; Ser- 131 to Gly-139; Phe-144 to Glu-156; Leu-161 to Asp-169; and Gly-196 to Asn-209. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) structures e.g., such as a helix, a strand, or a coil
  • LP318a(cl6hDGL) helix structures Leu-11 to Val-18; Ser- 67 to Ala-72; and Glu-184 to Phe-187.
  • coil structures are Met-1 to Pro-4; His-25 to His-28; Gly-33 to Asp-38; Ala-41 to Trp-46; Ser-53 to Gly-55; Leu-62 to Glu-65; Gly-74 to Ala-93; Ser-98 to Pro-100; Cys-110 to Cys-110; His-126 to His- 126; Phe-134 to Gly-139; Val-150 to Ala-155; Glu-173 to Lys-182; Glu-195 to Gly-196; and Asp-208 to Asp-212.
  • strand structures are Leu-48 to Trp- 51; Gln-57 to Leu-60; Met-94 to Arg-96; Ala-141 to Leu-143; and Tyr-197 to Glu-201. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand- coil-helix-coil-strand-coil motif of LP295 combines the Ser-53 to Gly-55 coil, with the Gln- 57 to Leu-60 strand, the Leu-62 to Glu-65 coil, the Ser-67 to Ala-72 helix, the Gly-74 to Ala- 93 coil, the Met-94 to Arg-96 strand, and the Ser-98 to Pro-100 to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-53 to Pro-100.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP318b(cl6hDGL) Additional interesting sections of LP318b(cl6hDGL) are the discovered portions of LP318b(cl6hDGL) from Asn-8 to Ser-17; Ser-33 to Pro-40; His-67 to Glu-80; Phe-85 to Glu-97; Leu-102 to Ala-109; Asp-110 to Thr-119; Lys-123 to Ser-130; and Gly-137 to His- 145. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • LP318b(cl6hDGL) structures e.g., such as a helix, a strand, or a coil
  • LP318b(cl6hDGL) helix structures Ile-4 to Leu-9; Phe-52 to Ala-61; Thr-91 to Gly-98; Thr-107 to Phe-115; His-117 to Arg-121; Ile-145 to Ala-164; Glu-171 to Asp-178; Ile-188 to Glu-196; Asn-205 to Leu-208; Gln-281 to Ser- 285; Glu-290 to Lys-296; Pro-301 to Ile-304; Lys-330 to Ser-334; and Gln-352 to Lys-356.
  • coil structures are Ile-14 to Pro-16; Asp-21 to Asp-27; Glu-37 to Arg-38; Ala-46 to Thr-50; Arg-63 to Asn-68; Leu-85 to Lys-88; Lys-100 to Thr- 104; Ser-123 to Asp-127; Asn-132 to Ser-135; Asp-140 to Glu-142; Lys-167 to Gln-168; Lys- 212 to Thr-222; Thr-246 to Leu-255; Tyr-264 to Ala-268; Pro-275 to Gly-278; Arg-308 to Asp-317; Thr-343 to Asp-347; Val-361 to Thr-366; Gln-381 to Pro-390; Met-398 to Ser-400; and Ile-409 to Lys-413.
  • strand structures are Ala-17 to Leu-19; Val-129 to Ile-131; Ala-270 to Ile-273; and Met-392 to Ile-395.
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one helix-coil-coil-strand-coil motif of LP318b(cl6hDGL) combines the Gln-352 to Lys-356 helix, with the Val-361 to Thr-366 and Gln-381 to Pro-390 coils, and the Met-392 to Ile-395 strand to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gln-352 to Ile-395.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP288 is a novel primate (e.g., human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 6), which is a newly discovered member of the LDL receptor family of proteins. Specifically, LP288 appears to be a member of the LDL receptor-related group of proteins (LRPs), which are found throughout the animal phyla ranging, for example, from invertebrates (such as, e.g., worms such as, e.g., Caenorhabditis elegans), to insects (such as, e.g., Drosophila melanogaster), to birds (e.g., chickens), to mammals (e.g., rodents), and to primates (e.g., humans).
  • LRPs LDL receptor-related group of proteins
  • LRPs LDL receptor-related proteins
  • LRPs exhibit typical ligand binding characteristics — high affinity and broad specificity or a "one-receptor-many-ligand" profile.
  • LRPs were considered simply as cellular transporters for cholesterol and other lipids, however, this view has changed and other important functions exist for these proteins (e.g., such as regulators of developmental processes and participants in synaptic transmission) (see, e.g., Gotthardt, et al. 2000 J. Biol. Chem.
  • LP288 like other LRPs, will also recognize non-lipoprotein ligands and function in a wide variety of biological processes.
  • an insect LRP Drosophila arrow
  • LP288 exhibits sequence similarity to both Arrow and another recently described insect LRP (designated CG8909) supporting the view that LP288 may also function in the vertebrate Wnt/Wng signaling pathway
  • LRPs share common structures (such as e.g., amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains) that are arranged in characteristic locations within an LRP (e.g., most easily visualized with respect to their positioning in a primary LRP amino acid sequence). For example, the following amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains are routinely found in characteristic locations in LRPs.
  • LRP ligand-binding-like domains such as, e.g., the low-density lipoprotein receptor class A module
  • LRP-A module or domain contains between 2-12 complement-type cysteine rich repeats.
  • LP288 contains approximately eight LRP-A-like domains at its N-terminad most location.
  • one or several epidermal growth factor (EGF)-l ⁇ ke domains are characteristically positioned LP288 contains two such EGF-like domains at this location.
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • LP288 contains two such EGF-like domains at this location.
  • N-terminal- most EGF-like domains is a region characterized by the presence of multiple YWTD-like motifs that is flanked C-terminad by one or several EGF- like domains Characteristically, in all LRPs reported to date, it has been shown (Springer 1998 J. Mol Biol.
  • YWTD containing regions are never contiguous but are always separated by EGF- or FN3-l ⁇ ke domains.
  • some YWTD regions are flanked by single EGF-like domains while other YWTD regions are flanked by multiple (e.g., up to 11 EGF-like domains in the C. elegans LRP1), however two YWTD regions are never adjacent).
  • LP288 exhibits such an ordering so that each LP288 YWTD region is made up of multiple YWTD-like motifs that are not contiguous but are separated by one or more flanking EGF-like domains
  • flanking EGF-domains As models, Springer demarcated the boundaries of LDR EGF-like domains as being approximately two or three amino acid residues before the first cysteine of the EGF-like domain and two or three residues after the last cysteme of the EGF-like domain.
  • Every LRP YWTD containing region is made up of six separate YWTD repeat sequences (each repeat sequence, designated as YWTD repeat Nos. 1-6, is approximately 40-44 residues in length).
  • a set of six YWTD repeats make up a structural unit that Springer defines as a single YWTD domain (to avoid confusion, Appbcants refer to similar LP288 regions as YWTD islands).
  • the sequence and structure of the LP288 YWTD regions conform to such a model.
  • Each YWTD region in LP288 can be further subdivided into a set of six individual YWTD-like repeats, which possess specific characteristic features. Every LP288 YWTD island is bounded by at least one EGF-like domain.
  • An individual YWTD island is predicted to fold into a higher order structure designated a six-bladed beta-propeller, which is composed of six similar subunits (see, e.g., Murzin, et al. 1996 J. Mol. Biol. 247:536-540).
  • Each beta sheet of the beta propeller has an almost identical tertiary structure (but see below suggesting that the blade positions may be more conserved between than within propellers) and the beta sheets are radially arranged about a pseudosymmetrical axis ultimately yielding a compact higher order structure that is cylindrical or toroidal-like in shape and that brings neighboring modules (e.g , EGF-like domains) into close proximity.
  • each YWTD island is characteristically made up of six individual YWTD repeats (designated, from the N- to C-terminad direction, as YWTD repeats Nos. 1- 6). Each YWTD island is flanked by one or more EGF-like domains. After analyzing YWTD repeats from 89 such YWTD islands, Springer demonstrated that each YWTD repeat has within it a characteristic motif sequence (comprising about five contiguous amino acid residues), which is located at the beginning of the repeat (e.g., within the first 5-7 amino acids of the repeat sequence). For example, YWTD repeats Nos.
  • YWTD-like consensus motif e.g., Tyr-Trp-Thr-Asp
  • a different (though similar) motif is characteristically found.
  • similar residues such as, LFAN (Leu-Phe-Ala-Asn)
  • the repeat sequences found at YWTD repeat position No. 1 are similar in length to other YWTD repeat sequences and, except for the YWTD-like motif itself, sequences at the No. 1 repeat positions are as homologous to other repeats (e.g., those at positions Nos.
  • LFAN-like motifs have also been shown to be approximately equivalent to YWTD-like motifs (see, e.g., J. Mol. Biol (98) 283: 837-62), further supporting the idea that a repeat sequence at position No. 1 is, in fact, a YWTD repeat sequence like the repeat sequences at positions Nos. 2-6.
  • Springer also suggests that another characteristic feature of YWTD repeat motifs is that the amino acid residue positioned before each YWTD- like or LFAN-like motif is occupied by a hydrophobic amino acid residue. This feature is typically found in every repeat throughout every YWTD island.
  • LP288 has four YWTD islands, each of which is flanked by at least one EGF-like domain. Every LP288 YWTD island is made up of six individual YWTD repeats, which are approximately 40-43 contiguous amino acids in length. Moreover, each LP288 YWTD repeat contains an amino acid motif sequence, located at the beginning of the repeat,that has either a YWTD-like or LFAN-like motif depending upon which position the motif sequence occupies in the YWTD island (e g., position No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6). For instance, as predicted, all LP288 position No. 1 repeats contain an LFAN-like motif at the beginning of the repeat sequence.
  • LP288 hLFAN-like motifs are found at the No. 1 repeat positions of each of the four LP288 YWTD domains: LLFAN (for LP288 YWTD domain 1), LLFAR (for LP288 YWTD domain 2), LIFAR (for LP288 YWTD domain 3), and LLFSS (for LP288 YWTD domain 4). Comparison of these four motifs results in a consensus LFAN-like motif for LP288 of "lFup.”
  • all LP288 repeat sequences at positions Nos. 2-6 in the LP288 YWTD islands contain a YWTD-like motif preceded by a hydrophobic amino acid residue.
  • a hydrophobic amino acid residue For example, the following hYWTD-like motifs (where h is any hydrophobic amino acid residue) are found at the beginning of LP288 YWTD repeat positions Nos.
  • VFWSD VFWSD, LYWTD, IYWTD, MYWVD, and LYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 1); VYWTD, LYWTD, MYWTD, LYWAD, and IYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 2); VYWSD, VYWTD, MYWTD, LYWAD, and IYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 3); and VYYTD LYWTD, LFWTD, IYWVD, and IYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 4).
  • a cladistic-like analysis comparing the sequences of every YWTD repeat in LP288 shows that a positional effect exists for the sequence of any particular YWTD repeat within any LP288 YWTD domain. So that, for instance, a repeat sequence at position No. 3 is more similar to any other repeat sequence at that same position (i.e. No. 3) in any other island than it is to other YWTD repeat sequences. For example, all four position No. 1 YWTD repeat sequences in LP288 are more closely similar (using sequence identity as a measure) to each other than to repeat sequences at other positions in the LP288 YWTD islands.
  • LP288 YWTD islands' 1 and 2 are ad j acently ordered followed by the subsequent adjacent ordering of islands 3 and 4.
  • sequence similarity combined with such ordering suggests that the conservation of sequences within a particular positional YWTD repeat is maintained to functionally conserve the resulting higher order structures that make up the blades of the beta-propeller encoded by a YWTD island as each repeat in a YWTD island is used to construct subunits of the beta- propeller structure.
  • adjacent blades of separate beta-propeller structures have been proposed to interact to form higher order structures. Accordingly, it is possible that repeat position No. 5 in LP288 YWTD islands' 1 and 2 and/or repeat position sequences No.
  • LP288 islands' 3 and 4 may interact to form higher order multi-beta-propeller structure/ s (see, e.g., Fulop and Jones 1999, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 9:715-721). Furthermore, it is possible that a particular position of an LP288 YWTD repeat within a YWTD island has a similar structural and/or functional role from one island to another thus compelbng evolutionary selection to maintain sequence similarity at specific repeat positions between different islands.
  • LRPs e.g., vertebrate LRP1, and LRP2
  • LRPs also exhibit groupings of two or four YWTD islands that are separated from other such groups by only single EGF-bke domains between the adjacent YWTD islands of a group.
  • Springer suggests that the proximity of these LRP YWTD islands imply that they act in concert, for example, in binding a single bgand.
  • the groupings in LP288 add further weight to the evidence that LP288 is an LRP.
  • the groupings of YWTD islands in LP288 may convey a similar function by promoting mutual interactions (e.g., to bind a single bgand).
  • LDLRs low-density bpoprotein receptors
  • LRPs beta-propeller structures proposed to form from YWTD islands (see, e.g., Springer 1998 J. Mol. Biol. 283:837-62 and references cited therein).
  • An additional characteristic feature of LRPs are that these receptors typically have a single transmembrane segment which is followed by a cytoplasmic tail containing characteristic intracellular binding motifs.
  • LP288 possesses both a single transmembrane segment and intracellular binding motifs that have been described as being characteristic for LRPs.
  • LDLRs characteristically have at least one NPxY motif in their cytoplasmic tail (where N is asparagine; P is probne; Y is tyrosine; and x is any amino acid residue).
  • NPxY motifs have been reported to function as internabzation signals (e.g., required for clustering of LRPs into coated pits).
  • others have recently proposed that a cytoplasmic YxxL-bke motif and di-leucine repeats (LL) rather than NpxY motif, serve as the dominant agents for LRP endocytosis (see, e.g., Li, et al. 2000 J. Biol.
  • LP288 contains both NPxY-bke (e.g., NPSY), YxxL-bke (e.g, YNQL, and WDDL), YxxP-bke (e.g, YSNP), and di-leucine repeat (LL) (e.g, GLLR, and QLLQ) sequence motifs (among others) in its cytoplasmic portion.
  • NPxY-bke e.g., NPSY
  • YxxL-bke e.g, YNQL, and WDDL
  • YxxP-bke e.g, YSNP
  • LL di-leucine repeat
  • LRPs may both endocytosis (e.g, through coated pits) and also function via non-internabzed intracellular signabng pathways (e.g, MAP kinase pathways) (see, e.g, Gotthardt, et al. 2000 J. Biol. Chem 275 No. 33: 25616-25624, and Pandur & Kuhl, 2001 BioEssays 23:201-210).
  • the abibty to direct an LRP toward one or another pathway e.g.
  • internatibzed or non-internabzed may be mediated depending upon what particular binding partners are complexed with the cytoplasmic portion of an LRP.
  • DABl binding to LRP tails competes and prevents bound LRP from clustering into coated pits and thus, DABl prevents subsequent LRP endocytosis. This data suggests a mechanism by which alternative signaling through LDL receptor family members is accompbshed.
  • LRP cytoplasmic tail e.g, via scaffold and adaptor proteins that may be engaged in intracellular signabng pathways
  • LRP system e.g., via scaffold and adaptor proteins that may be engaged in intracellular signabng pathways
  • Such a multi-functional LRP system would be dynamic depending on various factors controbng it (such as, e.g, the number and kind of binding partners, the on-off rates of binding, binding partner local concentrations, the timing, and/or seeding of initial complex binding partners, binding constants and/or specificities or affinities to particular LRP cytoplasmic motifs, etc.).
  • the NPxY motif is also a substrate for various intraceUular binding partners (such as, e.g, the She adaptor protein, which has the abibty to interact with a large number of tyrosine-phosphorylated proteins), and that the NPxY motif also binds a PI/PTB domain, which itself has been identified as a binding motif in the She adaptor protein (Margobs 1996 J Lab Cbn Med 128(3): 235-41), the NPxY motif may be a context-dependent motif that functions both in endocytosis or via an intraceUular signabng pathway depending upon the interaction of other members of a binding complex on an LRP cytoplasmic tail. Such a system would resemble the combinatorial-bke functioning features of DNA transcriptional regulator complexes (e.g, bke those seen in "turning on” HOX genes).
  • an LP288 variant designed to block its internabzation e.g, but mutating or abobshing an Lxxy or tSxV motif in its cytoplasmic portion
  • an LP288 variant designed to block its internabzation would be restricted in its signabng options and vice versa.
  • a given LRP receptor may bind multiple signabng molecules, yet activation of the appropriate intraceUular signabng pathway would depend on the particular binding partner members of a complex, e.g. such as co-receptors (e.g, Wnt) for the extraceUular portion of a complex and/or adaptor or scaffold proteins for the intraceUular portion of a complex.
  • co-receptors e.g, Wnt
  • Wnt co-receptors
  • Appbcants invention encompasses such complexes that are formed with LP288 (e.g, both extraceUular, intraceUular, and complexes including both intra- and extra-ceUular complexes).
  • Appbcants invention encompasses LP288 variants whose bias drive pathway specificity for LP288 binding complexes, for example, by biasing the formation of particular LP288 complexes (both intra- and extra-ceUularly).
  • LP288 variants are encompassed herein in which, for example, cytoplasmic-bke motifs are removed, added, and/or mutated.
  • LP288 variants are encompassed herein that, e.g, bias which pathway an LP288 would take (e.g, endocytosis, or intraceUular signabng).
  • Non-bmiting examples of such LP288 variants include those in which, for example, YxxL, NPxY, tSxV, or YxxP LP288 motifs have been removed, added, relocated, and/or mutated (e.g, such as by substituting a tyrosine residue (Y) for an X in an YxxP motif; or by adding a second terminal SxV motif to the end of an LP288 cytoplasmic tail to, e.g, increase the binding affinity for, e.g, PDZ domains).
  • bias which pathway an LP288 would take e.g, endocytosis, or intraceUular signabng.
  • Non-bmiting examples of such LP288 variants include those in which, for example
  • LRPs interact (e.g, through proteins having either PID or PDZ domains, with a much broader range of proteins than had previously been recognized (such as, e.g, cytoplasmic adaptor and scaffold proteins such as, e.g, SEMCAP-1, JIP-1, PSD-95, JIP-2, Tabn homologue, OMP25, CAPON, DABl, ICAP-1, MINT2, PIP4, 5-Kinase homologue, Sodium channel brain 3, and APC subunit 10).
  • proteins having either PID or PDZ domains with a much broader range of proteins than had previously been recognized (such as, e.g, cytoplasmic adaptor and scaffold proteins such as, e.g, SEMCAP-1, JIP-1, PSD-95, JIP-2, Tabn homologue, OMP25, CAPON, DABl, ICAP-1, MINT2, PIP4, 5-Kinase homologue, Sodium channel brain 3, and APC subunit 10).
  • binding partners of LP288 signabng complexes that form with a cytoplasmic portion of LP288 such as, e.g, the binding partners SEMCAP-1, JIP-1, PSD-95, JIP-2, Tabn homologue, OMP25, CAPON, DABl, ICAP-1,
  • an insect LDLR protein (Drosophila arrow, which is homologous to vertebrate LRP5 and LRP6) forms extraceUular and intraceUular heteromeric complexes with members of the Wnt/Wg signabng pathway, such as, for example the transmembrane proteins Frizzled (Fz) and Dfrizzled (DFz2) (see, e.g, Pandur & Kuhl, 2001 BioEssays 23:201-210).
  • Frizzled Frizzled
  • DFz2 Dfrizzled
  • LP288 shows sequence similarity to both the Drosophila arrow protein and to another Drosophila LDRL-bke protein related to arrow (designated CG8909). Both arrow and CG8909 are reported to be LDRL-bke receptors exhibiting sequence similarity to primate, rodent (LRP5 and LRP6), fish, and worm LDRL-bke receptor proteins (see, e.g, the report on CG8909 in the Drosophila Flybase located at http: //flybase.bio.indiana.edu).
  • LP288 may also play a role in developmental events mediated by vertebrate homologs of the Wnt/Wg cascade of proteins (e.g, such as vertebrate homologs of DrosopHla genes known to act downstream of wingless, such as, e.g, Adenomatous polypopsis cob tumor suppressor homolog 2, Ape, armadiUo, arrow, Axin, decapentaplegic, disheveUed, engrailed, eyebd (antagonizes Wingless signabng), frizzled (receptor for Wingless), frizzled2 (receptor for
  • LP288 may form intraceUular complexes with proteins known to be involved in binding intraceUular motifs (e.g, such as PZD domains) of members of this signabng pathway (such as, e.g, vertebrate homologs of the binding partners of Frizzled proteins (e.g, disheveled (dsh), prickled, inturned, fuzzy, and multiple-wing-hair proteins) since it has also been shown that the terminal S/TxV motif of members of the frizzled gene family interact directly with PDZ domains found vertebrate intracellular molecules.
  • intraceUular motifs e.g, such as PZD domains
  • Frizzled proteins e.g, disheveled (dsh), prickled, inturned, fuzzy, and multiple-wing-hair proteins
  • a Xenopus dsh protein when co-expressed with rat frizzled family members in a Xenopus blastomer, translocates from a cytoplasmic pool to a membrane location, indicating both the conserved functional association of these proteins and their sequence conservation (since one protein is from an amphibian and the other is from a rodent).
  • phenotypes resulting from mutations in a mouse homolog of arrow (LRP6) display a variety of defects such as, for example, midbrain/hindbrain morphogenetic defects, axis truncations, and bmb patterning defects.
  • LP288 has five PxxP-bke motif sequences (PDEP, PPAP, PVLP, PNTP, and PAAP), where "P" is Probne, and x is any amino acid residue.
  • PxxP motifs are found intraceUularly in probne rich regions, for example, such as in the cytoplasmic tails of receptors. The PxxP motif is known to bind with SH3 domains of various intraceUular proteins (see, e.g, Kay, et al. 2000 FASEB J. 14:231-241).
  • the intraceUular binding sites in an LP288 would control the system (e.g, leading to activation of a different signabng cascade, such as, for example, a JAK/STAT pathway).
  • LP288 did become internabzed (e.g, via binding of unique extraceUular bgand/s or, e.g, by formation of a specific extraceUular binding complex)
  • the previously sequestered PxxP motifs would now, in effect, become "unmasked" via internabzation and be made available for interaction with, for example, SH3-bke binding partners.
  • LP288 is a novel LRP member of the low-density bpoprotein receptor family.
  • LP288's possession of a repertoire of domains and modules, that have been shown to characteristic for the LDLR family e.g, having multiple bgand binding domains, EGF modules, YWTD doma ⁇ n(s), a single transmembrane 'domain', and a cytoplasmic tail with characteristic sequence motifs.
  • LP288 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 5) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbranes: Cardiovascular System 5/68; Connective Tissue 2/47; Digestive System 16/148; Embryonic Structures 3/21; Endocrine System 6/53; Exocnne Glands 5/64; Genitaba, Female 11/106; Genitaba, Male 13/114; Hemic and Immune System 19/159; Liver 5/35; Musculoskeletal System 3/47; Nervous System 65/198; Pancreas 2/24; Respiratory System 6/93; Skin 2/15; and Urinary Tract 7/64.
  • compositions comprising LP288 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP288 antibodies (or LP288 binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameboration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not bmited to, e.g, ceU probferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, coagulative, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-20).
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-20 and Ser-21 indicated as follows: 1 MRRQWGALLLGALLCAHGLA ⁇ SSPE 24.
  • LP288 variant encompassed by the present invention (comprising generally the extracellular portion of a mature LP288). Such an LP288 variant could be used as a competitive binding agent for various LP288 ligands.
  • An LP288 Variant ( 154aa) : The following is an LP288 variant encompassed by the present invention (comprising generally the intracellular portion of LP288) Such an LP288 variant could be used as an agonist or antagonist for LP288 intracellular signaling
  • LP288 interesting portions of LP288 are the segments: Cys-378 to Cys-393 (CTCHTGYRLTEDGHTC ) , Cys-418 to Cys-433 ( CWCETGYELRPDRRSC ) , and Cys-722 to Cys- 736 (CACPTGFRKISSHAC ) which have been discovered to be EGF-bke domain signatures.
  • an EGF domain includes six cysteine residues (here, they would be LP288 cysteines: C378, C393, C418, C433, C722, and C736).
  • An additionaUy interesting segment of LP281 is the segment Asp-395 to Cys-418 ( DVNECAEEGYCSQGCTNSEGAFQC ) , which has been discovered to be a calcium-binding EGF-bke domain.
  • An additionaUy interesting portion of LP288 is a segment identified as a potential aspartic acid and asparagine hydroxylation site (CTNSEGAFQCWC, from Cys-409 to Cys-420).
  • AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are segments: Cys-44 to Cys-66 ( CIPAQWQCDGDNDCGDHSDEDGC ) , Cys-83 to Cys- 105
  • LDLRA modules of LP288 are segments: Cys-42 to Glu-63 (CTCIPAQWQCDGDNDCGDHSDE) , Cys-83 to Cys-105 (CIRRSWVCDGDNDCEDDSDEQDC) , Cys-122 to Cys-143 (CIRSLWHCDGDNDCGDNSDEQC) , Cys-160 to Cys-182 (CIAEHWYCDGDTDCKDGSDEENC), Cys-203 to Cys-225 (CILDIYHCDGDDDCGDWSDESDC), Cys-243 to Cys-265 ( CINAGWRCDGDADCDDQSDERNC ) , Cys-282 to Cys-304
  • LDLRA modules have been found in other receptor related to the LDL receptor, for example: vertebrate low-density bpoprotein receptor-related protein 1 (LRPl) (reviewed in Krieger & Herz 1994 Annu. Rev. Biochem. 63:601 -637) and vertebrate low-density bpoprotein receptor-related protein 2 (LRP2) (also known as gp330 or megabn), contain LDLRA modules.
  • LRPl vertebrate low-density bpoprotein receptor-related protein 1
  • LRP2 vertebrate low-density bpoprotein receptor-related protein 2
  • AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP288 are respectively, LP288 YWTD islands 1-4 are approximately:
  • LP288 YWTD repeats (Nos 1-6) for LP288 YWTD island No 1 are approximately: (GPEPVLLFANRIDIRQVLPHRSEYTLLLNNLENAIALDFHH) , (ELVFWSDVTLDRILRANLNGSNVEEWSTGLESPGGLAVDWVH) , (DKLYWTDSGTSRIEVANLDGAHRKVLLWQNLEKPRAIALHP ) , (GTIYWTDWGNTPRIEASSMDGSGRRIIADTHLFWPNGLTIDYA) , (RR Y VDAKHHVIERANLDGSHRKAVISQGLPHPFAITVFED) , and
  • LP288 YWTD repeats Nos. 1-6
  • LP288 YWTD repeats are approximately: (KFLLFARRMDIRRISFDTEDLSDDVIPLADVRSAVALDWDSRD) , (DHVY TDVSTDTISRAKWDGTGQEVWDTSLESPAGLAIDWVTN) , (KLYWTDAGTDRIEVA TDGSMRTVLIWENLDRPRDIWEPMGGY) , (MYWTDWGASPKIERAGMDASGRQVIISSNLTWPNGLAIDYGSQR) , (LYWADAGMKTIEFAGLDGSKRKVLIGSQLPHPFGLTLYGERI) , and (YWTDWQTKSIQSADRLTGLDRETLQENLENLMDIHVFHRRRPPV) AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are LP288 YWTD repeats (Nos.
  • LP288 YWTD island No. 3 are approximately: ( FLIFARRIDIRWSLDIPYFADV PINITMKNTIAVGVDPQEG ) , ( KVYWSDSTLHRISRANLDGSQHEDIITTGLQTTDGLAVDAIGR) ,
  • LP288 ( PGLVPPAPRATGMSEKSPVLPNTPPTTLYSSTTRTRTSLEEVEGRCSERDARLGLCARSNDAVPAAP) from about Pro-1652 to about Pro-1718. AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are the LP288 cytoplasmic domain is approximately,
  • the seven-amino acid, C-terminal domain of LP288 contains a terminal tSxV motif (where S is serine, x is any amino acid, and V is vabne). This motif has been suggested to interact with PDZ domains of various intraceUular proteins.
  • LP288 Additional interesting sections of LP288 are the discovered portions of LP288 from Leu-9 to Ala-20; Gly-40 to Asp-56; Asp-64 to Pro-73; Gly-82 to Asp-95; Gln-103 to Leu-126; Asn-133 to Lys-147; Cys-155 to His-164; Pro-189 to Ile-207; Asp-213 to Asp-224; Arg-233 to Cys-250; Glu-262 to Gln-274; As ⁇ -300 to Gln-311; Phe-317 to Lys-329; Pro-351 to Gln-367; Asp-395 to Leu-426; Leu-473 to Leu-481 ; Asn-498 to Val-518; Thr-528 to Asn-539; Leu-540 to Trp-550; His-562 to Pro-577; Ile-579 to Asp- 594; Trp-599 to Val-615; Asn-700 to His-711; Ser-716 to Lys-730
  • LP288 structures e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil
  • the foUowing LP288 hebx structures Gln-4 to Leu-8; Leu-464 to Asn-466; Asn-469 to Ile-471; Leu-489 to Leu-493; Gln-738 to Arg-748; Arg-979 to Asn-988; Gln-1300 to Arg-1304; Leu- 1406 to Arg-1411; Ile-1493 to Arg-1498; Arg-1538 to Ser-1541; Arg-1700 to Arg-1703; Ala- 1742 to Tyr-1747; Trp-1823 to Ser-1831; and Thr-1860 to Glu-1868.
  • coil structures are Met-1 to Arg-2; Gly-18 to His-31; Leu-39 to Thr-43; Asp-52 to Gly-65; Thr-70 to Leu-74; Cys-78 to Lys-82; Asp-91 to Tyr-121; Cys-129 to Asp-140; Cys- 148 to Ser-159; Cys-167 to Asn-159; Cys-167 to Asn-192; Gly-201 to Gly-201; Cys-210 to Leu-242; Ala-246 to Met-269; Cys-277 to Arg-281; Cys-289 to Gln-316; Trp-320 to Glu-355; Asn-360 to Ala-365; His-380 to Gly-383; Glu-388 to Asp-395; Gly-403 to Ala-415; Cys-419 to Pro-440; Leu-454 to Ser-458; Ser-485 to Ser-485; Asn-496 to Ser-500; Gly-509 to Gly-515;
  • strand structures are Thr-33 to Cys-34; Arg-85 to Val-89; Leu-126 to Trp-127; Ile-161 to Tyr-166; Leu-205 to Tyr-208; Cys-243 to Ile-244; Val-283 to Trp-287; Val-375 to Cys-379; Arg-385 to Leu-386; Val-441 to Phe-444; Glu-503 to Ser-507; Ala-517 to Trp-520; Leu-525 to Trp-527; Arg-534 to Ala-538; Ala-558 to Leu-561; Ile-579 to Ala-581; Arg-590 to Ala-593; Thr-604 to Asp-606; Met-612 to Val-615; Val-621 to Arg-624; Lys-633 to lle-636; Ala-645 to Val-648; His-711 to Leu-712; Thr-721 to Cys-722; Tyr-788 to Thr-790; Glu-808 to Asp-812
  • one hebx-coil- strand-coil motif of LP288 combines the Leu- 1406 to Arg-1411 hebx, with the Asp-1413 to Asn-1418 coil, the Glu-1420 to Ile-1423 strand, and the Arg-1425 to Gly-1432 coil form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Leu-1406 to Gly-1432.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP288 variants such as, e.g, variants comprising only an extraceUular region of LP288.
  • Other LP288 variants encompassed by the present invention are LP288 variants that have mutated, truncated, and or missing cytoplasmic portion/s (e.g, a mutant LP288 lacking the carboxyl intraceUular domain).
  • an LP288 variant lacking a carboxyl intraceUular domain may act as an antagonist to vertebrate members of the Wnt signabng group.
  • the cytoplasmic portion of LP288 contains a tetra-amino- acid motif NPxY, which also plays a central role in mediating the interaction of receptor tails with endocytotic machinery, and also serves as a docking site for cytoplasmic adaptor and scaffold proteins. Mutations in this region of an LDL receptor result in impaired endocytosis of LDL by, e.g, the bver, which in turn leads to elevated plasma cholesterol concentrations and coronary artery disease. Accordingly, further LP288 variants encompassed herein include those involving modifications to LxxY, tSxV an NPxY sequence of LP288.
  • NPxY sequence for example, addition of an NPxY sequence to LP288 cytoplasmic portion is contemplated so that, e.g, increased internabzation of bpoprotein-bke molecules would occur thereby treating, e.g, an atherosclerotic-bke condition.
  • LP288 FUNCTIONS Given the teachings suppbed herein, for example, of: LP288 primary amino acid, LP288 higher order structures; the relationship of LP288 amino acid sequence to higher order structural features; the comparabibty of LP288 sequence and/or LP288 higher order structure with known LRPs (such as, e.g, members of the low density bpoprotein-related protein family, such as, e.g, LRPl, alpha-2-macroglobin receptor, LRP2, LRP5, and LRP6); and the relationship of higher order structural features of LRPs with their known functions; it is bkely that an LP288 or an LP288 variant plays similar roles in a variety of physiological processes.
  • LRPs such as, e.g, members of the low density bpoprotein-related protein family, such as, e.g, LRPl, alpha-2-macroglobin receptor, LRP2, LRP5, and LRP6
  • Some non-bmiting functions an LP288 or LP288 variant is bkely to participate in, modulate, maintain, effect, or regulate are those such as, for example: bgand endocytosis; maintenance of plasma cholesterol concentrations; modulation of bpases; bpoprotein processing; protein and/or remnant scavenging; mediation of the ceUular uptake of apoE-containing, remnant-bke bpoproteins; processing apobpoproteins (e.g, such as ApoE, ApoE-4, etc.); bpid metabobsm, catabobsm, clearance, and/or recycbng; amyloid clearance (e.g, from the nervous system, e.g, from the CNS, e.g, from the brain); bver function; plasma clearance of chylomicron remnants; plasma clearance of activated alpha 2- macroglobubn; local modulation of complexes between plasminogen activators and their endogenous inhibitors (e.g,
  • prevention of uptake of such entities may modulate tumorogenesis); prevention of atherosclerotic disease; maintenance of protease homeostasis; modulation of local serpin concentrations; regulation of protease-serpin complexes; coronary artery diseases, conditions, and/or syndromes; ceU adhesion; ceU migration (e.g, receptor (uPAR)-bound urokinase (uPA) binds its inhibitor PAI-1, which is locaUzed in an extraceUular matrix, and the resulting complex is internabzed by endocytotic receptor activity of LRPs.
  • uPAR receptor
  • uPA urokinase
  • LRP such as, e.g, in the hippocampus
  • brain development e.g, such as in defects of CNS development, such as, e.g. holoprosencephaly
  • embryogenesis e.g, such as axis formation
  • induction of receptor clustering such as, e.g, inducing clustering of NMD A receptors thereby stimulating local Ca +2 influx
  • LRP2 N-terminal portion of LRP2 is the autoantigenic target responsible for the generation of this rodent disease suggesting that a similar LRP2-bke region in other proteins (such as LP288) may also generate similar human conditions or disorders (see, e.g, Oleinikov, et al. 2000 J. Amer Soc Neph 11-57-64, inco ⁇ orated herein for the assay methods described therein).
  • LP288 Given LP288's similarity to LRP2, similar N-terminal cysteine-bke regions in LP288 may also be autoantigenic thus leading to similar autoimmune disorders, conditions, or syndromes that would affect e.g, the kidney); diabetic-bke conditions and/or obesity-bke conditions (recently, it has been shown that insuhn activity regulates LRP presentation in adipocytes and can be inhibited by phosphatidybnositide 3-k ⁇ nase treatment (see, e.g, Ko, et al, 2001 Biochemistry 40:752-759, inco ⁇ orated herein for the assay methods described therein)); aging and/or insubn resistance (e.g, insubn resistance and chylomicron clearance is significantly reduced in aged humans and rodents.
  • insubn activity regulates LRP presentation in adipocytes and can be inhibited by phosphatidybnositide 3-k ⁇ nase treatment (see, e.g
  • age related insubn resistance may lead to detrimental plasma bpoprotein profila due to the reduced expression of LRPs.
  • age related insubn resistance may account for aberrant LRP expression on adipocytes leading to disorders associated with obesity); vitamin metabobsm, organ development; neuronal degeneration; neuronal pathfinding; axon guidance; regulation of synaptic transmission; protein conformational disorders or diseases; Alzheimer or Alzheimer- bke conditions; activation and /or modulation of MAP kinase pathways; local organization of the cytoskeleton; ceU adhesion, and endocytosis of various LDL-bke bgands.
  • Non-bmiting examples of bgands for LP288 include, for instance, bpoproteins containing ApoE, bpases, proteases (such as, e.g, PA, alpha2M, or PAI-1) and/or protease/serpin inhibitor complexes, hepann-binding growth factors (e.g., midkine (MK)), and signabng proteins (such as, e.g. Rein or Reln-bke proteins, vertebrate Wnts or vertebrate Wnt-bke proteins, or TSP-1 or TSP-1-bke proteins).
  • proteases such as, e.g, PA, alpha2M, or PAI-1
  • MK midkine
  • signabng proteins such as, e.g. Rein or Reln-bke proteins, vertebrate Wnts or vertebrate Wnt-bke proteins, or TSP-1 or TSP-1-bke proteins.
  • Non-bmiting examples of cytoplasmic binding partners and/or effectors of bgand binding of LP288 are, e g. endocytotic machinery proteins; Dabl; XI 1; Fe65;J ⁇ pl; J ⁇ p2; PIP 4,5 bnase; PSD95; SEMCAPl, OMP25; ICAP-1; and Capon (among others).
  • LRPs serve as gateways for the entry ceUular of exotoxin A from Pseudomonas aeruginosa (PEA) (see, e.g, Kounnas et al. 1992a J. Biol. Chem. 267:12420-12423).
  • Pseudomonas aeruginosa an increasingly prevalent opportunistic human pathogen, is the most common gram-negative bacterium found in nosocomial infections.
  • An LP288 variant (such as, e.g, an LP288 variant comprising only an extraceUular portion of a mature complete LP288) may play a protective role by acting as a competitive "secreted" binding agent for released exotoxin A thus preventing it from being taken up into ceUs were its subsequent detrimental effects are reabzed. Consequently, LP288 would have a specific utibty in currently available form as a means to treat a known biological poison.
  • LP288 in toxin uptake (such as, e.g, exotoxin A from Pseudomonas aerugionosa (PEA))
  • PPA Pseudomonas aerugionosa
  • LRP deficient ceUs that can be subsequently transfected with various LP288 constructs (using ordinary genetic engineering techniques).
  • LP288 & LIPIDS Evidence suggests that LRPs have the abibty to mediate ceUular uptake of bpophibc molecules, such as, for example, apoE-containing and remnant-bke bpoproteins.
  • bpophibc molecules such as, for example, apoE-containing and remnant-bke bpoproteins.
  • a non-bmiting example of such a technique to employ are the methods described in Sugiyama, et al. 2000 Biochemistry 39:15817-15825, which is incorporated herein by reference for the assay techniques described therein.
  • LP289 is a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 8), which is a newly discovered member of the immunoglobubn superfamily (IgSF) of proteins.
  • SEQ ID NO: 8 a novel primate polypeptide
  • IgSF immunoglobubn superfamily
  • LP288 is a novel member of the IgLON family, which includes, e.g, such proteins as LAMP, OBCAM, Neurotrimin (NtM), CEPU, GP50, KILON, and GP55. Characteristic features of members of the IgLON family include the presence of conserved cysteines as weU as a number of Asn-bnked potential glycosylation sites. Sequence similarity (at the amino acid level) with other known IgLON proteins suggests that LP289 is involved in ceU recognition, ceU adhesion, and/or opiod-type receptor functioning.
  • IgLONs among the IgLONs described to date, common structures (such as e.g, amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains), arranged in characteristic locations within an IgLON protein are found.
  • the foUowing amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains are routinely found in characteristic locations in proteins that are members of the IgLON grouping.
  • a series e.g, typicaUy three
  • immunoglobubn-bke C2-type, domains IgC2
  • Each lmmunoglobuhn-hke C2-type domain characteristicaUy contains two conserved cysteine residues in the domain sequence that form disulfide bonds with each other (when drawn in cartoon form the Ig-C2-bke domains resemble a series of loops, in which each loop is closed by disulfide bridges formed between the two conserved cysteine residues of the Ig-bke-C2- type domain; see, e.g. Fig. 2C in Funatsu, et al. 1999 J. Bio. Chem. 274:8224-8230).
  • LP289 foUows this pattern by possessing three immunoglobubn-bke C2-type domains, each of which has two conserved cysteine residues moreover, LP289 has a number of putative N-bnked glycosylation sites. FoUowing the immunoglobubn-bke C2-type domains (i.e., moving C-terminad along the primary amino acid structure of a typical IgLON), most IgLONs possess a GPI-anchor bke motif foUowed by a hydrophibc spacer region and a C-terminal signal sequence of predominately hydrophobic amino acids. LP289 also exhibits this pattern since it does not possess a membrane-spanning domain but contains a C-terminal hydrophobic sequence characteristic of a GPI anchor site membrane by attachment via a phosphatidybnositol bnkage.
  • LP289 exhibits sequence identity/ similarity at the amino acid level to members of the immunoglobubn protein superfamily, most notably with the various IgLON cell-adhesion molecules known as (see, e.g, Schofield, et al. 1989 EMBO J 8:489-495, Hachisuka, et al, 2000 Dev. Brain Res. 122:183-191, Funatsu et al, 2000 J Comp Neurology 424:74-85). LP289 shares sequence homology with: (1) opiod-binding protein ceU adhesion molecule
  • OBCAM also designated OPCML, a protein that binds opioid alkaloids in the presence of acidic bpids, exhibiting selectivity for mu bgands.
  • OPCML a protein that binds opioid alkaloids in the presence of acidic bpids, exhibiting selectivity for mu bgands.
  • OBCAM is pnncipaUy expressed in the gray matter in a pattern that suggests OBCAM plays a role in the synaptic machinery of the nervous system (such as, e.g, modulating opiod receptor functioning) (see, e.g, Loh and Smith 1996 "Regulation of Acute and Chronic Opiod Receptor Functions by OBCAM a ceU Adhesion-bke Molecule" in NIDA Research Monograph 161 titled, "Molecular Approaches to Drug Abuse Research: Vol.
  • OBCAM expression is observed primarily on dendntes of AVP-secreting magnoceUular neurons while KILON is expressed mainly on dendntes of AVP secreting neurons and occasionaUy on OXT-secreting neurons suggesting that KILON and OBCAM confer the abibty of magnoceUular neurons of the hypothalamus to rearrange synaptic connectivity (see, e.g, Miyata, et al, 2000 Jour. Comp.
  • Neurot ⁇ min a subfamily of differentiaUy expressed neural ceU adhesion molecules that have been shown to regulate the development of neuronal projections via attractive and repulsive mechanisms that are ceU type specific and are mediated by homophibc and heterophibc interactions (see, e.g, Struyk, et al. 1995 J. Neurosci. 15:2141-2156, Gil, et al , 1999 J.
  • CEPUS a molecule that provides a favorable route for migrating neurons to generate a neuron-specific guidance in developing neurons in vivo (see, e.g, Kim, et al.1999 Mol CeUs 9(3):270-276); (4) KILON, an IgLON member specificaUy expressed in the dentate gyrus (DG) of the adult rat that is involved in neurite outgrowth and capable of interacting with LAMP (see, e.g, Funatsu, et al. 1999 J. Bio. Chem.
  • DG dentate gyrus
  • LAMP bmbic associated membrane protein
  • LAMP protein may be important in nerve growth and differentiation, epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, and schizophrenia or schizophrenic-bke conditions. LAMP contributes to the guidance of developing axons and remodebng of mature circuits in the bmbic system.
  • the LAMP protein is essential for normal growth of the hippocampal mossy fiber projection. LAMP is attached to the membrane by a GPI-Anchor. It is expressed on bmbic neurons and fiber tracts as weU as in single layers of the superior colhculus, spinal chord, and cerebeUum.
  • LP289 nucleic acid also has similarities to additional nucleic acids, described as having similar or analogous properties, including (1) chicken mRNA for CEPU-1, an immunoglobubn superfamily molecule expressed by developing cerebeUar Purkinje ceUs (Spaltmann and Brummendor Neurosci. 16 (5), 1770-1779 (1996)); (2) chicken CEPU gene identified as a neural secreted glycoprotein belonging to the immunoglobubn-bke opioid binding ceU adhesion molecule (OBCAM) subfamily, (Kim et al, 1999 Mol. CeUs 9 (3), 270- 276); and (3) Bovine mRNA for opioid binding protein/ceU adhesion molecule OBCAM.
  • OBCAM immunoglobubn-bke opioid binding ceU adhesion molecule
  • PI phosphatidyl inositol
  • LP289 is developmentaUy regulated, for example, other IgLON members show such regulation, e.g, during early development (El 6, embryonic day 16) OBCAM is found on post mitotic neurons and in fiber tracts in the CNS that contain expanding axons suggesting the OBCAM functions in axonal outgrowth.
  • LP289 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 7) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Digestive System 1/151; Genitaba, Male 2/118; Germ CeUs 1/5; Hemic and Immune System 3/166; Liver 1 /34; Respiratory System 1/95; Sense Organs 1/10; and Nervous System 17/221.
  • LP289 has a hydrophobic C-terminal sequence consistent with that found on other GPI-linked proteins, typically, this type of sequence is cleaved during post translational processing, such as, e g , when a protein is inserted into a membrane via a GPI linkage (see, e g , Cross, Ann Rev Cell Biol 6 1 -39, 1990, Ferguson and Williams, Ann Rev Biochem 57 285-320, 1988, Gerber et al , J Biol Chem 267 18168-12173, 1992)
  • a putative GPI anchor attachment point in LP289 is indicated (by double underlining) at or near (e g , within 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, amino acid residues either C-terminad or N terminad to the indicated asparagine), the asparagine (N) in the following LP289 sequence (SLENSAP)
  • the putative GPI anchor attachment point in LP289 is indicated (by double underlining) at or near (e g , within 1, 2,
  • Applicants invention encompasses 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, amino acid residues either and/or both C terminad and/or N terminad to a predicted GPI site described herein Furthermore, Applicants invention encompasses LP variants in which LP289 alterations prevent a typical GPI modification thereby resulting in a soluble/ secreted LP289 variant Sequence C-terminad to such an LP289 putative GPI anchor site is typically removed during processing to a mature LP289 form LP289 sequence that is typically removed during process of LP289 is indicated below by waved underling (SAPRPPGLLALLSALGWLWWRM) LP289 polypeptides encompassed herein include full-length forms encoded by an ORF disclosed herein, as well as any mature forms therefrom Such a mature LP289 could be formed, for example, by the removal of a signal peptide Further as used herein, a "mature" LP encompass, e g , post-translational modifications other than proteolytic
  • a predicted mature LP289 sequence is as follows:
  • a further alternate predicted mature LP289 sequence is as follows: QSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDR TSDPRVRLLINTPEEFSILITEV GLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARIV ISSPVTV EGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFT SEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGV SAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAALLRCEAMAVPPA DFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEGL1WQTERTRS LLFANVSARHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPGSLEN* An Alternate P289 Mature Sequence (292aa) :
  • a further alternate predicted mature LP289 sequence is as follows:
  • a Variant LP289 ( 291aa ) : The structural features of an LP289 variant represent a soluble counterpart to a non-soluble LP289 version encompassed herein, wherein a difference of a soluble LP289 is at the LP289 C-terminus in which a GPI- anchored binding site is absent.
  • a non-limiting example of such a variant LP289 sequence encompassed herein is as follows: VISRGLLSQSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRWTSDPRVRLLINTPEE FSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARI TSriSSPVTVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGV SAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAALLRC EAMAVPPADFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEGLKVQTERTRSMLLFANVSARHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPG SLE* Analysis of the primary amino acid structure of LP289 demonstrates that LP289 possesses typical IgLON characteristics, including homology to known IgLON members and IgLON-bke motifs.
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of a fuU length LP289 polypeptide include, e.g, a discovered putative signal peptide-bke sequence from Met-1 to Ser-30 (MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLS ) .
  • An alternative predicted cleavage site results in an alternate putative signal peptide-bke sequence from Met-1 to Ala-22 (MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLA) .
  • GDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAG DR TSDPRVRLLINTPEEFSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSF from about Gly-147 to about Thr-197: (GGNV LLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVT) ; and from about Gly-
  • LP289 Additional interesting sections of LP289 are the discovered portions of LP289 from about Ala-8 to about Ala-22 from about Phe-35 to about Asp-48 from about Asn-49 to about Thr- 61 from about Leu-66 to about Asp-77; Pro-83 to about Phe-95 from about Ser-96 to about Glu-107 from about Gly-119 to about Gln-119 from about Val-129 to about Ser-140 from about Pro-141 to about Asn-152 from about Leu-152 to about Val-164 from about Trp-166 to about Glu-176 from about Gly-177 to about Gly-188 from about Gln-189 to about Val- 201 from about Thr-213 to about Ala-226 from about Arg-227 to about Leu-236 from about Phe-248 to about Ser-259 from about Thr-269 to about Phe-278 from about Ser-303 to about Leu-3 2.
  • LP 289 secondary structures are the foUowing LP289 coil structures: from about Met-1 to about Pro-6; from about Gly-27 to about Asp-40; from about Glu-46 to about Asn-49; from about Asn- 67 to about Ser-69; from about Ala-74 to about Arg-84; from about Asn-90 to about Glu-94; from about Gly-103 to about Gly-108; from about Thr-116 to about Thr-122; from about Pro-132 to about Ala-133; from about Ile-138 to about Pro-141 ; from about Glu-146 to about Asn-149; from about Val-157 to about Thr-163; from about Asp-171 to about Gly- 177; from about Gly-188 to about Glu-192; from about His-198 to about Ser-207; from about
  • Particularly interesting LP289 hebx structures are: from about Leu- 12- to about Gly-20; from about Arg-227 to about Glu-239; from about Ala-302 to about Arg-305; and from about Leu-326 to about Ala-328.
  • Particularly interesting strands are from about Tyr-42 to about Cys-45; from about Leu-52 to about Phe-55; from about Ala-64 to about Ala-64; from about Ile-71 to about Tyr-73; from about Val-85 to about Leu-87; from about Ser-96 to about Glu-101; from about Tyr-110 to about Cys-112; from about Gln-124 to about Val-129; from about Ile-135 to about Asn-137; from about Thr-143 to about Nal- 144; from about Asn-151 to about Leu-155; from about Nal-164 to about Trp-166; from about Tyr-193 to about Thr-197; and from about Arg-209 to about Nal-214.
  • one strand-coil-hebx-coil motif of LP289 combines the Arg-209 to Val-214 strand; and the Asn-215 to Val-223 coil; and the Arg-227 to Glu-239 hebx; with the Ala-242 to Phe-248 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Arg-209 to about Phe-248.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids contemplated are also encompassed as can be easily determined.
  • LP289 splice variants such as, e.g, spbce variants in which alterations in the processing of an LP289 mR ⁇ A results in a soluble/secreted LP289 that is not anchored to a ceU membrane.
  • a fuU-length LP289 spbce variant is from about Met-1 to about Thr-33
  • MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRAASSTST ( MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRAASSTST ) , with a predicted cleavage site as indicated as foUows: MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLA ⁇ VISRAASSTST.
  • the resulting mature LP289 spbce variant sequence (also known as LP343; see below) is from about Val-23 to about Thr-33 (VISRAASSTST).
  • This LP289 spbce variant sequence was discovered from a brain cD ⁇ A bbrary further supporting the role of this LP289 variant in neural functions described herein.
  • LP289 nucleic acid and the splice variant nucleic acid (whose polypeptide product is designated as LP343 (SEQ ID NO: 9)), indicates that during mRNA processing the parent of LP289 nucleic acid sequence the 2nd exon is skipped in the LP289 splice variant (see below).
  • the resulting LP289 splice variant created is a small peptide (approximately 11 amino acid residues in length after removal of a signal sequence).
  • exon 2 LP289 GCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGCCGTCATCAGCCGAGGGCTGCTCTCCCAGAGCCTGGAGTTC LP343 GCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGCCGTCATCAGCCGAG
  • LP289 Splice Variant Nucleic Acid Sequence (754 bp) (ORF 19-120) : LP289 splice variant (LP343) start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined. >ds42802 Nucleic acid sequence is:
  • LP289 SASMRLLRPGSLENSAPRPPGLLALLSALGWLW RM This LP289 splice variant (LP343; SEQ ID NO: 10) may be useful as a therapeutic peptide to treat nervous system diseases.
  • LP343 (LP289 spbce variant) may cross the blood-brain barrier since it is a smaU amino-acid peptide after cleavage of its predicted signal peptide.
  • the LP289 splice variant (LP343) may also self- interact with the parent LP289 to modulate for example, parent LP289 expression, LP289 binding characteristics, LP2289 placement in the ceU.
  • LP343 may act as a secreted factor that can function as, e.g, a growth factor in the estabbshment of neural circuitry that has been estabbshed, maintained, or remodeUed by, e.g, parent LP289 or another IgLON (as described in detail herein). Furthermore, LP343 may act as a bgand for the parent LP289 or other IgLON member. Such spbcing interactions are not unheard of, for example, Karpa, et al.
  • LP289 primary amino acid and higher order structures Given the teachings suppbed herein of: LP289 primary amino acid and higher order structures, the relationship of the LP289 amino acid sequence and higher order structural features compared with known IgSF members (e.g, such as IgLON members (such as, e.g, LAMP, OBCAM, Ntm, CEPU, GP50, KILON, and GP55) and their higher order structural features (including the known functions of these IgLON members and their higher order structures), it is bkely that an LP289 or an LP289 variant play similar roles in a variety of physiological processes.
  • IgSF members e.g, such as IgLON members (such as, e.g, LAMP, OBCAM, Ntm, CEPU, GP50, KILON, and GP55) and their higher order structural features (including the known functions of these IgLON members and their higher order structures).
  • Some non-bmiting examples of functions an LP289, LP289 variant, or an LP289 binding agent is bkely to participate in are, for example, those such as: neuorogenesis; the formation, development, and/or modification of regional centers in the brain such as, for example, nuclei of, for example, the forebrain: such as, for example, the olfactory bulb and cortex; the neocortex; the stnatum, the nucleus accumbens; the basal forebrain; the bmbic circuit; the thalamus
  • the hypothalamus (including, for example, anterior lobe of the pituitary (adenohypophysis), posterior lobe of the pituitary (neurohypophysis), optic chiasm, preoptic nucleus, anterior nucleus, dorsomedial nucleus, ventromedial nucleus, posterior nucleus, mammiUary body, hypothalamic supraoptic nuclei (SON), and paraventncular nuclei (PVN)); the Midbrain, such as, for example, the tectum (
  • LP289 nucleic acids of the invention can be used to create LP289-denved polypeptides that interact with native LP289 located, for example, at a neural ceU surface either to stimulate the growth and differentiation activities of LP289 or to inhibit those activities.
  • Particularly preferred are such polypeptides that are soluble LP289 analogs having binding domains effective to bind LP289.
  • the LP289- ⁇ nh ⁇ b ⁇ tory polypeptides that are encoded by these nucleic acids can be used to treat diseases characterized by abnormal growth and functioning of neurons, such as, for example, neurons of the central nervous system, such as those involved in conditions of epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, and schizophrema-bke diseases states or conditions.
  • LP289 nucleic acids of the invention are useful targeting agents because they bind LP289 found at the cell surfaces in the nervous system, for example, such as ceUs in the bmbic system.
  • targeting agents encompassed herein are bound covalently or noncovalently to a biological agent or a vehicle for debvenng biological agents such as, for example, debvery methods described herein or otherwise art known.
  • Bio agents are those that can act on a ceU, organ or organism, including, but not bmited to, pharmaceutical agents and gene debvery agents.
  • Numerous targetable debvery vehicles are known, including bposomes, ghost ceUs and polypeptide matrices (see, for example, Huang et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 84, 7851-7855, 1987; Kreuter, Infection 19 Supp. 4, 224-228, 1991, or Michel et al. Research in Virology, 144, 263-267, 1993).
  • LP289 nucleic acids can also be used to transform stem ceUs to program their development as neural system neurons. These replacement neurons can be implanted to treat neuropathologies by reconnecting circuits involved in cognition, mood, memory and learning, and cardiovascular regulation, providing therapies for diseases, conditions, syndromes, etc , such as, for example, dementia (including without bmitation Alzheimer's disease, multi-infarct dementia, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease), aU forms of epilepsy, major depression, anxiety (including, without bmitation, manic-depressive iUness, generabzed anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorders, panic disorder and others), schizophrenia, and schizophrenaform disorders (including without bmitation schizoaffecto disorder), cerebral palsy and hypertension.
  • dementia including without bmitation Alzheimer's disease, multi-infarct dementia, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease
  • aU forms of epilepsy major depression
  • anxiety including, without bmitation, manic-
  • Non-bmiting examples of stem cells that are useful in neural stem ceU replacement therapy include human cortical and subcortical fetal brain ceUs, porcine fetal brain ceUs, human subventricular zone ceUs, and gbal progenitor ceUs, including 02A ceUs (which are progenitors for aU gbal ceU types, including astrocytes and obgodendrocytes).
  • the LP289 nucleic acids of the invention can be used to create LP289-derived polypeptides that interact with LP289 located at a neuron ceU surface either to stimulate the growth and differentiation activities of LP289 or to inhibit those activities. Particularly preferred are such polypeptides that are soluble LP289 analogs having binding domains effective to bind LP289.
  • An LP289-inhibitory polypeptide can be used to treat diseases characterized by abnormal growth and functioning of neurons, such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, and schizophrenia. Antisense strategies to inhibit the expression of LP289 can also be used to treat these diseases.
  • nucleic acids of the invention are to create targeting polypeptides for directing the debvery of biological agents to the nervous system where LP289 is expressed (for example, such as, the bmbic system, the dentate gyrus, the forebrain, the thalamus, the midbrain, etc.).
  • the LP289 polypeptides are useful targeting agents because they bind to LP289 found at the ceU surface of neuronal ceUs such as, for example, in the CNS, such as, for example, in the bmbic system.
  • Such targeting agents are bound covalently or noncovalently to a biological agent or a vehicle for debvering biological agents that can act on a cell, organ, or organism, including, but not bmited to, pharmaceutical agents and gene debvery agents.
  • biological agents that can be usefully targeted to, e.g, the bmbic system include, neuro transmitter biosynthetic enzymes (such as tyrosine hydroxylase), neurotransmitter transporters (such as the GABA transporter), neurotransmitter receptors (such as type la, lb, II or III dopamine receptors, a and (3 adrenergic receptors and 5-HT receptors), neurotrophic and growth factors (such as NGF, BDNF, NT-3, NT-4, NT-5, TGF13, basic FGF and GDNF), neurotrophic factor receptors, protein kinases (such as MAP kinases and protein kinase C) and protein phosphatases.
  • neuro transmitter biosynthetic enzymes
  • Further agents include, without bmitation, antidepressants, neuroleptics, anti- epileptics and antagonists of neurotransmitter receptors (such as type la, 1 b, II or III dopamine receptors, A and B adrenergic receptors and 5-HT receptors).
  • neurotransmitter receptors such as type la, 1 b, II or III dopamine receptors, A and B adrenergic receptors and 5-HT receptors.
  • the abibty of LP289 expression to modulate growth and/or differentiation of various embryonic ceU populations can be tested using a substrata of CHO ceUs, which have been transfected and/or transformed by LP289 (with controls of CHO ceUs transfected and/or transformed with a vector only).
  • ceUs from various CNS areas are tested such as, for example, ceUs from hippocampal and penrhinal cortex in comparison to ceUs from non-LP289 expressing areas, such as, for example, cardiovascular or connective tissue system ceUs.
  • Primary neurons from rodent El 6 embryos are prepared as outbned by Fern and Levitt, 1993 Cerebral Cortex 3; 187-198.
  • ceUs are marked by adding bpophibc dye PKH26 (Sigma Chemical Co, St. Louis, MO); if they are not so marked, an antibody stain is used later in the experiment to identify neural cells.
  • the ceUs are plated in DMEM/ 10% FCS at a density of 5 x 103 ceUs/ml per cm2, onto coversbps on which there are monolayers of transformed CHO ceUs. After 48 hours in culture, the ceUs attached to the coversbps are fixed with formaldehyde and, if the neural ceUs are not dye-marked, stained for neural ceUs with anti- MAP2, as described in Fern and Levitt, 1993 Cerebral Cortex 3: 187-198. For each experiment, six coversbps are examined and the longest neuron in a randomly selected field of 10- 5 process-bearing ceUs is measured.
  • ceUs are examined within 24 hours to determine the presence or absence of neurite growth, a weU-differentiated neural morphology, cyto-architecture, and arborization. CeUs can also be examined for these criteria when they are pre-treated with LP289 antibody, or soluble LP289 to determine if the length and/or number of neurites are significantly modified.
  • LP289 and Neural Development and Neural Circuits Based on an analysis of LP289, such as, e.g, its homology to other IgLON members, LP289 is bkely to be involved in the regional specification of the central nervous system, e.g, regional specification of the brain, such as, e.g, the formation, maintenance, and/or modulation of neural circuits in the brain. For example, individual members of the IgLON family are expressed on distinct populations of neurons that, for the most part, form functional circuits in the nervous system, such as, e.g, in the brain.
  • the IgLON member Neurotnmin has an expression pattern that is largely complementary to that of LAMP, with the highest expression of Ntm in the sensonmotor cortex, Neurotnmin's expression in layers IV, V, and VI of the cortex, the subplate, and the rostral lateral thalamus as weU as in the pontine nucleus and cerebeUum suggests a potential role in the development of thalamocortical and pontocerebeUar projections, respectively (Struyk et al, 1995)
  • the IgLON member OBCAM has a more restricted distribution, with highest expression in the cortical plate and hippocampus (Struyk et al, 1995 J Neurosci 15:2141-2156) another member of the IgLON family of proteins.
  • the IgLON member LAMP is expressed by cortical and subcortical neurons of the bmbic system (Levitt, 1984 Science 223:299-301) and has been strongly impbcated in the development of pro j ections in this system (Pimenta et al, 1995 Neuron 15:287-297; Zhukareva and Levitt, 1995 Mol CeU Neurosci 10:43-55).
  • LAMP has been shown to play a role in specifying a subset of thalamocortical projections, which at early developmental stages are selectively expressed in the penrhinal and frontal bmbic cortex and medial bmbic thalamic nuclei (Levitt, 1984 Science 223:299-301; Horton and Levitt, 1988; Pimenta et al, 1996).
  • LAMP acts homophibcaly to promote adhesion and growth of bmbic axons (Pimenta et al, 1995 Neuron 15:287-297; Zhukareva and Levitt, 1995 Mol CeU Neurosci 10:43-55), and antibody perturbation studies show that LAMP can regulate the formation of septohippocampal and lntrahippocampal circuits (KeUer and Levitt, Neuroscience 28: 455- 474, 1989; Pimenta et al, 1995 Neuron 15:287-297).
  • LAMP acts as an attractive guidance signal that also induces branch formation while nonbmbic thalamic fibers are deflected and axonal branching is inhibited by LAMP.
  • neocortical and bmbic stnatal dopamine circuitry such as, e.g, circuitry of dopamine receptor neurons in the substantia mgra (SN) whose axons connect to neostriatal (caudate -putamen) nucleu or dopamine receptor neurons in the ventral tegmental area (VTA) whose axons connect with bmbic or ventral stnatum, including nucleus accumbens nucleu,
  • VTA ventral tegmental area
  • LP289 plays a role in the formation, maintenance, and/or such remodebng of CNS neural circuits by e.g. promoting the adhesion and/or growth of developing neural extensions (such as, for example, developing neu tes).
  • LP289 expression in the formation, maintenance, and/or modulation of such circuits would have important consequences for diseases, syndromes, or conditions of mood, thought, appetite, addiction, and/or emotion. Consequently, it would be useful to examine the role of LP289 in such neural circuits.
  • LP298's role in the nervous system is to determine if an LP289 binding agent, such as, for example, an antibody or antibody binding fragment directed against an LP289 polypeptide (or fragment thereof) interferes in the post natal development of a neural circuit of the central nervous system, e.g, such as an hippocampal circuit, the foUowing or similar experiments can be carried out (other known neural circuits and their corresponding neuronal architecture can be examined in a similar fashion using similar methods): Newborn Sprague-Dawley rats are in j ected lntraventncularly with Fab fragments of anti-LP289, control anti-paramyosin IgG, and anti-Ll.
  • an LP289 binding agent such as, for example, an antibody or antibody binding fragment directed against an LP289 polypeptide (or fragment thereof) interferes in the post natal development of a neural circuit of the central nervous system, e.g, such as an hippocampal circuit, the foUowing or similar experiments
  • Anti-Ll which binds to developing axons, is as described by Sweadner, J. Neurosci. 3: 2504-2517, 1983.
  • AU antisera are purified on a protein A column using a protein A affinity enhancement buffer (the
  • Fab fragments are prepared from the antisera by digestion with immobihzed papain (Pierce, Rockford, IL) and purified by protein-A affinity chromatography.
  • the Fab fragments (10 /eg in 10 ul of sabne) are injected on postnatal day 0, 2, 4, and 6 into the cisterna magna using a 35-32 gauge needle.
  • the animals are sacrificed by transcardial perfusion with 4 9 % sodium sulfide in 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 7 4). Brains are fixed in Carnoy's solution together with 1.2 % sodium sulfide.
  • Paraffin sections of the brains are prepared (in this instance) for mossy fiber staining using the Timm method (see, Haug, Adv. Anat. Embryol CeU Biol 47- 1-71, 1973) although other methods of examining neural arthitecture in other region of the brain can also be used.
  • Subfields are analyzed for density of innervation using the Bioquant OS/2 image analysis system (R & M Biometrics, NashviUe, TN) to examine neural architecture, for example, such as the mossy fiber projection of granule ceUs to pyramidal neurons of the hippocampus express.
  • Results are examined to determine if anti-LP289 treatment, but not the other antibody treatments, results in an uncharacteristic neuronal architecture, such as, for example, a diffuse pattern of mossy fiber projections indicating misdirected fibers
  • Quantitative effects can also be determined, for example, a positive effect of LP289 treatment should result in a statisticaUy significant increase in the area occupied by, for example, mossy fiber projections.
  • Spinal Cord Regeneration Model To evaluate the role LP289 in a spinal cord regeneration response (based on the methods of O'Hara, and Chernoff 1994 Tissue and CeU, 26: 599-611; Chernoff, et al. 1998 Wound Rep. Reg.
  • LP319a & LP319b are a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptides (SEQ ID NO: 12 & 14), which are a newly discovered variant members of the IgLON family, which includes, e.g, such proteins as LAMP, OBCAM, Ntm (neurotrimin), CEPU, GP50, KILON, and GP55. See above for a description of IgLON sequence and structures.
  • LP319a & LP319b as opposed to LP289, however, are not canonical IgLON members since they display features at the amino acid level that are different from a typical IgLON, e.g, LP319a has one, not two, conserved cysteines in the most N-terminad Ig-bke C2-type domain; however, the second LP319a Ig-bke C2-type domain (moving C-terminad) resembles a typical IgLON Ig- bke C2-type domain, while the third Ig-bke C2-type domain contains only one cysteine and appears truncated (in comparison to other IgLONs).
  • LP319a contains no GPI- anchor-bke motif foUowed by a hydrophibc spacer region and a C-terminal signal sequence of predominately hydrophobic amino acids. Accordingly, native LP319a is bkely to be a secreted IgLON similar to CEPUS, a soluble counterpart to the cerebeUar Purkinje ceU specific antigen, CEPU-1, which is a secreted IgLON member that is bebeved to provide a favorable route for migrating CEPU-positive population of neurons to generate a neuron- specific guidance in developing neurons in vivo. It is bkely that native LP319a performs a similar role as CEPUS.
  • Appbcants invention encompasses, however, variant LP319s such as, e.g, variants in which a C-terminad GPI anchor sequence and/or an Ig-C2 bke domain is fused to a native LP319a sequence.
  • LP319b is also not a typical IgLON in that it displays features at the amino acid level which differ from other IgLONs SpecificaUy, LP319b does not exhibit three typical IgLON Ig-bke-C2-type domains.
  • the carboxy-most Ig-hke-C2-type domain of LP319b contains only one conserved cysteine and appears truncated in comparison to other IgLONs.
  • LP319b contains no GPI-anchor-bke motif foUowed by a hydrophibc spacer region and a C-terminal signal sequence of predominately hydrophobic amino acids Accordingly, native LP319b is bkely to be a secreted IgLON similar to CEPUS, a soluble counterpart to the cerebeUar Purkinje ceU specific antigen, CEPU-1.
  • LP319a sequence (SEQ ID NO: 11) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Digestive System 1/151; Embryonic Structures 3/23; Genitaba, Male 2/118; Germ CeUs 1 /5; Hemic and Immune System 3/166; Liver 1/34; Respiratory System 1/95; Sense Organs 1 /10; and Nervous System 17/221.
  • LP319b nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 13) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbraries:
  • LP319a start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined.
  • a predicted mature LP319a sequence is as follows:
  • LP319b (SEQ ID NO: 14)
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ser-30)
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between
  • An LP319b Mature Sequence (226aa) A predicted mature LP319b sequence is as follows:
  • An Alternate P319b Mature Sequence (234aa) An alternate predicted mature LP319b sequence is as follows: VISRGLLSQRLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEE FSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQV ⁇ LIV ⁇ VPARVVT ⁇ ISSPVMV EGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAA KPWRFPPRISSGIRMTDY
  • An P319b Variant Sequence (286aa) A variant LP319b sequence with a fusion of LP289 carboxy amino acid sequence resulting in a complete third Ig-like C2 domain and a GPI anchor sequence. The added sequence is indicated by underlining.
  • the added sequence is indicated by underlining.
  • LP319a & LP319b Analysis of the primary amino acid structure of LP319a & LP319b demonstrates that they possess typical IgLON characteristics, including homology to known IgLON members and IgLON-bke motifs. Based on the teachings supplied herein (e.g, the LP319a & LP319b sequence and their relationship with the domains, motifs, and signatures of other known
  • IgLONs IgLONs
  • those known in the art e.g., assay methods to determine binding activities of suspected IgLONs such as neurite outgrowth, homo- or heterophibc binding, axonal pathfinding, opiod-bke binding, e.g, the assays described in, e.g, Flachisuka, et al. 1996 Neurochem. Int. 28:373-379 such as which is incorporated by reference herein for such assay teachings
  • one skiUed in the art would be able to test LP319a or LP319b for IgLON-bke activities without undue experimentation (e.g, using common assay techniques and commerciaUy available reagents).
  • Some non-bmiting examples of functions an LP319a/b, LP319a/b variant, or an LP319a/b binding agent is bkely to participate in are, for example, those such as: neuorogenesis; the formation, development, and/or modification of regional centers in the brain such as, for example, nuclei of, for example, the forebrain: such as, for example, the olfactory bulb and cortex; the neocortex; the striatum, the nucleus accumbens; the basal forebrain; the bmbic circuit; the thalamus (including, for example, reticular thalamic nucleus, dorso-caudal nucleus, dorso-intermedial nucleus, dorso-orales nucleus, ventral-caudal nucleus, ventral- intermediate nucleus, ventral-orabs posterior
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP319a polypeptide include, e.g, are two immunoglobubn-bke domains: the first from about Ser-30 to about Phe-99:
  • the LP319b immunoglobubn-bke domains are from about Gly-47 to about Phe-114: ( GDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSF ) ; and from about Gly-147 to about Val-197
  • LP319a is the discovered heavy metal-associated-bke domain at the C-terminus of LP319a from about Val-197 to about Lys-224 ( VTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAK ) .
  • the heavy metal associated domain of LP319b is from about Nal-212 to about Lys-239 ( VTV ⁇ YPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAK ) .
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP319a are discovered fragments from about Arg-11 to about Leu-29; from about Gln-31 to about Trp- 50; from about Asn-52 to about Ile-74; from about Thr-76 to about Asp-91; from about Glu-92 to about Gln-109, from about Val-110 to about Val-129; from about Gly-132 to about Arg-144; from about Pro-145 to about Glu-163; from about Leu-171 to about Val- 181; from about Thr-182 to about Val-195; from about Ala-222 to about Arg-231; from about Arg-11 to about Leu-28; from about Ser-30 to about Ala-49; from about Arg-53 to about Leu-73; from about Val-84 to about Tyr-95; from about Thr-96 to about Gln-109; from about Val-110 to about Val-120; from about Val-121- Asn-136; from about Val-142 to about Ile-164; from about
  • LP319a Additional interesting sections of LP319a are the discovered portions of LP319a from about Arg-8 to about Val-23, from about Asn-41 to about Trp-50, from about Leu-51 to about Asp-62 (LNRSNILYAGND); from about Val-70 to about Val-84; from aboutVal-84 to about Phe-99; from about Pro-117 to about Glu-131; from about Gly- 132 to about Arg-144; from about Trp-151 to about lle-164; from about Glu-166 to about Glu-177; from about Thr-198 to about Ala-211, from about Arg-212 to about Pro-225; from about Trp-226 to about Ile-236.
  • LP319a secondary structures e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil
  • the foUowing LP319a hebx structures from about Leu-13 to about Ala-17, and from about Arg-212 to about Leu-215.
  • Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about Met-1 to about Pro-6; from about Asn-36 to about Tyr-42; from about Asn-52 to about Ser-54; from about Ala-59 to about Asp-67; from about Asn-75 to about Glu-79; from about Gly-88 to about Gly-93; from about Arg-102 to about Thr-107 ' ; from about Pro-117 to about Ala-118; from about Ile-123 to about Ser-125; from about Glu-131 to about Asn-134; from aboutVal-142 to about Thr-148; from about Leu-154 to about Gly-162; from about Arg-172 to about Glu- 177; from about Asn-184 to about Ser-192; from about Asn-200 to about Ile-205; from about Ala-223 to about Gly-235; from about and Thr-239 to about Tyr-241.
  • Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are from about Ala-49 to about Trp-50; from about Ile-56 to about Tyr-58; from about Ser-81 to about Glu-86; from about Tyr-95 to about Cys- 97; from about Gln-109 to about Nal-114; from about Val-120 to about Asn-122; from about Asn-136 to about Leu-140; from about Val-149 to about Arg-152; from about Ile-164 to about Leu-165; from about Tyr-178 to about Thr-182; and from about Arg-194 to about Val-199.
  • Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil-strand-coil motif of LP319a combines an Arg-102 to Thr-107 coil, with an Gln-109 to Val-114 strand, with an Pro-117 to Ala-118 coU, with an Val-120 to Asn-122 strand, and an Ile-123 to Ser-125 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Arg-102 to about Ser-125.
  • Other such combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP319b interesting segments of LP319b are discovered fragments from about Leu-18 to about Phe-35; from about Asn-36 to about Thr-51; from about Arg-62 to about Ala-74; from about Arg-84 to about Glu-93; from about Glu-94 to about Gly-103; from about Glu- 122 to about Ala-133; from about Arg-134 to about Met-143; from about Gly-177 to about Leu-186; from about Gly-187 to about Val-196; from about Thr-197 to about Gly-208; from about Arg-209 to about Thr-221; from about Asp-222 to about Ala-238; from about Pro 240 to about Ser-249; from about Arg-11 to about Leu-29; from about Ser-30 to about Asp-40; from about Asn-41 to about Ala-50; from about Glu-58 to about Asp-77; from about Arg-78 to about Ile-89; from about Arg-91 to about Asp-106
  • LP319b Additional interesting sections of LP319b are the discovered portions of LP319b from about Arg-8 to about Val-23; from about Phe-35 to about Cys-45; from about Glu-46 to about Arg-62; from about Trp-65 to about Asp-77, from about Val-85 to about Phe-95; from about Ser-96 to about Thr-111; from about Ser- 137 to about Thr-150 from about Asn-151 to about Val-164 from about Thr-165 to about Glu-181 from about Ile-182 to about Gly-191 from about Glu-192 to about Val-201 from about Nal-212 to about Ala-226 from about Arg-227 to about Pro-240; and from about Trp- 241 to about Gly-250.
  • LP319b secondary structures e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil
  • the foUowing LP319b hebx structures from about Leu-13 to about Ala-17; and from about Arg-227 to about Leu-230.
  • Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about Met-1 to about Pro-6; from about Gly- 27 to about Gly-27; from about Asn-36 to about Asp-39; from about Glu-46 to about Cys- 49; from about Asn-67 to about Ser-69; from about Ala-74 to about Asp-82; from about Asn-90; from about Glu-94 to about Gly-103 to about Gly-108; from about Thr-116 to about Thr-122; from about Pro-132 to about Ala-133, from about Ile-138 to about Ser-140, from about Glu-146 to about Asn-149; from about Nal-157 to about Thr-163; from about Leu-169 to about Gly-177; from about Arg-187 to about Glu-192, from about Asn-199 to about Ser-207; from about Asn-215 to about Ile-220, from about Ala-238 to about Gly-25, and from about Thr-254 to about Tyr-256.
  • Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are from about Try-42 to about Cys-45; from about Ala-64 to about Trp-65; from about Ile-71 to about Tyr-73; from about Ser-96 to about Glu-101; from about Tyr-110 to about Cys-112; from about Gln-124 to about Val-129; from about Val-164 to about Arg-167; from about Ile-179 to about Leu-180; from about Tyr-193 to about Thr-197; and from about Arg-209 to about Val-214.
  • LP321 is a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 16) that is a newly discovered member of the defensin family of antimicrobial peptides, which are generaUy recognized a having antibiotic, antifungal, and antiviral activities. SpecificaUy, LP321 exhibits sequence homology to enteric alpha defensins known as cryptdins. Defensins are a family of structuraUy related cysteine-nch peptides active against many Gram-negative and Gram- positive bacteria, fungi, and viruses (see, e.g, Lehrer, et al. CeU 64-229-230; Kagan, et al.
  • defensins are also caUed corticostatins (CS) because they inhibit corticotropin-stimulated corticosteroid production.
  • CS corticostatins
  • Defensins can kiU ceUs by forming voltage-regulated multimeric channels in the membrane of the susceptible ceU. Defensins play a significant role in innate immunity to infection and neoplasia.
  • Antimicrobial peptides are a prevalent mechanism of host defense found throughout nature (Kaiser & Diamond 2000 J Leukoc Biol 6:779-84). In mammals, defensins are among the most abundant of these broad-spectrum antibiotics, and are expressed in epithebal and hematopoietic ceUs among others. The defensin peptides are especiaUy abundant in neutrophils. In epithebal ceUs, defensins are found both as constitutively expressed and inducible genes. Induction has been observed in vitro by stimulation with bacterial bpopolysacchande (LPs) as weU as inflammatory mediators.
  • LPs bacterial bpopolysacchande
  • Some peptides known to belong to the defensin family include, e.g.: Rabbit defensins and corticostatins: CS-I (NP- 3A), CS-II (NP-3B), CS-III, (MCP-1), CS-IV (MCP-2), NP-4, and NP-5; Guinea-pig neutrophil defensin (GPNP); Human neutrophil defensins 1 to 4 and intestinal defensins 5 and 6; Mouse smaU bowel cryptdins 1 to 5 and; Rat NP-1 to NP-4.
  • Rabbit defensins and corticostatins CS-I (NP- 3A), CS-II (NP-3B), CS-III, (MCP-1), CS-IV (MCP-2), NP-4, and NP-5
  • Guinea-pig neutrophil defensin GPNP
  • these peptides range in length from approximately 29 to about 35 amino acids and typicaUy, at the primary amino acid sequence level, they possess invariant cysteine residues that are involved in intrachain disulfide bonding.
  • expression of defensins was thought to be bmited to professional phagocytes, such as, for example, neutrophils and macrophages.
  • LP321 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 15) is expressed in the foUowing LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Respiratory System 1/95. This LP321 expression pattern is commensurate with reports indicating that cryptdins are also found in lung marcrophages (see, e.g, Shirafuji, et al. 1999 Cbn. & Diagnos. Lab. Immun 6:336-340).
  • LP321 (SEQ ID NO 16) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met 1 to Ala-19) A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-20 and Asp-21 indicated as follows 1 MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQA'OP 21 An alternate predicted SP cleavage site is between Gln-16 and Val 17 indicated as follows 1 MKTLVLLSALVLLALQ ⁇ VQ 18 Both mature LP321 versions are encompassed herein LP321 polypeptides encompassed herein include full length forms encoded by an ORF disclosed herein, as well as any mature forms therefrom Such a mature LP321 could be formed, for example, by aminopeptidase modification, or by the removal of a signal peptide Further as used herein, a "mature" LP encompass, e g , post-translational modifications other than proteolytic cleavages (such as, e g , by way of a non-limiting example, glycosylations, mynstylations
  • a predicted mature LP321 sequence is as follows: DPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEASAVQDLRVRRTLQCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS An LP321 variant Sequence ( 71aa ) :
  • An LP321 Variant Sequence ( 87aa ) : An al ternate LP321 .
  • the underlined portion is a predicted propeptide segment from about Met -1 to about Ser-52
  • MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQADPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEAS A predicted cleavage si te is between Ser- 52 and Ala-53 indicated as f ol lows : 1 MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQADPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEAS ⁇ AVQD 56 .
  • An LP321 Variant Sequence ( 28aa ) : A further alternate LP321 mature sequence comprising an alternate N terminal portion before the f irst cysteine is : LRDLVCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS
  • Stil l another alternate LP321 mature sequence comprising an alternate N terminal portion before the f irst cysteine is : GLLCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS
  • LP321 is the segment from about Met-1 to about Ser-52, which has been discovered to be a defensin propeptide-bke domain.
  • Other interesting segments of LP321 are the discovered portions of LP321 from about Ser-8 to about Ala-25; from about Asp-20 to about Phe-46; from about Ala-51 to about Arg-60; from about Arg-61 to about Cys-71 ; from about Ser-8 to about Ile-22; from about Gln-23 to about Glu-38, from about Asp-41 to about Ala-53; from about Arg-61 to about Arg-72, from about Cys-71 to about Leu-80; from about Val-17 to about Glu-27; from about Ile-22 to about Pro-35; from about Pro-35 to about Val-44; from about Glu-47 to about Asp-56; from about Val-59 to about Val-70; and from about Gln-64 to about Cys-77; whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobic
  • LP321 Additional interesting sections of LP321 are the discovered portions of LP321 from about Val-5 to about Gln-18; from about Ala-19 to about Glu-27; from about Tyr-29 to about Pro-35; from about Ser-43 to about Ala-51 ; from about Gln-64 to about Ser-81 ; and from about Ser-52 to about Arg- 61. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • particularly interesting LP321 structures that have been discovered are the foUowing LP321 hebx structures: from about Leu-6 to about Leu-14, from about Ile-22 to about Glu-28; and from about Ala-53 to about Leu-57.
  • Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about Glu-6 to about Gln-14; from about Glu-47 to about Glu-50; from about Cys-71 to about Cys-75; and from about Leu-53 to about Ser-57.
  • Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are from about Val-42 to about Ser-45; and from about Cys-77 to about Arg-79.
  • one hebx-coil- strand-coil motif of LP321 combines the hebx from about Ile-22 to about Glu-28, with the coil about Glu-6 to about Gln-14, the strand from about Val-42 to about Ser-45, and the coil from about Glu-47 to about Glu-50 to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Ile-22 to about Glu-50.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP321 Functions Given the teachings suppbed herein, for example, of: an LP321 primary amino acid, LP321 higher order structures, the relationship of an LP321 amino acid sequence to higher order structural features, the comparabibty of an LP321 sequence and/or an LP321 higher order structure with a known defensin (such as, e g, members of the cryptdin protein family, such as, e g, mouse cryptdins 1-6), and the relationship of higher order structural features of a cryptdin with their known functions, it is bkely that an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 hetero-or an LP321 homomultimer, and/or an LP321 binding agent (e.g, such as an LP321 antibody (or fragment thereof)) plays a similar role/s in a variety of physiological processes.
  • a known defensin such as, e g, members of the cryptdin protein family, such as, e
  • some non-hmiting examples of functions an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 hetero- or an LP321 homomultimer, or an LP321 binding agent is bkely to have and/or participate in are, for example, those such as- mucosal immunity (such as, e.g, mucosal surfaces in, e.g, epitheba in an airway, sk n, oropharynx, a gingival crevice, and an urogenital surface); host defense; anti-microbial activity against (e.g, bacteria such as, e.g. Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria, S. typhimunm, S. typhimurium, S.
  • bacterial such as, e.g. Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria, S. typhimunm, S. typhimurium, S.
  • protists such as, e.g, G.
  • ion flow such as, e.g, calcium, sodium, potassium, or chloride ions
  • modulation of an ionic flow through a membrane and/or a pore, wherein said membrane is on a epithebal ceU, modulation of an ionic flow on a membrane and/or a pore of a microbe; mediation of innate immunity; modulation of chloride ion flow; creation of an ionic pore in a membrane; create an ionic pore in a membrane, wherein said membrane is of an epithebum, wherein said epithebum is a broncho epithebum; wherein said epithebum is in a lung; creating
  • the invention further provides a method for detecting an inflammatory pathology in a subject by determining the amount of LP321 in a biological sample from the subject and comparing that amount to an amount present in a normal subject.
  • a method can be used to determine the presence of an inflammatory pathology such as an inflammatory bowel disease, pancreatitis, a maUgnant condition, an infection, or an ileititic condition.
  • the invention also provides a method for treating an inflammatory sydrome, condition, state or disease in a subject by administering an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 pharmaceutical composition, an LP321 binding agent, or an LP321 hetero- or an LP321 homomultimer to a subject having such a condition, state or disease.
  • the invention also provides a method for treating a biological surface with an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 hetero-or an LP321 homomultimer and/or an LP321 binding agent, wherein said surface is a mucosal surface; wherein said surface an epitheba in an airway; wherein said surface is skin, wherein said surface is a surface in the oropharynx; wherein said surface is a gingival crevice; and wherein said surface is a urogenital surface.
  • Such treatment is particularly advantageous in subjects that are immunocompromised due, such as, for example, to: malnutrition, radiation, burns, immunosuppressive infections or conditions, autoimmune disease, neonatabty, bone marrow transplantation, and/or chemotherapy.
  • Non- bmiting examples of how an LP321 of the invention can be administered are: oraUy, by nasogastric intubation, by transabdominal catheter, intravenously, or by aerosol inhalation.
  • an LP composition of the invention When administered orally, an LP composition of the invention is preferably in a delayed release formulation designed to permit release in, e.g, the intestinum carcum, the intestinum crassum, the intestinum ileum, the intestinum jejunum, the intestinum rectum, the intestinum ***, or the intestinum mesenteriale.
  • An LP321 of the invention can be administered as a composition with a physiologicaUy acceptable medium, and can be administered in combination with other agents such as, for example, a cryptdin, a defensin, a thionin, or it can be administered simultaneously, or sequentiaUy with any of the former.
  • an LP321 or an LP321 variant is administered in concert with a granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), or a G-CSF composition, (such as in the range of about 1.0 to about 10.0 ug/kg weight /day for about 1 to about 10 days in a subject, such as, e.g, an immunocompromised subject, such as, e.g, a sub j ect who has neutropenia or a neutropenic-hke condition) Cryptdins or cryptdin-bke compositions exhibit antimicrobial activity against enteric microorganisms, which can become blood-borne pathogens if an epithebal layer is breached, for example, such as the epithebal layer in the intestines or an epithebum of the airway, such as, e.g, in the lungs (such as, e.g, the alveob or an aveolar sac).
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony-sti
  • Cryptdins or a cryptdin-bke molecule can be secreted from a ceU in which it is produced (Satoh, 1988CeU Tiss Res. 251:87-93; Satoh et al. 1988Acta Histochem 83 185- 188). It should be appreciated that various modifications can be made to an LP321 amino acid sequence without diminishing the antimicrobial activity of an LP peptide of the invention. It is intended that LP peptides exhibiting such modifications (including, e.g, amino acid additions, deletions and/or substitutions) are aU within the scope of the term "LP321" and, therefore, within the scope of the invention.
  • LP321 variants which are devoid of one or more amino acids located N-terminal to the first cysteine residue in the primary structure, are aU within the scope of the present invention.
  • Such an LP321 analog or variant can be synthesized using art-known methods or those described or referenced herein.
  • methods of prognosing, diagnosing, and/or treating a microbial infection, condition, disease, or state such as, e.g, otitis media using an LP321, an LP321 variant, or an LP321 binding agent of the invention.
  • a cryptdin such as, for example, cyrptdin 1, cyrptdin 2, cyrptdin 3, cyrptdin 4, cyrptdin 5, cyrptdin 6, or any combination thereof; or with a defensin, such as, for example, HD-1, HD- 2, HD-3, HD-4, HD-5, HD-6, HNP-1 , HNP-2, HNP-3 (or any combination thereof), or a thionin; or any combination thereof.
  • a cryptdin such as, for example, cyrptdin 1, cyrptdin 2, cyrptdin 3, cyrptdin 4, cyrptdin 5, cyrptdin 6, or any combination thereof
  • a defensin such as, for example, HD-1, HD- 2, HD-3, HD-4, HD-5, HD-6, HNP-1 , HNP-2, HNP-3 (or any combination thereof), or a thionin; or
  • an antimicrobial activity of a cryptdin, or a cryptdin-bke peptide can be determined against various pathogens.
  • various microorganisms can be grown to an appropriate concentration, mixed with an appropriate medium (such as, for example, an agarose-trypticase soy mediums), and contacted with an LP321 or a cryptdin, or a defensin to assess an antimicrobial activity.
  • An antimicrobial activity is apparent, for example, from clear zones that typicaUy surround a cryptdin or cryptdin-Uke composition (e.g, such as an LP321) that is placed in an agar for a diffusion assay.
  • Anti-LP321 binding agents can be used to determine the presence of an LP321 or an LP321 variant in a biological sample such as, e.g, a histological sample, or a lavage product, blood, an exudate or another biological sample.
  • a biological sample such as, e.g, a histological sample, or a lavage product, blood, an exudate or another biological sample.
  • a section of a smaU intestine is fixed by art-known means and incubated with anti-LP321 antibodies such as, e.g, an IgG fraction of LP antiserum.
  • the anti- LP321 antibody is detectably labeled or an appropriate detectable second antibody is used to identify the presence of the primary antibody attached to an LP321 or an LP321 variant.
  • Alternative methods of determining the presence of an LP321, or an LP321 variant in a biological sample obtained, for example, by intestinal lavage or by disrupting ceUs or tissues can be useful to determine the presence of an inflammatory process such as, for example, cobtis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, pancreatitis, a mabgnancy, an infection, or an ileititic condition, etc.
  • a concentration of an LP321, or an LP321 variant is significantly altered from a concentration found in a normal condition or state.
  • a deviation from a normal level of an LP321 or an LP321 variant by about one to about two standard deviations from an estabbshed basebne control is typicaUy indicative of an inflammatory condition and/or state.
  • Non-limiting examples of such an inflammatory state or condition include, for example, cobtis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, pancreatitis, a mabgnancy, an infection, or an ileititic condition.
  • an LP321, or an LP321 variant is a therapeutic agent for an infection of, e.g, the intestine, the lung, or a biological surface, wherein said surface is a mucosal surface; wherein said surface an epithebum in an airway; wherein said surface is an epitheba surface of skin, wherein said surface is a surface in an oropharyn geal lumen; wherein said surface is a gingival crevice; or wherein said surface is a urogenital surface.
  • an LP321, or an LP321 variant of the invention is useful where a subject is immunocompromised due, for example, to: mabgnancy, malnutrition, chemotherapy, radiation, immunosuppressive viruses, autoimmune disease, or neonatabty.
  • an LP321, or an LP321 variant of the invention is useful in a surgical prophylaxis, for example, by functioning to help steribze the smaU bowel.
  • an LP of the invention can be useful as a medicament for treating a subject having a pathology characterized, in part, by an inflammatory process and/or condition, e.g, such as an inflammatory process state, state or condition described herein.
  • an LP of the invention is useful in a pharmaceutical composition for a topical appbcation.
  • an LP of the invention is useful in a propeptide form.
  • an LP of the invention is useful as being sequestered in a first form (such as, e.g, a propeptide form) and a second composition (having the capacity to cleave a prosegment of an LP321 or an LP321 variant) is also sequestered (such as, e.g, a second composition bke a matrilysin, or matrilysin-bke composition) from the first form propeptide composition, wherein the second composition and the first propeptide form are brought together at a location in a subject to form an active LP321 or an active LP321 variant, for example, such as in the lung, the alveob, the intestinum carcum, the intestinum crassum, the intestinum ileum, the intestinum jejunum
  • a composition of the invention encompasses an LP of the invention that form multimeric complexes.
  • an LP321 or an LP321 variant forms an multimeric LP321 complex that is capable of forming a pore in a membrane, such as a bpid membrane, such as a bpid bilayer.
  • An LP o the invention (or variant thereof), either purified from natural sources or synthetic can be administered to a subject (in need of treatment) by various means, including oraUy, preferably in a slow-release type formulation that wiU avoid release within the stomach.
  • an LP321 can be administered through nasogastric intubation, trans-abdominal catheter, by injection intravenously, or by aerosol administration.
  • LP321 variants encompassed herein are cycUc LP321 variants that are produced by bgation of two truncated LP321s or LP321 variants by adapting the method of Tang, et al. 1999 Science 286:498-502 (which is incorporated herein by reference for its techniques regarding head-to-tail bgation of truncated defensins).
  • An LP of the invention can be administered alone or in combination with other agents (such as, e.g, a defensin or a cryptdin known in the art).
  • An LP of the invention administered in combination can be administered simultaneously or sequentiaUy and can be repeated as necessary.
  • LP321 Antimicrobial Assays The antimicrobial activity of a purified LP321 or LP321 variant is tested against wUd type and phoP mutant S. typhimurium by means of a modified plate diffusion assay (Lehrer, et al. 1991b J. Immunol. Methods 137:167-173, which is incorporated herein by reference for its assay methods) using wild type S. typhimurium (ATCC 10428) or an isogenic phoP mutant of S. typhimurium (strain CS015 phoP102::Tnl0d-Cam, MiUer et al, supra, 1989).
  • the phoP locus is a two-component regulatory locus essential to S.
  • CeUs are grown to log phase in trypticase soy broth at 37 °C, harvested by centrifugation and resuspended to approximately 10 milbon colony forming units (CFU) per ml in 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4). A 100 ul abquot of each organism is mixed with 10 ml 1.0% agarose in 0.03% (w/v) trypticase soy medium, 10 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.4) at 42 °C. Five ul samples of peptide solution are pipetted into 3mm diameter weUs formed in agarose with a sterile punch.
  • the inoculated agarose plate is overlaid with 1.0% agarose containing 6.0% trypticase soy medium.
  • antimicrobial activity is demonstrated by clear zones surrounding weUs loaded with antibacterial samples; the areas of the clear zones are typicaUy concentration-dependent.
  • a cryptdin or cryptdin-bke composition's antimicrobial activity in vitro is substantiaUy enhanced in piperazine-N, N'-bis (2-ethane 5-sulfonic acid) (PIPES) or in N-2- hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES) as compared to its activity in sodium phosphate.
  • Purified LP peptides of the invention are dissolved at various concentrations (such as, e.g, from about 0.1 to about 300 ug/ml) in 0.01% acetic acid and activity is examined against E. cob ML35 (ATCC).
  • a radial diffusion assay 5 ul of peptide solution is transferred into weUs formed in plates of 1% agarose buffered with 10 mM PIPES (pH 7.4) and containing 1 x 106 log-phase bacteria grown in trypticase soy broth. After 3 hr at 37 °C, the plates are overlaid with 0.8% agarose containing 2x trypticase soy broth and incubated overnight.
  • Antibacterial activities of LP peptides are compared with, e.g, antibacterial activities of rabbit neutrophil defensin NP-1, which is purified from peritoneal exudates as described by Selsted, et al 1985 J. Biol. Chem. 260:4579-4584 (incorporated herein by reference for such assay teachings) or with a known cryptdin sequence.
  • Antibacterial activity is determined by measuring the diameter of clearing around each weU and plotted as a function of peptide concentration. Positive results wiU typicaUy produce a dose-dependent zone of clearing that demonstrates an inhibition of microbial growth. Potencies of an LP321 or an LP321 variant may vary depending on dosage and modification.
  • an LP321 or LP321 variant may be more active than rabbit NP-1 at a concentration above 100 ug/ml or more active than NP-1 when compared at 100 ug/ml and 300 ug/ml. Higher concentrations may be more effective than the same concentration of NP-1 at inhibiting the growth of S. aureus and of wild type and mutant strains of S. typhimurium. An inhibition of S. aureus is interpreted as indicating that an LP321 or LP321 variant peptide inhibits bacterial growth.
  • Bactericidal assays are performed by incubating approximately 1-2 x 106 log-phase bacteria in 10 mM PIPES contaimng from about .1 to about 10 ug peptide/ml. After incubation for 15 or 30 min at 37 °C, ahquots are removed, senaUy diluted, and plated on trypticase soy agar. Bactericidal activity is quantitated by counting colonies after overnight incubation at 37 °C.
  • the bactericidal activity of, e.g, cryptdin 1 can be compared with an LP321 or LP321 variant peptide of the invention to compare microbial activity.
  • E. cob ML35 ceUs, S. aureus 502A ceUs or mutant or wild type S. typhimurium ceUs are incubated with various concentrations of rat cryptdin 1 or rabbit NP-1.
  • Ten ug/ml rat cryptdin 1 has been reported to kiU about 90% of the S. aureus ceUs and greater than 99% of the E. cob and mutant S. typhimurium ceUs, but is relatively ineffective in kilbng wild type S.
  • Giardia lambba which is the most common cause of protozoan disease in the human smaU intestine
  • trophozoites of the C6 clone of Giardia lambba WB are grown to late log phase in TYI-S-33 medium contaimng bovine bile. Free-swimming trophozoites are discarded and tubes with attached trophozoites are refiUed with warm Dulbecco's PBS.
  • Trophozoites are detached by chilbng 10 min on ice, then harvested by centrifugation, resuspended at 2 x 107/ml in 25 mM HEPES (pH 7.5) contaimng 9.0% (isotonic) sucrose and incubated for 2 hr at 37 °C with various concentrations of, e.g, mouse cryptdins 1-3 or 6 and an LP peptide.
  • trophozoite viabibty is determined and compared (depending on treatment) by trypan blue exclusion to determine how an LP321 or LP321 variant peptide or mouse cryptdins 1 -3 or 6 klU Giardia trophozoites in a dose-dependent manner (e.g, it has been reported that 20 ug/ml of cryptdin 2 or cryptdin 3 reduces Giardia growth by greater than 2 orders of magnitude thus, indicating that such cryptdins are active against a variety of microorganisms see, WO 96/16075 for cryptdin assay methods (WO96/16075 is incorporated herein by reference for such assay methods).
  • assays for microbi ⁇ dal activities can also be employed to test an LP321 or an LP321 variant of the invention
  • Such assays are commonly art known, and could be adapted for use to test an LP321, an LP321 variant or an LP321 binding agent without undue experimentation, (see, e.g, Selsted, M. E. (1993) in Investigational Approaches for Studying the Structures and Biological Functions of Myeloid Antimicrobial Peptides, ed. Setiow, J. K. (Plenum, New York), Vol. 15, pp. 131—147; which is incorporated herein for such method techniques).
  • T84 ceUs form confluent monolayers of columnar epitheba that display polarized apical and basolateral membranes, high transepithebal resistances, and a regulated C12 secretory pathway analogous to that found in native crypt epithebum (Dharmsathaphorn & Madara 1990 Methods Enzymol. 192:354—359).
  • C12 secretion is assessed as a short circuit current (Isc) using standard electrophysiologic techniques (Lencer, et al. 1992 J. CeU Biol.
  • cAMP and cGMP are assessed in ethanol extracts of T84 ceU monolayers by radioimmune assay kit (NEN) Hanks' balanced salt solution (HBSS; containing 1.67 mM CaC12 0.8 mM MgSO4 5 mM KC1 0.45 mM KH2P04 137 mM NaCl 0.33 mM Na2HP04 5 mM glucose 10 mM Hepes, pH 7.4) is used for aU assays unless otherwise stated.
  • NNN radioimmune assay kit
  • HBSS Hanks' balanced salt solution
  • HBSS Hanks' balanced salt solution
  • Isc short circuit current
  • BCECF-acid 29,79-b ⁇ s-(2-carboxyethyl)-5-(and-6)- carboxy-fluorescein.
  • Peptide Purification and Synthesis To compare a cryptdin with an LP321 or an LP321 variant of the invention one can use any standard recombinant method employing a pubbshed cryptdin sequence to generate a cryptdin peptide of interest, or one can use a low molecular weight peptide fraction (P-60 cryptdin fraction; from which aU known cryptdins to date have been purified) to purify a cryptdin of interest. Briefly, the peptide fraction is prepared by Biogel P-60 gel chromatography of an acid extract homogenate of adult outbred Swiss Webster mouse smaU intestine using a method of Selsted, et al 1992 J. CeU Biol.
  • mice cryptdins 1—6 are purified to homogeneity by HPLC using the methods of Selsted, supra; or OueUette, et al. 1992 FEBS Lett. 304, 146-148 (which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference for these assay method teachings).
  • Nonpolarized T84 ceUs grown on glass coversbps
  • polarized monolayers grown on filter supports
  • BCECF-acid 0.1 uM
  • coversbps or monolayers on their filter supports are washed in fresh HBSS contaimng 0.1 uM BCECF at 37°C to remove the peptide.
  • coversbps or monolayers are washed again in fresh HBSS and examined by epifluorescence (490 nM excitation, 520 emission) and bright field microscopy using Nomarski optics for the presence of the fluorophore outside of the ceUs of interest.
  • LP317 is a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 18) that exhibits similarity to a defensin family of proteins. SpecificaUy, LP317 is a novel member of the gamma-thionin family of proteins. These defensins exhibit remarkable structural sir la ⁇ ty to sco ⁇ ion neurotoxins and insect defensins, which are generaUy recognized a having antibiotic, antifungal, antitumor, antineoplastic and antiviral activities.
  • an LP317, or an LP317 variant can function as a new class of sodium channel blockers.
  • LP317 shares sequence similarity with amylase inhibitors Elevation of serum amylase is associated with lung cancer (Grove, A. 1994 APMIS 102(2):135-44), myeloma (Fuju, et al.
  • compositions comprising LP317 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of cancer, pancreatitis, and tooth decay.
  • LP317 is also expressed in prostate stroma.
  • compositions comprising LP317 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to prostate.
  • Defensins are a family of structuraUy related cysteine- nch peptides active against many Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria, fungi, and viruses (see, e.g, Lehrer, et al. CeU 64:229-230; Kagan, et al. 1994 Toxicology 87-131-149; Lehrer, et al. 1993 Annu. Rev. Immunol. 11:105-128, and White, et al. 1995 Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:521-527).
  • defensins are also caUed corticostatins (CS) because they inhibit corticotropin-stimulated corticosteroid production.
  • CS corticostatins
  • Defensins can k ⁇ l ceUs by forming voltage -regulated multimeric channels in the membrane of the susceptible ceU.
  • Defensins play a significant role in innate immunity to infection and neoplasia.
  • Antimicrobial peptides are a prevalent mechanism of host defense found throughout nature (Kaiser & Diamond 2000 J Leukoc Biol 6:779-84). In mammals, defensins are among the most abundant of these broad-spectrum antibiotics, and are expressed in epithebal and hematopoietic ceUs.
  • defensin peptides are especiaUy abundant in neutrophils; however, gene expression is limited to the promyelocyte stage.
  • defensin genes are found as both constitutively expressed and inducible. Induction has been observed in vitro by stimulation with bacterial bpopolysaccharide as weU as inflammatory mediators. In vivo, up-regulation of several defensin genes occurs in both infectious and inflammatory states. Gene regulation occurs via signal transduction pathways common to other innate immune responses, using transcription factors such as nuclear factor (NF)-kappa beta and NF interleukin-6.
  • NF nuclear factor
  • Some peptides known to belong to the defensin family include, e.g.: Rabbit defensins and corticostatins: CS-I (NP-3A), CS-II (NP-3B), CS-III, (MCP-1), CS-IV (MCP- 2), NP-4, and NP-5; Guinea-pig neutrophil defensin (GPNP); Human neutrophil defensins 1 to 4 and intestinal defensins 5 and 6; Mouse smaU bowel cryptdins 1 to 5 and; Rat NP-1 to
  • NP-4. AU these peptides range in length from approximately 29 to about 35 amino acids and typicaUy, at the primary amino acid sequence level, they possess invariant cysteine residues that are involved in intrachain disulfide bonding.
  • LP317 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO 17) is only found in a human brain and prostate stroma of a LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbrary Table 7 Primate, e , human, LP317 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 17) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 18)
  • LP317 (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) .
  • a predicted mature LP317 sequence is as follows: GTTTT VAEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGG TAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
  • An LP317 Variant Sequence (56aa) : An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened. TTTTMVAEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGG TAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
  • An LP317 Variant Sequence (49aa) : An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened.
  • LP317 interesting segments of LP317 are the segments from about Arg-36 to about Cys-82 (RVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC), and from about Arg-36 to about Cys-59 ( RVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNEC ) , which have been discovered to exhibit gamma-thionin-bke domain signatures.
  • Other interesting segments of LP317 are the segments from about Val-37 to about Asp-52 (VC GKSQHHSFPCISD), and from about Gly-69 to about Cys-82 (GYCHLRYCRCQKAC) , which have been discovered to exhibit a purothionin- bke signature.
  • Gamma-purothionin inhibits protein translation in ceU-free systems.
  • a further interesting segment of LP317 is the segment from about Cys-49 to about Cys-78 (CISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRC), which has been discovered to exhibit a scorpion- short-toxin-bke signature.
  • LP317 Other interesting segments of LP317 are discovered fragments are the discovered portions of LP317 from about Ser-6 to about Ala-16; from about Leu-13 to about Tyr-23; from about Cys-38 to about Cys-49; from about Ser-56 to about Thr-67; from about Gly-65 to about Tyr-75; from about Cys-38 to about Cys-49, from about Asp-63 to about Cys-71; from about Cys-11 to about Ser-21, from about His-22 to about Val-32; from about Met-31 to about Gly-40; from about Val-37 to about Ser-46, from about Pro-49 to about Val-71, from about Leu-54 to about Thr-67; and from about Val-60 to about Cys-71; whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophibcity plots.
  • LP317 Additional interesting sections of LP317 are the discovered portions of LP317 from about Ala-8 to Tyr-23; from about Asp-24 to about Glu-34; from about Arg-36 to about Lys-41; from about Pro-48 to about Cys-59; from about Cys-59 to about Gly-69; and from about Ser-70 to about Arg-80. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP317 structures (e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered is the foUowing LP317 hebx structure: from about Thr-9 to about Leu-17.
  • LP317 hebx structure from about Thr-9 to about Leu-17.
  • Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about His-22 to about Thr-27; from about Gly-40 to about Ile-50; from about Ser-51 to about Gly-69; and from about Gln-79 to about Cys-82.
  • a particularly interesting discovered strand structure is from about Thr-30 to about Val-32 (TMV). Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil-coil motif of LP317 combines the coil from about His-22 to about Thr-27, the strand from about Thr-30 to about Val-32, the coil from about Gly-40 to about Ile-50, and the coil from about Ser-51 to about Gly-69 to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about His-22 to about to about Gly-69.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP peptide encompasses cationic peptide LP variants which, as defined herein, refer to an LP peptide of the invention with a net positive charge within the pH range of from about pH4.0 to about pHlO.O, including pH values of: 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.5, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.7, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.9, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.0, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, and 10.
  • a cationic LP peptide variant is at least five contiguous amino acids in length of an LP peptide described herein, and has at least one basic amino acid (e.g, arginine, lysine, histidine).
  • a cationic LP peptide variant typicaUy does not have more than about 25, about 27, about 30, about 35, about 40, about 45, about 50, about 55 or about 60 amino acids, and typicaUy has about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, amino acid residues; more preferably at least about: 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, or 29 amino acid residues, favorably at least about: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, or 39 amino acid residues, more preferably, at least about: 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, or 49 amino acid residues; desirably at least about: 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
  • nucleotides particularly at least about 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, or 69 amino acid residues; more particularly at least about 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, or 79; predominandy at least about 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, or 89; and even more favorably at least about 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or 100 amino acid residues.
  • Similar cationic-bke peptide examples include, for instanced, vertebrate defensins, such as human neutrophil defensins [HNP 1-4], paneth ceU defensins of mouse and human smaU intestine (Oulette and Selsted, FASEB J. 10:1280, 1996; Porter et al. Infect. Immun. 65:2396, 1997), vertebrate defensins, such as HBD-1 of human epithebal ceUs (Zhao et al, FEBS Lett. 368:331, 1995), HBD-2 of inflamed human skin (Harder et al.
  • vertebrate defensins such as human neutrophil defensins [HNP 1-4]
  • paneth ceU defensins of mouse and human smaU intestine Oulette and Selsted, FASEB J. 10:1280, 1996; Porter et al. Infect. Immun. 65:
  • LP cationic peptide variant encompassed by the term LP peptide is a cationic peptide that has been conjugated with a bioactive agent, such as a one described herein.
  • Additional cationic peptide variants encompassed by the term LP peptides are peptides that have one or more amino acids altered to a corresponding D-amino acid.
  • the N-terminal and/or C-terminal amino acid can be a D-amino acid.
  • Certain cationic peptide variants are acetylated at the N-terminal amino acid, and/or amidated (or esterified) at the C-terminal amino acid.
  • a cationic peptide variant encompassed by the invention can be modified by incorporation of homoserine/homoserine lactone at the C-terminal amino acid.
  • an LP cationic peptide variant encompassed herein exhibits at least 50%, and preferably, greater than 60, 70, 80, 85, 87, or 90% of an activity of a corresponding naturaUy occurring LP peptide of the invention as determined by any art known assay or an assay described or referenced herein.
  • the antibiotic activity of such LP analogs or variants can be determined using any art known method, such as an assay described herein. As an iUustration, an in vivo assay to measure anti-microbial activity is used as described herein. An in vivo assay can also be used to evaluate the activity of a cationic peptide analog or variant for treatment of tumors.
  • in vitro assays can provide a simple test for anti-nepotistic LP analogs or anti-nepotistic variant LP peptides, such as the methylthiazoltetrazobum (MTT) or the lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) assay.
  • MTT assay is a tetrazobum dye colormetric assay that measures ceU viabibty, while the LDH assay measures ceU cytotoxicity.
  • LP317 Functions Given the teachings suppbed herein, for example, of: LP317 primary amino acid, LP317 higher order structures, the relationship of LP317 amino acid sequence to higher order structural features of thiomns and short scorpion toxins, the comparabihty of LP317 sequence and/or LP317 higher order structure with known thiomns and short scorpion toxins, and the relationship of higher order structural features of such proteins with their known functions, it is bkely that an LP317, an LP317 variant, and/or an LP317 binding agent (e.g, such as an LP317 antibody (or fragment thereof)) plays a similar role/s in a variety of physiological processes.
  • an LP317, an LP317 variant, and/or an LP317 binding agent e.g, such as an LP317 antibody (or fragment thereof)
  • Some non-bmiting examples of functions an LP317, an LP317 variant, an LP317 hetero- or an LP317 homomultimer, or an LP317 binding agent or LP binding compound is bkely to participate in are, for example, those such as: mucosal immunity (such as, e.g, mucosal surfaces in, e.g, epitheba in the airway, skin, oropharynx, gingival crevice, and urogemtal); host defense; anti-microbial activity (such as, e.g, against bacteria; (such as, e.g. Gram-positive, Gram-negative, S. typhimurim, S. typhimurium, S.
  • mucosal immunity such as, e.g, mucosal surfaces in, e.g, epitheba in the airway, skin, oropharynx, gingival crevice, and urogemtal
  • host defense anti-microbial activity (such as,
  • protists such as, e.g, G.
  • ion flow such as, e.g, calcium, sodium, potassium, or chloride ions
  • modulation of an ionic flow through a membrane wherein said mediation of innate immunity
  • modulate chloride ion flow create an ionic pore in a membrane, creating an lomc pore in a membrane, wherein said membrane is in an epithebum, wherein said epithebum is a broncho epithebum; wherein said epithebum is in a lung; creating an ionic pore in a membrane, wherein said membrane is in a microbe, mounting and maintaining defense against
  • LP Antimicrobial Assays The antimicrobial activity of an isolated or recombinant LP317 or LP variant of the invention is tested against wild type and phoP mutant S. typhimurium by means of a modified plate diffusion assay (Lehrer, et al. 1991b J. Immunol. Methods 137:167-173, which is incorporated herein by reference for these assay methods) using wild type S. typhimurium (ATCC 10428) or an lsogenic phoP mutant of S. typhimurium (strain CS015 phoP102::Tnl0d-Cam, MiUer et al, supra, 1989).
  • the phoP locus is a two-component regulatory locus essential to S.
  • LP283 and its spbce variants are novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 20, 21, 22, & 23) members of the epidermal growth factor (EGF) superfamily.
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • the EGF superfamily comprises a diverse group of proteins that function as secreted signabng molecules, growth factors, and components of the extraceUular matrix involved in, for example, ceU-ceU, and/or ceU-matrix adhesion.
  • Many members of this group play a role in vertebrate development, such as for example in the development, estabbshment, remodebng, and/or maintenance of various organ or organ systems, such as, e.g, the nervous system, the reproductive system, the urogenital system, etc.
  • LP283 exhibits a unique domain architecture having an N-terminal signal peptide sequence, a series of tandem-bke EGF-bke repeats (approximately nine) and a C-terminal CUB-bke domain.
  • the CUB domain (Complement subcomponents Clr/Cls, Uegf, Bmpl; see, Bork & Beckman 1993 J. Mol. Biol. 231:539-45) is a domain spanning approximately 100-110 amino acid residues, which were first reported in the complement subcomponents Clr/Cls, epidermal-growth-factor-related sea urchin protein and bone morphogenetic protein 1.
  • CUB domains are involved in protein-protein and glycosaminoglycan interactions.
  • a number of proteins have been identified that contain both EGF and CUB domains, including Drosophila tolloid, the mammaban toUoid-related genes BMP1 and mTll,f ⁇ ropellin I and III from sea urchin, and the serum glycoprotein attractin. Each of these proteins is impbcated in the regulation of extraceUular processes such as communication, adhesion, and guidance. Based on sequence and domain architecture similarity between LP283 and such proteins it is bkely that LP283 or an LP283 variant (or a fragment thereof) wiU also function in such a role/s.
  • the domain architecture and sequence of LP283 shows similarity at the amino acid sequence level to a mammaban gene family that is defined by two proteins designated SCUBE1 and SCUBE2 (signal peptide-CUB domain-EGF-related 1, and 2; see, Grimmond, et al. 2000 Genomics 70:74-81; Grimmond, et al. 2001 Mech Dev 102:209-211) and to the fibropeUins (Bisgrove, et al. 1995 J. Mol. Evol 41:34-45).
  • fibropeUins are secreted glycoproteins that form physical associations to provide a protein substratum of the apical lamina, a component of the hyabne layer that surrounds sea urchin embryos (DelgadiUo-Reynoso et al. 1989 J. Mol. Evol. 29:314-327; Burke, et al. 1998 CeU Adhes Commun 5:97-108).
  • fibropeUins function during developmental periods when the organization of the sea urchin embryo is changing rapidly due to mesenchymal ceU ingression, gastrulation, and larval morphogenesis, aU of which are processes that are bebeved to involve the interaction of migrating ceUs and ECM components (Bisgrove and Raff 1993 Dev Biol 157:526-538).
  • fibropeUins function by mediating ceU movements.
  • EGF and CUB domains are impbcated in the physical association of the fibropeUins with ECM proteins.
  • LP283, LP283 variants, or LP283 fragments wiU play a role in the development of vertebrate organs or organ systems, such as, for example, the central nervous system, the reproductive system, the urogenital system, and/or the development of the bmbs.
  • LP283 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 19) is expressed in the foUowing LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Embryonic Structures 1/23; Endocrine System 3/63; Genitaba, Female 2/113; Hemic and Immune System 3/166; Musculoskeletal System 1/50; Nervous System 4/221; Sense Organs 1 /10; and Urinary Tract 2/66. Sequence encoding LP283 and its spbce variants (LP344, LP345, & LP346) has been locabzed to human chromosome region 6p21.1-21.33.
  • LP283, LP283 variants e.g, LP344, LP345, & LP346) or fragments thereof have both specific and general utibty.
  • compositions comprising P283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 polypeptides or polynucleotides, (fragments thereof), P283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g, P283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, and/or prognosis, of such a disease, condition, syndrome, or state.
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-27)
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-20 and Gln-23 indicated as follows 1 MGSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARA ⁇ AQ 22
  • An alternate predicted SP cleavage site is between Cys-40 and Thr-43 indicated as follows' 1 MGSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNC ⁇ ILT 43
  • Each mature LP283 version is encompassed herein
  • An LP encompassed herein includes full-length forms encoded by an ORF disclosed herein, as well as any mature forms therefrom Such a mature LP could be formed, for example, by the removal of a signal peptide and/or by aminopeptidase modification
  • a "mature" LP encompasses, e g , post-translational modifications other than proteolytic cleavages (such as, e g , by way of a non-limiting example, glycosy
  • a predicted mature LP283 sequence is as follows:
  • LP283 splice variants are LP283 splice variants.
  • LP283 splice variant also known as LP344 (SEQ ID NO 21)
  • Exon 7 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Gly-238 to about Asn-253 (GERRLEQHIPTQA SN).
  • the alternate predicted mature LP283 sequence (LP344) is as follows: GSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVD ECEREDNAGCVHDCVNIPGNYRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCVNMMGSYECHCREGFFL SDNQHTCIQRPEEGM CM KNHGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTKNQRDCKLTCNYGNGGCQHTCDDTE QGPRCGCHIKFVLHTDGKTCIETCAVNNGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTCKDIDECRLN GGC DHICR TVGSFECSCKKGYKLLINER CQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQCLCHRGYLLYGITHCGDVDE CSINRGGCRFGCINTPGSYQCTCPAGQGRLHW GKDCTEPLKCQGSPGASKAMLSC
  • LP283 splice variants are LP283 splice variants. Another such LP variant is listed below Applicants discovered that this LP283 variant (also known as LP345, (SEQ ID NO: 22)) is the result of loss of processing of exon 7 and exon 16 from genomic LP283 sequence (see below). Exon 7 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Gly-238 to about Asn-253 (GERRLEQHIPTQAVSN). Exon 16 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Ser-654 to about Ala-706
  • LP283 sequence (SCPQGTYYHGQTEQCVPCPAGTFQEREGQLSCDLCPGSDAHGPLGATNVTTCA)
  • the alternate predicted mature LP283 sequence (LP345,) is as follows. GSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVD ECEREDNAGCVHDCVNIPGNYRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCV M GSYECHCREGFFL SDNQHTCIQRPEEGMNCMNKNHGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTKNQRDCKLTCNYGNGGCQHTCDDTE QGPRCGCHIKFVLHTDGKTCIETCAV NGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTCKDIDECRLN GGC DHICRNTVGSFECSCKKGYKLLINERNCQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQCLCHRG
  • Exon 7 (see above) and exon 16 are missing in LP346.
  • Exon 16 in LP344 is missing in LP345, .
  • LP283 splice variants are LP283 splice variants. Still another such LP variant is listed below. Applicants discovered that this LP283 variant (also known as LP346 (SEQ ID NO: 23)) is the result of loss of processing
  • Exon 7 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Gly-238 to about Asn-253 (GERRLEQHIPTQAVSN).
  • Loss of the alternative form of exon 7 and of exon 17 leads to a truncated LP283 variant and an altered sequence C- terminad to the normal exon 7 amino acid sequence so that the EGF-like domain sequence CAVNNGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTC is changed to
  • Hs6_7350ch 20560 CACCTTACCCCCCATTTCCTTCTCTCTCCTCCAGATGCCAGTGGTACTCCCTCTCAGCTC
  • Hs6_7350ch 20620 CACCAGCAACCCTGTTTCTTCCTCACCAACTCCAGCCTTCCATCTCTTACCTTGATTTGA A _,*****************************************************
  • Hs6_7350ch 30220 CTGGGTGGTGGGAAATGCGGGGGTGGGTGGCTAGCGCGGCCGACTCTCCCTCAGTCAGCT
  • Hs6_7350ch 30280 GCCCGCAGGGAACGTATTACCACGGCCAGACGGAGCAGTGTGTGCCATGCCCAGCGGGCA
  • SCUBElh4ds 1782 CCTTCCAGGAGAGAGAAGGGCAGCTCTCCTGCGACCTTTGCCCTGGGAGTGATGCCCACG
  • Hs6_7350ch 30340 CCTTCCAGGAGAGAGAAGGGCAGCTCTCCTGCGACCTTTGCCCTGGGAGTGATGCCCACG
  • SCUBElh4ds 1842 GGCCTCTTGGAGCCACCAACGTCACCACGTGTGCAG Hs6_7350ch 30400 GGCCTCTTGGAGCCACCAACGTCACCACGTGTGCAGGTGCCAGGGGAACAAACAATACAG
  • interesting segments of LP283 are the foUowing segments: from about Cys-33 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-74 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-1 6 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-201 to about Cys-236, from about Cys-256 to about Cys-291, from about Cys-297 to about Cys-332, from about Cys-338 to about Cys-371, from about Cys-377 to about Cys-413, from about Cys-55 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-95 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-136 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-182 to about Cys-197, from about Cys-276 to about Cys-291, from about Cys-317 to about Cys-332, from about Cys-357 to about Cys-371, and from about Cys-161 to about Cys-197, which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP283 are the segments: from about Asp-29 to about Cys-55, from about Asp -70 to about Cys-95, from about Asp-112 to about Cys-136, from about Asp-293 to about Cys-317, from about Asp-334 to about Cys- 357, and from about Asp-151 to about Arg-166 which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains.
  • Additional interesting segments of LP283 are: from about Cys-46 to about Cys-57, from about Cys-86 to about Cys-97, from about Cys-127 to about Cys-138, from about Cys-308 to about Cys-319, from about Cys-348 to about Cys-359, and from about Cys-388 to about Cys-399), which have been discovered to be aspartic acid and/or asparagine hydroxylation-Uke sites.
  • a further interesting segment of LP283 is from about Cys-95 to about Thr-231, which has been discovered to be a keratin B2-Uke domain.
  • a further interesting segment of LP283 is from about Cys-392 to about Thr-465, which has been discovered to be a metaUothionein-Uke domain. Accordingly, one could test an LP283 or LP283 variant for possible metaUoproteinase activity using any standard method in the art without requiring undue experimentation. For example, commerciaUy available kits can be purchased which test for specific matrix metaUoproteinase activity (see, e.g., Biotrack MMP Bioassays from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech Limited) or the method of Hojima, et al. (1985 J. Biol.
  • Chem 260:15996-16003; incorporated herein for its assay methods can be adapted for use with an LP of the invention to test for enzymatic activity, however, other methods are also known and can be adapted for use here given the teachings suppUed herein of the LP283 sequence.
  • a further interesting segment of LP283 is from about Cys-820 to about Tyr-929, which has been discovered to be a CUB-Uke domain.
  • LP283 Other interesting segments of LP283 are discovered portions of LP283 from about Leu-11 to about Ser-24; from about Lys-55 to about Asn-79; from about Arg-154 to about Pro-176; from about Lys- 192 to about Lys-226; from about His-230 to about Val-251; from about Asn-253 to about Ala-271; from about Thr-272 to about Thr-290; from about Cys-291 to about Cys-308; from about Gly-353 to about Asp-375; from about Cys-377 to about Cys-399; from about Trp-408 to about Gly-421; from about Lys-427 to about Ser-447; from about Ala-449 to about Pro- 466; from about Ala-470 to about Ala-499; from about Phe-501 to about Gly-526; from about Pro-527 to about Thr-538; from about Phe-539 to about Val-563; from about Thr- 564 to about Gly-584; from about Asn-608 to
  • LP283 Additional interesting sections of LP283 are the discovered portions of LP283 from about Leu-12 to about Val-30; from about Asp-31 to about Ile-45; from about Cys-46 to about Tyr-61; from about Thr-62 to about Asp-72; from about Cys-82 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Cys-110; from about Cys-114 to about Val-128; from about Val-129 to about Leu-144; from about Ser-145 to about Gly-167; from about Ile-171 to about Lys-192: from about Lys-198 to about Asp-214; from about Asp-232 to about Glu- 244; from about Thr-248 to about Asp-264; from about Ser-265 to about Val-274; from about His-275 to about Asp-287; from about Asp-295 to about His-306; from about Ile-307 to about Cys-319; from about Leu-326 to about Phe-340 from about Arg-342 to about Cys-
  • particularly interesting LP 283 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil).
  • Particularly interesting LP283 coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to about Ser- 52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about His-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys-123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from about Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Gly-167; from about Glu-174 to about Gly- 179; from
  • Particularly interesting heUx structures are from about His-17 to about Ala-27; from about Leu-242 to about Glu-243; from about Leu-570 to about Glu-571; from about Arg-589 to about Leu-596; from about Leu-600 to about Lys-605; from about Tyr-936 to about Arg-945; from about Gln-956 to about Phe-969; and from about Ser-992 to about Leu-997.
  • Particularly interesting strand structures are the foUowing: from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu-Ill to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; from about Ile-225 to about Leu-229; from about Cys- 256 to about Ala-257; from about His-275 to about Cys-276; from about Cys-297 to about Arg-298; from about His-306 to about Cys-308; from about Leu-325 to about Ile-327; from about His-346 to about Val-349; from about Gln-356 to about Leu-358; from about Leu-364 to about Tyr-366; from about Tyr-395 to about Cys-397; from about Ala-428 to about Leu- 430; from about Thr-460 to about Ser-462; from about Nal-537 to about Leu-542; from about Cys-652 to about Val-653; from about Val-702 to about Thr-704; from
  • one coil-strand-coil-helix-coil motif of LP283 combines the Cys-212 to about Gly-222 coil; with the Ile-225 to about Leu-229 strand; with the Thr-231 to about Lys-234 coil; with the Leu-242 to about Glu-243 heUx; with the His- 245 to about Asn 253 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Cys-212 to Asn-253.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • interesting segments of LP344 are the foUowing segments: from about Cys-33 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-74 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-116 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-201 to about Cys-236, from about Cys-240 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-281 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-322 to about Cys-355, from about Cys-366 to about Cys-397, from about Cys-55 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-95 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-136 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-182 to about Cys-197, from about Cys-260 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-301 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-341 to about Cys-355, and from about Cys-161 to about Cys-197, which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP344 are the segments: from about Asp-29 to about Cys-55, from about Asp -70 to about Cys-95, from about Asp-112 to about Cys-136, from about Asp-318 to about Cys-341, and from about Asp-151 to about Arg-166 which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains.
  • Additional interesting segments of LP344 are: from about Cys-46 to about Cys-57, from about Cys-86 to about Cys-97, from about Cys-127 to about Cys-138, from about Cys-308 to about Cys- 319, from about Cys-348 to about Cys-359, and from about Cys-388 to about Cys-399, which have been discovered to be aspartic acid and/or asparagine hydroxylation-Uke sites.
  • a further interesting segment of LP344 is from about Cys-95 to about Thr-231, which has been discovered to be a keratin B2-Uke domain.
  • a further interesting segment of LP344 is from about Cys-376 to about Thr-449, which has been discovered to be a metaUothionein-Uke domain.
  • a further interesting segment of LP344 is from about Cys-804 to about Tyr-913, which has been discovered to be a CUB-Uke domain.
  • LP344 portions of LP344 from about Leu-11 to about Ser-24; from about Lys-55 to about Asn-79; from about Arg-154 to about Pro-176; from about Lys-192 to about Lys-226; from about Asn-238 to about Ala-255; from about Thr-256 to about Thr-274; from about Cys-275 to about Cys-382; from about Gly-337 to about Asp-359; from about Cys-361 to about Cys-383; from about Trp-492 to about Gly-405; from about Lys-411 to about Ser-431; from about Ala-433 to about Pro-450; from about Ala-454 to about Ala-483; from about Phe-585 to about Gly-510; from about Pro-511 to about Thr-512; from about Phe-522 to about Val-557; from about Thr-558 to about Gly-568; from about Asn-692 to about Glu- 617; from about Ala-619 to about Tyr-644;
  • LP344 Additional interesting sections of LP344 are the discovered portions of LP344 from about Leu-12 to about Val-30; from about Asp-31 to about Ile-45; from about Cys-46 to about Tyr-61; from about Thr-62 to about Asp-72; from about Cys-82 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Cys-110; from about Cys-114 to about Val-128; from about Val-129 to about Leu-144; from about Ser-145 to about Gly-167; from about Ile-171 to about Lys-192: from about Lys-198 to about Asp- 214; from about Thr-232 to about Asp-248; from about Ser-249 to about Nal-258; from about H ⁇ s-259 to about Asp-271; from about Asp-279 to about His-290; from about Ile-291 to about Cys-303; from about Leu-280 to about Phe-324; from about Arg-325 to about Cys- 343; from about Tyr-350 to
  • particularly interesting LP 283 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil).
  • Particularly interesting LP344 coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to about Ser- 52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about H ⁇ s-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys-123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from about Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Gly-167; from about Glu-174 to about Gly- 179
  • Particularly interesting heUx structures are from about His-17 to about Ala- 27; from about Leu-554 to about Glu-555; from about Arg-573 to about Leu-580; from about Leu-574 to about Lys-589; from about Tyr-920 to about Arg-929; from about Gln-940 to about Phe-953; and from about Ser-986 to about Leu-981.
  • Particularly interesting strand structures are the foUowing: from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu- 11 to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; from about Ile-225 to about Leu-229; from about Cys-240 to about Ala-241; from about His-269 to about Cys-260; from about Cys-281 to about Arg-282; from about His-290 to about Cys- 292; from about Leu-309 to about Ile-301; from about His-330 to about Val-333; from about Gln-340 to about Leu-342; from about Leu-358 to about Tyr-350; from about Tyr-379 to about Cys-371 ; from about Ala-412 to about Leu-414; from about Thr-444 to about Ser-446; from about Val-521 to about Leu-526; from about Cys-636 to about Nal-637; from about Val-676 to about Thr-678; from about
  • one coil-strand-coil-heUx-coil motif of LP344 combines the Cys-212 to about Gly-222 coil; with the Ile-225 to about Leu-229 strand; with the Thr-231 to about Lys-234 coil; to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Cys-212 to Lys-234.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • interesting segments of LP345, are the foUowing segments: from about Cys-33 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-74 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-116 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-201 to about Cys-236, from about Cys-240 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-281 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-322 to about Cys-355, from about Cys-366 to about Cys-397, from about Cys-55 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-95 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-136 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-182 to about Cys-197, from about Cys-260 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-301 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-341 to about Cys-355, and from about Cys-161 to about Cys-197, which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP345 are the segments: from about Asp-29 to about Cys-55, from about Asp -70 to about Cys-95, from about Asp-112 to about Cys-136, from about Asp-318 to about Cys-341, and from about Asp-151 to about Arg-166 which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains.
  • Additional interesting segments of LP345, are: from about Cys-46 to about Cys-57, from about Cys-86 to about Cys-97, from about Cys-127 to about Cys-138, from about Cys-308 to about Cys- 319, from about Cys-348 to about Cys-359, and from about Cys-388 to about Cys-399, which have been discovered to be aspartic acid and/or asparagine hydroxylation-Uke sites.
  • a further interesting segment of LP345, is from about Cys-95 to about Thr-231, which has been discovered to be a keratin B2-like domain.
  • a further interesting segment of LP345, is from about Cys-376 to about Thr-449, which has been discovered to be a metaUothionein- Uke domain.
  • a further interesting segment of LP345, is from about Cys-750 to about Tyr- 859, which has been discovered to be a CUB-Uke domain.
  • LP345 Other interesting segments of LP345, are discovered portions of LP345, from about Leu-11 to about Ser-24; from about Lys-55 to about Asn-79; from about Arg-154 to about Pro-176; from about Lys-192 to about Lys-226; from about Asn-238 to about Ala-255; from about Thr-256 to about Thr-274; from about Cys-275 to about Cys-382; from about Gly-337 to about Asp-359; from about Cys-361 to about Cys-383; from about Trp-492 to about Gly-405; from about Lys-411 to about Ser- 431; from about Ala-433 to about Pro-450; from about Ala-454 to about Ala-483; from about Phe-585 to about Gly-510; from about Pro-511 to about Thr-512; from about Phe-522 to about Val-557; from about Thr-558 to about Gly-568; from about Asn-692 to about Glu- 617; from about Gly-658
  • LP345 Additional interesting sections of LP345, are the discovered portions of LP345, from about Leu-12 to about Nal-30; from about Asp-31 to about Ile-45; from about Cys-46 to about Tyr-61; from about Thr-62 to about Asp-72; from about Cys-82 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Cys-110; from about Cys-114 to about Val-128; from about Val-129 to about Leu-144; from about Ser-145 to about Gly-167; from about Ile-171 to about Lys-192: from about Lys-198 to about Asp-214; from about Thr-232 to about Asp-248; from about Ser-249 to about Val- 258; from about H ⁇ s-259 to about Asp-271; from about Asp-279 to about His-290; from about lle-291 to about Cys-303; from about Leu-280 to about Phe-324; from about Arg-325 to about Cys-343; from about Tyr-350 to
  • particularly interesting LP 283 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil).
  • Particularly interesting LP345, coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to about Ser-52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about H ⁇ s-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys-123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from about Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Gly-167; from about Glu-174 to about Gly- 179
  • Particularly interesting heUx structures are from about His-17 to about Ala-27; from about Leu-554 to about Glu-555; from about Arg-573 to about Leu-580; from about Leu-574 to about Lys-589; from about Tyr-866 to about Arg-875; from about Gln-886 to about Phe-899; and from about Ser-932 to about Leu-937.
  • Particularly interesting strand structures are the foUowing: from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu-I ll to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; from about Ile-225 to about Leu-229; from about Cys-240 to about Ala-241 ; from about His-269 to about Cys-260; from about Cys-281 to about Arg-282; from about His-290 to about Cys- 292; from about Leu-309 to about Ile-301; from about His-330 to about Nal-333; from about Gln-340 to about Leu-342; from about Leu-358 to about Tyr-350; from about Tyr-379 to about Cys-371; from about Ala-412 to about Leu-414; from about Thr-444 to about Ser-446; from about Nal-521 to about Leu-526; from about Val-622 to about Thr-624; from about Thr-567 to about Phe-
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil-heUx-coil motif of LP345 combines the Cys-212 to about Gly-222 coil; with the Ile-225 to about Leu-229 strand; with the Thr-231 to about Lys-234 coil; to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Cys-212 to Lys-234.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP346 portions of LP346 from about Pro-7 to about His-17; from about Ala-18 to about Glu-32; from about Cys-33 to about Ile- 43; from about Asp-43 to about Ser-52; from about Lys-58 to about Nal-71; from about Asp- 72 to about Asn-88; from about Ala-104 to about Val-113; from about Asp-114 to about Asn-129; from about Asp-146 to about Met-159; from about Asn-160 to about His-170; from about Ile-171 to about Pro-186; from about Cys-201 to about His-210; from about Thr-211 to about Cys-218; from about Thr-231 to about Gln-249; from about Pro-250 to about Leu-259; from about Leu-11 to about Ala-20; from about Ala-21 to about Glu-32; from about Cys-33 to about Ile-42; froma about Asp-43 to about Cys-57; from about Lys-
  • LP346 Additional interesting sections of LP346 are the discovered portions of LP346 from about Leu-11 to about Ala-21; from about Gln-22 to about Asp-31; from about Glu-32 to about Ile-42; from about Asp-43 to about Tyr-53; from about Tyr-53 to about Thr-62; from about Gly-63 to about Cys-74; from about Glu-75 to about Val-87; from about Asn-88 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Asp-112; from about Val-113 to about Gln-124; from about Gln-125 to about Phe-142; from about Leu-144 to about Glu-157; from about Gly-158 to about Cys-168; from about Cys-172 to about Cys-182; from about Glu-183 to about Lys-192; from about Leu-199 to about Cys-208; from about Gln-209 to about His- 224; and from about Gln-245 to about Leu-259.
  • particularly interesting LP346 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil).
  • Particularly interesting LP346 coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to bout Ser-52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about His-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys- 123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from abou Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Cys-168; from about Arg-173 to about Gly-179
  • a particularly interesting heUx structure is from about His-17 to about Ala-27.
  • Particularly interesting strands are from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu-111 to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; and from about Ue-225 to about Leu-229.
  • Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil-coil motif of LP346 combines the His-105 to about Cys-110 coil; with the Leu-111 to about Nal-113 strand; with the Glu-118 to about Cys-123 coil; with the Met-131 to about Gly-141 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about His-105 to about Gly-141.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined
  • LP283 and variants Functions Given the teachings suppUed herein, for example, of: LP283 (or variants) primary amino acid, the sequence information and knowledge of the secondary structural features of proteins that exhibit sequence similarity to LP283 or variants, such as, for example, SCUBE1, SCUBE2, Drosophila toUoid, the mammaUan toUoid-related genes BMP1 and mTU, fibropeUin I and III from sea urchin, and the serum glycoprotein attractin sequence, and how these features map onto LP283 sequence presented herein (e.g., such as the relationship between the primary amino acid sequence of LP283 active regions and higher order structure of similar CUB-Uke domains such as, the crystal structure of ISPP (Romero, et al.
  • Some non- limiting examples of functions an LP283, LP283 variant, or an LP283 binding agent is Ukely to participate in are, for example, those such as: a ceU adhesion; ceU-matrix adhesion; neural development, such as, e.g., brain development, sense organ development, such as, for example, the eye; Umb development; protein-protein interactions; protein-extraceUular matrix interactions; chemotaxis; metaUoproteinase activity, added hair growth/hair replacement, cause breast cancer and embryogenesis.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • Total NT Seq refers to the total number of nucleotides in a polynucleotide sequence identified by an "LP No.”
  • the nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of the putative start codon (methionine) is identified as "5' NT of Start Codon.”
  • Sirmlarly, the nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of a predicted signal sequence of an LP protein or polypeptide is identified as "5' NT of First AA of Signal Pep.”
  • AA SEQ ID NO: Y The corresponding translated amino acid sequence of a particular NT SEQ ID NO:X, typicaUy beginning with the methionine, is identified as "AA SEQ ID NO: Y," although other reading frames can also be easily translated using techniques known in molecular biology.
  • a polypeptide produced using an alternative open reading frame/s is also specificaUy encompassed by the present invention.
  • the first and last amino acid position of a SEQ ID NO: Y of the predicted signal peptide is identified as "First AA of Signal Pep" and "Last AA of Signal Pep.”
  • the predicted first amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the secreted portion is identified as "Predicted First AA of Secreted Portion.” FinaUy, the amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the last amino acid in the open reading frame is identified as "Last AA of ORF.”
  • An LP polypeptide or fragment thereof, identified from SEQ ID NO: Y may be used, e.g., as an immunogen to generate an antibody that specificaUy and/or selectively binds a protein comprising an LP polypeptide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the invention and/or to a mature LP polypeptide or secreted LP protein, e.g., encoded by a polynucleotide sequence described herein
  • An LP polypeptide of the invention can be prepared in any manner suitable to those known in the art.
  • Such a polypeptide includes, e.g., naturaUy occurring polypeptides that are isolated, recombinantiy produced polypeptides, syntheticaUy produced polypeptides, or polypeptides produced by any combination of these methods Means for preparing such polypeptides are weU understood in the art.
  • An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) may be in the form of, a mature polypeptide, a secreted protein (including the mature form), or it may be a fragment thereof, or it may be a part of a larger polypeptide or protein, such as, e g., a fusion protein.
  • an LP polypeptide e.g , additional amino acid sequence that contains, e.g., secretory or leader sequences, pro- sequences, sequences that aid in purification, such as, e.g., multiple histidine residues, or an additional sequence for stabihty during recombinant production.
  • additional amino acid sequence that contains, e.g., secretory or leader sequences, pro- sequences, sequences that aid in purification, such as, e.g., multiple histidine residues, or an additional sequence for stabihty during recombinant production.
  • An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is preferably provided in an isolated or recombinant form, or it may be preferably substantially purified.
  • a recombinandy produced version of an LP polypeptide of the invention, including a secreted polypeptide, can be substantiaUy purified using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., the single-step purification method (Smith and Johnson (1988) Gene 67(1):31- 40).
  • An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can also be purified from natural, synthetic or recombinant sources using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., using an antibody of the invention raised against a secreted protein.
  • the present invention provides an isolated or recombinant LP polynucleotide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a nucleic acid molecule having a mature polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X wherein said polynucleotide sequence or said cDNA encodes at least 12 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • LP polynucleotide refers to a molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence contained in a Table herein or in a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • the polynucleotide can contain the nucleotide sequence of the fuU length cDNA sequence, including the 5' and 3' untranslated sequences, the coding region, with or without the signal sequence, the secreted protein coding region, as weU as fragments, epitopes, domains, and variants of the nucleic acid sequence.
  • An "LP polynucleotide” also encompasses, e.g., those polynucleotides that stably hybridize, under stringent hybridization conditions to an LP sequence of a table herein, or to a sequence contained in SEQ ID NO:X.
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence is at least 15, at least 30, at least 50, at least 100, at least 125, at least 500, or at least 1000 contiguous nucleotides but are less than or equal to 300 kb, 200 kb, 100 kb, 50 kb, 15 kb, 10 kb, 7.5 kb, 5 kb, 2.5 kb, 2.0 kb, or 1 kb, in length.
  • An LP polynucleotide sequence can be composed of any polyribonucleotide or polydeoxribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA.
  • polynucleotides can be composed of single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, single- and double-stranded RNA, and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typicaUy, double-stranded or a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions.
  • polynucleotide can be composed of triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA.
  • a polynucleotide may also contain one or more modified bases or DNA or RNA backbones modified for stabiUty or for other reasons.
  • Modified bases can include, e.g., for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine.
  • tritylated bases can include, e.g., for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine.
  • a variety of modifications can be made to DNA and RNA; thus, the term "polynucleotide" embraces chemicaUy, enzymaticaUy, or metaboUcaUy modified forms.
  • altered nucleic acid sequences encoding LP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as LP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of LP. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oUgonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding LP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to aUeUc variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding LP.
  • “Substantial similarity" in a nucleic acid sequence comparison context means either that the segments, or their complementary strands, when compared, are identical when optimaUy aUgned, with appropriate nucleotide insertions or deletions, in at least about 50% of the nucleotides, generaUy at least 56%, more generaUy at least 59%, ordinarily at least 62%, more ordinarily at least 65%, often at least 68%, more often at least 71%, typicaUy at least 74%, more typicaUy at least 77%, usuaUy at least 80%, more usuaUy at least about 85%, preferably at least about 90%, more preferably at least about 95 to 98% or more, and in particular embodiments, as high at about 99% or more of the nucleotides.
  • substantial similarity exists when the segments wiU hybridize under selective hybridization conditions, to a strand, or its complement, typicaUy using a sequence derived from SEQ ID X.
  • selective hybridization will occur when there is at least about 55% similarity over a stretch of at least about 30 nucleotides, preferably at least about 65% over a stretch of at least about 25 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 75%, and most preferably at least about 90% over about 20 nucleotides. See Kanehisa (1984) Nuc. Acids Res. 12:203-213.
  • the length of similarity comparison may be over longer stretches, and in certain embodiments wiU be over a stretch of at least about 17 nucleotides, usuaUy at least about 20 nucleotides, more usuaUy at least about 24 nucleotides, typicaUy at least about 28 nucleotides, more typicaUy at least about 40 nucleotides, preferably at least about 50 nucleotides, and more preferably at least about 75 to 100 or more nucleotides, e.g., 150, 200, etc.
  • typicaUy one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared.
  • test and reference sequences are input into a computer, subsequent coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated.
  • sequence comparison algorithm calculates the percent sequence identity for the test sequence(s) relative to the reference sequence, based on the designated program parameters.
  • Optical aUgnment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1981) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482, by the homology aUgnment algorithm of Needlman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol. 48:443, by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
  • nucleic acid sequences of polypeptides are substantiaUy identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologicaUy cross reactive with the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid.
  • Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantiaUy identical is that the two molecules hybridize to each other under stringent conditions. "Homologous" polynucleotide sequences, when compared, exhibit significant similarity (e.g., sequence identity at the nucleotide level).
  • standards for determining homology between nucleic acid molecules use art known techniques which examine, e.g., the extent of structural similarity or sequence identity between polynucleotide sequences; and/or that determine a phylogenetic relationship (e.g., whether compared sequences are orthologs or paralogs); and/or that are based on the abiUty of sequences to form a hybridization complex.
  • Hybridization conditions are described in detail herein.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions.
  • Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of similarity and/or identity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive anneaUng conditions and remain hybridized after "washing.” Washing is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, typicaUy, with more stringent conditions aUowing less non-specific binding (e.g., binding between polynucleotide sequences that demonstrate less sequence identity or similarity). Permissive conditions for anneaUng of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skiU in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve a desired stringency, and therefore, a particular hybridization specificity.
  • Stringent conditions when referring to homology or substantial similarity and/or identity in the hybridization context, wiU be stringent combined conditions of salt, temperature, organic solvents, and other parameters, typicaUy those controUed in hybridization reactions.
  • Stringent temperature conditions wiU usuaUy include temperatures in excess of about 30°C, more usuaUy in excess of about 37°C, typicaUy in excess of about 40°C, characteristicaUy in excess of about 42°C, routinely in excess of about 45°C, usuaUy in excess of about 47°C, preferably in excess of about 50°C, more typicaUy in excess of about 55°C, characteristicaUy in excess of about 60°C, preferably in excess of about 65°C, and more preferably in excess of about 70°C.
  • the term "about” includes, e.g., a particularly recited temperature (e.g., 50°C), and/or a temperature that is greater or lesser than that of the stated temperature by, e.g., one, two, three, four, or five degrees Celsius (e.g., 49°C or 51 °C).
  • Stringent salt conditions wiU ordinarily be less than about 500 mM, usuaUy less than about 450 mM, even more usuaUy less than about 400 mM, more usuaUy less than about 350 mM, even more usuaUy less than about 300 mM, typicaUy less than about 250 mM, even more typicaUy less than about 200 mM, preferably less than about 100 mM, and more preferably less than about 80 mM, even down to less than about 20 mM.
  • the term "about” includes, e.g., a particularly recited molarity (e.g., 400 mM), and/or a molarity that is greater or lesser than that of the stated molarity by, e.g., three, five, seven, nine, eleven or fifteen miUimolar (e.g., 389 mM or 415 mM). It is to be remembered that the combination of parameters is more important than the measure of any single parameter (see, e.g., Wetmur and Davidson (1968) J. Mol. Biol. 31:349-370).
  • a nucleic acid probe that binds to a target nucleic acid under stringent conditions to form a stable hybridization complex is said to be specific for said target nucleic acid.
  • hybridization under stringent conditions should give a signal of at least 2-fold over background, more preferably a signal of at least 3 to 5-fold over background or more.
  • a hybridization probe is more than 11 nucleotides in length and is sufficientiy identical (or complementary) to the sequence of the target nucleic acid (over the region determined by the sequence of the probe) to bind the target under stringent hybridization conditions to form a detectable stable hybridization complex.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid molecules by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or gt analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobuized on a sohd support (such as, e.g., without kmitation, paper, plastic, a membrane, a filter, a chip, a pin, glass, or any other appropriate substrate to which ceUs or their nucleic acids can be complexed with either covalendy or non-covalentiy).
  • a sohd support such as, e.g., without kmitation, paper, plastic, a membrane, a filter, a chip, a pin, glass, or any other appropriate substrate to which ceUs or their nucleic acids can be complexed with either covalendy or non-covalentiy.
  • a non- Umiting example of a high stringency condition of the invention comprises including a wash condition of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2X SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour.
  • temperatures of about 67°C, 63°C, 61°C, 59°C, 57°C, 53°C, 51°C, 49°C, 47°C, 43°C, or 41 °C may be used.
  • SSC concentration may be varied from about 0 1 to 2.0X SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%.
  • blocking reagents are used to block nonspecific hybridization
  • Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared, and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 ug/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as, e.g , formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for a RNA:DNA hybridization.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is indicative of a similar functional and/or biological role for the nucleotide sequence and its correspondingly encoded polypeptide sequence.
  • Another non-bmiting example of a stringent hybridization condition comprises, e.g., an overmght incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5x SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodmm citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 pg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, foUowed by washing the filters in O.lx SSC at about 65°C
  • nucleic acid molecules that hybridize to an LP polynucleotide sequence at lower stringency hybridization conditions.
  • washes are performed foUowing stringent hybridization at higher salt concentrations (e.g.
  • blocking reagents include, e.g., Denhardt's reagent, BLOTTO, heparin, denatured salmon sperm DNA, and commerciaUy avaUable proprietary formulations.
  • the inclusion of specific blocking reagents may require modification of a hybridization conditions described herein.
  • a polynucleotide that hybridizes only to polyA+ sequences (such as any 3' terminal polyA+ tract of a cDNA of the invention), or to a complementary stretch of T (or U) residues, is not included, e.g., in the definition of an "LP polynucleotide” since such a polynucleotide would hybridize to any nucleic acid molecule containing a poly (A) stretch or the complement thereof (i.e., practicaUy any double-stranded cDNA clone generated using oUgo dT as a primer).
  • Still another non-Umiting example of a stringent hybridization condition is one that employs, e.g.: low ionic strength and high temperature for washing (e.g., 15mM sodium chloride/1.5 mM sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C); a denaturing agent (during hybridization) such as formamide (e.g., 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% ficoU/0.1% polyvinylpyrroUdone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride/75 mM sodium citrate at 42°C); or 50% formamide, 5X SSC (750 ⁇ M sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5X Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 ⁇ g/mL), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dex
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid is a nucleic acid molecule or a polynucleotide sequence (e.g., an RNA, DNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, or a mixed polymer) which is substantiaUy separated from other biologic components that naturally accompany a native sequence (e.g., proteins and flanking genomic sequences from the originating species).
  • the isolated LP sequence is free of association with components that can interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the sequence including, e.g., enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous agents.
  • the term embraces a polynucleotide sequence removed from its naturaUy occurring environment.
  • an isolated polynucleotide sequence could comprise part of a vector or a composition of matter, or could be contained within a ceU, and stiU be "isolated" because the vector, composition of matter, or ceU is not the original environment of the polynucleotide sequence.
  • the term encompasses recombinant or cloned DNA isolates, chemicaUy synthesized analogs, or analogs biologicaUy synthesized using heterologous systems.
  • the term includes both double- stranded and single-stranded embodiments. If single-stranded, the polynucleotide sequence may be either the "sense" or the "antisense" strand.
  • a substantiaUy pure molecule includes isolated forms of the molecule.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule wiU usuaUy contain homogeneous nucleic acid molecules, but, in some embodiments, it wiU contain nucleic acid molecules having minor sequence heterogeneity. TypicaUy, this heterogeneity is found at the polymer ends or portions of the LP sequence that are not critical to a desired biological function or activity.
  • isolated does not refer to genomic or cDNA Ubraries, whole ceU total or mRNA preparations, genomic DNA preparations (including those separated by electrophoresis and transferred onto blots), sheared whole ceU genomic DNA preparations, or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of a LP polynucleotide sequence of the present invention.
  • a "recombinant" nucleic acid or polynucleotide sequence is defined either by its method of production or its structure. In reference to its method of production, e.g., a product made by a process, the process is use of any genetic engineering technique, e.g., products made by transforming ceUs with any non-naturaUy occurring vector are encompassed, as are nucleic acids comprising sequence derived using any synthetic oUgonucleotide process. A similar concept is intended for a recombinant LP polypeptide. SpecificaUy included are synthetic nucleic acid molecules which, due to the redundancy of the genetic code, encode polypeptides similar to fragments of these antigens, and fusions of sequences from various different species variants.
  • an "LP protein” shaU encompass, when used in a protein context, a protein or polypeptide having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: Y or a significant fragment of such a protein or polypeptide, preferably a natural embodiment.
  • the term “protein” or “polypeptide” is meant any chain of contiguous amino acid residues, regardless of length or postranslation modification (e.g., glycosylation, or phosphorylation).
  • an LP protein or an LP polypeptide encompass polypeptide sequences that are pre- or pro-proteins.
  • the present invention encompasses a mature LP protein, including a polypeptide or protein that is capable of being directed to the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), a secretory vesicle, a ceUular compartment, or an extraceUular space typicaUy, e.g., as a result of a signal sequence, however, a protein released into an extraceUular space without necessarily having a signal sequence is also encompassed.
  • ER endoplasmic reticulum
  • a secretory vesicle e.g., as a result of a signal sequence
  • a protein released into an extraceUular space without necessarily having a signal sequence is also encompassed.
  • GeneraUy the polypeptide undergoes processing, e.g., cleavage of a signal sequence, modification, folding, etc., resulting in a mature form (see, e.g., Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The CeU, Garland Pub
  • the invention also embraces polypeptides that exhibit similar structure to an LP polypeptide (e.g., one that interacts with an LP protein specific binding composition).
  • binding compositions e.g., antibodies, typicaUy bind an LP protein with high affinity, e.g., at least about 100 nM; usuaUy, better than about 30 nM; preferably, better than about 10 nM; and more preferably, at better than about 3 nM.
  • An LP polypeptide can be composed of amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e., peptide isosteres, and may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids.
  • the polypeptides may be modified by either natural processes, such as post-translational processing, or by chemical modification techniques that are weU known in the art. Such modifications are weU described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as weU as in a voluminous research Uterature. Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini.
  • polypeptides may be branched, for example, as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be cycUc, with or without branching.
  • Cychc, branched, and branched cycUc polypeptides may result from posttransla ⁇ on natural processes or may be made by synthetic methods.
  • Modifications include, e.g., acetylation, acylation, ADP-nbosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a Upid or Upid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidyUnositol, cross-Unking, cycUzation, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-Unks, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, lodination, methylation, mynstoylation, oxidation, pegylation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer- RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation,
  • the encoded protein may also be "altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues that produce a silent change and result in a functionaUy equivalent LP.
  • DeUberate ammo acid substitutions may be made based on similarity in polarity, charge, solubiUty, hydrophobicity, hydrophiUcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of the LP is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and vaUne; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
  • substantially pure refers to LP nucleic acid or LP protein or polypeptide that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated and/or separated from other contaminating proteins, nucleic acids, and other biologicals. Purity may be assayed by standard methods, and wiU ordinarily be at least about 50% pure, more ordinarily at least about 60% pure, generaUy at least about 70% pure, more generaUy at least about 80% pure, often at least about 85% pure, more often at least about 90% pure, preferably at least about 95% pure, more preferably at least about 98% pure, and in most preferred embodiments, at least 99% pure. Similar concepts apply, e.g., to LP antibodies or nucleic acids of the invention.
  • an LP polypeptide may be desirable to purify an LP polypeptide from recombinant ceU proteins or polypeptides.
  • Various art known methods of protein purification may be employed (see, e.g., Deutscher, (1990) Methods in Enzymology 182: 83-9 and Scopes, (1982) Protein Purification: Principles and Practice. Springer- Verlag, NY.)
  • Solubility of an LP protein or polypeptide is reflected by sedimentation measured in Svedberg units, which are a measure of the sedimentation velocity of a molecule under particular conditions (see, Freifelder (1982) Physical Biochemistry (2d ed.) W.FI. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA; and Cantor and Schimmel (1980) Biophysical Chemistry parts 1-3, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA).
  • a soluble particle or polypeptide wiU typicaUy be less than about 30S, more typicaUy less than about 15S, usuaUy less than about 10S, more usuaUy less than about 6S, and, in particular embodiments, preferably less than about 4S, and more preferably less than about 3S.
  • SolubiUty of a polypeptide or fragment depends upon the environment and the polypeptide. Many parameters affect polypeptide solubiUty, including temperature, electrolyte environment, size and molecular characteristics of the polypeptide, and nature of the solvent. TypicaUy, the temperature at which the polypeptide is used ranges from about 4° C to about 65° C.
  • the temperature at use is greater than about 18° C and more usually greater than about 22° C.
  • the temperature wiU usuaUy be about room temperature or warmer, but less than the denaturation temperature of components in the assay.
  • the temperature wiU usuaUy be body temperature, typicaUy about 37° C for humans, though under certain situations the temperature may be raised or lowered in situ or in vitro.
  • the size and structure of the polypeptide should generaUy be in a substantiaUy stable state, and usuaUy not in a denatured state.
  • the polypeptide may be associated with other polypeptides in a quaternary structure, e.g., to confer solubiUty, or associated with Upids or detergents in a manner which approximates natural Upid bilayer interactions.
  • the solvent wiU usuaUy be a biologicaUy compatible buffer, of a type used for preservation of biological activities, and wiU usuaUy approximate a physiological solvent.
  • the solvent wiU have a neutral pH, typicaUy between about 5 and 10, and preferably about 7.5.
  • a detergent wiU be added, typicaUy a mild non-denaturing one, e.g., CHS (cholesteryl hemisuccinate) or CHAPS (3-[3-cholamidopropyl)- dimethylammonio]-l -propane sulfonate), or a low enough concentration as to avoid significant disruption of structural or physiological properties of the protein.
  • the present invention encompasses "mature" forms of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • Methods for predicting whether a protein has a signal sequence, as weU as the cleavage point for that sequence, are known in the art (see, e.g., McGeoch, 1985 Virus Res. 3:271-286 and Henrik Nielsen et al. (1997) Protein Engineering 10: 1-6). Employing such known art methods a signal sequence for an LP polypeptide was made. However, cleavage sites may vary and cannot be predicted with absolute certainty.
  • the present invention provides secreted LP polypeptides having a sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y, in which a particular N-terminus variant polypeptide sequence can begin within five, four, three, two, or one amino acid residues (e.g., +5, +4, +3, +2, +1, or -5, -4, -3, -2, -1) from a particular cleavage point designated as such herein.
  • cleavage of a signal sequence of a secreted protein is not uniform, resulting in more than one secreted species for a given protein (e.g., a cleavage variant).
  • Such cleavage variant LP polypeptides, and the polynucleotides encoding them are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • the signal sequence identified by the above analysis may not necessarily predict a naturaUy occurring signal sequence.
  • a naturally occurring signal sequence may be further upstream from a predicted signal sequence.
  • a predicted signal sequence will be capable of directing the secreted protein to the ER.
  • the present invention encompasses a mature LP polypeptide or protein produced by expression of a polynucleotide sequence Usted in a Table herein or an LP polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X.
  • These LP polypeptides (and fragments thereof), and the polynucleotides encoding them, are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • the present invention encompasses variants of an LP polynucleotide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: X and/or the complementary strand thereto.
  • the present invention also encompasses variants of a polypeptide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • variant refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide differing from an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention, but retaining essential properties thereof.
  • GeneraUy variants are closely similar overaU in structural and/or sequence identity, and, in many regions, identical to an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention.
  • the present invention encompasses nucleic acid molecules that comprise, or alternatively consist of, a polynucleotide sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to, e.g., a polynucleotide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: X (or a strand complementary thereto); a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y; and/or polynucleotide fragments of any of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., a fragment as defined herein).
  • Polynucleotides that stably hybridize to a polynucleotide fragment (as defined herein) under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency conditions, are also encompassed by the invention, as are polypeptides (or fragments thereof) encoded by these polynucleotides.
  • the present invention is also directed to polypeptides that comprise, or alternatively consist of, an amino acid sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% identical to, e.g., a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragments thereof); a polypeptide sequence encoded by a cDNA contained in a deposited clone, and/or a polypeptide fragment of any of these polypeptides (e.g., those fragments as defined herein).
  • a polynucleotide sequence having at least some "percentage identity,” (e.g., 95%) to another polynucleotide sequence means that the sequence being compared (e.g., the test sequence) may vary from another sequence (e.g. the referent sequence) by a certain number of nucleotide differences (e.g., a test sequence with 95% sequence identity to a reference sequence can have up to five point mutations per each 100 contiguous nucleotides of the referent sequence).
  • test sequence for a test sequence to exhibit at least 95% identity to a referent sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the referent may differ, e.g., be deleted or substituted with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides (up to 5% of the total number of nucleotides in the reference sequence) may be inserted into the reference sequence.
  • the test sequence may be: an entire polynucleotide sequence, e.g., as shown in a Table herein, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment, segment, or portion thereof (as described herein).
  • determining if a particular nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide sequence exhibits at least about: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to an LP polynucleotide sequence can be accompUshed using any art known method.
  • Variants encompassed by the present invention may contain alterations in the coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Moreover, variants in which 1-2, 1-5, or 5-10 amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in any combination are also preferred.
  • a peptide or polypeptide in order of ever-increasing preference, it is highly preferable for a peptide or polypeptide to have an amino acid sequence that comprises an amino acid sequence of the present invention, which contains at least: one, but not more than: 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid substitutions.
  • the number of additions, substitutions, and/or deletions in an polypeptide sequence of the present invention or fragments thereof is at least: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 10-50, or 50-150; wherein conservative amino acid substitutions are more preferable than non-conservative substitutions.
  • the present invention is also directed to fragments of an LP polynucleotide.
  • An LP polynucleotide "fragment” encompasses a short polynucleotide of a nucleic acid molecule, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X or a complementary strand thereto, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragment thereof).
  • Polynucleotide fragments of the invention encompass a polynucleotide sequence that is preferably at least about 15 nucleotides, more preferably at least about: 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, or 29 nucleotides, favorably at least about: 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, or 39 nucleotides, and even more preferably, at least about: 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, or 49 nucleotides, desirably at least about: 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, or 59 nucleotides, particularly at least about 75 nucleotides, or at least about 150 nucleotides in length.
  • at least about includes, e.g., a specificaUy recited value (e.g., 20nt), and a value that is larger or smaUer by one or more nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1), at either terminus or at both termini.
  • a polynucleotide fragment has use that includes without Umit; e.g., diagnostic probes and primers as discussed herein.
  • fragments e.g., 50, 150, 500, 600, or 2000 nucleotides
  • Representative examples of various lengths of polynucleotide fragments encompassed by the invention include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X from about nucleotide number 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 651-700, 701-750, 751-800, 800-850, 851-900, 901-950, 951-1000, 1001-1050, 1051-1100, 1101-1150, 1151-1200, 1201-1250, 1251-1300, 1301-1350, 1351-1400, 1401-1450, 1451-1500, 1501-1550, 1551-1600, 1601-1650, 1651-1700, 1701
  • the term "about” includes, e.g., a particularly recited polynucleotide fragment range herein, and/or ranges that have lengths that are larger or smaUer by several nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or lnt), at either terminus or at both termini.
  • these fragments encode a polypeptide possessing biological activity as defined herein, e.g., lmmunogenicity, or antigenicity.
  • a polynucleotide fragment can be used as a probe or primer as discussed herein.
  • the present invention also encompasses a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to a polynucleotide fragment described herein under either stringent or lowered stringency hybridization conditions.
  • AdditionaUy inco ⁇ orated are polypeptides encoded by a polynucleotide fragment or a hybridized polynucleotide stably bound to a polynucleotide fragment of the invention.
  • AdditionaUy encompassed by the invention is a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, which is specifically or selectively bound by an antibody directed to/or generated against a mature polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), e.g., a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • polypeptide fragment or segment encompasses an amino acid sequence that is a portion of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • Protein and/or polypeptide fragments or segments may be "free-standing,” or they may comprise part of a larger polypeptide or protein, of which the fragment or segment forms a portion or region, e.g., a single continuous region of SEQ ID NO: Y connected in a fusion protein.
  • lengths of polypeptide fragments or segments encompassed by the invention include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, from about amino acid residue number 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 102-120, 121-140, 141-160, 161-170, 171- 180, 181-190, 191-200, 201-210, etc., to the end of the mature coding region of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof).
  • a polypeptide segment of the invention can have a length of contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that is at least about: 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous amino acids in length.
  • polypeptide comprising more than one of the above polypeptide fragments is encompassed by the invention; including a polypeptide comprising at least: one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, mne, ten, or more fragments, wherein the fragments (or combinations thereof) may be of any length described herein (e.g., a fragment of 12 contiguous amino acids and another fragment of 30 contiguous amino acids, etc.).
  • the invention also encompasses proteins or polypeptides comprising a pluraUty of distinct, e.g., non-overlapping, segments of specified lengths.
  • the pluraUty wiU be at least two, more usuaUy at least three, and preferably four, five, six, seven, eight, mne, ten, or even more. While length minima are stipulated, longer lengths (of various sizes) may be appropriate (e.g., one of length seven, and two of lengths of twelve).
  • Preferred polypeptide fragments include, e.g., the secreted protein as weU as the mature form.
  • polypeptide fragments include, e g , the secreted protein or the mature form having a continuous series of deleted residues from the amino or the carboxy terminus, or both.
  • 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 amino acids can be deleted from the amino terminus of either the secreted polypeptide or the mature form.
  • 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30, can be deleted from the carboxy terminus of the secreted protein or mature form.
  • any combination of the above amino and carboxy terminus deletions are preferred.
  • polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also preferred.
  • polypeptide fragments or segments that characterize structural or functional domains, such as, fragments, or combinations thereof, that comprise e.g., alpha-hehx, and alpha-heUx forming regions, beta-sheet, and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn, and turn-forming regions, coil, and coil-forming regions, hydrophiUc regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, loop regions, hairpin domains, beta-alpa-beta motifs, heUx bundles, alpha/beta barrels, up and down beta barrels, jeUy roU or Swiss roU motifs, transmembrane domains, surface- forming regions, substrate binding regions, transmembrane regions, Unkers, immunogenic regions, epitopic regions, and high antigenic index regions.
  • Polypeptide fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y falling within conserved domains are specificaUy encompassed by the present invention. Moreover, polynucleotides encoding these domains are also encompassed. Other preferred polypeptide segments are biologicaUy active fragments. BiologicaUy active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). The biological activity of the fragments may include, e.g., an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity. Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also encompassed by the invention.
  • the polynucleotide fragments of the invention encode a polypeptide that demonstrates a functional activity.
  • the phrase "functional activity" encompasses a polypeptide segment that can accompUsh one or more known functional activities associated with a fuU-length (complete) polypeptide of invention protein.
  • Such functional activities include, e.g., without Umitation, biological activity, antigenicity [abiUty to bind (or compete with a polypeptide of the invention for binding) to an antibody to a polypeptide of the invention], lmmunogenicity (abiUty to generate antibody that binds to a polypeptide of the invention), abiUty to form multimers with a polypeptide of the invention, and the ability to bind to a receptor or Ugand of a polypeptide of the invention.
  • a polypeptide of the invention can be assayed by various methods.
  • various immunoassays known in the art can be used, including, e.g., without Umitation, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich” immunoassays, lmmunoradiometnc assays, gel diffusion precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using coUoidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays,
  • the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody.
  • the secondary antibody is labeled.
  • Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention.
  • binding can be assayed, e g., by using reducing and non- reducing gel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, and affinity blotting (see generaUy, Phizicky, et al. (1995) Microbial. Rev. 59:94-123).
  • physiological correlates of binding of a polypeptide of the invention to its substrates can be assayed with common techniques.
  • assays described herein see, e.g., the "Examples" section of the appUcation), or otherwise known in the art, can routinely be appUed to measure the abiUty of a polypeptide of the invention (its fragments, variants derivatives and analogs thereof) to eUcit a related biological activity (either in vitro or
  • the present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, an epitope of SEQ ID NO: Y or a table herein, or encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to form a hybridization complex, under stringent hybridization conditions (or lower stringency hybridization conditions) as defined herein, to a complement of a sequence of SEQ ID NO: X.
  • the present invention further encompasses a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of a polypeptide sequence of the invention (such as, e.g , a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: X or a Table herein), a polynucleotide sequence of the complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of the invention, and a polynucleotide sequence that stably hybridizes to a complementary strand under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency hybridization conditions as defined herein.
  • a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of a polypeptide sequence of the invention such as, e.g , a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: X or a Table herein
  • a polynucleotide sequence of the complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of the invention and a polynucleotide sequence that stably hybridizes
  • epitope refers to a portion of a polypeptide having antigenic or immunogenic activity in an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably in a human.
  • the present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising an epitope, as weU as the polynucleotide encoding this polypeptide.
  • an "immunogenic epitope,” as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or a Uneanzed polypeptide (or fragment thereof) that eUcits an antibody response in an animal, as determined by any art known method (e.g , by the methods for generating antibodies described herein or otherwise known, see, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 308 1:3998-4002).
  • an "antigenic epitope,” as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or polypeptide to which a binding composition, e.g., an antibody or antibody binding fragment, selectively binds or is specificaUy lmmunoreactive with as determined by any known art method, e g , by an immunoassay described herein. Selective binding excludes non-specific binding but does not necessarily exclude cross-reactivity with other antigens. An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to eUcit the immune response) for binding to an antibody. Antigenic epitopes need not necessarily be immunogenic.
  • a protein or fragment e.g., an LP protein
  • the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure, e.g., an antigenic determinant (or epitope) recognized by a binding composition.
  • an antibody is specific for epitope "A”
  • the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction contaimng free labeled A and the antibody wiU reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein or polypeptide sequence and do not sigmficandy bind other proteins or other polypeptide sequences that are present in the sample. Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions may require an antibody that is selected for its specificity and/or selectivity for a particular protein.
  • antibodies raised to the protein immunogen with an amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: Y can be selected to obtain antibodies specificaUy immunoreactive with LP proteins or LP polypeptides and not with other proteins or polypeptides. These antibodies wiU also recogmze proteins or polypeptide sequences that have an above average degree of similarity or identity to an LP protein or LP polypeptide sequence. Fragments that function as epitopes can be produced by any conventional means such as, e.g., (1985) Houghten, Proc. Nad. Acad Sci. USA 82:5131-5135, further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211.
  • an antigenic or immunogenic epitope preferably contains a polypeptide sequence of at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, more preferably at least eight, at least nine, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, and, favorably, between about 15 to about 30 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or a Table herein.
  • Preferred polypeptide fragments of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: Y comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length.
  • Additional non-exclusive preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as portions thereof. Antigenic epitopes are useful, e.g., to generate antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies that specificaUy bind the epitope. Preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as any pluraUty thereof, e.g., at least: two, three, four, five or more of these antigenic epitopes in any combination or structural arrangement. Antigenic epitopes can be used as the target molecules in immunoassays (see, e.g., Wilson, et al.
  • immunogenic epitopes can be used, e.g., to induce antibodies according to any known art method (see, for instance, SutcUffe, et al. supra; Wilson, et al. supra; Chow, et al. Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 82:910-25914; and Bitde, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354.
  • immunogenic epitopes include, e.g., an immunogenic epitope disclosed herein, as weU as a pluraUty or any combination thereof, e.g., of at least two, three, four, five or more of these immunogenic epitopes including, e.g., repeats of a particular epitope.
  • a polypeptide comprising a pluraUty of epitopes may be used to eUcit an antibody response with a carrier protein, such as, e.g., an albumin, to an animal system (such as, e.g., a rabbit or a mouse), or, if a polypeptide is of sufficient length (e.g., at least about 25 amino acids), the polypeptide may be presented without a carrier.
  • a carrier protein such as, e.g., an albumin
  • an animal system such as, e.g., a rabbit or a mouse
  • immunogenic epitopes comprising as few as 8 to 10 amino acids have also been shown to be sufficient to generate antibodies and to be useful since they are capable of binding to, e.g., Unear epitopes in a denatured polypeptide such as in Western blotting.
  • Polypeptides or proteins bearing an epitope of the present invention may be used to generate antibodies according to known methods including, e.g., without Umitation, in vivo immunization, in vitro immunization, and phage display methods (see, e.g., SutcUffe, et al. supra; Wilson, et al. supra, and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. "Binding Composition"
  • binding composition refers to molecules that bind with specificity and/or selectivity to an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (such as, e.g , in an antibody-antigen interaction).
  • other compositions e.g., antibodies, oUgonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), peptides, or smaU molecules
  • specificaUy and/or selectivity associate bind with the LP in contrast to other molecules.
  • the association wiU be in a natural physiologicaUy relevant protein-protein interaction (either covalent or non-covalent) and it may include members of a multi-protein complex (including carrier compounds or dimerization partners).
  • the composition may be a polymer or chemical reagent.
  • a functional analog may be a protein with structural modifications or may be a whoUy unrelated molecule (such as, e.g., one that has a molecular shape that interacts with the appropriate binding determinants).
  • the proteins may serve as agonists or antagonists of the binding partner, see, e.g., Goodman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman & Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (cur. ed.) Pergamon Press, Tarrytown, N.Y.
  • the LP may be used to screen for binding compositions that specificaUy and/or selectively bind an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (e.g., a binding composition can be a molecule, or part of one, that selectively and/or stoichiomet ⁇ caUy binds, whether covalendy or not, to one or more specific sites of an LP (or fragment thereof) such as, e.g , in an antigen-antibody interaction, a hormone-receptor interaction, a substrate-enzyme interaction, etc.). At least one and up to a pluraUty of test binding compositions can be screened for specific and/or selective binding with the LP.
  • a binding composition can be a molecule, or part of one, that selectively and/or stoichiomet ⁇ caUy binds, whether covalendy or not, to one or more specific sites of an LP (or fragment thereof) such as, e.g , in an antigen-antibody interaction,
  • a binding composition thus identified is closely related to a natural Ugand of an LP (such as, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner; see, e.g., CoUgan, et al. (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology l (2):Chapter 5.)
  • a natural Ugand of an LP such as, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner; see, e.g., CoUgan, et al. (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology l (2):Chapter 5.
  • binding agentLP complex refers to a complex of a binding agent and a LP (or fragment thereof) which is formed by specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent to the respective LP (or fragment thereof).
  • Specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent means that the binding agent has a specific and/or selective binding site that recognizes a site on the LP protein (or fragment thereof).
  • antibodies raised against a LP protein (or fragment thereof) that recogmze an epitope on the LP protein (or fragment thereof) are capable of forming a binding agentLP complex by specific and/or selective binding.
  • typingUy the formation of a binding agentLP complex aUows the measurement of LP protein (or fragment thereof) in a mixture of other proteins and/or biologies.
  • antibodyLP complex refers to an embodiment in which the binding agent, e.g., is an antibody.
  • the antibody may be monoclonal, polyclonal, or a binding fragment of an antibody (including, without Umit, e.g., Fv, Fab, or F(ab)2 fragments; diabodies, Unear antibodies (Zapata, et al., (1995) Protein Engin 8(10): 1057-62); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments).
  • the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
  • Antibodies can be raised to various LP proteins, including individual, polymorphic, aUeUc, strain, or species variants, and fragments thereof, both in their naturaUy occurring
  • Antibodies of the invention include, e.g , without Umitation, polyclonal, monoclonal, multispecific, human, humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab') fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression Ubrary, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e g , anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), and an epitope-binding fragment of any of the above.
  • human antibodies includes, e.g., without Umitation, antibodies having an amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobuUn including, e.g., without Umitation, an antibody isolated from a human immunoglobuUn Ubrary or from an ammal transgenic for one or more human immunoglobuUns and that do not express endogenous immunoglobuUns, as described herein or, as taught, e.g., in U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598.
  • An antibody of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity.
  • Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or may be specific for both a polypeptide of the present invention as weU as for a heterologous epitope, such as a heterologous polypeptide or sohd support material (see, e.g., WO 2093/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:60-69; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,474,893; 4,714,681; 4,925,648; 5,573,920; or 5,601,819; or Kostelny, et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 .
  • an antibody that selectively binds a polypeptide, which is encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes, under stringent hybridization conditions (as described herein), to an LP polynucleotide sequence.
  • An antibody of the present invention may also be characterized or specified in terms of its binding affinity to a protein or polypeptide (fragment thereof), or epitope of the invention.
  • a preferred binding affinity of a binding composition includes, e.g., a binding affinity that demonstrates a dissociation constant or Kd of less than about: 5 X 10 "2 M, 10 "2 M, 5 X 10 "3 M, 10 "3 M, 5 X 10 '4 M, 10 "4 M, 5 X 10 "5 M, 10 "5 M, 5 X 10 "6 M, 10 '6 M, 5 X 10 "7 M, 10 "7 M, 5 X 10 "8 M, 10 “8 M, 5 X 10 "9 M, 10 “9 M, 5 X 10 10 M, 10- ,0 M, 5 X 10 "n M, 10 n M, 5 X 10 "12 M, 10 “12 M, 5 X 10 “13 M, 10 ",3 M, 5 X 10 ⁇ 14 M, 10 "14 M, 5 X 10- 15 M, or 10 " 15 M.
  • the invention also encompasses antibodies that competitively inhibit binding of a binding composition to an epitope of the invention as determined by any known art method for determining competitive binding, e.g., the immunoassays described herein.
  • the antibody competitively inhibits binding to the epitope by at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85%, at least 80%, at least 75%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may act as agonists or antagonists of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof).
  • neutraUzing antibodies that bind a Ugand and prevent it binding to a receptor.
  • Ugand-binding antibodies that inhibit receptor activation without inhibiting receptor binding.
  • Ugand-binding antibodies that activate a receptor are also included.
  • Antibodies of the invention may act as receptor agonists, e.g., by potentiating or activating either aU or a subset of the biological activities of the Ugand-mediated receptor activation, e.g., by inducing dimerization of a receptor.
  • the antibodies may be specified as agonists, antagonists, or inverse agonists for biological activities comprising the specific biological activities of a peptide of the invention disclosed herein.
  • An antibody agonist can be made using known methods art (see, e.g., WO 96/40281; U.S. Patent No.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be used, e.g., without Umitation, to purify, detect, or target a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention for, e.g., in vitro and/or in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods.
  • the antibodies have use in immunoassays for quaUtatively and/or quantitatively measuring levels of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention in a biological sample (see, e.g., Harlow, et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, cur. ed.; incorporated by reference).
  • the term "monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not Umited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced. Methods for producing and screening for specific antibodies using hybridoma technology are routine and known in the art. For an overview of the technology for producing human antibodies, see, e.g., Lonberg and Huszar, Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93 (1995). In addition, commercial companies such as, e.g., Abgenix, Inc. (Freemont, CA) and Genpharm (San Jose, CA) can be hired to produce human antibodies. Completely human antibodies that recognize a selected epitope can be generated by
  • antibodies of the invention can, in turn, be used to generate anti-idiotype antibodies that "mimic” a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention using known techniques (see, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J. 7(5):437-444; (1989) and Nissinoff,J. (1991) Immunol. 147(8):2429-2438).
  • the present invention encompasses antibodies recombinandy fused or chemicaUy conjugated (including both covalent and non-covalent conjugations) to a polypeptide (or portion thereof, preferably comprising at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of SED ID NO:X) of the present invention to generate fusion proteins.
  • the fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur through Unker sequences.
  • the antibodies may be specific for antigens other than a polypeptide of the invention (or portion thereof, preferably at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids) of the present invention.
  • antibodies may be used to target an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to particular ceU types, either in vitro or in vivo, by fusing or conjugating a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention to an antibody specific for a particular ceU surface receptor.
  • Antibodies fused or conjugated to a polypeptide of the invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and in purification methods using known art methods (see e.g., Harbor, et al., supra, and WO 9312 1232; EP 439,095; Naramura et al. (1994) Immunol. Lett. 39:9 1-99).
  • the present invention further includes compositions comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused or conjugated to an antibody domain other than a variable region.
  • a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may be fused or con j ugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof.
  • the antibody portion that is fused to a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may comprise a constant region, a hinge region, a CHI domain, a CH2 domain, and/or a CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or portions thereof.
  • a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may also be fused or conjugated to an antibody portion described herein to form multimers.
  • Fc portions fused to a polypeptide of the invention can form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions.
  • Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM.
  • Methods for fusing or conjugating a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) to an antibody portion are known (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,336,603; 5,622,929; 5,359,046; 5,349,053; 5,447,851; 5,112,946; EP 307,434; EP 367,166; WO 96/04388).
  • the Fc part of a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (see, e.g , EP A232, 262).
  • deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified can be favored
  • an antibody of the present invention or fragment thereof can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to facihtate purification.
  • an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
  • An antibody (or fragment thereof) of the invention may be utiUzed for immunophenotyping of ceU Unes and biological samples.
  • the translation product of an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) may be useful as a ceU specific marker, or more specificaUy, as a ceUular marker (which is differentiaUy expressed at various stages of differentiation and/or maturation of particular ceU types).
  • a particular protein can be measured by a variety of immunoassay methods see, e.g., Stites and Terr (eds.) (1991) Basic and CUnical Immunology (7th ed.); Price and Newman (eds.) (1991) Principles and Practice of Immunoassays Stockton Press, NY; and Ngo (ed.) (1988) Non-isotopic Immunoassays Plenum Press, NY.; Stites and Terr (eds.) Basic and CUnical Immunology (7th ed.) supra; Maggio (ed.) Enzyme Immunoassay. supra; and Harlow and Lane Antibodies. A Laboratory Manual, supra.
  • the abiUty of the antibody of interest to immunoprecipitate a particular antigen can be assessed by, e.g., Western blot analysis.
  • One of skiU in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters are modifiable to increase binding of an antibody to an antigen and to decrease background (e.g., by pre-clearing the ceU lysate with sepharose beads).
  • Further discussion of immunoprecipitation protocols can be found in, e.g., Ausubel et al, eds., 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John WUey & Sons, Inc., New York.
  • the present invention further encompasses antibody-based therapies that involve administering LP antibody to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a primate
  • an antibody of the invention can be used to modulate, treat, inhibit, ameliorate, or prevent diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, any one or more of the diseases, disorders, syndromes or conditions described herein.
  • the treatment, ameUoration, and/or prevention of diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention includes, e.g., without Umitation, ameUorating symptoms associated with those diseases, disorders or conditions.
  • Antibodies of the invention may be provided in pharmaceuticaUy acceptable compositions as known in the art or as described herein.
  • DNAs which encode a LP protein or fragments thereof can be obtained by chemical synthesis, screening cDNA Ubraries, or by screening genomic Ubraries prepared from a wide variety of ceU Unes or tissue samples. Methods for doing so, or making expression vectors are either art known or are described herein.
  • DNAs can be expressed in a wide variety of host ceUs for the synthesis of a fuU-length protein or fragments which can in turn, e.g., be used to generate polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies; for binding studies; for construction and expression of modified molecules; and for structure /function studies.
  • Each LP protein or its fragments can be expressed in host ceUs that are transformed or transfected with appropriate expression vectors.
  • transformed is meant a ceU into which (or into an ancestor of which) a DNA molecule has been introduced, by means of recombinant techniques, which encodes an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof.
  • Expression vectors are typicaUy self-repUcating DNA or RNA constructs containing the desired antigen gene or its fragments, usually operably Unked to appropriate genetic control elements that are recognized in a suitable host ceU.
  • the specific type of control elements necessary to effect expression depends on the host ceU used.
  • GeneraUy genetic control elements include a prokaryotic promoter system or a eukaryotic promoter expression control system
  • typicaUy include a transcriptional promoter, an optional operator to control the onset of transcription, transcription enhancers to elevate the level of mRNA expression, a sequence that encodes a suitable ribosome binding site, and sequences that terminate transcription and translation.
  • expression vectors also contain an origin of repUcation that aUows the vector to repUcate independendy of the host ceU.
  • An expression vector will preferably include, e.g., at least one selectable marker. Such markers include, e.g., without Umit, dihydrofolate reductase, G418, or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic ceU culture and tetracycUne, kanamycin or ampiciUin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
  • the vectors of this invention contain DNAs which encode an LP protein, or a fragment thereof, typicaUy encoding, e.g., a biologicaUy active polypeptide, or protein.
  • the DNA can be under the control of a viral promoter and can encode a selection marker.
  • This invention further contemplates use of expression vectors capable of expressing eukaryotic cDNA coding for a LP (or fragment) in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, where the vector is compatible with the host and where the eukaryotic cDNA coding for the protein is inserted into the vector such that growth of the host containing the vector expresses the cDNA in question.
  • expression vectors are designed for stable repUcation in their host ceUs or for ampUfication to gready increase the total number of copies of the desirable gene per ceU. It is not always necessary to require that an expression vector repUcate in a host ceU, e.g., it is possible to effect transient expression of the protein or its fragments in various hosts using vectors that do not contain a repUcation origin that is recogmzed by the host ceU. It is also possible to use vectors that cause integration of an LP protein gene or its fragments into the host DNA by recombination, or to integrate a promoter that controls expression of an endogenous gene. Vectors, as used herein, encompass plasmids, viruses, bacteriophage, integratable
  • Expression vectors are speciaUzed vectors that contain genetic control elements that effect expression of operably Unked genes. Plasmids are the most commonly used form of vector, but many other forms of vectors that perform an equivalent function are also suitable for use (see, e.g., Pouwels, et al. (1985 and Supplements) Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual Elsevier, N.Y.; and Rodnquez, et al. (eds.) (1988) Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Clomng Vectors and Their Uses Buttersworth, Boston, MA).
  • Suitable host ceUs include prokaryotes, lower eukaryotes, and higher eukaryotes.
  • Prokaryotes include both gram negative and gram positive organisms, e g., E. coli and B. subtilis.
  • Lower eukaryotes include yeasts, e.g., S. cerevisiae and Picbia, and species of the genus Dictyostelum.
  • Higher eukaryotes include estabUshed tissue culture ceU Unes from animal ceUs, both of non-mammaUan origin, e.g., insect ceUs, and birds, and of mammaUan origin, e.g., human, primates, and rodents.
  • Prokaryotic host- vector systems include a variety of vectors for many different species. As used herein, E. coli and its vectors wiU be used genericaUy to include equivalent vectors used in other prokaryotes.
  • a representative vector for ampUfying DNA is pBR322 or its derivatives. Vectors that can be used to express these proteins or protein fragments include, but are not Umited to, such vectors as those containing the lac promoter (pUC- senes); trp promoter (pBR322-trp); Ipp promoter (the pIN-senes); lambda-pP or pR promoters (pOTS); or hybrid promoters such as ptac (pDR540).
  • ptrc99a pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 (available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc).
  • Higher eukaryotic tissue culture ceUs are typicaUy the preferred host ceUs for expression of the functionaUy active LP protein.
  • suitable expression vectors include pCDNAl; pCD (Okayama, et al. (1985) Mol. CeU Biol. 5:1136-1142); pMClneo Poly-A, (Thomas, et al. (1987) CeU 51:503-512); and a baculovirus vector such as pAC 373 or pAC 610.
  • Additional eukaryotic vectors include, e.g., without Umit, pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG (available from Stratagene); and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL (available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc.).
  • a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention can also be recovered from natural sources, including, e.g., without Umit, bodily fluids, tissues, and ceUs, (whether directiy isolated or cultured), products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host (including, e.g., bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammaUan ceUs).
  • natural sources including, e.g., without Umit, bodily fluids, tissues, and ceUs, (whether directiy isolated or cultured), products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host (including, e.g., bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammaUan ceUs).
  • LP proteins need not be glycosylated to eUcit biological responses.
  • it wiU occasionaUy be desirable to express an LP protein or LP polypeptide in a system that provides a specific or defined glycosylation pattern.
  • the usual pattern wiU be that provided naturaUy by the expression system.
  • the pattern wiU be modifiable by exposing the polypeptide, e.g., in unglycosylated form, to appropriate glycosylating proteins introduced into a heterologous expression system.
  • the LP protein gene may be co-transformed with one or more genes encoding mammaUan or other glycosylating enzymes. It is further understood that over glycosylation may be detrimental to LP protein biological activity, and that one of skiU may perform routine testing to optimize the degree of glycosylation which confers optimal biological activity.
  • an LP polypeptide may also include, e g., an initial modified methiomne residue (in some cases because of host-mediated processes).
  • an initial modified methiomne residue in some cases because of host-mediated processes.
  • TypicaUy the N-terminal methionine encoded by the translation initiation codon removed with high efficiency from any protein after translation in aU eukaryotic ceUs. While the N-terminal methionine on most proteins is also efficiendy removed in most prokaryotes, for some proteins depending on the nature of the amino acid to which the N-terminal methiomne is covalently Unked, the removal process is inefficient.
  • the yeast Pichia pastons is used to express a polypeptide of the present ⁇ nvent ⁇ on(or fragment thereof) in an eukaryotic system (see, e.g., EUis, et al., Mol. CeU. Biol. 5:1111-21 (1985); Koutz, et al, Yeast 5: 167-77 (1989); Tschopp, et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 15:3859-76 (1987)).
  • heterologous coding sequence such as, e.g., an LP polynucleotide sequence, (or fragment thereof) under the transcriptional regulation of aU or part of the AOX1 regulatory sequence is expressed at exceptionaUy high levels in Pichia yeast grown in the presence of methanol.
  • the plasmid vector pPIC9K is used to express polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) as set forth herein, in a Pichea yeast system essentially as described in "Pichia Protocols: Methods in Molecular Biology," D.R. Higgins and J. Cregg, eds. The Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1998.
  • This expression vector aUows expression and secretion of a protein of the invention by virtue of the strong AOX1 promoter Unked to the Pichia pasto ⁇ s alkaUne phosphatase (PHO) secretory signal peptide located upstream of a multiple cloning site.
  • yeast vectors could be used in place of pPIC9K, such as, e.g., pYES2, pYDl, pTEFl/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ, pGAPZ, pGAPZalpha, pPIC9, pPIC3.5, PHIL-D2, PHIL-SI, pPIC3.5K, and, PA08, as a skiUed in the artisan would appreciate, as long as the proposed expression construct provides appropriately located and operably Unked signals for transcription, translation, secretion (if desired), and the Uke, (including an in- frame stop codon as required).
  • heterologously expressed proteins or polypeptides can also be expressed in plant ceUs.
  • viral expression vectors e.g., cauUflower mosaic virus and tobacco mosaic virus
  • plasmid expression vectors e.g., Tl plasmid
  • ceUs are available from a wide range of sources (e.g., the American Tissue Type Culture CoUection, Rockland, MD; also, see for example, Ausubel, et al. (cur. ed. and Supplements; expression vehicles may be chosen from those provided e.g., in Pouwels, et al. (Cur. ed..) Cloning Vectors. A Laboratory Manual).
  • a LP protein, or a fragment thereof may be engineered to be phosphatidyl inositol (PI) Unked to a ceU membrane, but can be removed from membranes by treatment with a phosphatidyl inositol cleaving enzyme, e.g., phosphatidyl inositol phosphoUpase-C. This releases the antigen in a biologicaUy active form, and aUows purification by standard procedures of protein chemistry (see, e.g., Low (1989) Biochem. Biophys. Acta 988:427-454; Tse, et al. (1985) Science 230:1003-1008; and Brunner, et al.
  • PI phosphatidyl inositol
  • LP proteins have been characterized, fragments or derivatives thereof can be prepared by conventional processes for synthesizing peptides. These include processes such as are described in Stewart and Young (1984) SoUd Phase Peptide Synthesis Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL; Bodanszky and Bodanszky (1984) The Practice of Peptide Synthesis Springer- Verlag, New York, NY; and Bodanszky (1 84) The Principles of Peptide Synthesis Springer-Nerlag, New York, NY.
  • the prepared protein and fragments thereof can be isolated and purified from the reaction mixture by means of peptide separation, for example, by extraction, precipitation, electrophoresis and various forms of chromatography, and the Uke.
  • An LP protein of this invention can be obtained in varying degrees of purity depending upon its desired use. Purification can be accompUshed by use of known protein purification techniques or by the use of the antibodies or binding partners herein described (e.g., in immunoabsorbant affinity chromatography).
  • An LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, can be used to generate a fusion protein.
  • an LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof when fused to a second polypeptide, can be used as an antigenic tag or an immunogen.
  • Antibodies raised against an LP polypeptide can be used to indirecdy detect a second protein by binding thereto
  • an LP protein has amino acid sequence portion that targets a ceUular location (e.g., based on trafficking signals)
  • that portion of the polypeptide can be used by fusing it to another protein (or fragment) to target a protein.
  • domains that can be fused to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) include, e.g., not only heterologous signal sequences, but also other heterologous functional regions.
  • a fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur, e.g., through Unker sequences.
  • fusion proteins may also be engineered to improve characteristics of an LP polypeptide.
  • a region of additional ammo acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stabiUty and persistence during purification from a host ceU or during subsequent handling and storage.
  • peptide moieties can be added to the polypeptide to faciUtate purification. Such regions may be removed before final preparation of the polypeptide. Additions of peptide moieties to faciUtate handUng are familiar and routine art techniques.
  • an LP polypeptide (including any fragment thereof, and specificaUy an epitope) can be combined with parts of the constant domain of an immunoglobuUn e.g., (IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM) portions thereof (CH 1, CH2, CH3), and any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof), resulting in a chimeric polypeptide.
  • immunoglobuUn e.g., (IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM) portions thereof (CH 1, CH2, CH3), and any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof.
  • Such fusion proteins can faciUtate purification and often are useful to increase the in vivo half-Ufe of the protein (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. B ⁇ ochem.15 270:3958-3964).
  • IgG fusion proteins that have a disulfide-Unked dime ⁇ c structure due to the IgG portion disulfide bonds have also been found more efficient in binding and neutraUzing other molecules than monomenc polypeptides or fragments thereof alone (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. Biochem. 270:3958-3964).
  • a fusion protein can comprise various portions of the constant region of an immunoglobuUn molecule together with a human protein (or part thereof) EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869).
  • the Fc part in a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus, can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262.).
  • deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, may be desired.
  • the Fc portion may hinder therapy and/or diagnosis if the fusion protein is used as an immunogen for immunizations.
  • hIL-5 human proteins, such as hIL-5, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify hIL-5 antagonists (Bennett, et al. (1995) I. Molecular Recognition 8:52-58; and Johanson, et al. (1995) J. Biol Chem. 270:9459-9471).
  • new constructs may be made by combining similar functional domains from other proteins.
  • protein-binding or other segments may be "swapped" between different new fusion polypeptides or fragments (see, e.g., Cunningham, et al. (1989) Science 243:1330-1336; and O'Dowd, et al. H988) J. Biol Chem. 263:15985-15992).
  • an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be fused to a marker sequence, such as a peptide, to faciUtate purification.
  • the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as, e.g., the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., Chatsworth, CA, 91311), which provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein (Gentz, et al. (1989) Proc. Nad. Acad. S ⁇ . USA 86:821-824).
  • Another useful peptide-purification tag is the "HA" tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from an influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson, et al. (1984) CeU 37:767).
  • Nucleic acid molecules contaimng LP polynucleotide sequences encoding an LP epitope can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag (e.g., the "HA” or flag tag) to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide.
  • an epitope tag e.g., the "HA” or flag tag
  • one system purifies non-denatured fusion proteins expressed in human ceU Unes (Janknecht, et al. (1991) Proc. Nad Acad. Sci. USA 88:8972-897).
  • a gene of interest is subcloned into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the open reading frame of the sequence of interest is translationally fused to an amino-terminal tag consisting of six histidine residues.
  • the tag serves as a matrix-binding domain for the fusion protein. Extracts from ceUs infected with the recombinant vaccima virus are loaded onto N ⁇ 2+ nit ⁇ loacetic acid-agarose column and histidine-tagged proteins can be selectively eluted with lmidazole-contai ng buffers.
  • LP fusion constructions may be generated through the techniques of gene-shuffling, motif-shuffling, exon shuffling, and/or codon shuffling (coUectively referred to as "DNA shuffling").
  • DNA shuffling may be employed to modulate an activity of an LP polypeptide.
  • Such methods can be used to generate LP polypeptides (or fragments thereof) with altered activity, as weU as agonists and antagonists of an LP polypeptide (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793; 5,811,238; 5,830,721; 5,834,252; and 5,837,458, and Patten, et al (1997) Cur.
  • “Derivatives" of LP protein antigens include amino acid sequence mutants, glycosylation variants, and covalent or aggregate conjugates with other chemical moieties.
  • Covalent derivatives can be prepared by Unkage of functionaUties to groups which are found in LP protein amino acid side chains or at the N- or C- termini, by any art known means. These derivatives can include, without Umitation, aUphatic esters or amides of the carboxyl terminus, or of residues contaimng carboxyl side chains, O-acyl derivatives of hydroxyl group-contaimng residues, and N-acyl derivatives of the amino terminal amino acid or amino-group contaimng residues, e.g., lysine or argimne.
  • Acyl groups are selected from the group of alkyl-moieties including C3 to C18 normal alkyl, thereby forming alkanoyl aroyl species. Covalent attachment to carrier proteins may be important when immunogenic moieties are haptens.
  • chemicaUy modified derivative of a polypeptide of the invention may provide additional advantages such as increased solubiUty, increased stabiUty increased circulating time, or decreased lmmunogenicity or antigenicity (see U.S. Patent no: 4,179,337).
  • a chemical moieties for derivatization may be selected from water soluble polymers such as, e.g., polyethyleneglycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, copolymers, carboxymethylceUulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, etc.
  • a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) may be modified at random or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may include, e.g., one, two, three, or more attached chemical moieties.
  • the polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched.
  • a preferred molecular weight is between about 1 kDa and about 100 kDa (the term "about" means that in polyethylene glycol preparations, some molecules wiU weigh more and some wiU weigh less, than the stated molecular weight).
  • polyethylene glycol may be covalendy bound through amino acid residues via a reactive group, such as, e.g., a free amino or carboxyl group.
  • Reactive groups are those to which an activated polyethylene glycol molecule may be bound.
  • Amino acid residues having a free amino group may include, e.g., lysine residues, and N-terminal amino acid residue.
  • Amino acid residues having a free carboxyl group may include, e.g., aspartic acid residues, glutamic acid residues, and C- terminal amino acid residues. Sulfhydryl groups may also be used to attach to a polyethylene glycol molecule. For human, a preferred attachment is at an amino group, such as, e.g., an attachment at the N-terminus or a lysine group.
  • polyethylene glycol as an iUustration of the present composition, one may select from a variety of polyethylene glycol molecules (by molecular weight, branching, etc.), the proportion of polyethylene glycol molecules to a protein (polypeptide) molecule in the reaction mix, the type of pegylation reaction to be performed, and the method of obtaining the selected N-terminaUy pegylated, e.g., polypeptide.
  • the method of obtaining an N-terminaUy pegylated preparation may be by purification of the N-terminaUy pegylated material from a population of pegylated protein molecules.
  • Selective protein chemical modification at the N-terminus may be accompUshed by reductive alkylation, which exploits differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups (lysine versus the N-terminal) available for derivatization in a particular protein.
  • substantiaUy selective derivatization of a protein or polypeptide (or fragment thereof) at the N-terminus with a carbonyl-group- containing-polymer is achieved.
  • This invention also encompasses the use of derivatives of an LP protein other than variations in amino acid sequence or glycosylation.
  • Such derivatives may involve covalent or aggregative association with chemical moieties.
  • GeneraUy these derivatives faU into the three classes: (1) salts, (2) side chain and terminal residue covalent modifications, and (3) adsorption complexes (e.g., with ceU membranes).
  • Such covalent or aggregative derivatives are useful as immunogens, as reagents in immunoassays, or in purification methods such as for affinity purification of proteins or other binding proteins.
  • a LP protein antigen can be immobiUzed by covalent bonding to a soUd support such as cyanogen bromide-activated SEPHAROSE, by methods which are weU known in the art, or adsorbed onto polyolefin surfaces, with or without glutaraldehyde cross-Unking, for use in an assay or purification of anti-LP protein antibodies or its respective binding partner.
  • An LP protein can also be labeled for use in diagnostic assays with a detectable group (such as, e.g., radioiodinated by the chloramine T procedure; covalently bound to rare earth chelates; or conjugated to another fluorescent moiety). Purification of an LP protein may be effected by immobiUzed antibodies or a binding partner.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be as a monomer or a multimer (e.g., a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a higher multimer). Accordingly, the present invention encompasses monomers and multimers of a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., their preparation, and compositions (preferably, therapeutic compositions) containing them.
  • the polypeptides and/or fragments of the invention are monomers, dimers, trimers, tetramers or higher multimers.
  • a multimer of the invention is at least a dimer, at least a trimer, or at least a tetramer.
  • Multimers encompassed by the invention may be homomers or heteromers.
  • the term "homomer,” refers to a multimer containing only a specific polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y or in a talbe herein (including fragments, variants, spUce va ⁇ ants, and fusion proteins, corresponding to these polypeptides as described herein).
  • a homomer may contain a polypeptide having identical or different amino acid sequences.
  • a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing only polypeptides (or fragments thereof) having identical amino acid sequences.
  • a homomer of the invention is a multimer contaimng polypeptides having different amino acid sequences.
  • a multimer of the invention is a homodimer (e.g., contaimng polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences) or a homotnmer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences).
  • the homomeric multimer of the invention is at least a homodimer, at least a homotnmer, or at least a homotetramer.
  • heteromeric refers to a multimer contaimng one or more heterologous polypeptides.
  • a multimer of the invention is a heterodimer, a heterotnmer, or a heterotetramer.
  • the heteromeric multimer of the invention is at least a heterodimer, at least a heterotnmer, or at least a heterotetramer.
  • Multimers of the invention may be the result of hydrophobic, hydrophlUc, ionic and/or covalent associations and/or may be indirectly Unked, by e g., Uposome formation.
  • a multimer of the invention such as, e.g., homodimers or homot ⁇ mers, are formed when polypeptides of the invention (or fragments thereof) contact one another in solution.
  • a heteromultimer of the invention such as, e.g., a heterotnmer or a heterotetramer, is formed when, e.g., a polypeptide of the invention contacts an antibody (generated against a polypeptide, or fragment thereof of the invention (including antibodies to the heterologous polypeptide sequence in a fusion protein of the invention)) in solution.
  • a multimer of the invention is formed by covalent association with and/or between a polypeptide and a binding partner such as mentioned herein (or fragment thereof).
  • Such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a polypeptide sequence (e.g., as recited in a sequence Usting herein, or contained in a polypeptide encoded by a deposited clone specified herein).
  • a covalent association is a cross-Unk, e.g., between cysteine residues.
  • the covalent associations are the consequence of chemical or recombinant manipulation.
  • such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., a fusion protein of the invention.
  • covalent associations form with a heterologous sequence contained in a fusion protein of the invention (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925).
  • a covalent association is between a heterologous sequence contained in an Fc fusion protein of the invention (as described herein).
  • a covalent association of a fusion protein of the invention is with a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., oseteoprotegerin (see, e.g., WO 98149305, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • polypeptides of the invention are joined through peptide Unkers.
  • peptide Unkers examples include, e.g., peptide Unkers described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,073,627 (incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • a protein comprising multiple polypeptides of the invention that are separated by peptide Unkers may be produced using conventional recombinant DNA technology.
  • Recombinant fusion proteins comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused to a polypeptide sequence that dimerizes or trimerizes in solution can be expressed in a suitable host ceU.
  • the resulting soluble multimeric fusion protein can be recovered from a supernatant using any art known technique or method described herein.
  • Trimeric polypeptides of the invention may offer an advantage of enhanced biological activity (as defined herein).
  • Preferred leucine zipper moieties and isoleucine moieties are those that preferentiaUy form trimers.
  • An example is a leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD), as described in Hoppe, et al.
  • polypeptides or proteins of the invention are associated by interactions with a Flag polypeptide sequence (e.g., contained in a fusion protein of the invention having a Flag sequence).
  • a protein or a polypeptide of the invention is associated by an interaction with a heterologous polypeptide sequence (contained in a Flag fusion protein of the invention) and an anti-Flag antibody.
  • a multimer of the invention may be generated using chemical art known techniques.
  • polypeptides (or fragments thereof) desired to be contained in a multimer of the invention may be chemicaUy cross-Unked using a Unker molecule e.g., Unker molecules and Unker molecule length optimization techniques are known in the art; see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, which is incorporated by reference for such teachings.
  • AdditionaUy a multimer of the invention may be generated using techniques known in the art to form one or more inter-molecule cross-Unks between the cysteine residues (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, inco ⁇ orated by reference for these teachings).
  • polypeptide of the invention modified by the addition of cysteine or biotin to the C or N-terminus of a polypeptide can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • a multimer of the invention can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings). Alternatively, a multimer of the invention can be generated using other commonly known genetic engineering techniques. In one embodiment, a polypeptide contained in a multimer of the invention is produced recombinandy with fusion protein technology described herein or otherwise known in the art (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • a polynucleotide encoding a homodimer of the invention can be generated by Ugating a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to another sequence encoding a Unker polypeptide and then subsequendy, further to a synthetic polynucleotide encoding the translated product of the polypeptide in the reverse orientation from the original C-terminus to the N-terminus (lacking the leader sequence) (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • recombinant techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art can be appUed to generate a recombinant polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that contains a transmembrane domain (or hyrophobic or signal peptide) and that can be incorporated by membrane reconstitution techniques into a Uposome (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • the present invention provides reagents that will find use in diagnostic and/or therapeutic appUcations as described herein, e.g., in the description of kits for diagnosis.
  • An LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) can be used in numerous ways, e.g., such as a reagent.
  • the foUowing descriptions are non- limiting examples of ways to use an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof).
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) is useful for chromosome identification.
  • chromosome markers There exists an ongoing need to identify new chromosome markers, since few chromosome-marking reagents, based on actual sequence data (repeat polymo ⁇ hisms), are presendy available.
  • Each polynucleotide of the present invention can therefore, be used as a chromosome marker.
  • the invention encompasses a kit, e.g., for analyzing a sample for the presence of a polynucleotide associated with a proUferative disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition.
  • the kit includes, e.g., at least an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) probe containing a polynucleotide sequence that hybridizes with an LP polynucleotide sequencefor fragment thereof) and directions, e.g., such as for disposal.
  • a kit in another specific embodiment, includes, e.g., two polynucleotide probes defining an internal region of an LP polynucleotide sequence, where each probe has one strand containing a 31 mer-end internal to a region the polynucleotide.
  • a probe may be useful as a primer for ampUfication using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the present invention is useful as a prognostic indicator, for a subject exhibiting an enhanced or diminished expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) by comparison to a subject expressing the polynucleotide of the present invention (or fragment thereof) at a level nearer a standard level.
  • measuring level of a composition of the present invention is intended to mean herein measuring or estimating (either quaUtatively and/or quantitatively) a level of, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., mRNA, DNA, or cDNA, in a first sample (e.g., preferably a biological sample) either directiy (e.g., by determining or estimating an absolute protein or mRNA level) or relatively (e.g., by comparing to a polypeptide or mRNA level in a second sample).
  • a first sample e.g., preferably a biological sample
  • directiy e.g., by determining or estimating an absolute protein or mRNA level
  • relatively e.g., by comparing to a polypeptide or mRNA level in a second sample.
  • the level in the first sample is measured or estimated from an individual having, or suspected of having, a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition and comparing that level to a second level, wherein the second level is obtained from an individual not having and/or not being suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition.
  • the second level is determined by averaging levels from a population of individuals not having or suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition.
  • a “biological sample” is intended to mean herein any sample comprising biological material obtained from, using, or employing, e.g., an organism, body fluid, exudate, lavage product, waste product, ceU (or part thereof), ceU Une, organ, biopsy, tissue culture, or other source originating from, or associated with, a Uving ceU, tissue, organ, or organism, which contains, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), a mRNA (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, a sample such as from, e.g., hair, skin, blood, saUva, semen, vomit, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid, breast milk, lymph, pulmonary sputum, urine, fecal matter, a lavage product, etc.
  • a sample such as from, e.g., hair, skin, blood,
  • a biological sample can include, e.g., without Umitation, body fluids (e.g., such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid) that contain a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, by product, or, waste product; and/or other tissue source found to express a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), or nucleic acid (or fragment thereof), by product, or, waste product; of the present invention.
  • body fluids e.g., such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid
  • tissue biopsies e.g., tissue biopsies, body fluids, ceUs, or waste products from mammals are known in the art.
  • a tissue biopsy is a preferred source.
  • the present invention further encompasses an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) that is chemicaUy synthesized, or reproduced as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) using art known methods.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • the use of a PNA is preferred if a polynucleotide (or a fragment thereof) is incorporated, e.g., onto a soUd support, or genechip.
  • a peptide nucleic acid is a polyamide type of polynucleotide analog in which, generally, e.g., the monomeric units for adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine are available commerciaUy (see, e.g., Perceptive Biosystems). Certain components of a polynucleotide, such as DNA, Uke phosphorus, phosphorus oxides, or deoxyribose derivatives, are not present in a PNA. GeneraUy, PNAs bind specificaUy and tighdy to complementary DNA strands and are not degraded by nucleases (Nielsen, et al. (1993)
  • a PNA binds more strongly to DNA than DNA binds to itself, probably, as there is no electrostatic repulsion between PNA/DNA; furthermore, the PNA polyamide backbone is more flexible than DNA. Because of this, PNA/DNA duplexes can bind under a wider range of stringency conditions than DNA/DNA duplexes thus, making it easier to perform multiplex hybridizations. Moreover, smaUer probes can be used with PNA than with DNA due to the strong binding.
  • a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to assay a protein level, e.g., of a secreted protein, in a sample, e.g., such as a bodily fluid by using antibody-based techmques.
  • a protein level e.g., of a secreted protein
  • a sample e.g., such as a bodily fluid
  • antibody-based techmques protein expression in a tissue can be studied by an lmmunohistological method (see, e.g., Jalkanen, et al. (1985) J. CeU Biol. 101:976-985; Jalkanen, et al. (1987) J. CeU Biol. 105:3087-303096).
  • Another useful antibody-based method for detecting protein or polypeptide expression includes, e.g., an immunoassay Uke an enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay or a radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • assaying e.g., the level of a secreted protein in a sample
  • a protein can also be detected by in vivo imaging.
  • the invention provides a means for detecting, marking, locating or diagnosing a disease, syndrome, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition comprising assaying the expression of a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof), or a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), of the present invention that is in a sample, e.g., ceUs or body fluid of an individual by comparing one level of expression with another level of expression, e g , a standard level of expression to indicate, e.g., a disease, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition, (or predilection to the same), or to make a prognosis or prediction.
  • an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a disease, syndrome, condition, and/or a disorder.
  • a subject can be administered a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to replace absent or decreased levels of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., insuhn); to supplement absent or decreased levels of a different polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., hemoglobin S for hemoglobin B; SOD to catalyze DNA repair proteins); to inhibit the activity of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., an oncogene or tumor suppressor); to activate a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e g , by binding to a receptor), to reduce activity of a membrane bound receptor by competing with the receptor for free Ugand (e.g., soluble TNF receptors can be used to reduce inflammation), or to bring about
  • an antibody directed to a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention can also be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a condition, syndrome, state, disease or disorder.
  • administration of an antibody directed to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can bind and reduce the level of the targeted polypeptide.
  • administration of an antibody can activate an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), such as by binding to the polypeptide that is bound to a membrane (e.g., a receptor).
  • Antibodies of the invention can be used to assay polypeptide levels in a sample, e.g., using classical immunohistological methods known to those of skiU in the art (see e.g., Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU. Biol. 101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU . Biol. 105:3087-3096 (1987)).
  • Other antibody-based methods typicaUy useful for detecting polypeptide expression include, e.g., immunoassays, such as the enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • ELISA Unked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide are used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with LP (such as, e.g., LP misexpression, LP overexpression, LP underexpression, etc.).
  • disorders associated with LP such as, e.g., LP misexpression, LP overexpression, LP underexpression, etc.
  • disorders associated with LP include, without Umit, a cell proUferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, Flamartoma, sarcoma, teratocarcinom
  • Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are used in Southern or northern analysis; dot blot or other membrane-based technologies; PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-Uke assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from a subject; to detect an altered LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) expression.
  • PCR technologies in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-Uke assays
  • microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from a subject; to detect an altered LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) expression.
  • This invention also provides reagents with significant therapeutic value.
  • An LP protein or polypeptide (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), fragments thereof, and antibodies thereto, along with compounds identified as having binding affinity to an LP, are useful in the treatment of conditions associated with abnormal physiology or development, including abnormal proUferation, e.g., cancerous conditions, or degenerative conditions. Abnormal proliferation, regeneration, degeneration, and atrophy may be modulated by appropriate therapeutic treatment using a composition(s) provided herein.
  • a disease or disorder associated with abnormal expression or abnormal signaUng by an LP protein is a target for an agonist or antagonist of the protein.
  • Recombinant LP or LP antibodies can be purified and admimstered to a subject for treatment. These reagents can be combined for use with additional active or inert ingredients, e.g., in conventional pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers or diluents, e.g., immunogemc adjuvants, along with physiologicaUy innocuous stabiUzers and excipients. These combinations can be sterile filtered and placed into dosage forms as by lyophiUzation in dosage vials or storage in stabiUzed aqueous preparations. This invention also contemplates use of antibodies or binding fragments thereof, including forms which are not complement binding.
  • Another therapeutic approach included within the invention involves direct admimstration of reagents, formulations, or compositions by any conventional admimstration techmques (such as, e.g., without Umit, local injection, inhalation, or systemic admimstration) to a subject.
  • the reagents, formulations, or compositions included within the bounds and metes of the invention may also be targeted to a ceU by any of the methods described herein (e.g., polynucleotide deUvery techmques).
  • the actual dosage of reagent, formulation, or composition that modulates a disease, disorder, condition, syndrome, etc. depends on many factors, including the size and health of an organism, however one of one of ordinary skiU in the art can use the foUowing teachings describing methods and techmques for determimng dinical dosages (see, e g., Spilker (1984) Guide to CUnical Studies and Developing Protocols. Raven Press Books, Ltd., New York, pp. 7-13, 54-60, Spilker (1991) Guide to CU cal Trials. Raven Press, Ltd., New York, pp. 93-101, Craig and Stitzel (eds. 1986) Modern Pharmacology.
  • GeneraUy in the range of about between 0.5 fg/ml and 500 ⁇ g/ml inclusive final concentration are admimstered per day to a human adult in any pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier. Furthermore, ammal experiments provide reUable guidance for the determination of effective does for human therapy. Interspecies scaUng of effective doses can be performed foUowing art known principles (e.g., see, Mordenti and ChappeU (1989) "The Use of Interspecies ScaUng in Toxicokinetics," in Toxicokinetics and New Drug Development; Yacobi, et al. (eds.) Pergamon Press, NY).
  • Effective doses can also be extrapolated using dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal-model test systems.
  • a dosage is typicaUy 0.1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of a recipients body weight.
  • a dosage is between 0.1 mg/kg and 20 mg/kg of a recipients body weight, more preferably 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg of a recipients body weight.
  • GeneraUy homo-specific antibodies have a longer half-Ufe than hetero-specif ⁇ c antibodies, (e.g., human antibodies last longer within a human host than antibodies from another species, e.g., such as a mouse, probably, due to the immune response of the host to the foreign composition).
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers fiUed with one or more of the ingredients of the compositions of the invention and instructions such as, e.g., for disposal (typicaUy, in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products).
  • the quantities of reagents necessary for effective treatment wiU depend upon many different factors, including means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, and other medicaments admimstered. Thus, treatment dosages should be titrated to optimize safety and efficacy.
  • dosages used in vitro may provide useful guidance in the amounts useful for in situ administration of these reagents.
  • Animal testing of effective doses for treatment of particular disorders wiU provide further predictive indication of human dosage.
  • Various considerations are described, e.g., in Gilman, et al.
  • PharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers wiU include water, saUne, buffers, and other compounds described, e.g., in the Merck Index. Merck & Co., Rahway, NJ.
  • Dosage ranges would ordinarily be expected to be in amounts lower than 1 mM concentrations, typicaUy less than about 10 ⁇ M concentrations, usuaUy less than about 100 nM, preferably less than about 10 pM (picomolar), and most preferably less than about 1 fM (femtomolar), with an appropriate carrier.
  • Slow release formulations, or a slow release apparatus wiU often be utiUzed for continuous admimstration.
  • LP protein, fragments thereof, and antibodies to it or its fragments, antagomsts, and agonists may be admimstered direcdy to the host to be treated or, depending on the size of the compounds, it may be desirable to conjugate them to carrier proteins such as ovalbumin or serum albumin prior to their admimstration.
  • Therapeutic formulations may be admimstered in any conventional dosage formulation. While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation.
  • Formulations typicaUy comprise at least one active ingredient, as defined above, together with one or more acceptable carriers thereof.
  • Each carrier should be both pharmaceuticaUy and physiologicaUy acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients and not injurious to the patient.
  • Formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) admimstration.
  • the formulations may convementiy be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods weU known in the art of pharmacy. See, e.g., Gilman, et al.
  • the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprises, e.g., a therapeuticaUy effective amount of a composition of the invention in a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a carrier approved by a federal regulatory agency of the Umted States of America, or a regulatory/ administrative agency of a state government of the Umted States or a carrier that is Usted in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other pharmacopeia; which is generaUy recognized by those in the art for use in an ammal, e.g., a mammal, and, more particularly, in a primate, e.g., a human primate.
  • deUvery systems are known and can be used to admimster, e.g., a composition, formulation, antibody polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the invention.
  • deUvery can use Uposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant ceUs, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu (1987) J Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432), inclusion of a nucleic acid molecule as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc.
  • Methods of admimstration include, e g., without Umit, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes.
  • An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition of the immune system, by, e.g., activating or inhibiting the proUferation, differentiation, or mobiUzation (chemotaxis or directed movement) of an immune ceU.
  • TypicaUy immune ceUs develop through a process caUed hematopoiesis, producing myeloid (platelets, red blood ceUs, neutrophds, and macrophages) and lymphoid (B and T lymphocytes) ceUs from pluripotent stem ceUs.
  • the etiology of an immune disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition may be genetic and/or somatic, (e.g., such as some forms of cancer or some autoimmune conditions acquired by e.g., chemotherapy or toxins or an infectious agent, e.g., a virus or pnon-Uke entity.
  • an LP can be used to mark or detect a particular immune system disease, syndrome, disorder, state, or condition.
  • An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition of a hematopoietic ceU.
  • An LP could be used to increase or inhibit the differentiation or proUferation of a hematopoietic ceU, including a pluripotent stem ceU such an effect can be implemented to treat, prevent, modulate, or ameUorate a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition associated with a decrease in a specific type of hematopoietic ceU.
  • An example of such an immunologic deficiency, disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition includes, e.g., without Umitation, a blood condition (e.g.
  • an LP can be used to modulate hemostatic or thrombolytic activity.
  • increasing hemostatic or thrombolytic activity can treat or prevent a blood coagulation condition such as e.g., afibnnogenemia, a factor deficiency, a blood platelet disease (e.g. thrombocytopema), or a wound resulting from e.g., trauma, surgery, etc.
  • a composition of the invention can be used to decrease hemostatic or thrombolytic activity or to inhibit or dissolve a clotting condition.
  • Such compositions can be important in a treatment or prevention of a heart condition, e.g., an attack infarction, stroke, or mycardial scarring.
  • An LP may also be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating and/or diagnosing an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition such as results, e.g., from the inappropriate recognition by a ceU of the immune system of the self as a foreign material.
  • Such an inappropriate recognition results in an immune response leading to detrimental effect destruction on the host, e.g., on a host ceU, tissue, protein, or moiety, e.g., a carbohydrate side chain.
  • administering may be effective in detecting, diagnosing, ameUorating, or preventing such an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition.
  • autoimmune conditions examples include, e.g., without Umit Addison's Disease syndrome hemolytic anemia, anti-phosphoUpid syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, dermatitis, aUergic encephalomyeUtis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's Syndrome, Graves' Disease syndrome, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Neuritis, Ophthalmia, BuUous Pemphigoid, Pemphigus, Polyendocnnopathies, Purpura, Reiter's Disease syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, Autoimmune Thyroiditis, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Autoimmune Pulmonary Inflammation, GuiUain-BarreSyndrome, insulin dependent diabetes meUitis, and autoimmune inflammatory eye disease.
  • Umit Addison's Disease syndrome hemolytic anemia, anti-phosphoUpid syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, dermatitis, aUergic
  • allergic reactions and conditions such as asthma (e.g., aUergic asthma) or other respiratory problems, may also be ameUorated, treated, modulated or prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agomst or antagonist thereto.
  • inventive compositions can be used to effect, e.g., anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule, or blood group lncompatibiUty.
  • An LP may also be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose organ re j ection or graft-versus-host disease (GVHD).
  • GVHD graft-versus-host disease
  • organ rejection occurs by a host's, immune-ceU destruction of a transplanted tissue or ceU.
  • a similarly destructive immune response is involved in GVHD, however, in this case, transplanted foreign immune ceUs destroy host tissues and/or ceUs.
  • Admimstration of a composition of the invention which ameUorates or modulates such a deleterious immune response (e.g., a deleterious proUferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of a T ceU), can be effective in modulating, ameUorating, diagnosing, and/or preventing organ re j ection or GVHD.
  • an LP may also be used to detect, treat, modulate, ameUorate, prevent, and/or diagnose an inflammation, e.g., by inhibiting the proUferation and/or differentiation of a cell involved in an inflammatory response, or an inflammatory condition (either chronic or acute), including, e.g., without Umitation, chrome prostatitis, granulomatous prostatitis and malacoplakia, an inflammation associated with an infection (such as, e.g., septic shock, sepsis, or systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS)), lschemia-reperfusion injury, endotoxin lethaUty, arthritis, complement-mediated hyperacute rejection, nephritis, cytokine or chemokine induced lung injury, inflammatory bowel disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, or a condition resulting from an over production of a cytok ⁇ ne(s) (e.g., TNF or IL-1 .)
  • An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a hype ⁇ roUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome (such as, e.g., a neoplasm) via direct or indirect interactions.
  • a hype ⁇ roUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a hype ⁇ roUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a hype ⁇ roUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a hype ⁇ roUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a desired effect using a composition of the invention may also be accompUshed either by, e.g., enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
  • the desired result may be effected either by, e.g., diminishing or blocking an existing immune response, or by preventing the initiation of a new immune response.
  • hyperproUferative states, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions include, e.g., without Umitation, a neoplasm of the colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, Uver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine system (e.g., an adrenal gland, a parathyroid gland, the pituitary, the testicles, the ovary, the thymus, or the thyroid), eye, head, neck, nervous system (central or peripheral), the lymphatic system, pelvis, skin, spleen, thorax, and urogemtal system.
  • endocrine system e.g., an adrenal gland, a parathyroid gland, the pituitary, the testicles, the ovary, the thymus, or the thyroid
  • eye head, neck, nervous system (central or peripheral)
  • the lymphatic system pelvis, skin, spleen, thorax, and urogemtal system.
  • hype ⁇ roUferative conditions include, e.g., without Umit hypergammaglobuUnemia, lymphoproUferative conditions, paraproteinemias, purpura, sarcoidosis, Hamartoma, Sezary Syndrome, Waldenstron's MacroglobuUnemia, Gaucher's Disease syndrome, histiocytosis, and other hype ⁇ roUferative states.
  • One preferred embodiment utilizes an LP to inhibit aberrant ceUular division, through a polynucleotide deUvery technique.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating, preventing, modulating, ameUorating, preventing, inhibiting, and/or diagnosing ceU proUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions described herein by inserting into an abnormaUy proUferating ceU a composition of the present invention, wherein said composition beneficiaUy modulates an excessive condition of ceU proUferation, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation.
  • Another embodiment comprises administering one or more active copies of an LP polynucleotide sequence to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU.
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence is operably Unked in a construct comprising a recombinant expression vector that is effective in expressing a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to the polynucleotide of interest.
  • the construct encoding a polypeptide or fragment thereof is inserted into a targeted ceU utilizing a retrovirus or an adenoviral vector (see, e.g., Nabel, et al. (1999) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 96: 324-326).
  • the viral vector is defective and only transforms or transfects a proUferating ceU but does not transform or transfects a non-proUferating ceU.
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence is inserted into a proUferating ceU either alone, (or in combination with, or fused to, another polynucleotide sequence, which can subsequendy be modulated via an external stimulus (e.g., a magnetic signal, a specific smaU molecule, a chemical moiety or a drug administration, etc.) that acts on an upstream promoter to induce expression o the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof).
  • an external stimulus e.g., a magnetic signal, a specific smaU molecule, a chemical moiety or a drug administration, etc.
  • a desired effect of the present invention may be accompUshed based on using an external stimulus.
  • An LP sequence may be useful in repressing the expression of a gene or an antigenic composition, e.g., an oncogenic retrovirus.
  • repressing the expression of a gene is meant, e.g., the suppression of the transcription of a 'gene', the degradation of a 'gene' transcript (pre-message RNA), the inhibition of spUcing of a 'gene', the destruction of mRNA, the prevention of a post-translational modification of a polypeptide, the destruction of a polypeptide, or the inhibition of a normal function of a protein.
  • Local administration to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU may be achieved by any art known method or technique discussed herein including, e.g., without Umit to transfection, electroporation, microinjection of ceUs, or in vehicles (such as a Uposome, Upofectin, or a naked polynucleotide).
  • Encompassed deUvery systems include, without Umit, retroviral vectors (Gilboa, J. Virology 44:845 (1982); Hocke, Nature 320:275 (1986); Wilson, et al., Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:3014); vaccinia virus systems (Chakrabarty, et al., Mol.
  • a retroviral, or adenoviral deUvery system (as known in the art or described herein) is used to specificaUy deUver a recombinant construct or to transfect a ceU that is abnormaUy proUferating.
  • An LP polynucleotide sequence may be deUvered directiy to the site of a ceU proUferation, e.g., in an internal organ, body cavity, and the Uke by use of, e.g., an imaging device used to guide the recombinant construct.
  • administration to an appropriate location may be carried out at a time of surgical intervention.
  • cell proliferative condition any human or animal disease, syndrome, disorder, condition, or state, affecting any ceU, tissue, any site or any combination of organs, tissues, or body parts, which is characterized by a single or multiple local abnormal proUferation of ceUs, groups of ceUs, or tissues, whether benign or maUgnant.
  • Any amount of LP may be administered as long as it has a desired effect on the treated ceU, e.g., a biologicaUy inhibiting effect on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU.
  • biologically inhibiting is meant a partial or total inhibition of mitotic activity and/or a decrease in the rate of mitotic activity or metastatic activity of a targeted cell.
  • a biologicaUy inhibitory dose can be determined by assessing the effects of an LP on abnormaUy proUferating ceU division in a ceU or tissue culture, tumor growth in an animal or any other art known method.
  • an LP can be useful to inhibit angiogenesis associated with abnormaUy proUferative ceUs or tissues, either alone, or as a protein fusion, or in combination with another LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist, thereto.
  • a desired anti-angiogenic effect may be achieved indirecdy, e.g., through the inhibition of hematopoietic, tumor-specific ceUs, such as, e.g., tumor-associated macrophages (see e.g., Joseph, et al. (1998) J Natl. Cancer Inst. 90(21): 1648-53).
  • hematopoietic, tumor-specific ceUs such as, e.g., tumor-associated macrophages
  • a desired anti- angiogenic effect may be achieved directly, (e.g., see Witte, et al., (1998) Cancer Metastasis Rev. 17(2): 155-61).
  • An LP including a protein fusion, may be useful in inhibiting an abnormaUy proUferative ceU or tissue, via an induction of apoptosis.
  • An LP may act either directly, or indirecdy to induce apoptosis in a proUferative ceU or tissue, e.g., by activating the death- domain FA receptor, such as, e.g., tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor-1, CD95 (F&APO- I), TNF-receptor-related apoptosis-mediated protein (TRAMP) and TNF-related apoptosis- inducing Ugand (TRAIL) receptor-1 and -2 (see, e.g., Schulze-Osthoff, et al., Eur J Biochem 254 (3): 439-59 (1998), which is hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference for teachings on apoptotic ceU death).
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • TRAMP T
  • an LP may induce apoptosis via other mechanisms, such as, e.g., through the activation of a pathway that subsequently activates apoptosis, or through stimulating the expression of a protein(s) that activates an apoptotic pathway, either alone or in combination with smaU molecule drugs or adjuvants, such as apoptonin, galectins, thioredoxins, anti-inflammatory proteins (see e.g., Mutat Res 400 (l-2):447-55 (1998), Med Hypotheses. 50(5): 423-33 (1998), Chem Biol Interact. Apr 24; 111-112:23-34 (1998), J Mol Med. 76(6): 402-12(1998), Int J Tissue React; 20 (1):3-15 (1998), which are all hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • smaU molecule drugs or adjuvants such as apoptonin, galectins, thioredoxins, anti-inflammatory proteins
  • An LP is useful in inhibiting ceU metastasis either directiy as a result of administering a polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto, (as described elsewhere herein), or indirectly, such as, e.g., by activating or increasing the expression of a protein known to inhibit metastasis, such as, e.g., an alpha integrin, (see, e.g., Cur. Top Microbial Immunol 1998; 23 1: 125-4 1, which is hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference for these teachings).
  • a desired effect can be achieved either alone using an LP or in combination with e.g., a smaU molecule drug or an adjuvant.
  • An LP or a protein fusion thereto, is useful in enhancing the immunogenicity and/or antigenicity of a proUferating ceU or tissue, either directly, (such as would occur if e.g., an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) 'vaccinated' the immune system to respond to a proUferative antigen or immunogen), or indirectly, (such as in activating, e.g., the expression a of protein known to enhance an immune response (e.g. a chemokine), to an antigen on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU).
  • An LP may be used to, modulate, ameUorate, effect, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a cardiovascular disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition.
  • cardiovascular abnormaUties such as arterio-arterial fistula, arteriovenous fistula, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital heart defects, pulmonary atresia, and Scimitar Syndrome peripheral artery disease, syndrome, such as Umb ischemia.
  • Additional cardiovascular disorders encompass, e.g., congenital heart defects which include, e.g., aortic coarctation, car triatriatum, coronary vessel anomaUes, crisscross heart, dextrocardia, patent ductus arteriosus, Ebstein's anomaly, Eisenmenger complex, hypoplastic left heart syndrome, levocardia, tetralogy of faUot, transposition of great vessels, double outlet right ventricle, tricuspid atresia, persistent truncus arteriosus, and heart septal defects, such as e.g., aortopulmonary septal defect, endocardial cushion defects, Lutembacher's Syndrome, trilogy of FaUot, and ventricular heart septal defects.
  • congenital heart defects which include, e.g., aortic coarctation, car triatriatum, coronary vessel anomaUes, crisscross heart, dextrocardi
  • cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., heart disease syndrome, such as, e.g., arrhythmias, carcinoid heart disease syndrome, high cardiac ou ⁇ ut, low cardiac ou ⁇ ut, cardiac tamponade, endocarditis (including bacterial endocarditis), heart aneurysm, cardiac arrest, congestive heart failure, congestive cardiomyopathy, paroxysmal dyspnea, cardiac edema, heart hypertrophy, congestive cardiomyopathy, left ventricular hypertrophy, right ventricular hypertrophy, post-infarction heart rupture, ventricular septal rupture, heart valve disease, myocardial disease, myocardial ischemia, pericardial effusion, pericarditis (including constrictive and tuberculous pericarditis), pneumopericardium, post-pericardiotomy syndrome, pulmonary heart disease syndrome, rheumatic heart disease syndrome, ventricular dysfunction, hyperemia, cardiovascular pregnancy compUcations, Scimitar Syndrome, cardiovascular syphil
  • cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., arrhythmias including, e.g., sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibriUation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, extra systole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome, bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome, parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre- excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome, and ventricular fibriUation tachycardias.
  • arrhythmias including, e.g., sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibriUation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, extra systole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome, bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome, parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre- excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome, and ventricular
  • Tachycardias encompassed with the cardiovascular condition described herein include, e.g., paroxysmal tachycardia, supraventricular tachycardia, accelerated idioventricular rhythm, atrioventricular nodal re-entry tachycardia, ectopic atrial tachycardia, ectopic junctional tachycardia, sinoatrial nodal re-entry tachycardia, sinus tachycardia, Torsades de Pointes Syndrome, and ventricular tachycardia.
  • Additional cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., heart valve disease such as, e.g., aortic valve insufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, heart murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valve insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenosis, tricuspid atresia, tricuspid valve insufficiency, and tricuspid valve stenosis.
  • heart valve disease such as, e.g., aortic valve insufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, heart murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valve insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenos
  • Myocardial conditions associated with cardiovascular disease include, e.g., myocardial diseases such as, e.g., alcohoUc cardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury, and myocarditis.
  • myocardial diseases such as, e.g., alcohoUc cardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury, and my
  • Cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., myocardial ischemias such as, e.g., coronary disease syndrome, such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning.
  • myocardial ischemias such as, e.g., coronary disease syndrome, such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning.
  • coronary disease syndrome such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning.
  • Cardiovascular diseases also encompassed herein include, e.g., vascular diseases such as e.g., aneurysms, angiodysplasia, angiomatosis, baciUary angiomatosis, Hippel-Lindau Disease syndrome, Klippel-Trenaunay- Weber Syndrome, Sturge-Weber Syndrome, angioneurotic edema, aortic disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, aortitis, Leriche's Syndrome, arterial occlusive disease, arteritis, enarteritis, polyarteritis nodosa, cerebrovascular disease, diabetic angiopathies, diabetic retinopathy, emboUsm, thrombosis, erythromeialgia, hemorrhoids, hepatic veno-occlusive disease syndrome, hypertension, hypotension, ischemia, peripheral vascular diseases, phlebitis, pulmonary
  • Cardiovascular conditions further include, e.g., aneurysms such as, e.g., dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iUac aneurysms.
  • aneurysms such as, e.g., dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iUac aneurysms.
  • Arterial occlusive cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., arteriosclerosis, intermittent claudication, carotid stenosis, fibromuscular dysplasias, mesenteric vascular occlusion, Moyamoya disease syndrome, renal artery obstruction, retinal artery occlusion, and thromboangiitis obUterans.
  • Cerebrovascular cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., carotid artery disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformation, cerebral artery disease, cerebral emboUsm and thrombosis, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, cerebral hemorrhage, epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia (including transient cerebral ischemia), subclavian steal syndrome, periventricular leukomalacia, vascular headache, cluster headache, migraine, and vertebrobasilar insufficiency.
  • cerebral amyloid angiopathy cerebral aneurysm
  • cerebral anoxia cerebral arteriosclerosis
  • cerebral arteriovenous malformation cerebral artery disease
  • cerebral emboUsm and thrombosis carotid artery thrombo
  • EmboUc cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., air emboUsms, amniotic fluid emboUsms, cholesterol emboUsms, blue toe syndrome, fat emboUsms, pulmonary emboUsms, and thromboemboUsms.
  • Thrombotic cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., coronary thrombosis, hepatic vein thrombosis, retinal vein occlusion, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, and thrombophlebitis.
  • Ischemic conditions include, e.g., cerebral ischemia, ischemic coUtis, compartment syndromes, anterior compartment syndrome, myocardial ischemia, reperfusion in j uries, and peripheral Umb ischemia
  • VascuUtic conditions include, e.g., aortitis, arteritis, Behcet's Syndrome, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, thromboangiitis obUterans, hypersensitivity vascuUtis, Schoenlein-Henoch purpura, aUergic cutaneous vascuUtis, and Wegener's granulomatosis.
  • An LP can be beneficial in ameUorating critical Umb ischemia and coronary disease.
  • An LP may be administered using any art known method, described herein An LP may admimstered as part of a therapeutic composition or formulation, as described in detail herein. Methods of deUvenng an LP are also described in detail herein. Anti-Hemopoietic Activity
  • the naturaUy occurring balance between endogenous stimulators and inhibitors of angiogenesis is one in which inhibitory influences typicaUy predominate (see, e.g., Rastine j ad, et al., CeU 56345-355 (1989)).
  • angiogenesis is st ngendy regulated, and deUmited spatiaUy and temporaUy.
  • pathological angiogenesis such as, e.g., during soUd tumor formation, these regulatory controls fail and unregulated angiogenesis can become pathologic by sustaining progression of many neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases.
  • a number of serious diseases are dominated by abnormal neovascularization (including, e.g., soUd tumor growth and metastases, arthritis, some types of eye conditions, and psoriasis; see, e.g., reviews by Moses, et al., Biotech. 9630-634 (1991); Folkman, et al, N. Engl. J. Med , 333: 1757-1763 (1995); Auerbach, et al, J. Microvasc. Res. 29:401-4 11 (1985); Folkman, "Advances in Cancer Research", eds. Klein and Weinhouse, Academic Press, New York, pp. 175-203 (1985); Patz, Am. J. Opthalmol.
  • admimstration of an LP provides for the treatment, ameUoration, modulation, diagnosis, and/or inhibition of a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition associated with neovascularization.
  • MaUgnant and metastatic conditions that can be effected in a desired fashion using an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, a maUgnancy, soUd tumor, and a cancer as described herein or as otherwise known in the art (for a review of such disorders, syndromes, etc. see, e.g, Fishman, et al. Medicine, 2d Ed, J. B. Lippincott Co, Philadelphia (1985)).
  • the present invention provides a method of ameUorating, modulating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing an angiogenesis-related disease and/or disorder, comprising administering to a sub j ect in need thereof a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP.
  • cancers that may be so affected using a composition of the invention includes, e g, without Umit a soUd tumor, including e.g, prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach, pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, Uver, parotid, biUary tract, colon, rectum, cervix, uterus, endometnum, kidney, bladder, thyroid cancer; primary tumors and metastases; melanomas; gUoblastoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; leiomyo sarcoma; non-smaU ceU lung cancer; colorectal cancer; advanced maUgnancies; and blood born tumors such as e.g, leukemia.
  • soUd tumor including e.g, prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach, pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, Uver, parotid, biUary tract, colon,
  • an LP may be deUvered topicaUy, to treat or prevent cancers such as, e.g, skin cancer, head and neck tumors, breast tumors, and Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • an LP may be utilized to treat superficial forms of bladder cancer by, e.g, lntravesical admimstration into the tumor, or near the tumor site; via injection or a catheter.
  • the appropriate mode of admimstration wiU vary according to the cancer to be treated. Other modes of deUvery are discussed herein.
  • An LP may also be useful in modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing another disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition, besides a ceU proUferative condition (e.g, a cancer) that is assisted by abnormal angiogenic activity.
  • a ceU proUferative condition e.g, a cancer
  • Such close group conditions include, e.g, without Umitation, be gn tumors, e.g, such as hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogemc granulomas; atherosclerotic plaques; ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, cornea graft re j ection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, uvietis and Pterygia (abnormal blood vessel growth) of the eye, rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; delayed wound heaUng; endometriosis; vasculogenesis; granulations; hypertrophic scars (keloids); nonunion fractures; scleroderma; trachoma; vascular
  • methods for modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing hypertrophic scars and keloids comprising administering an LP to a site of hypertrophic scar or keloid formation.
  • the method involves a direct injection into a hypertrophic scar or keloid, to provide a beneficial effect, e.g, by preventing progression of such a lesion.
  • This method is of particular value to a prophylactic treatment of a condition known to result in the development of a hypertrophic scar or a keloid (e.g, burns), and is preferably initiated after the proUferative phase of scar formation has had time to progress (approximately, e.g, 14 days after the initial injury), but before hypertrophic scar or keloid development.
  • the present invention also provides methods for ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing neovascular diseases of the eye, including e.g, corneal graft neovascularization, neovascular glaucoma, proUferative diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and macular degeneration.
  • ocular diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions associated with neovascularization that can be modulated ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g, without Umit; neovascular glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, retinoblastoma, retrolental fibroplasia, uveitis, retinopathy of premature macular degeneration, corneal graft neovascularization, as weU as other inflammatory eye diseases, ocular tumors, and diseases associated with choroidal or iris neovascularization (see, e.g, reviews by Waltman, et al, (1978) Am. J. Ophthal.
  • neovascular diseases of the eye such as corneal neovascularization (including corneal graft neovascularization), comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of an LP composition to the cornea, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited or delayed.
  • the cornea is a tissue that normaUy lacks blood vessels. In certain pathological conditions however, capiUaries may extend into the cornea from the pericorneal vascular plexus of the Umbus.
  • corneal neovascularization e.g, corneal infections (e.g, trachoma, herpes simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis), immunological processes (e.g, graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome), alkaU burns, trauma, inflammation (of any cause), toxic and nutritional deficiency states, and as a compUcation of using contact lenses.
  • corneal infections e.g, trachoma, herpes simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis
  • immunological processes e.g, graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome
  • alkaU burns trauma, inflammation (of any cause)
  • toxic and nutritional deficiency states e.g, as a compUcation of using contact lenses.
  • an LP composition may be prepared for topical administration in saUne (combined with any of the preservatives and anti-microbial agents commonly used in ocular preparations), and administered in drop form to the eye.
  • the solution or suspension may be prepared in its pure form and administered several times daily.
  • anti-angiogenic compositions prepared as described herein, may also be administered directly to the cornea.
  • an anti-angiogenic composition is prepared with a muco-adhesive polymer, which binds to the cornea.
  • an anti-angiogenic factor or anti-angiogenic LP composition may be utiUzed as an adjunct to conventional steroid therapy.
  • Topical therapy may also be useful prophylacticaUy in corneal lesions that are known to have a high probabiUty of inducing an angiogenic response (such as, e.g, a chemical burn).
  • the treatment (Ukely in combination with steroids) may be instituted immediately to help prevent subsequent compUcations.
  • an LP composition may be injected directiy into the corneal stroma using microscopic guidance by an ophthalmologist.
  • the preferred site of injection may vary with the mo ⁇ hology of the individual lesion, but the goal of the administration is to place a composition of the invention at the advancing front of the vasculature (i.e., interspersed between the blood vessels and the normal cornea).
  • This method may also be utiUzed shortly after a corneal insult to prophylacticaUy prevent corneal neovascularization.
  • the composition could be injected into the periUmbic cornea interspersed between the corneal lesion and its undesired potential Umbic blood supply.
  • Such methods may also be utiUzed in a similar fashion to prevent capiUary invasion of transplanted corneas. In a sustained-release form, injections might only be required 2-3 times per year.
  • a steroid could also be added to the injection solution to reduce inflammation resulting from the injection itself.
  • methods for treating or preventing neovascular glaucoma, comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • the composition may be administered topicaUy to the eye to treat or prevent early forms of neovascular glaucoma.
  • the composition may be implanted by injection into the region of the anterior chamber angle.
  • the composition may also be placed in any location such that the composition is continuously released into the aqueous humor.
  • proUferative diabetic retinopathy comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eyes, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • proUferative diabetic retinopathy may be treated by injection into the aqueous or the vitreous humor, to increase the local concentration of a composition of the invention in the retina. Preferably, this treatment should be initiated before the acquisition of severe disease requiring photocoagulation.
  • methods are provided for treating or preventing retrolental fibroplasia, comprising administering to a patient a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • the composition may be admimstered topicaUy, via intravitreous injection and/or via intraocular implants.
  • Additional, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, hemangioma, arthritis, psoriasis, angiofibroma, atherosclerotic plaques, delayed wound heaUng, granulations, hemophiUc joints, hypertrophic scars, nonunion fractures, Osier- Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma, scleroderma, trachoma, and vascular adhesions.
  • diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, soUd tumors, blood born tumors such as leukemias, rumor metastasis, Kaposi's sarcoma, benign tumors (e.g., hemangiomas), acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, and uvietis, delayed wound heaUng, endometriosis, vasculogenesis,
  • an amount of an LP sufficient to block embryo implantation is admimstered before or after intercourse and fertiUzation have occurred, thus providing an effective method of birth control, possibly a "morning after" method.
  • An LP may also be used in controlUng menstruation or administered either as a peritoneal lavage fluid or for peritoneal implantation in the treatment of endometriosis.
  • An LP may be utiUzed in a wide-variety of surgical procedures.
  • a compositions in the form of, e.g, a spray or film
  • a compositions may be utiUzed to coat or spray an area before removal of a tumor, to isolate normal surrounding tissues from maUgnant tissue, and/or to prevent the spread of disease to surrounding tissues
  • an LP composition e g, in the form of a spray
  • an LP composition may be deUvered via endoscopic procedures to coat tumors, or inhibit angiogenesis in a desired locale.
  • surgical meshes that have been coated with an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention may be utiUzed in a procedure in which a surgical mesh might be utiUzed.
  • a surgical mesh laden with an anti-angiogenic composition may be utiUzed during cancer resection surgery (e.g, abdominal surgery subsequent to colon resection) to provide support to the structure, and to release an amount of the anti-angiogenic factor.
  • methods are provided for treating tumor excision sites, comprising administering an LP to the resection margins of a tumor after excision, such that the local recurrence of cancer and the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited.
  • an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is admimstered directly to a tumor excision site (e.g, appUed by swabbing, brushing or otherwise coating the resection margins of the tumor with the anti-angiogenic composition).
  • an anti-angiogenic composition may be incorporated into a known surgical paste before admimstration
  • an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is appUed after hepatic resections for maUgnancy, and after neurosurgical operations
  • admimstration can be to a resection margin of a wide variety of tumors, including e.g, breast, colon, brain, and hepatic tumors.
  • anti-angiogenic compositions may be admimstered to the site of a neurological mmor after excision, such that the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited Diseases at the Cellular Level Diseases associated with increased ceU survival or the inhibition of apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, cancers (such as, e.g, foUicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone-dependent tumors, including, e.g, but without Umit, colon cancer, cardiac tumors, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, gUoblastoma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endotheUoma, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondro
  • an LP is used to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metastases of cancers such as, in particular, those Usted herein.
  • Additional diseases, states, syndromes, or conditions associated with increased ceU survival that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, progression, and/or metastases of maUgnancies and related disorders such as leukemia including acute leukemias (such as, e.g, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, including myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia) and chrome leukemias (e.g, chrome myelocytic, chronic granulocytic, leukemia, and chrome lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia Vera, lymph
  • Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, AIDS, conditions (such as, e.g, Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Retimtis pigmentosa, CerebeUar degeneration and brain tumor, or pnon associated disease); autoimmune conditions (such as, e.g, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biUary cirrhosis, Behcet's disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune-related glomeruloneph ⁇ tis, and rheumatoid arthritis); myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v.
  • conditions such as, e.g, Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Amy
  • ischemic injury such as that caused by myocardial infarction, stroke and reperfusion injury
  • Uver injury such as, e.g, hepatitis related Uver injury, ischemia reperfusion injury, cholestosis (bile duct in j ury), and Uver cancer
  • toxin-induced Uver disease such as, e.g, that caused by alcohol
  • septic shock cachexia
  • cachexia cachexia
  • anorexia anorexia
  • an LP composition may be cUnicaUy useful in stimulating wound heaUng including e.g , surgical wounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage of the dermis and epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavity wounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers, venous stasis ulcers, burns resulting from exposure heat or chemicals, abnormal wound heaUng conditions associated with e.g, uremia, malnutrition, vitamin deficiency and wound heaUng compUcations associated with systemic treatment with steroids, radiation therapy, anti-neoplastic drugs, and anti-metaboUtes.
  • wound heaUng including e.g , surgical wounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage of the dermis and epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavity wounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers, ve
  • An LP could be used to promote dermal reestabUshment after dermal loss.
  • An LP could be used to increase the adherence of skin grafts to a wound bed and to stimulate re-epitheUaUzation from the wound bed.
  • the foUowing is a non-exhaustive Ust of grafts that an LP could be used to increase adherence to: a wound bed, autografts, artificial skin, allografts, autodermic grafts, autoepidermic grafts, avascular grafts, Blair-Brown grafts, bone grafts, brephoplastic grafts, cutis grafts, delayed grafts, dermic grafts, epidermic grafts, fascia grafts, fuU thickness grafts, heterologous grafts, xenografts, homologous grafts, hype ⁇ lastic grafts, lameUar grafts, mesh grafts, mucosal grafts, OUier-Thiersch grafts, omenpal grafts, patch grafts, pedicle grafts, penetrating grafts, spUt skin graf
  • An LP can be used to promote skin strength and to improve the appearance of aged skin. It is beUeved that an LP wiU also produce changes in hepatocyte proUferation, and epitheUal ceU proUferation in, for example, the lung, breast, pancreas, stomach, smaU intestine, and large intestine.
  • EpitheUal ceU proUferation can be effected in epitheUal ceUs such as, e.g, sebocytes, hair foUicles, hepatocytes, type II pneumocytes, mucin-producing goblet ceUs, and other epitheUal ceUs or their progenitors which are contained within the skin, lung, Uver, and gastrointestinal tract.
  • An LP may: promote proUferation of endotheUal ceUs, keratinocytes, and basal keratinocytes; it could also be used to reduce the side effects of gut toxicity that result from radiation, chemotherapy treatments or viral infections, it may have a cytoprotective effect on the smaU intestine mucosa; it may also stimulate heaUng of mucositis (mouth ulcers) that result from chemotherapy and viral infections, it could further be used in fuU regeneration of skin in fuU and partial thickness skin defects, including burns, (i.e., re-population of hair foUicles, sweat glands; and sebaceous glands), treatment of other skin defects such as psoriasis, it also could be used to treat epidermolysis buUosa, a defect in adherence of the epidermis to the underlying dermis which results in frequent, open and painful bUsters by accelerating re-epitheUaUzation of these lesions; it
  • Inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative coUtis, are diseases that result in destruction of the mucosal surface of the smaU or large intestine, respectively.
  • an LP could be used to promote resurfacing of a mucosal surface to aid more rapid heaUng and to prevent progression of inflammatory bowel disease resulting in a desired effect, e.g, such as on the production of mucus throughout the gastrointestinal tract and the protection of intestinal mucosa from injurious substances that are ingested or foUowing surgery.
  • An LP could be used to treat a condition associated with the under expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto.
  • an LP could be used to prevent and heal damage to the lungs due to various pathological states, such as, e.g, stimulating proUferation and differentiation to promote repair of alveoU and bronchiolar epitheUum.
  • pathological states such as, e.g, stimulating proUferation and differentiation to promote repair of alveoU and bronchiolar epitheUum.
  • emphysema inhalation injuries, that (e.g, from smoke inhalation) and burns, which cause necrosis of the bronchiolar epitheUum and alveoU could be effectively ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using a polynucleotide or polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), or an agomst or antagomst thereto.
  • an LP could be used to stimulate the proUferation of and differentiation of type II pneumocytes, to help treat or prevent hyaUne membrane diseases, such as e.g, infant respiratory distress syndrome and bronchopulmonary displasia, (in premature infants).
  • An LP could stimulate the proUferation and/or differentiation of a hepatocyte and, thus, could be used to aUeviate or treat a Uver condition such as e.g, fulminant Uver failure (caused, e.g, by cirrhosis), Uver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (e.g., acetaminophen, carbon tetrachlo ⁇ de, and other known hepatotoxins).
  • a Uver condition such as e.g, fulminant Uver failure (caused, e.g, by cirrhosis), Uver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (e.g., acetaminophen, carbon
  • an LP could be used treat or prevent the onset of diabetes meUitus.
  • an LP could be used to maintain the islet function so as to aUeviate, modulate, ameUorate, delay, or prevent permanent manifestation of the disease.
  • an LP could be used as an auxiUary in islet ceU transplantation to improve or promote islet ceU function.
  • Nervous system diseases, disorders, syndromes, states, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP composition include, e.g, without Umitation, nervous system injuries diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/or conditions that result in either a disconnection or misconnection of an axon or dendnte, a diminution or degeneration of a cell (or part of a ceU) of the nervous system (such as, e g , without Umitation, neurons, astrocytes, microgUa, macrogUa, oUgodendrogUa, Schwann ceUs, and ependymal ceUs), demyeUnation or improper mylenation, neural ceU dysfunction (such as, e.g, failure of neurotransmitter release or uptake), or interference with mylenization.
  • Nervous system lesions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed in a subject using an LP composition of the invention, include, e.g, without Umitation, the foUowing lesions of either the central (including spinal cord and brain) or peripheral nervous system: (1) ischemic lesions, in which a lack of oxygen in a portion of the nervous system results in neuronal in j ury or death, including e.g, cerebral infarction (or ischemia), or spinal cord infarction (or ischemia); (2) traumatic lesions, including, e.g, lesions caused by physical injury or associated with surgery (e.g, lesions that sever a portion of the nervous system), or compression in j uries; (3) maUgnant lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by maUgnant tissue, which is either a nervous system associated maUgnancy or a maUgnancy derived from non-nervous-system tissue; (4) infectious lesions, in which
  • an LP can be used to protect a neuronal ceU from the damaging effects of cerebral hypoxia; cerebral ischemia, cerebral infarction; stroke; or a neural ceU injury associated with a heart attack.
  • An LP which is useful for producing a desired effect in a nervous system condition, may be selected by testing for biological activity in promoting survival and/or differentiation of neural ceU.
  • an LP that eUcits any of the foUowing effects may be useful according to the invention: (1) increased survival time of neurons in culture; (2) increased or decreased sprouting of a neural in culture or in vivo; (3) increased or decreased production of a neuron-associated molecule e.g, such as a neurotransmitter in culture or in vivo, e.g, choUne acetyltransferase or acetylchoUnesterase with respect to a motor neuron; or (4) decreasing a symptom of neuronal dysfunction in vivo or in a model system, e.g, such as a mouse model for Parkinsons Syndrome.
  • a model system e.g, such as a mouse model for Parkinsons Syndrome.
  • any art known method can be used to: measure increased neuronal survival (such as, e.g, described in Arakawa, et al. (1990) J. Neurosci. 10:3507-3515); detect increased or decreased sprouting (such as, e.g, described in Pestronk, et al. (1980) Exp. Neurol. 70:65-82; Brown, et al. (1981) Ann. Rev. Neurosci.
  • a neuron-associated molecule e.g, by bioassay, enzymatic assay, antibody binding, Northern blot assay, etc, depending on the molecule to be measured
  • motor neuron dysfunction by, e.g, assessing the physical manifestation of motor neuron disorder, e.g, weakness, motor neuron conduction velocity, or functional disabiUty in a model system.
  • motor neuron diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g, without Umitation, infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgical damage, degenerative disease or maUgnancy (that may affect motor neurons as weU as other components of the nervous system), as weU as conditions that selectively affect neurons such as, e.g, without Umitation, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis progressive spinal muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar palsy, primary lateral sclerosis, infantile and juvenile muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar paralysis of childhood (Fazio-Londe syndrome), poUomyeUtis post poUo syndrome, and Hereditary Motorsensory Neuropathy (Charcot-Mane-Tooth Disease). Infectious Disease
  • An LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose an effect of an infectious agent in a subject or associated with a condition. For example, by increasing an immune response e g, particularly increasing the proUferation and differentiation a of B and/or a T ceU, infectious diseases may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed.
  • the immune response may be increased either by enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
  • an LP may also directly inhibit an infectious agent, without necessarily eUciting an immune response.
  • Viruses are a type of an infectious agent that can cause diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition of the invention.
  • viruses include, e.g, without Umitation, the foUowing DNA and RNA viruses and viral famiUes: ⁇ rbovirus, Adenovindae, Arenavindae, Artenvirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyavindae, Caliciviridae, Circovindae, Coronavindae, Dengue, EBV, HIV, Flavivtridae, Hepadnavindae (Hepatitis), Herpesvindae (such as, e.g, Cytomegalovirus, Herpes Simplex, Herpes Zoster), Mononegavirus (e.g,
  • Paramyxov ndae Morbilhvirus, abdovmdae
  • Orthomyxovindae e.g., Influenza A, Influenza B, and para ⁇ nfluen a
  • Pap lomavirus Papovavmdae
  • Parvovindae Picomav ridae
  • Poxvindae such as, e.g.
  • viruses of these famiUes can cause a variety of undesired conditions, including, but not Umited to: e.g, arthritis, bronchioUitis, respiratory syncytial virus, encephaUtis, eye infections (e.g , conjunctivitis, keratitis), chrome fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (e.g, of type A, B, C, E, Chrome Active, or Delta), Japanese BencephaUtis, Jumn, Chikungunya, Rift VaUey fever, yeUow fever, memngitis, oppormmstic infections (e.g, AIDS), pneumoma, Burkit
  • An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these symptoms or diseases.
  • an LP composition is used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose e.g, memngitis, Dengue, EBV, and/or hepatitis (e.g, hepatitis B).
  • an LP is admimstered to a subject that is non-responsive to one or more currently estabUshed commerciaUy available, hepatitis vaccines.
  • an LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose AIDS or an AIDS-related syndrome or condition.
  • Actinomycetales e.g, Corynebactenum, Mycobacterium, Norcardia
  • Cryptococcus neoformans e.g., Aspergillosis
  • Baallaceae e.g., Anthrax
  • Clostndium Bacteroidaceae, Blastom costs, Bordetella, Borrelia (e.g, Borrelia burgdorferi), Brucellosis, Candtdiasis, Campy lobacter,Cocc ⁇ d ⁇ o ⁇ domycos ⁇ s, Cryptococcosis, Dermatocycoses, E. colt (e.g, EnterotoxigenicE. coli and Enterohemorrhagtc E. coli), Enterobactertaceae (Klebstella, Salmonella (e.g.
  • Salmonella typht, and Salmonella paratyphi Salmonella typht, and Salmonella paratyphi
  • Serratta Yerstnta
  • Erystpelothrix Heltcobacter, Legtonellosis
  • Eeptospirosis asterta
  • Mycoplasmatales Mycobacterium leprae
  • Vibrio cholerae Vibrio cholerae
  • Netssenaceae e.g, Ac ⁇ netobacter,Gonorrhea, Memgococcal
  • Meisserta meningttidis Pasteurellacea Infections (e g, Actmobacillus, Heamophtlus (e.g, Heamophtlus influenza type B), Pasteurella), Pseudomonas, Rickettsiaceae, Chlamydtaceae, Syphilis, Shigella spp.,Staphylococcal, Memngiococcal, Pneumococcal and Streptococcal (e.g. Streptococcus pneumontae and Group B Streptococcus).
  • These bacterial or fungal famiUes can cause the foUowing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms including, e.g, without Umitation, bacteremia, endocarditis, eye infections (conjunctivitis, tuberculosis, uveitis), gingivitis, opportunistic infections (e.g, AIDS related infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, Reiter's Disease syndrome, respiratory tract infections, such as Whooping Cough or Empyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease syndrome, Cat-Scratch Disease syndrome, Dysentery, Paratyphoid Fever, food poisoning, Typhoid, pneumonia, Gonorrhea, meningitis (e.g, meningitis types A and B), Chlamydia, SyphiUs, Diphtheria, Leprosy, Paratuberculosis, Tuberculosis, Lupus, BotuUsm, gangrene,
  • an LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose: tetanus, Diptheria, botuUsm, and/or meningitis type B.
  • parasitic agents causing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, a parasitic agent from any of the foUowing groupings: Amebiasis, Babesiosis, Coccidiosis, Cryptospo ⁇ diosis, Dienta oebiasis, Dou ⁇ ne, Ectoparasitic, Giardiasis, Helminthiasis, eishmaniasis, Theileriasis, Toxoplasmosis, Trypanosomiasis, Trichomona, Sporo ⁇ oans
  • An LP composition of the invention can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms.
  • an LP can be used to modulate, ameliorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose malaria.
  • treatment or prevention using an LP is accompUshed either by administering an effective amount of an LP composition to a subject, or by removing ceUs from a subject, deUvering an LP then returning the resulting engineered ceU to the patient (ex vivo therapy).
  • an LP sequence can be used as an antigen in a vaccine to raise an immune response against an infectious disease.
  • An LP composition of the invention can be used e.g, to differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure, de-differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure; cause proUferation in ceU or a zone (similar to a ZPA in a Umb bud), have an effect on chemotaxis, remodel a tissue (e.g, basement membrane, extra ceU matrix, connective tissue, muscle, epitheUa), or lmtiate the regeneration of a tissue, organ, or biological structure (see, e.g. Science (1997) 276:59-87).
  • a tissue e.g, basement membrane, extra ceU matrix, connective tissue, muscle, epitheUa
  • lmtiate the regeneration of a tissue, organ, or biological structure see, e.g. Science (1997) 276:59-87).
  • Regeneration using an LP composition of the invention could be used to repair, replace, remodel, or protect tissue damaged by, e.g, congenital defects, trauma (such as, e.g, wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers); age; disease (such as, e.g, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease syndrome, or Uver failure), surgery, (including, e.g, cosmetic plastic surgery); fibrosis; re-perfusion in j ury; or cytokine damage.
  • trauma such as, e.g, wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers
  • age disease
  • disease such as, e.g, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease syndrome, or Uver failure
  • surgery including, e.g, cosmetic plastic surgery
  • fibrosis re-perfusion in j ury
  • cytokine damage e.g, cytokine damage.
  • Tissues that can be regenerated include, e.g, without Umitation, organs (e.g , pancreas, Uver, intestine, kidney, epitheUa, endotheUum), muscle (smooth, skeletal, or cardiac), vasculature (including vascular and lymphatics), nervous system tissue, ceUs, or structures; hematopoietic tissue; and skeletal (bone, cartilage, tendon, and Ugament) tissue.
  • organs e.g , pancreas, Uver, intestine, kidney, epitheUa, endotheUum
  • muscle smooth, skeletal, or cardiac
  • vasculature including vascular and lymphatics
  • nervous system tissue ceUs, or structures
  • hematopoietic tissue hematopoietic tissue
  • skeletal (bone, cartilage, tendon, and Ugament) tissue Preferably, regeneration occurs with Uttle or no scarring.
  • Regeneration also may include, e.g,
  • an LP composition may increase the regeneration of an aggregation of special ceU types, a tissue, or a matrix that typicaUy is difficult to heal. For example, by increasing the rate at which a tendon/Ugament heals after damage. Also encompassed is using an LP prophylacticaUy to avoid damage (e.g, in an interstitial space of a joint or on the cartalagenous capsule of a bone).
  • Specific diseases that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g, without Umitation, tendinitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, and other tendon or Ugament defects
  • Examples of non-heaUng wounds include, wounds that would benefit form regeneration treatment, e.g, without Umit pressure ulcers, ulcers associated with vascular insufficiency, surgical wounds, and traumatic wounds.
  • nerve and brain tissue also could be regenerated using an LP.
  • Such nervous system conditions that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g , without Umitation, central and peripheral nervous system diseases, neuropathies, or mechamcal and traumatic conditions (e.g., spinal cord disorders or syndromes, head trauma, cerebrovascular disease syndrome, and stoke).
  • diseases associated with peripheral nerve injuries include, e.g, without Umitation, peripheral neuropathy (e.g, resulting from chemotherapy or other medical therapies), locaUzed neuropathies, and central nervous system diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Huntington's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and Shy-Drager syndrome).
  • AU could be ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP.
  • An LP may have an effect on a chemotaxis activity.
  • chemotactic molecules can attract or mobiUze (but may also repeal) ceUs (e.g, monocytes, fibroblasts, neutrophils, T-ceUs, mast ceUs, eosinophils, epitheUal and/or endotheUal ceUs) or ceU processes (e.g, filopodia, psuedopodia, lameUapodia, dendntes, axons, etc.) to a particular site (e.g, such as inflammation, infection, site of hyperproUferation, the floor plate of the developing spinal cord, etc.).
  • ceUs e.g, monocytes, fibroblasts, neutrophils, T-ceUs, mast ceUs, eosinophils, epitheUal and/or endotheUal ceUs
  • ceU processes e.g, filopodia, psuedopodia, lameUapodia, dendntes, axons
  • such mobiUzed ceUs can then fight off and/or modulate a particular trauma, abnormaUty, condition, syndrome, or disease.
  • An LP may have an effect on a chemotactic activity of a ceU (such as, e.g, an attractive or repulsive effect).
  • a chemotactic molecule can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose inflammation, infection, hyperproUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions, or an immune system disorder by increasing the number of ceUs targeted to a particular location in the body.
  • a chemotactic molecule can be used to attract an immune ceU to an injured location in a subject.
  • An LP that had an effect on a chemotactant could also attract a fibroblast, which can be used to modulate, ameUorate, and/or treat a wound. It is also contemplated that an LP may inhibit a chemotactic activity to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition.
  • kits and methods for detecting the presence of LP protein or a binding partner TypicaUy the kit wiU have a compartment containing either a defined LP protein peptide or gene segment or a reagent, which recognizes one or the other, e.g, binding partner fragments or antibodies.
  • a preferred kit for determining the concentration of, e.g, a LP protein in a sample would typicaUy comprise a labeled compound, e.g, binding partner or antibody, having known binding affinity for the LP protein, a source of LP protein (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), and a means for separating the bound from free labeled compound, for example, a soUd phase for immobiUzing the LP protein. Compartments containing reagents, and instructions, wiU normaUy be provided.
  • Another diagnostic aspect of this invention involves use of oUgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences taken from the sequence of a LP protein.
  • sequences are used as probes for detecting levels of the LP protein message in samples from natural sources, or patients suspected of having an abnormal condition, e.g, cancer or developmental problem.
  • the preparation of both RNA and DNA nucleotide sequences, the labeUng of the sequences, and the preferred size of the sequences has received ample description and discussion in the Uterature.
  • a kit may include, e.g, a recombinantly produced or chemicaUy synthesized polypeptide antigen.
  • the polypeptide antigen of the kit may also be attached to a soUd support.
  • the detecting means of the above-described kit includes, e.g, a soUd support to which said polypeptide antigen is attached.
  • Such a kit may also include, e.g, a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. In this embodiment, binding of the antibody to the polypeptide antigen is detected by binding of the reporter-labeled antibody.
  • the claimed invention include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein.
  • inventions include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein.
  • nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is include, e.g. in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Clone
  • nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is included, e.g, in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Start Codon and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of the Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein.
  • nucleic acid molecule comprising polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of a correspondingly encoded First Amino Acid of a Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein.
  • an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one polynucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to one, exhibits 95% sequence identity to at least: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more polynucleotide fragments 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in length of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X, wherein any one such fragment is at least 21 contiguous nucleotides in length.
  • nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one nucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NO:X, wherein the length of at least one such fragment is about 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • Another preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' Nucleotide of the First Amino Acid of the Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position o the 3' Nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein.
  • a further preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence, which is at least 95% identical to the complete mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X or a species variant thereof.
  • an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising polynucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a mature coding portion of a polynucleotide o the invention (or fragment thereof), wherein the nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes does not hybridize under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence consisting of only A residues or of only T residues.
  • the kit generaUy includes, e.g, a support with surface- bound recombinant antigens, and a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody for detecting surface-bound anti-antigen antibody.
  • Methods for protein purification include such methods as ammonium sulfate precipitation, column chromatography, electrophoresis, centrifugation, crystaUization, and others. See, e.g, Ausubel, et al. (1987 and periodic supplements); Deutscher (1990) "Guide to Protein Purification,” Methods in Enzymology vol. 182, and other volumes in this series; CoUgan, et al. (1995 and supplements) Current Protocols in Protein Science John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY; P. Matsudaira (ed.) (1993) A Practical Guide to Protein and Peptide Purification for Microsequencing.
  • OIAexpress The High Level Expression and Protein Purification System QUIAGEN, Inc., Chatsworth, CA. Standard immunological techniques are described, e.g, in Hertzenberg, et al. (eds. 1996) Weir's Hanbook of Experimental Immunology vols. 1-4, BlackweU Science; CoUgan (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology Wiley/ Greene, NY; and Methods in Enzymology volumes. 70, 73, 74, 84, 92, 93, 108, 116, 121, 132, 150, 162, and 163.
  • Standard methods are used to isolate fuU length genes from a cDNA Ubrary made from an appropriate source, e.g, human ceUs.
  • the appropriate sequence is selected, and hybridization at high stringency conditions is performed to find a fuU length corresponding gene using standard techniques.
  • the fuU length, or appropriate fragments, of human genes are used to isolate a corresponding monkey or other primate gene.
  • a fuU length coding sequence is used for hybridization.
  • Similar source materials as indicated above are used to isolate natural genes, including genetic, polymorphic, aUeUc, or strain variants. Other species variants are also isolated using similar methods. With a positive clone, the coding sequence is inserted into an appropriate expression vector.
  • This may be in a vector specificaUy selected for a prokaryote, yeast, insect, or higher vertebrate, e.g, mammaUan expression system.
  • Standard methods are appUed to produce the gene product, preferably as a soluble secreted molecule, but wiU, in certain instances, also be made as an intraceUular protein.
  • IntraceUular proteins typicaUy require ceU lysis to recover the protein, and insoluble inclusion bodies are a common starting material for further purification. With a clone encoding a vertebrate LP protein, recombinant production means are used, although natural forms may be purified from appropriate sources.
  • the protein product is purified by standard methods of protein purification, in certain cases, e.g, coupled with immunoaffinity methods. Immunoaffinity methods are used either as a purification step, as described above, or as a detection assay to determine the separation properties of the protein.
  • the protein is secreted into the medium, and the soluble product is purified from the medium in a soluble form.
  • inclusion bodies from prokaryotic expression systems are a useful source of material.
  • TypicaUy the insoluble protein is solubiUzed from the inclusion bodies and refolded using standard methods. Purification methods are developed as described herein. The product of the purification method described above is characterized to determine many structural features. Standard physical methods are appUed, e.g, amino acid analysis and protein sequencing. The resulting protein is subjected to CD spectroscopy and other spectroscopic methods, e.g,
  • Tissue distribution of mRNA expression of a polynucleotide of the present invention is determined using protocols for Northern blot analysis, described (among others) by, e.g, Sambrook, et al.
  • a cDNA probe produced using common techniques is labeled with P 32 using the Rediprime DNA labeUng system (Amersham Life Science), according to manufacturer's instructions. After labeUng, the probe is purified using CHROMA SPIN- 100TM column (Clontech Laboratories, Inc.), according to manufacturer's protocol number PT1200-1. The purified, labeled probe is then used to examine various human tissues for mRNA expression.
  • MTN Multiple Tissue Northern
  • H human tissues
  • IM human immune system tissues
  • PTU90-1 Express Hyb 1711 hybridization solution
  • blots are mounted and exposed to film (overnight at -70 °C), and the films are subsequendy developed according to standard procedures.
  • Example 3 Chromosomal Mapping of an LP Polynucleotide An oUgonucleotide primer set is designed according to the sequence at the 5' end of a
  • SEQ ID NO:X identified sequence.
  • This primer preferably spans about 100 nucleotides.
  • This primer set is then used in a polymerase chain reaction under the foUowing set of conditions: 30 seconds, 95 °C; 1 minute, 56 °C; 1 minute, 70 °C. This cycle is repeated 32 times foUowed by one 5-minute cycle at 70 °C.
  • Human, mouse, and hamster DNA is used as template in addition to a somatic ceU hybrid panel containing individual chromosomes or chromosome fragments (Bios, Inc). The reaction is analyzed on either 8% polyacrylamide gels or 3.5 % agarose gels. Chromosome mapping is determined by the presence of an approximately lOObp PCR fragment in a particular somatic ceU hybrid.
  • the foUowing protocol produces a supernatant containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to be tested.
  • This supernatant can then be used in a variety of screening assays (such as, e.g, those taught herein).
  • Distribute the solution over each weU a 12-channel pipetter may be used with tips on every other channel).
  • transfections should be performed by spUtting the foUowing tasks between two individuals to reduce the time, and to insure that the ceUs do not spend too much time in PBS.
  • person A aspirates off the media from four 24-weU plates of ceUs, and then person B rinses each weU with 0.5-1 ml of PBS.
  • Person A then aspirates off the PBS rinse, and person B (using a 12-channel pipetter with tips on every other channel) adds 200 ⁇ l of DNA/Lipofectamine/Optimem I complex first to the odd weUs, then to the even weUs (of each row on the 24-weU plates). Incubate at 37 °C for 6 hours.
  • the transfection reaction is terminated, preferably by spUtting tasks (as above) at the end of the incubation period.
  • Person A aspirates off the transfection media, while person B adds 1.5 ml appropriate media to each weU.
  • Incubate at 37 °C for 45 or 72 hours depending on the media used (1 %BSA for 45 hours or CHO-5 for 72 hours).
  • On day four using a 300 ul multichannel pipetter, aUquot 600 ⁇ l in one 1 ml deep weU plate and the remaining supernatant into a 2 ml deep weU. The supernatants from each weU can then be used in an assay taught herein.
  • the activity when activity is obtained in an assay described herein using a supernatant, the activity originates either from the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) directiy (such as, e.g, from a secreted protein or fragment thereof) or by the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) inducing expression of another ⁇ rote ⁇ n(s), which is/are then released into the supernatant.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) in a supernatant characterized by an activity in a particular assay taught herein.
  • Example 5 Construction of a GAS Reporter Construct
  • One signal transduction pathway involved in ceUular differentiation and proUferation is a Jaks-STATS pathway.
  • Activated proteins in a Jaks-STATS pathway have been shown to bind to gamma activation site "GAS” elements or interferon-sensitive responsive element ("ISRE"), which are located, e.g, in the promoter region of many genes.
  • GAS gamma activation site
  • ISRE interferon-sensitive responsive element
  • GAS and ISRE elements are recognized by a class of transcription factors caUed Signal Transducers and Activators of Transcription, or "STATS.”
  • STATS Transcription factors
  • the Statl and Stat3 members of the STATS family are present in many ceU types, (as is Stat2) probably, because the response to IFN- alpha is widespread.
  • Stat4 is more restricted to particular ceU types though, it has been found in T helper class I ceUs after their treatment with IL-12.
  • Stat 5 onginaUy designated mammary growth factor
  • Stat 5 is activated in tissue culture ceUs by many cytokines.
  • Jaks represent a distinct family of soluble tyrosine kinases and include, e.g, Tyk2, Jakl, Jak2, and Jak3 These Jak kinases display sigmficant sequence similarity to each other and, generaUy, are catalyticaUy inactive in resting ceUs. However, Jaks are catalyticaUy activated by a wide range of receptors (summarized in the Table below, adapted from Schidler and DarneU (1995) Ann.
  • Class 1 includes, e.g, receptors for IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-6, IL-7, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15, Epo, PRL, GH, G-CSF, GM-CSF, LIF, CNTF, and thrombopoietin; while Class 2 includes, e.g, IFN-a, IFN-g, and IL-10.
  • the Class 1 receptors share a conserved cysteine motif (a set of four conserved cysteines and one tryptophan) and a WSXWS motif (a membrane proximal region encoding T ⁇ -Ser-Xxx-T ⁇ -Ser).
  • Jaks are typicaUy activated and, in turn, subsequently activate STATS, which translocate and bind to GAS transcriptional elements (located in the nucleus of the ceU). This entire process of sequential activation is encompassed in a typical Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway.
  • activation of a Jaks-STATS pathway (reflected by binding of a GAS or ISRE element) is used to indicate that an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is involved in the proUferation and/or differentiation of a ceU.
  • growth factors and cytokines are examples of proteins that are known to activate a Jaks-STATS pathway. Consequently, by using a GAS element Unked to a reporter molecule, an activator of a Jaks-STATS pathway is identified.
  • the 5' primer contains four tandem copies of the GAS binding site found in the IRF1 promoter, which has previously been shown to bind STATS after induction by a range of cytokines (see, e g, Rothman, et al. (1994) Immunity 1:457-468). Although, however, it is possible to use other GAS or ISRE elements.
  • the 5' primer also contains 18bp of sequence complementary to the SV40 early promoter sequence and is flanked with an Xhol site. The sequence of the 5' primer is:
  • the downstream primer which is complementary to the SV40 promoter and is flanked with a Hind III site, is- 5':GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC:3' (SEQ ID NO:25).
  • PCR ampUfication is performed using the SV40 promoter template present in a B- gakpromoter plasmid (Clontech).
  • the resulting PCR fragment is digested with Xhol/Hind III and subcloned into BLSK2- (Stratagene).
  • the reporter molecule is a secreted alkaUne phosphatase (SEAP).
  • SEAP secreted alkaUne phosphatase
  • any appUcable reporter molecule is used instead of SEAP without undue experimentation.
  • art known methods such as, e.g, without Umitation, chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), luciferase, alkaUne phosphatase, B-galactosidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), or any protein (detectable by an antibody or detectable binding partner) could be substituted for SEAP.
  • the synthetic GAS-SV40 promoter element is subcloned into a pSEAP-Promoter vector (Clontech) using Hindlll and Xhol. This, effectively, replaces the SV40 promoter with the ampUfied GAS:SV40 promoter element to create a GAS-SEAP vector.
  • the resulting GAS-SEAP vector does not contain a neomycin resistance gene it is not a preferred embodiment for use in mammaUan expression systems.
  • the GAS-SEAP cassette is removed (using Sail and Notl) from the GAS-SEAP vector and inserted into a backbone vector contaimng a neomycin resistance gene, such as, e.g, pGFP-1 (Clontech), using these restriction sites in the multiple cloning site, to create a GAS-SEAP/Neo vector.
  • a neomycin resistance gene such as, e.g, pGFP-1 (Clontech)
  • the GAS-SEAP/Neo vector can also be used as a reporter molecule for GAS binding as taught in an assay as described herein Similar constructs is made using the above description and replacing GAS with a different promoter sequence.
  • reporter-molecules containing NFK-B and EGR promoter sequences are appUcable. AdditionaUy, however, many other promoters is substituted using a protocols described herein, e.g, SRE, IL-2, NFAT, or Osteocalcin promoters is substituted, alone or in combination with another (e.g., GAS/NF- KB/EGR, GAS/NF-KB, I1-2/NFAT, or NF-KB/GAS).
  • a protocols described herein e.g, SRE, IL-2, NFAT, or Osteocalcin promoters is substituted, alone or in combination with another (e.g., GAS/NF- KB/EGR, GAS/NF-KB, I1-2/NFAT, or NF-KB/GAS).
  • ceU Unes is used to test reporter construct activity, such as, e.g, without Umitation, HELA (epitheUal), HUVEC (endotheUal), Reh (B-ceU), Saos-2 (osteoblast), HUVAC (aortic), or Cardiomyocyte ceU Unes.
  • HELA epidermal
  • HUVEC endotheUal
  • Reh B-ceU
  • Saos-2 osteoblast
  • HUVAC aortic
  • Cardiomyocyte ceU Unes can be performed (without undue experimentation) by adopting a method as described, e.g, in Ho, et al. (1995) Mol. CeU. Biol. 15:5043-5-53.
  • the foUowing protocol is used to assess T-ceU activity by identifying factors and/or determining whether a supernate (described herein) contaimng an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) modulates the proUferation and/or differentiation of a T-ceU.
  • T-ceU activity is assessed using a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct.
  • a factor that increases SEAP activity indicates an ability to activate a Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway.
  • One type of T-ceU used in this assay is, e.g, a Jurkat T-ceU (ATCC Accession No.
  • ceUs can also be used such as, e.g, without Umitation, Molt-3 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1552) or Molt-4 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1582).
  • Jurkat T-ceUs are lymphoblastic CD4+ Thl helper ceUs.
  • approximately 2 milUon Jurkat ceUs are transfected with a GAS-SEAP/Neo vector using DMRIE-C (Life Technologies) in a transfection procedure as described below.
  • Transfected ceUs are seeded to a density of approximately 20,000 ceUs per weU and any resulting transfectant (resistant to 1 mg/ml genticin) is subsequendy selected. Resistant colonies are then expanded and tested for their response to increasing concentrations of interferon gamma. The dose response of a selected clone is then estabUshed.
  • the foUowing method yields a number of cells sufficient for 75 weUs (each containing approximately 200 ul of ceUs).
  • the method can be modified easily (e.g, it can either be scaled up or performed in multiples to generate sufficient numbers of ceUs for multiple 96 weU plates).
  • Jurkat ceUs are maintained in RPMI + 10% serum with 1 % Pen-Strep.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

Isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding polypeptides from a human, reagents related thereto (including purified polypeptides specific antibodies) are provided. Methods of using said reagents and diagnostic kits are also provided.

Description

LP MAMMALIAN PROTEINS; RELATED REAGENTS FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention generally relates to compositions related to proteins In particular, it provides purified genes, polynucleotide sequences, proteins, polypeptides, antibodies, binding compositions, and related reagents useful, e.g , in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferaUve, autoimmune /inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of such proteins.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Protein transport and secretion are essenϋal for cellular function. Protein transport is mediated by a signal peptide located at the amino terminus of the protein to be transported or secreted. Proteins targeted to the ER may either proceed through the secretory pathway or remain in any of the secretory organelles such as the ER, Golgi apparatus, or lysosomes. Proteins that transit through the secretory pathway are either secreted into the extracellular space or retained in the plasma membrane. Proteins that are retained in the plasma membrane contain one or more transmembrane domains, each comprised of about 20 hydrophobic amino acid residues Secreted proteins are generally synthesized as inactive precursors that are acdvated by post-transladonal processing events during transit through the secretory pathway Such events include glycosylation, proteolysis, and removal of the signal peptide by a signal peptidase. Examples of secreted proteins with amino terminal signal peptides are discussed below and include proteins with important roles in cell-to-cell signaling. Such proteins include transmembrane receptors and cell surface markers, extracellular matrix molecules, cytokines, hormones, growth and differentiauon factors, enzymes, neuropepudes, and vasomediators (reviewed in Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The Cell, Garland Publishing, New York, NY, pp. 557-560, 582-592.). The discovery of new secreted proteins and the polynucleoαdes encoding them saαsfies a need in the art by providing new compositions which are useful in the diagnosis, prevenuon, and treatment of cell prohferaϋve, autoimmune/inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of secreted proteins. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based in part upon the discovery of LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) proteins and/or polypeptides. The invention provides substantially pure, isolated, and/or recombinant LP protein or peptide (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a,
LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) exhibiting identity over a length of at least about 12 contiguous amino acids to a corresponding sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y; a natural sequence LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) of SEQ ID NO: Y or Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or.8; a fusion protein comprising LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) sequence. In preferred embodiments, the portion is at least about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length. In other embodiments, the LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346): LP318a comprises a mature sequence of Table 1; LP318b comprises a mature sequence of Table 2; LP288 comprises a mature sequence of Table 3; LP289 or LP343 comprises a mature sequence of Table 4; LP319a or LP319b comprises a mature sequence of Table 5; LP321 comprises a mature sequence of Table 6; LP317 comprises a mature sequence of Table 7; and LP283 LP344, LP345, or LP346 comprises a mature sequence of Table 8; protein or peptide: is from a warm blooded animal selected from a mammal, including a primate; comprises at least one polypeptide segment of SEQ ID NO:Y exhibits a plurality of portions exhibiting the identity; is a natural allelic variant of the LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) has a length at least about 30 amino acids; exhibits at least two non-overlapping epitopes which are specific for a mammalian LP(LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) exhibits identity over a length of at least about 20 amino acids to LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) exhibits at least two non-overlapping epitopes which are specific for a LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) exhibits identity over a length of at least about 25 amino acids to a primate LP (LP318a, LP3 8b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) is glycosylated; is a synthetic polypeptide; is attached to a solid substrate; is conjugated to another chemical moiety; is a 5-fold or less substitution from natural LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) sequence; or is a deletion or insertion variant from a natural LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) sequence. Various preferred embodiments include a composition comprising: a sterile LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or peptide and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration. The invention further provides a fusion protein, comprising: mature protein comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 a detection or purification tag, including a FLAG, His6, or Ig sequence; or sequence of another LP LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or peptide. These reagents also make available a kit comprising such an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or polypeptide, and: a compartment comprising the protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. Providing an antigen, the invention further provides a binding compound comprising an antigen binding portion from an antibody, which specificaUy binds to a natural LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or polypeptide, wherein: the protein or polypeptide is a primate protein; the binding compound is an Fv,
Fab, or Fab2 fragment; the binding compound is conjugated to another chemical moiety; or the antibody: is raised against a peptide sequence of a mature polypeptide comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 is raised against a mature LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) is immunoselected; is a polyclonal antibody; binds to a denatured LP, LP1, LP2, LP3, LP4,
LP5, LP6, LP7, LP8, LP9, or an LP of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 exhibits a Kd to antigen of at least 30 μM; is attached to a solid substrate, including a bead or plastic membrane; is in a sterile composition; or is detectably labeled, including, for example, a radioactive, enzymatic, structural, or fluorescent label. Preferred kits include those containing the binding compound, and: a compartment comprising the binding compound; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. Many of the kits will be used for making a qualitative or quantitative analysis. Other preferred compositions will be those comprising: a sterile binding compound, or the binding compound and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration. The present invention further provides an isolated or recombinant LP nucleic acid encoding a protein or peptide or fusion protein described above, wherein: the LP protein and/or polypeptide is from a mammal, including a primate; or the LP nucleic acid: encodes an antigenic peptide sequence from an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 encodes a plurality of antigenic peptide sequences from an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 exhibits identity to a natural cDNA encoding the segment; is an expression vector; further comprises an origin of replication; is from a natural source; comprises a detectable label; comprises synthetic nucleotide sequence; is less than 6 kb, preferably less than 3 kb; is from a mammal, including a primate; comprises a natural full length coding sequence; is a hybridization probe for a gene encoding an LP family protein; or is a PCR primer, PCR product, or mutagenesis primer. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a cell or tissue comprising such a recombinant LP nucleic acid. Preferred cells include: a prokaryotic cell; a eukaryotic cell; a bacterial cell; a yeast cell; an insect cell; a mammalian cell; a mouse cell; a primate cell; or a human cell. Other kit embodiments include a kit comprising the described LP nucleic acid, and: a compartment comprising the LP nucleic acid; a compartment further comprising an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. In many versions, the kit is capable of making a qualitative or quantitative analysis. Other LP nucleic acid embodiments include those which: hybridize under wash conditions of at least 42°C, 45°C, 47°C, 50°C, 55°C, 60°C, 65°C, or 70°C and less than about 500 mM, 450 mM, 400 mM, 350 mM, 300 mM, 250 mM, 200 mM, 100 mM, to an LP of SEQ ID NO: X that exhibit identity over a stretch of at least about 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 59, 75, or at least about 150 contiguous nucleotides to an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346). In other embodiments: the wash conditions are at 55° C and/or 300 mM salt; 60° C and/or 150 mM salt; the identity is over a stretch is at least 55 or 75 nucleotides. In other embodiments, the invention provides a method of modulating physiology or development of a cell or tissue culture cells comprising introducing into such cell an agonist or antagonist of an LP (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS I. General
It is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular compositions, methods, and techniques described herein, as such compositions, methods, and techniques may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which is only limited by the appended claims.
As used herein, including the appended claims, singular forms of words such as "a," "an," and "the" include, e.g., their corresponding plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "an organism" includes, e.g., one or more different organisms, reference to "a cell" includes, e.g., one or more of such cells, and reference to "a method" include, e.g., reference to equivalent steps and methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art, and so forth.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure before the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate any such disclosure by virtue of its prior invention. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety for the teachings for which they are cited (as the context clearly dictates), including all figures, drawings, pictures, graphs, hyperlinks, and other form of browser-executable code. Specifically applicants incorporate by reference Provisional Applications P14811, US Serial Number 60/276596; filed March 16, 2001; P14860, US Serial Number 60/283654, filed April 13, 2001; P14881, US Serial Number 60/285238, filed April 20, 2001; P14843, US Serial Number 60/288548, filed May 3, 2001, and P15010, US Serial Number 60/290351, filed May 11, 2001. Polynucleotide sequences encoding an LP of the present invention are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. Various cDNA library/tissue information described herein is found in the cDNA library/tissues of the LIFESEQ GOLD™ database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA.) which corresponding information is incorporated herein by reference. Generally, in the LIFESEQ GOLD™ database a cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA library constructed from a primate, (e.g., a human tissue). Each tissue is generally classified into an organ/tissue category (such as, e.g., cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitalia, female; genitalia, male; germ cells; hemic and immune system; liver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract). Typically, the number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of libraries across all categories. Results using the LIFESEQ GOLD™ database reflect the tissue-specific expression of cDNA encoding an LP of the present invention. Additionally, each LP sequence of the invention is also searched via BLAST against the UniGene database. The UniGene database contains a non-redundant set of gene- oriented clusters. Each UniGene cluster theoretically contains sequences that represent a unique gene, as well as related information such as the tissue types in which the gene has been expressed and map location. Particularly interesting portions, segments, or fragments of LP's of the present invention are discovered based on an analysis of hydrophobicity plots calculated via the "GREASE" application, which is a computer program implementation based on the Kyte- Doolittle algorithm (J. Mol. Biol. (1982) 157:105-132) that calculates a hydropathic index for each amino acid position in a polypeptide via a moving average of relative hydrophobicity. A hydrophilicity plot is determined based on a hydrophilicity scale derived from HPLC peptide retention times (see, e.g., Parker, et al., 1986 Biochemistry 25:5425-5431). Another hydrophobicity index is calculated based on the method of Cowan and Whittaker (Peptide Research 3:75-80; 1990). Antigenic features of LPs are calculated based on antigenicity plots (such as, e.g., via algorithms of: Welling, et al. 1985 FEBS Lett. 188:215-218; the Hopp and Woods Antigenicity Prediction (Hopp & Woods, 1981 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 78, 3824); the Parker Antigenicity Prediction (Parker, et al. 1986 Biochemistry, 25, 5425); the Protrusion Index (Thornton) Antigenicity Prediction (Thornton, et al. 1986 EMBO J., 5, 409); and the Welling Antigenicity Prediction (Welling, et al. 1985 FEBS Letters.188, 215)). Particularly interesting secondary LP structural features (e.g., such as a helix, a strand, or a coil) are discovered based on an application which is a computer implementation program based on the Predator (Frishman, and Argos, (1997) Proteins, 27, 329-335; and Frishman, D. and Argos, P. (1996) Prot. Eng., 9, 133-142); GOR IV (Methods in Enzymology 1996 R.F. Doolittle Ed., vol. 266, 540-553 Gamier J, Gibrat J-F, Robson B); and Simpa96 (Levin, et al., J FEBS Lett 1986 Sep 15;205(2):303-308) algorithms. One of skill in the art can use such programs to discover such secondary structural features without undue experimentation given the sequences supplied herein.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 1 & 2 (LP318a(cl6hDGL) & LP318b(c22hDGL)) LP318a(cl 6hDGL) (SEQ ID NO: 2) and LP318b(cl 6hDGL) (SEQ ID NO: 4) are novel human polypeptides. LP318a(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence was discovered using a normalized human brain cDNA Library whose construction is based generally on methods of Ko (1990) Nucleic Acids Res. 18(19): 5705-11, and Soares, et al (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.91:9228-9232. Briefly, tissues from twelve brain subregions (Hypothalamus, Thalamus, Amygdyla, Sensory Cortex, Motor Cortex, Hippocampus, Cerebellum, Pons and Locus Coeruleus, Caudate/Putamen/Nucleus Accumbens, Entero-Cortex and Anterior Hippocampus, Prefrontal cortex, Anterior Cingulate Cortex) were obtained from the Harvard Medical School Tissue Bank and used to make mRNAs aliquots that were used to generate cDNAs. The cDNAs were amplified using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and subsequently normalized by determining the ratio of high-, medium-, and low- abundance control genes. After normalization, a representative brain cDNA library was constructed from the normalized cDNAs. LP318a(cl6hDGL) sequence was discovered using this library. Similarly, LP318b(cl6hDGL) was discovered using nucleic acid sequence information obtained from LP318a(cl6hDGL). Sequence analysis of LP318a(cl6hDGL) amino acid structure demonstrates that
LP318a(cl6hDGL) exhibits amino acid sequence similarity to a rodent (e.g., mouse) protein designated mDGLl. The gene (mdgll) encoding the mDGLl protein is located on a small segment of mouse chromosome 16, which is highly homologous to a segment of human chromosome 22. The mouse and human chromosomal regions on, respectively, chromosomes 16 and 22 may represent ortho- or paralog segments (particularly, the C22ql 1 region of human chromosome 22; see, e. g., Botta, et al, 1997 Mammalian Genome. 8(12): 890-5, 1997 [published erratum appears in Mamm Genome 1998 Apr; 9(4):344]). Given, the relationship of mouse chromosome 16 to human chromosome 22, Applicants conducted a search for additional sequence similar to LP318a(cl6hDGL) based on the homologous relationship between the rodent and primate chromosomal locations. Using LP318a(cl6hDGL) sequence as bait, Applicants discovered the LP318b(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence and its interesting location on human chromosome 22.
LP318b(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence was localized to the C22qll region of human chromosome 22. Moreover, the following diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, and/or pathological states have also been mapped to this and surrounding regions of human chromosome 22, such as, for example: CATCH 22 syndrome, which is a spectrum of human conditions collectively referred using this medical acronym to refer to the cardiac anomalies, abnormal facial features, thymic hypoplasias, cleft palate, hypocalcemias, and chromosome 22 microdeletions that are associated with it (see, e.g., Krahn, et al., 1998 Mayo Clinic Proceedings. 73(10):956-959; Vataja & Elomaa 1998 British Journal of Psychiatry 172: 518-520; Sergi, et al., 1999 Pathologica 91 (3): 166-172; Momma, et al., 1999 Cardiology in the Young. 9(5):463-467; Ryan, et al., 1997 Journal of Medical Genetics. 34(10):798-804;
Momma, et al., 1999 Pediatric Cardiology 20(2): 97-102; Kerstjens-Frederikse, et al., 1999 Journal of Medical Genetics 36(3): 221-224; Edelmann, et al., 1999 Human Molecular Genetics 8(7): 1157-1167; Ruangdaraganon, et al., 1999 Journal of the Medical Association of Thailand 82 Suppl LSI 79-185; Gaspar, et al., 1999 Genetic Counseling 10(1): 51-57; Yong, et al, 1999 European Journal of Pediatrics 158(7): 566-570; Bassett, et al., 1998 American
Journal of Medical Genetics 81(4): 328-337; Karayiorgou, et al., 1998 Biological Psychiatry 43(6):425-431); conotruncal anomaly face syndrome (CTAFS) (see, e.g., Maeda, et al., 2000 Am J Med Genet Jun 5;92(4):269-72; Matsuoka, et al., 1998 Hum Genet. 103(l):70-80), Cat eye syndrome (see, e.g., McTaggart, et al., 1998 Cytogenetics & Cell Genetics 81(3-4):222- 228; Momma, et al., 1997 Journal of the American College of Cardiology 30(4): 1067-1071; Craigen, et al., 1997 American Journal of Medical Genetics 72(l):63-65; Lewin, et al., 1997 American Journal of Cardiology 80(4): 493-497; Stratton, et al., 1997 American Journal of Medical Genetics 69(3): 287-289; Knoll, et al., 1995 Am J Med Genet 55(2):221-4); DiGeorge syndrome, in which individuals, have variable severity and combinations of e.g., conotruncal heart defects, abnormalities of the ear and palate, facial dysmorphism, and mental retardation as well as partial or complete aplasia/hypoplasia of the thymus and endocrine dysfunction, e.g. hypoparathyroidism. Patients with DiGeorge syndrome may present with impaired immune function, heart failure, hypocalcemia, facial dysmorphism, impaired hearing, and mental retardaϋon. The syndrome, which is a significant cause of heart and craniofacial defects as well as mental retardauon, is probably underdiagnosed and presents a large spectrum of presentation, from cases where the most prominent feature of the syndrome is hypocalcemia with hypoparathyroidism, to cases with asymptomatic, latent or late-onset hypocalcemia. Thus, it would be useful to have a geneuc marker to identify individuals with this syndrome. For example, a recommendaϋon to clinicians whom have patients presenting with late-onset or recurrent hypoparathyroidism is to perform a geneuc analysis of the human 22ql 1 region to determine if the individual has a feature of DiGeorge syndrome (see, e.g., Hong R. 1998 Seminars in Hematology 35(4): 282-290; Sutherland, et al., 1998 Genomics 52(1): 37-43; Funke, et al., 1999 American Journal of Human Genetics 64(3): 747- 58; Puech, et al., 1997 PNAS USA (18): 10090-10095; Kimber, et al, 1999 Human Molecular Genetics 8(12): 2229-2237; Lindsay, et al., 1999 Nature 401(6751): 379-383; Roberts, et al, 1997 Human Molecular Genetics 6(2): 237-245; Thomas, et al., 1997 Clinical Pediatrics 36(5): 253-266; Stoffel, et al, 1996 Human Genetics 98(1): 113-115; and Pizzuti, et al, 1996 American Journal of Human Geneucs 58(4): 722-729); and velocardio facial syndrome (VCFS) (see, e.g, Funke, et al, 1998 Genomics 53(2): 146-154; Saint-Jore, et al, 1998 Human Molecular Genetics 7(12): 1841-1849; Van Geet, et al, 1998 Pediatric Research 44(4): 607-611; Ford, et al, 2000 Laryngoscope 110(3 Pt 1): 362-367; Usiskin, et al, 1999 Journal o the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 38(12)- 1536-1543; Olney, et al, 1998 Ear, Nose, & Throat Journal 77(6)- 460-461; Gothelf, et al, 1997
American Journal of Medical Geneucs 72(4): 455-461; Sirotkin, et al , 1997 Genomics. 41 (1): 75-83; Kumar, et al, 1997 American Journal of Cardiology. 79(3)- 388-390)
Accordingly, an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule comprising LP318b(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. §101 since it can be used to hybridize near sequence associated with one or more of the above stated diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, and/or pathological states and thus, LP22hDGL would serve as a marker for a such a disease, condiuon, syndrome, disorder, and/or pathological state. Additionally, compositions comprising LP318b(cl6hDGL) polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP318b(cl6hDGL) agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g, LP318b(cl6hDGL) antibodies) will also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, amelioration, and/or intervention of such an above referenced disease, condition, or state. Likewise, given the sequence similarity between LP318a(cl6hDGL) and LP318b(cl6hDGL) (see Table 1 below), it is likely that LP318a(cl6hDGL) and LP318b(cl6hDGL) are encoded by paralogous genes, which arose during some gene duplication event. Consequently, although LP318a(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence is not located on human chromosome 22, it also will be useful as a distinct marker for detecting, marking, associating with, and/or diagnosing individuals present with CTAFS, VCFS, DiGeorge, CATCH 22 or CTAFS-, VCFS-, DiGeorge-, or CATCH 22-lιke phenotypes. Such situations are not uncommon. Although, LP318a(cl6hDGL) does not map to the chromosomal region deleted in, for example, CATCH 22 patients an LP318a(cl6hDGL) mutein or variant could have evolved a degree of independence to modify such conditions or LP318a(cl6hDGL) could affect other components of the same signaling pathway (see, e g, a similar situation described by Clouthier, et al, 1998 Development 125: 813-824, where endothelin receptor dysfunction contributes to cranial and cardiac defects that mimic CATCH 22 phenotypes). Furthermore, Tsai, et al, (1999 Am J Med Genet 82(4): 336-339) describe a child with features consistent with having velocardiofacial syndrome (VCFS) such as congenital heart disease (atnal septal defect, ventricular septal defect, pulmonic stenosis), submucosal cleft palate, hypernasal speech, learning difficulties, and right fifth finger anomaly manifestations. All of these features are diagnostic for VCFS, however, upon genetic analysis of this patient a microdeletion in the 22q locations was not identified. Instead, a (4)(q34.2) deletion was discovered suggesting, similar to the situation of Clouthier, et al , that other components of the same signaling pathway could be involved or that multilocus effects may modify or affect the condition. Tsai, et al , suggest that this result emphasize the importance of searching for other karyotype abnormalities when a velocardiofacial syndrome-like phenotype is present. Consequently, given the relationship between LP318a(cl 6hDGL) and LP318b(cl 6hDGL), individuals presenting with CTAFS, VCFS, DiGeorge, CATCH 22 or CTAFS-, VCFS-, DiGeorge-, or CATCH 22-lιke phenotypes should be checked not only using a LP318b(cl6hDGL) genetic analysis but also using an LP318a(cl6hDGL) analysis since LP3 8a(cl6hDGL) may also be involved in the organization of such phenotypes. Accordingly, an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule comprising LP318a(cl6hDGL) nucleic acid sequence also meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U S C. §101 since it can be used to hybridize near sequence associated with one or more of the above stated diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, and/or pathological states and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease, condition, syndrome, disorder, and/or pathological state.
The CTAFS, VCFS, DiGeorge, Cat Eye, and CATCH 22 syndromes are often associated with anomalous developmental characteristics of the cardiovascular and/or nervous systems, and/or anomalous development of the face and head (see, e.g. Momma, et al, 1999 Ped Cardio 20: 97-102; Hong, R, 1998, Seminars in Hematology, 35: 282-290). It has been suggested that the DiGeorge syndrome is associated with a basic embryological defect (e.g, inadequate development of the facial neural crest tissues) (see, e.g. Hong, 1998). Additional defects for the DiGeorge syndrome have been suggested to be in defects of the primitive aortic arches (see, e.g, Johnson, et al, 1995, Amer J of Cardio 76: 66-69). In addition, people with the CATCH 22 syndrome have an unexpectedly high incidence of behavioral disorders, e.g, major psychoses, including, e.g, schizophrenia and bipolar disorders (see, e.g, Vataja & Elomaa 1998 Brit J of Psychiatry 172: 518-520). Such behavioral abnormalities have been associated with defects in brain morphology (such as, e.g, defects in the midline structures of the brain) (see, e.g, Vataja & Elomaa 1998 Brit J of Psychiatry 172: 518-520). Recently, it has been suggested that genes encoding components of the nodal signaling pathway must be expressed only on one side of structures in the developing embryo to ensure correct placement and patterning. Errors in the nodal signaling pathway, for example, randomize the sidedness and morphology of the heart and other organs. Such findings present a way to reconcile the multiple phenotypic effects seen in
CATCH 22 syndromes. For example, it has recently been demonstrated that nodal signaling is required for the proper development of laterally asymmetric structures in the brain (e.g, in the dorsal diencephalon, specifically, habenular nucleii and pineal structures) (see, e.g. Concha, et al, 2000 Neuron 28: 399-409; and Liang, et al, 2000 Development 127:5101- 112). Currently, it is believed that genes involved in the nodal pathway (such as, e.g, squint, cyclops, lefty, antivin, and pitx2) are also responsible for localizing components of the dorsal diencephalon to the left side of the brain in vertebrates. According to this model, midline tissues in the developing vertebrate brain (where the nodal pathway is turned on) repress genes such as, e.g, cyclops and pitx2 on the right side of the developing diencephalon thus leading to morphological asymmetries of the nervous system. LP318b(cl6hDGL) or
LP318a(cl6hDGL) may play a role in this system, for example, by having an effect on the nodal signaling system or by, e.g, modulating the pitx2 or cyclops effector portion of the system. The Drosophila protein with sequence similarity to LP318a(cl6hDGL) and LP318b(cl6hDGL) (see Table 1 below) is proposed to be a ligand protein further supporting such a ligand like function here for LP318a(cl6hDGL) or LP318b(cl6hDGL). Accordingly, for example, a two-hybrid type of system for identifying protein-protein interactions is encompassed herein to determine potential interactions of LP318b(cl6hDGL) and/or LP318a(cl6hDGL) with any of the currently described proteins known to influence morphological asymmetries (e.g, such as those described for the brain in Concha, et al, 2000 Neuron 28: 399-409; and Liang, et al, 2000 Development 127:5101-112). Such methods of determining protein-protein interactions are well known in the art (see, e.g. Fields and Song, 1989 Nature 340:245-6 for descriptions of the original yeast two-hybrid system design. Since then, modifications and improvements are well known in the art, see, e.g, Zhu, et al, 2000 Nature Genetics 26: 283-9 describing a method of analyzing hundreds or thousands of protein samples using a single protein chip technology that is applicable for a wide variety of assays, such as, e.g., ATP and GTP binding assays, protein kinase assays, nuclease assays, helicase assays, and protein-protein interaction assays. Similar technology could be employed here, without undue experimentation, to determine the characteristics of LP318b(cl6hDGL) or LP318a(cl6hDGL). Both these references are encompassed herein for their assay teachings.).
LP318a(cl6hDGL)'s homology to proteins involved in blood coagulation (e.g, plasma kallikrein, coagulation factor XI, and plasminogen) and the possession of apple domains, which have been shown to be involved in binding other members of the coagulation cascade (such as, e.g, kininogen, and factor Xlla) suggest that LP318a(cl6hDGL) may also be participate in the blood coagulation system. Furthermore, at least two additional pieces of evidence suggest that LP318a(cl6hDGL) may also participate in inflammatory processes. One is based on the observation that after injury there is typically a simultaneous activation of the innate immune response and the coagulation system. This simultaneous activation has been discovered to be a phylogenetically-conserved, ancient and adaptive response that can be traced back to the early stages of eukaryotic evolution and which persists today so that the same proinflammatory stimuli that activate elements of the human clotting cascade also activate phagocytic effector cells (neutrophils, monocytes, and macrophages). Thus, a complex and highly integrated linkage between systemic inflammation and coagulation is maintained in all vertebrates (see, e.g. Opal S. M. 2000 Crit Care Med. (9 Suppl): S77-80). The second piece of evidence supporting this view is the expression data for LP318a(cl6hDGL), which is primarily in IL-5 activated eosinophils, and eosinophils exhibiting hyper-eosinophilia, and in asthma patients Thus, supporting the linkage between the immune system and the coagulation system.
It has been discovered that LP318a(cl6hDGL) sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) is expressed in the following number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA libraries- Genitalia, Female 1/106; Genitalia, Male 4/114,Germ Cells 1/5, Hemic and
Immune System 4/159; Musculoskeletal System 1 /47, Respiratory System 1/93; and
Nervous System 8/198.
Consequently, based on the expression pattern of LP318a(cl6hDGL), its homology to proteins with known functions, and literature suggesting the role of such proteins in human conditions, diseases, syndromes, etc , it is likely that compositions comprising
LP318a(cl6hDGL) polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP318a(cl6hDGL) antibodies (or LP318a(cl6hDGL) binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, amelioration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not limited to, e.g, cell proliferative, autoimmune /inflammatory, coagulative, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
Table 1 Primate, e , human, LP318a(cl 6hDGL) polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 1) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 2) The nomenclature used for this LP reflects chromosomal location and species status (cl6 indicates LP318a(cl 6hDGL) sequence is found on human chromosome 16 The lower case letter 'h' indicates a sequence is primate, e g , human ) The ORF for LP318a(cl6hDGL) is 41- 679 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation) LP318a(cl6hDG ) DNA Sequence (685 bp) (ORF = 41-679) :
LP318a(cl6hDGL) (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) .
ATGAGGCTTCCCCCAAAGGTTATTTTCCTGCTTCGTTCCATTAGCAAAGCAGTTGCTGCTACAGACTGGGCA CATTCGGGCCATCGGTGGGTTACTGGGTCAAGAACTTTTGACAGGAAGGCTATGGGCTGCCAGTGGCCTCTG TGTCTTTGGGTGAGCCCCGGAGTCCAGGTGACCCTCAACCTTCACGGCGAGGCCTCCTACCTCCTCCAGGCA CTGGGCTCCCTCTGCTCCCCGTGGGCCGCTCCCCGCGTGGGGCCACTGCCCCCGGCCCCCGCCATGGTGCGG ATTTCAAAGCCCAAGACGTTTCAGGCCTACTTGGATGATTGTCACCGGAGGTATAGCTGTGCCCACTGCCGC GCTCACCTGGCCAACCACGACGACCTCATCTCCAAGTCCTTCCAGGGCAGTCAGGGGCGTGCCTACCTCTTC AACTCAGTGGTGAACGTGGGCTGCGGGCCAGCCGAGGAGCGGGTGCTGCTGACCGGCCTCCATGCTGTCGCC GACATCCACTGCGAGAACTGCAAGACCACTTTGGGCTGGAAATATGAACAGGCCTTTGAGAGCAGCCAGAAG TACAAAGAGGGGAAGTACATCATTGAACTCAACCACATGATCAAAGACAACGGCTGGGACTGA LP318a(cl6hDGL) Full- ength Sequence (212aa) :
The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Lys-40) A predicted SP cleavage site is between Lys-40 and Ala-41 indicated as follows 1 MRLPPKVIFLLRSISKAVAATDWAHSGHRWVTGSRTFDRK ΛAMGCQ 45 An optional predicted signal sequence MRLPPKVIFLLRSISKAVA (Met-1 to Ala-19) based on a different signal peptide analysis allocates an alternative cleavage site between Ala-19 and Ala-20 indicated as follows 1
MRLPPKVIFLLRSISKA VAΛATDWA 24 Alternative cleavage points may represent alternative mature LP318a(cl6hDGL) variants (all of which are encompassed herein) MRLPPKVIF LRSISKAVAATD AHSGHRWVTGSRTFDRKAMGCQWP C VSPGVQVT NLHGEASYLLQA LGSLCSPWAAPRVGP PPAPAMVRISKPKTFQAYLDDCHRRYSCAHCRAH A HDDLISKSFQGSQGRAYLF NSWNVGCGPAEERV LTGLHAVADIHCENCKTTLG KYEQAFESSQKYKEGKYIIE NHMIKDNGWD An LP318a(cl6hDGL) Mature Sequence (172aa) :
A predicted mature LP318a(cl6hDG ) sequence is as follows:
A GCQ P C WVSPGVQVTLNLHGEASY QALGS CSPWAAPRVGP PPAPAMVRISKPKTFQAYLDDCH RRYSCAHCRAH ANHDDLISKSFQGSQGRAY FNSWNVGCGPAEERVLLTG HAVADIHCENCKTT G K YEQAFESSQKYKEGKYIIELNH IKDNGWD An additional P318a(cl6hDGL) Mature Sequence (193aa) :
Another predicted mature P318a(cl6hDGL) sequence is as follows:
ATDWAHSGHRWVTGSRTFDRKAMGCQ PLC WVSPGVQVTLNLHGEASYLLQA GS CSPWAAPRVGPLPP APAMVRISKPKTFQAYLDDCHRRYSCAHCRAH ANHDDLISKSFQGSQGRAYLFNSWNVGCGPAEERV TG HAVADIHCENCKTT G KYEQAFESSQKYKEGKYIIELNHMIKDNGWD Table 2 Primate, e g , human, LP318b(cl6hDGL) polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 3) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 4) The nomenclature used for this LP reflects chromosomal location and species status (c22 indicates LP318b(cl6hDGL) sequence is found on human chromosome 22 The lower case letter 'h' indicates a sequence is primate, e g , human ) The ORF for LP318b(cl6hDGL) is 41- 502 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation) . P318b(cl6hDGL) DNA Sequence (508 bp) (ORF = 41-502) :
LP318b(cl6hDGL) (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) . AGAATATATAGAGAATATAGATACATAGGTCCTTTATCCAATGGAGGAGCTGATGCTCAGTCGGAATGACA GTGTTCTCCACCCATCCTCAGGTCATGACATCCCCCCAGCCTCAGGTCATGAACTCCCCGCATCCTCATAC GTCATGACCACCGATCCTCAGCTAACAGCCGCGGGGCTGGACTCCCCTGGTTCTGGGCAGCACCGCTTCGT TCCAGAAAGCACTCGCAGCCAATCTCACGGGACCTTCTTCTTTCAGTCCTTTCAGGGGAGCCAGGGACGCG CCTACCTCTTCAATTCCGTGGTGAACGTGGGCTGCGGCCCTGCAGAGGAGAGGGTCCTTCTCACCGGGCTG CATGCGGTTGCCGACATCTACTGCGAGAACTGCAAGACCACGCTCGGGTGGAAATACGAGCATGCCTTTGA GAGCAGTCAGAAATATAAGGAAGGAAAATTCATCATTGAGCTTGCTCATATGATCAAAGACAATGGCTGGG AGTAAAAAAAA
LP318b(cl6hDGL) Full-Length Sequence (153aa) :
MEELMLSRNDSVLHPSSGHDIPPASGHELPASSYV TTDPQLTAAG DSPGSGQHRFVPESTRSQSHGTFF FQSFQGSQGRAY FNSWNVGCGPAEERVLLTGLHAVADIYCENCKTTLG KYEHAFESSQKYKEGKFIIE LAHMIKDNGWE
Interesting segments of LP318a(cl6hDGL) are discovered fragments Leu-11 to Val- 18; Ala-19 to Glu-45; Trp-46 to Leu-60; Leu-62 to Gly-74; Ser-75 to Pro-90; Ser-98 to Arg- 113; Arg-113 to Ala-124; Asn-125 to Ser-137; Asn-149 to Leu-164; Thr-178 to Glu-195; Lys- 197 to Leu-202; Leu-11 to Ala-18; Ala-19 to Phe-37; Gln-45 to Leu-62; Gly-74 to Ala-91;
Pro-92 to Lys-101; Thr-102 to Trp-114; Trp-114 to Ala-124; Asn-125 to Gly-136; Ser-137 to Val- 48; Asn-149 to Hιs-165; Leu-179 to Glu-195; Lys-6 to Ser-13; Ile-14 to Arg-29; Val-31 to Cys-44; Gln-45 to Ser-53; Ile-97 to Trp-106; Leu-107 to Hιs-122; Leu-123 to Ile-130; Lys- 132 to Ala-141; Val-147 to Arg-158 ; Hιs-165 to Gly-180; and Lys-182 to Lys-197, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophilicity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP318a(cl6hDGL) are the discovered portions of LP318a(cl6hDGL) from Pro-4 to Arg-12; Ser-13 to His-28; Trp-30 to Thr-36; Arg-39 to Leu-50; Trp-51 to Thr-59; Leu-60 to Leu-73; T -106 to Cys-116; Ala-117 to Ile-130; Ser- 131 to Gly-139; Phe-144 to Glu-156; Leu-161 to Asp-169; and Gly-196 to Asn-209. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP318a(cl6hDGL) structures (e.g., such as a helix, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the following LP318a(cl6hDGL) helix structures: Leu-11 to Val-18; Ser- 67 to Ala-72; and Glu-184 to Phe-187. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are Met-1 to Pro-4; His-25 to His-28; Gly-33 to Asp-38; Ala-41 to Trp-46; Ser-53 to Gly-55; Leu-62 to Glu-65; Gly-74 to Ala-93; Ser-98 to Pro-100; Cys-110 to Cys-110; His-126 to His- 126; Phe-134 to Gly-139; Val-150 to Ala-155; Glu-173 to Lys-182; Glu-195 to Gly-196; and Asp-208 to Asp-212. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are Leu-48 to Trp- 51; Gln-57 to Leu-60; Met-94 to Arg-96; Ala-141 to Leu-143; and Tyr-197 to Glu-201. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand- coil-helix-coil-strand-coil motif of LP295 combines the Ser-53 to Gly-55 coil, with the Gln- 57 to Leu-60 strand, the Leu-62 to Glu-65 coil, the Ser-67 to Ala-72 helix, the Gly-74 to Ala- 93 coil, the Met-94 to Arg-96 strand, and the Ser-98 to Pro-100 to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-53 to Pro-100. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
Interesting segments of LP318b(cl6hDGL) are discovered fragments Ser-11 to Ile- 21; Pro-22 to Met-36; Gly-53 to Ser-66; His-67 to Gly-77; Val-91 to His-106; Thr-119 to Glu-136; Leu-13 to Ile-21; Ile-21 to Trp-34; Val-35 to Ala-44; Ala-45 to Phe-57; Val-58 to Gly-68; Phe-75 to Ala-82; Val-88 to Arg-99; Ala-107 to Gly-121; Lys-123 to Lys-138; Phe- 139 to Met-146; Ser-25 to Trp-34; Val-35 to Ala-45; Gly-53 to Ser-66; Phe-75 to Trp-83; Val- 88 to Glu-97; Ala-96 to Ala-107; Ala-107 to Asn-1 5; and Trp-122 to Lys-133, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophilicity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP318b(cl6hDGL) are the discovered portions of LP318b(cl6hDGL) from Asn-8 to Ser-17; Ser-33 to Pro-40; His-67 to Glu-80; Phe-85 to Glu-97; Leu-102 to Ala-109; Asp-110 to Thr-119; Lys-123 to Ser-130; and Gly-137 to His- 145. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP318b(cl6hDGL) structures (e.g., such as a helix, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the following LP318b(cl6hDGL) helix structures: Ile-4 to Leu-9; Phe-52 to Ala-61; Thr-91 to Gly-98; Thr-107 to Phe-115; His-117 to Arg-121; Ile-145 to Ala-164; Glu-171 to Asp-178; Ile-188 to Glu-196; Asn-205 to Leu-208; Gln-281 to Ser- 285; Glu-290 to Lys-296; Pro-301 to Ile-304; Lys-330 to Ser-334; and Gln-352 to Lys-356. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are Ile-14 to Pro-16; Asp-21 to Asp-27; Glu-37 to Arg-38; Ala-46 to Thr-50; Arg-63 to Asn-68; Leu-85 to Lys-88; Lys-100 to Thr- 104; Ser-123 to Asp-127; Asn-132 to Ser-135; Asp-140 to Glu-142; Lys-167 to Gln-168; Lys- 212 to Thr-222; Thr-246 to Leu-255; Tyr-264 to Ala-268; Pro-275 to Gly-278; Arg-308 to Asp-317; Thr-343 to Asp-347; Val-361 to Thr-366; Gln-381 to Pro-390; Met-398 to Ser-400; and Ile-409 to Lys-413. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are Ala-17 to Leu-19; Val-129 to Ile-131; Ala-270 to Ile-273; and Met-392 to Ile-395. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one helix-coil-coil-strand-coil motif of LP318b(cl6hDGL) combines the Gln-352 to Lys-356 helix, with the Val-361 to Thr-366 and Gln-381 to Pro-390 coils, and the Met-392 to Ile-395 strand to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gln-352 to Ile-395. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 3 (LP288)
LP288 is a novel primate (e.g., human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 6), which is a newly discovered member of the LDL receptor family of proteins. Specifically, LP288 appears to be a member of the LDL receptor-related group of proteins (LRPs), which are found throughout the animal phyla ranging, for example, from invertebrates (such as, e.g., worms such as, e.g., Caenorhabditis elegans), to insects (such as, e.g., Drosophila melanogaster), to birds (e.g., chickens), to mammals (e.g., rodents), and to primates (e.g., humans). LDL receptor-related proteins (LRPs), exhibit typical ligand binding characteristics — high affinity and broad specificity or a "one-receptor-many-ligand" profile. Studies show that LRPs are multi-ligand receptors for lipoprotein remnants and many other physiologically important ligands (see, e.g., the review by Krieger & Herz 1994 Annu. Rev. Biochem 63:601-37). Until recently, LRPs were considered simply as cellular transporters for cholesterol and other lipids, however, this view has changed and other important functions exist for these proteins (e.g., such as regulators of developmental processes and participants in synaptic transmission) (see, e.g., Gotthardt, et al. 2000 J. Biol. Chem. 275:25616-25624). Accordingly, given the "one-receptor-many ligand" profile of LRPs, it is likely that LP288, like other LRPs, will also recognize non-lipoprotein ligands and function in a wide variety of biological processes. For example, recent findings show that an insect LRP (Drosophila arrow) binds non-lipoprotein members of the Wnt/Wng signaling pathway, a pathway that is involved in a variety of developmental and adult functions (see, e.g., Pandur & Kuhl, 2001 BioEssays 23:201-210). LP288 exhibits sequence similarity to both Arrow and another recently described insect LRP (designated CG8909) supporting the view that LP288 may also function in the vertebrate Wnt/Wng signaling pathway
Typically, LRPs share common structures (such as e.g., amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains) that are arranged in characteristic locations within an LRP (e.g., most easily visualized with respect to their positioning in a primary LRP amino acid sequence). For example, the following amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains are routinely found in characteristic locations in LRPs.
At the N-terminal portion of a canonical LRP, a series (e.g., ranging from about two to about eight) of LRP ligand-binding-like domains (such as, e.g., the low-density lipoprotein receptor class A module) are typically found. Routinely, an LRP-A module or domain contains between 2-12 complement-type cysteine rich repeats. LP288 contains approximately eight LRP-A-like domains at its N-terminad most location. Following the LRP ligand-binding-like region (i.e., moving C-terminad along the primary amino acid structure of a typical LRP), one or several epidermal growth factor (EGF)-lιke domains are characteristically positioned LP288 contains two such EGF-like domains at this location. Typically, following the N-terminal- most EGF-like domains, is a region characterized by the presence of multiple YWTD-like motifs that is flanked C-terminad by one or several EGF- like domains Characteristically, in all LRPs reported to date, it has been shown (Springer 1998 J. Mol Biol. 283:837-62) that two YWTD containing regions are never contiguous but are always separated by EGF- or FN3-lιke domains. For example, in vertebrate LRP1 and LRP2 some YWTD regions are flanked by single EGF-like domains while other YWTD regions are flanked by multiple (e.g., up to 11 EGF-like domains in the C. elegans LRP1), however two YWTD regions are never adjacent). LP288 exhibits such an ordering so that each LP288 YWTD region is made up of multiple YWTD-like motifs that are not contiguous but are separated by one or more flanking EGF-like domains Recently, these YWTD-containing regions of LRPs have themselves been more fully characterized and have now been shown to be more structured than had been previously realized (Springer 1998 J. Mol. Biol. 283:837-62). Using established three-dimensional structures of flanking EGF-domains as models, Springer demarcated the boundaries of LDR EGF-like domains as being approximately two or three amino acid residues before the first cysteine of the EGF-like domain and two or three residues after the last cysteme of the EGF-like domain. Using such EGF boundaries as markers, Springer analyzed YWTD- contaimng regions in a variety of proteins to establish that a consensus sequence existed for every YWTD region that was flanked by an EGF-like domain (see, e.g , Springer 1998 J. Mol. Biol. 283:837-62). Consequently, it was established that every LRP YWTD containing region is made up of six separate YWTD repeat sequences (each repeat sequence, designated as YWTD repeat Nos. 1-6, is approximately 40-44 residues in length). A set of six YWTD repeats make up a structural unit that Springer defines as a single YWTD domain (to avoid confusion, Appbcants refer to similar LP288 regions as YWTD islands). The sequence and structure of the LP288 YWTD regions conform to such a model. Each YWTD region in LP288 can be further subdivided into a set of six individual YWTD-like repeats, which possess specific characteristic features. Every LP288 YWTD island is bounded by at least one EGF-like domain. An individual YWTD island is predicted to fold into a higher order structure designated a six-bladed beta-propeller, which is composed of six similar subunits (see, e.g., Murzin, et al. 1996 J. Mol. Biol. 247:536-540). Each beta sheet of the beta propeller has an almost identical tertiary structure (but see below suggesting that the blade positions may be more conserved between than within propellers) and the beta sheets are radially arranged about a pseudosymmetrical axis ultimately yielding a compact higher order structure that is cylindrical or toroidal-like in shape and that brings neighboring modules (e.g , EGF-like domains) into close proximity. Using the LP288 sequence information provided herein, similar higher order structures can be predicted for the four LP288 YWTD islands by one of ordinary skill using common art known techniques (see, e.g., the descriptions in the methods section of Springer 1998 J. Mol. Biol. 283:837-62, and Fulop and Jones 1999, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol 9:715-721, incorporated herein by reference for these teachings).
As stated above, each YWTD island is characteristically made up of six individual YWTD repeats (designated, from the N- to C-terminad direction, as YWTD repeats Nos. 1- 6). Each YWTD island is flanked by one or more EGF-like domains. After analyzing YWTD repeats from 89 such YWTD islands, Springer demonstrated that each YWTD repeat has within it a characteristic motif sequence (comprising about five contiguous amino acid residues), which is located at the beginning of the repeat (e.g., within the first 5-7 amino acids of the repeat sequence). For example, YWTD repeats Nos. 2-6 characteristically have a YWTD-like consensus motif (e.g., Tyr-Trp-Thr-Asp) located at the beginning of the repeat sequence. However, at repeat position No. 1, a different (though similar) motif is characteristically found. Instead of a YWTD-like motif, similar residues (such as, LFAN (Leu-Phe-Ala-Asn)) are found. The repeat sequences found at YWTD repeat position No. 1 (in a YWTD island) are similar in length to other YWTD repeat sequences and, except for the YWTD-like motif itself, sequences at the No. 1 repeat positions are as homologous to other repeats (e.g., those at positions Nos. 2-6) as those repeats are to themselves. Moreover, LFAN-like motifs have also been shown to be approximately equivalent to YWTD-like motifs (see, e.g., J. Mol. Biol (98) 283: 837-62), further supporting the idea that a repeat sequence at position No. 1 is, in fact, a YWTD repeat sequence like the repeat sequences at positions Nos. 2-6. Springer also suggests that another characteristic feature of YWTD repeat motifs is that the amino acid residue positioned before each YWTD- like or LFAN-like motif is occupied by a hydrophobic amino acid residue. This feature is typically found in every repeat throughout every YWTD island. Springer suggest that such YWTD repeat arrangements in LRPs have been maintained over evolutionary time — since the divergence of nematodes from chordates to maintain the resulting higher order structural unit-a beta propeller comprising six similar structural subunits. Analysis of the YWTD regions of LP288, demonstrates that these regions exhibit both the structural and organizational features that are characteristic of LRP YWTD islands (as characterized by Springer). Such evidence further supports the conclusion that LP288 is a novel LRP.
LP288 has four YWTD islands, each of which is flanked by at least one EGF-like domain. Every LP288 YWTD island is made up of six individual YWTD repeats, which are approximately 40-43 contiguous amino acids in length. Moreover, each LP288 YWTD repeat contains an amino acid motif sequence, located at the beginning of the repeat,that has either a YWTD-like or LFAN-like motif depending upon which position the motif sequence occupies in the YWTD island (e g., position No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6). For instance, as predicted, all LP288 position No. 1 repeats contain an LFAN-like motif at the beginning of the repeat sequence. Futhermore, a hydrophobic amino acid residue occupies the position preceding every LP288 LFAN-like motif. For example, the following LP288 hLFAN-like motifs (where h is any hydrophobic amino acid residue) are found at the No. 1 repeat positions of each of the four LP288 YWTD domains: LLFAN (for LP288 YWTD domain 1), LLFAR (for LP288 YWTD domain 2), LIFAR (for LP288 YWTD domain 3), and LLFSS (for LP288 YWTD domain 4). Comparison of these four motifs results in a consensus LFAN-like motif for LP288 of "lFup."
Similarly, all LP288 repeat sequences at positions Nos. 2-6 in the LP288 YWTD islands contain a YWTD-like motif preceded by a hydrophobic amino acid residue. For example, the following hYWTD-like motifs (where h is any hydrophobic amino acid residue) are found at the beginning of LP288 YWTD repeat positions Nos. 2-6: VFWSD, LYWTD, IYWTD, MYWVD, and LYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 1); VYWTD, LYWTD, MYWTD, LYWAD, and IYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 2); VYWSD, VYWTD, MYWTD, LYWAD, and IYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 3); and VYYTD LYWTD, LFWTD, IYWVD, and IYWTD (for LP288 YWTD domain 4). Comparison of these motifs results in consensus YWTD-like motifs for LP288 of 'NaaoD," "IYWTD," "haWTD," "hhWsD," and "IYWTD" for, respectively, repeat positions Νos. 2-6.
Interestingly, a cladistic-like analysis comparing the sequences of every YWTD repeat in LP288 shows that a positional effect exists for the sequence of any particular YWTD repeat within any LP288 YWTD domain. So that, for instance, a repeat sequence at position No. 3 is more similar to any other repeat sequence at that same position (i.e. No. 3) in any other island than it is to other YWTD repeat sequences. For example, all four position No. 1 YWTD repeat sequences in LP288 are more closely similar (using sequence identity as a measure) to each other than to repeat sequences at other positions in the LP288 YWTD islands. Consequently, an analysis of all 24 LP288 YWTD repeat sequences (i.e., 6 repeats/island x four LP288 YWTD islands) produces a cladigram-like grouping that is arranged by position so that all YWTD repeats at position No. 1 are grouped as "sister" groups; all YWTD repeats at position No. 2 are grouped as "sister" groups; all YWTD repeats at position No. 3 are grouped as "sister" groups, and so on. An exception to this finding exists, however, at YWTD repeat position No. 5. There, the position No. 5 YWTD repeat sequence of LP288 YWTD domains 1 and 2 are more similar to each other while the No. 5 YWTD repeat sequences of LP288 YWTD domains 3 and 4 are more alike. Thus, a subdivision of sequence similarity exists at YWTD repeat position No. 5 so that the position No. 5 sequences of islands' 1 and 2 are most alike. The same pertains for sequences at position No 5 in YWTD islands' 3 and 4.
Interestingly, LP288 YWTD islands' 1 and 2 are adjacently ordered followed by the subsequent adjacent ordering of islands 3 and 4. Without being bound by theory, such sequence similarity combined with such ordering suggests that the conservation of sequences within a particular positional YWTD repeat is maintained to functionally conserve the resulting higher order structures that make up the blades of the beta-propeller encoded by a YWTD island as each repeat in a YWTD island is used to construct subunits of the beta- propeller structure. Moreover, adjacent blades of separate beta-propeller structures have been proposed to interact to form higher order structures. Accordingly, it is possible that repeat position No. 5 in LP288 YWTD islands' 1 and 2 and/or repeat position sequences No. 5 of LP288 islands' 3 and 4 may interact to form higher order multi-beta-propeller structure/ s (see, e.g., Fulop and Jones 1999, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 9:715-721). Furthermore, it is possible that a particular position of an LP288 YWTD repeat within a YWTD island has a similar structural and/or functional role from one island to another thus compelbng evolutionary selection to maintain sequence similarity at specific repeat positions between different islands. Such an analysis of LP288 is consistent with the interpretation of Springer (1998) who shows that other LRPs (e.g., vertebrate LRP1, and LRP2) also exhibit groupings of two or four YWTD islands that are separated from other such groups by only single EGF-bke domains between the adjacent YWTD islands of a group. Springer suggests that the proximity of these LRP YWTD islands imply that they act in concert, for example, in binding a single bgand. The groupings in LP288 (of four YWTD domains) add further weight to the evidence that LP288 is an LRP. Moreover, it also suggests that the groupings of YWTD islands in LP288 may convey a similar function by promoting mutual interactions (e.g., to bind a single bgand).
The importance of YWTD islands in low-density bpoprotein receptors (LDLRs) has been demonstrated (in one manner) by the fact that a large proportion of mutations map to YWTD regions in famibes afflicted by hypercholesterolaemia. These YWTD mutations are particularly detrimental when they occur in YWTD repeat sequences at positions No. 1 and 2 (see, e.g., Hobbs, et al 1992 Annu Rev Genet 24: 133-170, Chae, et al. 1999 Clin Genet 55(5): 325-31, and Krawczak & Cooper, 1997 Trends Genet 13:121-122). An explanation of the consequence of such mutations has recently been advanced in bght of the effect these YWTD mutations have on the formation or functioning of beta-propeller structures proposed to form from YWTD islands (see, e.g., Springer 1998 J. Mol. Biol. 283:837-62 and references cited therein). An additional characteristic feature of LRPs are that these receptors typically have a single transmembrane segment which is followed by a cytoplasmic tail containing characteristic intracellular binding motifs. LP288 possesses both a single transmembrane segment and intracellular binding motifs that have been described as being characteristic for LRPs. For example, as reported to date, LDLRs (including LRPs) characteristically have at least one NPxY motif in their cytoplasmic tail (where N is asparagine; P is probne; Y is tyrosine; and x is any amino acid residue). These NPxY motifs have been reported to function as internabzation signals (e.g., required for clustering of LRPs into coated pits). However, others have recently proposed that a cytoplasmic YxxL-bke motif and di-leucine repeats (LL) rather than NpxY motif, serve as the dominant agents for LRP endocytosis (see, e.g., Li, et al. 2000 J. Biol. Chem 275: 17817-17194). LP288 contains both NPxY-bke (e.g., NPSY), YxxL-bke (e.g, YNQL, and WDDL), YxxP-bke (e.g, YSNP), and di-leucine repeat (LL) (e.g, GLLR, and QLLQ) sequence motifs (among others) in its cytoplasmic portion.
The conflicting data regarding the role of the NPxY and YxxL motifs may be reconciled by a current proposal suggesting that LRPs may both endocytosis (e.g, through coated pits) and also function via non-internabzed intracellular signabng pathways (e.g, MAP kinase pathways) (see, e.g, Gotthardt, et al. 2000 J. Biol. Chem 275 No. 33: 25616-25624, and Pandur & Kuhl, 2001 BioEssays 23:201-210). Not being bound by theory, the abibty to direct an LRP toward one or another pathway (e.g. internatibzed or non-internabzed) may be mediated depending upon what particular binding partners are complexed with the cytoplasmic portion of an LRP. For example, DABl binding to LRP tails competes and prevents bound LRP from clustering into coated pits and thus, DABl prevents subsequent LRP endocytosis. This data suggests a mechanism by which alternative signaling through LDL receptor family members is accompbshed.
In this mechanism, specific assembbes on a particular LRP cytoplasmic tail (e.g, via scaffold and adaptor proteins that may be engaged in intracellular signabng pathways) drive an LRP system towards, for example, an endocytotic pathway or an intraceUular signabng pathway. Such a multi-functional LRP system would be dynamic depending on various factors controbng it (such as, e.g, the number and kind of binding partners, the on-off rates of binding, binding partner local concentrations, the timing, and/or seeding of initial complex binding partners, binding constants and/or specificities or affinities to particular LRP cytoplasmic motifs, etc.). Given that it has been shown that the NPxY motif is also a substrate for various intraceUular binding partners (such as, e.g, the She adaptor protein, which has the abibty to interact with a large number of tyrosine-phosphorylated proteins), and that the NPxY motif also binds a PI/PTB domain, which itself has been identified as a binding motif in the She adaptor protein (Margobs 1996 J Lab Cbn Med 128(3): 235-41), the NPxY motif may be a context-dependent motif that functions both in endocytosis or via an intraceUular signabng pathway depending upon the interaction of other members of a binding complex on an LRP cytoplasmic tail. Such a system would resemble the combinatorial-bke functioning features of DNA transcriptional regulator complexes (e.g, bke those seen in "turning on" HOX genes).
Recently, however, an additional finding (see, e.g, Schaefer, et al. 1999 J. Biol. Chem. 274: 37965-37973) suggests that endocytotic internabzation is required to activate an intraceUular signabng pathway (e.g., the mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) cascade). This data suggests that LP288 may also function similarly, so that internabzation is required for and/or biases a particular intraceUular signabng pathway. Thus, an LP288 variant designed to block its internabzation (e.g, but mutating or abobshing an Lxxy or tSxV motif in its cytoplasmic portion) would be restricted in its signabng options and vice versa.
To aUow diverse signals to be routed through a multi-bgand receptor such as an LRP, specificity of signal transduction is maintained through the assembly of multiprotein complexes. Thus, a given LRP receptor may bind multiple signabng molecules, yet activation of the appropriate intraceUular signabng pathway would depend on the particular binding partner members of a complex, e.g. such as co-receptors (e.g, Wnt) for the extraceUular portion of a complex and/or adaptor or scaffold proteins for the intraceUular portion of a complex. These homo/hetero-multimeric complexes wiU Ukely be dynamic (e.g, such as, using the requisite formation of an extraceUular complex to act as a temporary platform for a subsequent formation of an intraceUular complex).
Appbcants invention encompasses such complexes that are formed with LP288 (e.g, both extraceUular, intraceUular, and complexes including both intra- and extra-ceUular complexes). In addition, Appbcants invention encompasses LP288 variants whose bias drive pathway specificity for LP288 binding complexes, for example, by biasing the formation of particular LP288 complexes (both intra- and extra-ceUularly). For example, to bias a particular pathway, LP288 variants are encompassed herein in which, for example, cytoplasmic-bke motifs are removed, added, and/or mutated. Moreover, particular LP288 variants are encompassed herein that, e.g, bias which pathway an LP288 would take (e.g, endocytosis, or intraceUular signabng). Non-bmiting examples of such LP288 variants include those in which, for example, YxxL, NPxY, tSxV, or YxxP LP288 motifs have been removed, added, relocated, and/or mutated (e.g, such as by substituting a tyrosine residue (Y) for an X in an YxxP motif; or by adding a second terminal SxV motif to the end of an LP288 cytoplasmic tail to, e.g, increase the binding affinity for, e.g, PDZ domains).
The presence of characteristic intraceUular binding motifs in LP288 further supports a view that LP288 can form multimeric complexes through interactions with various binding partners. AdditionaUy, other studies (Gotthardt, et al. 2000 J. Biol. Chem 275 No. 33: 25616—25624, incorporated herein by reference) reveal that LRPs interact (e.g, through proteins having either PID or PDZ domains, with a much broader range of proteins than had previously been recognized (such as, e.g, cytoplasmic adaptor and scaffold proteins such as, e.g, SEMCAP-1, JIP-1, PSD-95, JIP-2, Tabn homologue, OMP25, CAPON, DABl, ICAP-1, MINT2, PIP4, 5-Kinase homologue, Sodium channel brain 3, and APC subunit 10). These molecules have known functions that relate to, for example, ceU adhesion, ceU activation, reorganization of the cytoskeleton, neurotransmission, regulation of synaptic transmission, activation and /or modulation of MAP kinase pathways, local organization of the cytoskeleton, ceU adhesion, and endocytosis. Accordingly, it is bkely that the LP288 (in conjunction with binding complexes formed with these and other similar molecules) wiU perform similar functions. For example, using a yeast two-hybrid screening assay, and/or an in vitro GST puU down assay, and/or simUar such approaches, one of ordinary skill in the art could identify, without undue experimentation, binding partners of LP288 signabng complexes that form with a cytoplasmic portion of LP288 (such as, e.g, the binding partners SEMCAP-1, JIP-1, PSD-95, JIP-2, Tabn homologue, OMP25, CAPON, DABl, ICAP-1,
MINT2, PIP4, 5-Kinase homologue, Sodium channel brain 3, and APC subunit 10). Given Applicants teachings regarding the LP288 sequence; the LP288 cytoplasmic portion; teachings of various LP288 domains, motifs, regions, and/or modules; the identification of particular binding motifs in an LP288 cytoplasmic domain; the knowledge in the art regarding methods of determining such binding partners (e.g, such as, two-hybrid assays and GST puU-down assays); and teachings in the art regarding performing such methods with LRP-bke proteins (see, e.g, the methods described in Gotthardt, et al. 2000 J. Biol. Chem 275: 25616—25624 which are incorporated herein by reference for these teachings), one of ordinary skiU in the art would not require undue experimentation in determining binding partners for LP288.
For example, recently it has been shown that an insect LDLR protein (Drosophila arrow, which is homologous to vertebrate LRP5 and LRP6) forms extraceUular and intraceUular heteromeric complexes with members of the Wnt/Wg signabng pathway, such as, for example the transmembrane proteins Frizzled (Fz) and Dfrizzled (DFz2) (see, e.g, Pandur & Kuhl, 2001 BioEssays 23:201-210). These data suggest that these ceU surface molecules are essential co-receptors for Wnt bgands. Members of the Wnt/Wingless (Wg) family of secreted glycoproteins function in a variety of developmental processes including ceU differentiation, ceU polarity, ceU migration, and ceU probferation. LP288 shows sequence similarity to both the Drosophila arrow protein and to another Drosophila LDRL-bke protein related to arrow (designated CG8909). Both arrow and CG8909 are reported to be LDRL-bke receptors exhibiting sequence similarity to primate, rodent (LRP5 and LRP6), fish, and worm LDRL-bke receptor proteins (see, e.g, the report on CG8909 in the Drosophila Flybase located at http: //flybase.bio.indiana.edu). Accordingly, LP288 may also play a role in developmental events mediated by vertebrate homologs of the Wnt/Wg cascade of proteins (e.g, such as vertebrate homologs of DrosopHla genes known to act downstream of wingless, such as, e.g, Adenomatous polypopsis cob tumor suppressor homolog 2, Ape, armadiUo, arrow, Axin, decapentaplegic, disheveUed, engrailed, eyebd (antagonizes Wingless signabng), frizzled (receptor for Wingless), frizzled2 (receptor for
Wingless), frizzled3 (antagonizes Wingless signabng), gooseberry distal, gooseberry proximal, bnes, naked cuticle, pangobn, porcupine, shaggy/zeste white 3, and supernumerary bmbs). AdditionaUy, LP288 may form intraceUular complexes with proteins known to be involved in binding intraceUular motifs (e.g, such as PZD domains) of members of this signabng pathway (such as, e.g, vertebrate homologs of the binding partners of Frizzled proteins (e.g, disheveled (dsh), prickled, inturned, fuzzy, and multiple-wing-hair proteins) since it has also been shown that the terminal S/TxV motif of members of the frizzled gene family interact directly with PDZ domains found vertebrate intracellular molecules. For example, a Xenopus dsh protein, when co-expressed with rat frizzled family members in a Xenopus blastomer, translocates from a cytoplasmic pool to a membrane location, indicating both the conserved functional association of these proteins and their sequence conservation (since one protein is from an amphibian and the other is from a rodent). Furthermore, phenotypes resulting from mutations in a mouse homolog of arrow (LRP6) display a variety of defects such as, for example, midbrain/hindbrain morphogenetic defects, axis truncations, and bmb patterning defects.
LP288 has five PxxP-bke motif sequences (PDEP, PPAP, PVLP, PNTP, and PAAP), where "P" is Probne, and x is any amino acid residue. TypicaUy, PxxP motifs are found intraceUularly in probne rich regions, for example, such as in the cytoplasmic tails of receptors. The PxxP motif is known to bind with SH3 domains of various intraceUular proteins (see, e.g, Kay, et al. 2000 FASEB J. 14:231-241). What is unusual in LP288 about the appearance of such a probne-nch region containing PxxP motifs, is that this region is located in the extraceUular portion of LP288, just before the transmembrane domain. However, PxxP motifs are typicaUy found in the cytoplasmic portion of receptor proteins where, upon binding the receptor's cognate bgand, intraceUular proteins subsequently interact with the receptor's nascently-forming cytoplasmic binding complex to activate particular intraceUular pathways and/or cascades. Accordingly, the presence of such a probne-nch PxxP-containing region at an extraceUular location of LP288 is interesting. However, a recent finding (Schaefer, et al. 1999 J. Biol. Chem. 274:37965-37973) suggests a possible function for such a placement. Schaefer, et al. show that a neural ceU adhesion molecule requires internabzation (e.g, via endocytosis) to activate a particular signabng pathway (a mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) cascade). Similarly, perhaps the extraceUular presence of a probne-nch PxxP-containing region in LP288 is a mechanism to mask SH3-bιndιng until an endocytotic pathway is reabzed for an LP288. Absent internabzation, the intraceUular binding sites in an LP288 would control the system (e.g, leading to activation of a different signabng cascade, such as, for example, a JAK/STAT pathway). However, if LP288 did become internabzed (e.g, via binding of unique extraceUular bgand/s or, e.g, by formation of a specific extraceUular binding complex), then the previously sequestered PxxP motifs would now, in effect, become "unmasked" via internabzation and be made available for interaction with, for example, SH3-bke binding partners. Consequently, the presence of an extraceUular probne-nch PxxP-containing region in LP288 suggests a previously unrecognized mechanism to insure its signal transduction specifity for a receptor having "high-affinity" and "broad-specificity" characteristics. Given aU the available evidence discussed herein, LP288 is a novel LRP member of the low-density bpoprotein receptor family. This is confirmed by LP288's possession of a repertoire of domains and modules, that have been shown to characteristic for the LDLR family (e.g, having multiple bgand binding domains, EGF modules, YWTD domaιn(s), a single transmembrane 'domain', and a cytoplasmic tail with characteristic sequence motifs). Given the sequence information and knowledge of the secondary structural features of LRPs and how these features map onto the LP288 sequence presented herein (e.g, the relationship between the primary amino acid sequence of LP288 YWTD regions and higher order beta propeUer-bke structures or the relationship of EGF-bke domains and their higher order structures) one of ordinary skiU in the art would be able to design amino acid modifications of LP288 to affect LP288 function in such regions (e g, bke those found in the YWTD regions of individuals with bpid disorders). In fact, commercial services are available to rapidly produce three-dimensional configurations and higher order structures of known primary amino acid sequences thus avoiding undue experimentation when assessing higher order structures of a sequence of interest (see, e.g. Structural GenomiX, 10505 RoseUe St, San Diego, CA 92121).
LP288 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 5) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA bbranes: Cardiovascular System 5/68; Connective Tissue 2/47; Digestive System 16/148; Embryonic Structures 3/21; Endocrine System 6/53; Exocnne Glands 5/64; Genitaba, Female 11/106; Genitaba, Male 13/114; Hemic and Immune System 19/159; Liver 5/35; Musculoskeletal System 3/47; Nervous System 65/198; Pancreas 2/24; Respiratory System 6/93; Skin 2/15; and Urinary Tract 7/64. Consequently, based on the expression pattern of LP288, its homology to proteins with known functions, and bterature suggesting the role of such proteins in human conditions, diseases, syndromes, etc, it is bkely that compositions comprising LP288 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP288 antibodies (or LP288 binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameboration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not bmited to, e.g, ceU probferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, coagulative, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
Table 3 Primate, e g , human, LP288 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 5) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 6) The ORF for LP288 is 142-5859 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAA) identified in bold typeface and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation)
LP288 DNA sequence: (7974bp) (ORF=142-5859) :
ATGAGGCGGCAGTGGGGCGCGCTGCTGCTTGGCGCCCTGCTCTGCGCACACGGCCTGGCCAGCAGCCCCGA GTGTGCTTGTGGTCGGAGCCACTTCACATGTGCAGTGAGTGCTCTTGGAGAGTGTACCTGCATCCCTGCCC AGTGGCAGTGTGATGGAGACAATGACTGCGGGGACCACAGCGATGAGGATGGATGTATACTACCTACCTGT TCCCCTCTTGACTTTCACTGTGACAATGGCAAGTGCATCCGCCGCTCCTGGGTGTGTGACGGGGACAACGA CTGTGAGGATGACTCGGATGAGCAGGACTGTCCCCCCCGGGAGTGTGAGGAGGACGAGTTTCCCTGCCAGA ATGGCTACTGCATCCGGAGTCTGTGGCACTGCGATGGTGACAATGACTGTGGCGACAACAGCGATGAGCAG TGTGACATGCGCAAGTGCTCCGACAAGGAGTTCCGCTGTAGTGACGGAAGCTGCATTGCTGAGCATTGGTA CTGCGACGGTGACACCGACTGCAAAGATGGCTCCGATGAGGAGAACTGTCCCTCAGCAGTGCCAGCGCCCC CCTGCAACCTGGAGGAGTTCCAGTGTGCCTATGGACGCTGCATCCTCGACATCTACCACTGCGATGGCGAC GATGACTGTGGAGACTGGTCAGACGAGTCTGACTGCTCCTCCCACCAGCCCTGCCGCTCTGGGGAGTTCAT GTGTGACAGTGGCCTGTGCATCAATGCAGGCTGGCGCTGCGATGGTGACGCGGACTGTGATGACCAGTCTG ATGAGCGCAACTGCACCACCTCCATGTGTACGGCAGAACAGTTCCGCTGTCACTCAGGCCGCTGTGTCCGC CTGTCCTGGCGCTGTGATGGGGAGGACGACTGTGCAGACAACAGCGATGAAGAGAACTGTGAGAATACAGG AAGCCCCCAATGTGCCTTGGACCAGTTCCTGTGTTGGAATGGGCGCTGCATTGGGCAGAGGAAGCTGTGCA ACGGGGTCAACGACTGTGGTGACAACAGCGACGAAAGCCCACAGCAGAATTGCCGGCCCCGGACGGGTGAG GAGAACTGCAATGTTAACAACGGTGGCTGTGCCCAGAAGTGCCAGATGGTGCGGGGGGCAGTGCAGTGTAC CTGCCACACAGGCTACCGGCTCACAGAGGATGGGCACACGTGCCAAGATGTGAATGAATGTGCCGAGGAGG GGTATTGCAGCCAGGGCTGCACCAACAGCGAAGGGGCTTTCCAATGCTGGTGTGAAACAGGCTATGAACTA CGGCCCGACCGGCGCAGCTGCAAGGCTCTGGGGCCAGAGCCTGTGCTGCTGTTCGCCAATCGCATCGACAT CCGGCAGGTGCTGCCACACCGCTCTGAGTACACACTGCTGCTTAACAACCTGGAGAATGCCATTGCCCTTG ATTTCCACCACCGCCGCGAGCTTGTCTTCTGGTCAGATGtCACCCTGGACCGGATCCTCCGTGCCAACCTC AACGGCAGCAACGTGGAGGAGGTTGTGTCTACTGGGCTGGAGAGCCCAGGGGGCCTGGCTGTGGATTGGGT CCATGACAAACTCTACTGGACCGACTCAGGCACCTCGAGGATTGAGGTGGCCAATCTGGACGGGGCCCACC GGAAGGTGTTGCTGTGGCAGAACCTGGAGAAGCCCCGGGCCATTGCCTTGCATCCCATGGAGGGTACCATT TACTGGACAGACTGGGGCAACACCCCCCGTATTGAGGCCTCCAGCATGGATGGCTCTGGACGCCGCATCAT TGCCGATACCCATCTCTTCTGGCCCAATGGCCTCACCATCGACTATGCCGGGCGCCGTATGTACTGGGTGG ATGCTAAGCACCATGTCATCGAGAGGGCCAATCTGGATGGGAGTCACCGTAAGGCTGTCATTAGCCAGGGC CTCCCGCATCCCTTCGCCATCACAGTGTTTGAAGACAGCCTGTACTGGACAGACTGGCACACCAAGAGCAT CAATAGCGCTAACAAATTTACGGGGAAGAACCAGGAAATCATTCGCAACAAACTCCACTTCCCTATGGACA TCCACACCTTGCACCCCCAGCGCCAACCTGCAGGGAAAAACCGCTGTGGGGACAACAACGGAGGCTGCACG CACCTGTGTCTGCCCAGTGGCCAGAACTACACCTGTGCCTGCCCCACTGGCTTCCGCAAGATCAGCAGCCA CGCCTGTGCCCAGAGTCTTGACAAGTTCCTGCTTTTTGCCCGAAGGATGGACATCCGTCGAATCAGCTTTG ACACAGAGGACCTGTCTGATGATGTCATCCCACTGGCTGACGTGCGCAGTGCTGTGGCCCTTGACTGGGAC TCCCGGGATGACCACGTGTACTGGACAGATGTCAGCACTGATACCATCAGCAGGGCCAAGTGGGATGGAAC AGGACAGGAGGTGGTAGTGGATACCAGTTTGGAGAGCCCAGCTGGCCTGGCCATTGATTGGGTCACCAACA AACTGTACTGGACAGATGCAGGTACAGACCGGATTGAAGTAGCCAACACAGATGGCAGCATGAGAACAGTA CTCATCTGGGAGAACCTTGATCGTCCTCGGGACATCGTGGTGGAACCCATGGGCGGGTACATGTATTGGAC TGACTGGGGTGCGAGCCCCAAGATTGAACGAGCTGGCATGGATGCCTCAGGCCGCCAAGTCATTATCTCTT CTAATCTGACCTGGCCTAATGGGTTAGCTATTGATTATGGGTCCCAGCGTCTATACTGGGCTGACGCCGGC ATGAAGACAATTGAATTTGCTGGACTGGATGGCAGTAAGAGGAAGGTGCTGATTGGAAGCCAGCTCCCCCA CCCATTTGGGCTGACCCTCTATGGAGAGCGCATCTATTGGACTGACTGGCAGACCAAGAGCATACAGAGCG CTGACCGGCTGACAGGGCTGGACCGGGAGACTCTGCAGGAGAACCTGGAAAACCTAATGGACATCCATGTC TTCCACCGCCGCCGGCCCCCAGTGTCTACACCATGTGCTATGGAGAATGGCGGCTGTAGCCACCTGTGTCT TAGGTCCCCAAATCCAAGCGGATTCAGCTGTACCTGCCCCACAGGCATCAACCTGCTGTCTGATGGCAAGA CCTGCTCACCAGGCATGAACAGTTTCCTCATCTTCGCCAGGAGGATAGACATTCGCATGGTCTCCCTGGAC ATCCCTTATTTTGCTGATGTGGTGGTACCAATCAACATTACCATGAAGAACACCATTGCCGTTGGAGTAGA CCCCCAGGAAGGAAAGGTGTACTGGTCTGACAGCACACTGCACAGGATCAGTCGTGCCAATCTGGATGGCT CACAGCATGAGGACATCATCACCACAGGGCTACAGACCACAGATGGGCTCGCGGTTGATGCCATTGGCCGG AAAGTATACTGGACAGACACGGGAACAAACCGGATTGAAGTGGGCAACCTGGACGGGTCCATGCGGAAAGT GTTGGTGTGGCAGAACCTTGACAGTCCCCGGGCCATCGTACTGTACCATGAGATGGGGTTTATGTACTGGA CAGACTGGGGGGAGAATGCCAAGTTAGAGCGGTCCGGAATGGATGGCTCAGACCGCGCGGTGCTCATCAAC AACAACCTAGGATGGCCCAATGGACTGACTGTGGACAAGGCCAGCTCCCAACTGCTATGGGCCGATGCCCA CACCGAGCGAATTGAGGCTGCTGACCTGAATGGTGCCAATCGGCATACATTGGTGTCACCGGTGCAGCACC CATATGGCCTCACCCTGCTCGACTCCTATATCTACTGGACTGACTGGCAGACTCGGAGCATCCACCGTGCT GACAAGGGTACTGGCAGCAATGTCATCCTCGTGAGGTCCAACCTGCCAGGCCTCATGGACATGCAGGCTGT GGACCGGGCACAGCCACTAGGTTTTAACAAGTGCGGCTCGAGAAATGGCGGCTGCTCCCACCTCTGCTTGC CTCGGCCTTCTGGCTTCTCCTGTGCCTGCCCCACTGGCATCCAGCTGAAGGGAGATGGGAAGACCTGTGAT CCCTCTCCTGAGACCTACCTGCTCTTCTCCAGCCGTGGCTCCATCCGGCGTATCTCACTGGACACCAGTGA CCACACCGATGTGCATGTCCCTGTTCCTGAGCTCAACAATGTCATCTCCCTGGACTATGACAGCGTGGATG GAAAGGTCTATTACACAGATGTGTTCCTGGATGTTATCAGGCGAGCAGACCTGAACGGCAGCAACATGGAG ACAGTGATCGGGCGAGGGCTGAAGACCACTGACGGGCTGGCAGTGGACTGGGTGGCCAGGAACCTGTACTG GACAGACACAGGTCGAAATACCATTGAGGCGTCCAGGCTGGATGGTTCCTGCCGCAAAGTACTGATCAACA ATAGCCTGGATGAGCCCCGGGCCATTGCTGTTTTCCCCAGGAAGGGGTACCTCTTCTGGACAGACTGGGGC CACATTGCCAAGATCGAACGGGCAAACTTGGATGGTTCTGAGCGGAAGGTCCTCATCAACACAGACCTGGG TTGGCCCAATGGCCTTACCCTGGACTATGATACCCGCAGGATCTACTGGGTGGATGCGCATCTGGACCGGA TCGAGAGTGCTGACCTCAATGGGAAACTGCGGCAGGTCTTGGTCGGCCATGTGTCCCACCCCTTTGCCCTC ACACAGCAAGACAGGTGGATCTACTGGACAGACTGGCAGACCAAGTCAATCCAGCGTGTTGACAAATACTC AGGCCGGAACAAGGAGACAGTGCTGGCAAATGTGGAAGGACTCATGGATATCATCGTGGTTTCCCCTCAGC GGCAGACAGGGACCAATGCCTGTGGTGTGAACAATGGTGGCTGCACCCACCTCTGCTTTGCCAGAGCCTCG GACTTCGTATGTGCCTGTCCTGACGAACCTGATAGCCAGCCCTGCTCCCTTGTGCCTGGCCTGGTACCACC AGCTCCTAGGGCTACTGGCATGAGTGAAAAGAGCCCAGTGCTACCCAACACACCACCTACCACCTTGTATT CTTCAACCACCCGGACCCGCACGTCTCTGGAGGAGGTGGAAGGAAGATGCTCTGAAAGGGATGCCAGGCTG GGCCTCTGTGCACGTTCCAATGACGCTGTTCCTGCTGCTCCAGGGGAAGGACTTCATATCAGCTACGCCAT TGGTGGACTCCTCAGTATTCTGCTGATTTTGGTGGTGATTGCAGCTTTGATGCTGTACAGACACAAAAAAT CCAAGTTCACTGATCCTGGAATGGGGAACCTCACCTACAGCAACCCCTCCTACCGAACATCCACACAGGAA GTGAAGATTGAAGCAATCCCCAAACCAGCCATGTACAACCAGCTGTGCTATAAGAAAGAGGGAGGGCCTGA CCATAACTACACCAAGGAGAAGATCAAGATCGTAGAGGGAATCTGCCTCCTGTCTGGGGATGATGCTGAGT GGGATGACCTCAAGCAACTGCGAAGCTCACGGGGGGGCCTCCTCCGGGATCATGTATGCATGAAGACAGAC ACGGTGTCCATCCAGGCCAGCTCTGGCTCCCTGGATGACACAGAGATGGAGCAGCTGTTACAGGAAGAGCA GTCTGAGTGTAGCAGCGTCCATACTGCAGCCACTCCAGAAAGACGAGGCTCTCTGCCAGACACGGGCTGGA AACATGAACGCAAGCTCTCCTCAGAGAGCCAGGTCTAA P288 Full- ength sequence (1905aa) :
(SEQ ID NO: 6). The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-20). A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-20 and Ser-21 indicated as follows: 1 MRRQWGALLLGALLCAHGLAΛSSPE 24.
MRRQ GALL GALLCAHGLASSPECACGRSHFTCAVSALGECTCIPAQWQCDGDNDCGDHSDEDGCILPTC SPLDFHCDNGKCIRRS VCDGD DCEDDSDEQDCPPRECEEDEFPCQNGYCIRSL HCDGDNDCGDNSDEQ CDMRKCSDKEFRCSDGSCIAEHWYCDGDTDCKDGSDEENCPSAVPAPPCNLEEFQCAYGRCILDIYHCDGD DDCGD SDESDCSSHQPCRSGEFMCDSG CINAG RCDGDADCDDQSDERNCTTSMCTAEQFRCHSGRCVR SWRCDGEDDCADNSDEENCENTGSPQCALDQFLCW GRCIGQRK CNGV DCGDNSDESPQQNCRPRTGE ENC VN GGCAQKCQ VRGAVQCTCHTGYRLTEDGHTCQDV ECAEEGYCSQGCTNSEGAFQCWCETGYE RPDRRSCKALGPEPVLLFANRIDIRQVLPHRSEYT NNLENAIA DFHHRREVF SDVT DRILRANL GSNVEEVVSTG ESPGGLAVDWVHDKLYWTDSGTSRIEVAINΠ^DGAHRKVLLWQN EKPRAIALHPMEGTI YWTDWGNTPRIEASSMDGSGRRIIADTH FWPNG TIDYAGRRMYWVDAKHHVIERANLDGSHRKAVISQG PHPFAITVFEDSLYWTD HTKSINSA KFTGKNQEIIRNKLHFPMDIHTLHPQRQPAGKNRCGDN GGCT H C PSGQNYTCACPTGFRKISSHACAQSLDKFLLFARRMDIRRISFDTEDLSDDVIPLADVRSAVALDWD SRDDLIVΥ TDVSTDTISRAKWDGTGQEVVVDTS ESPAGLAIDWVTNKLYWTDAGTDRIEVATDGSMRTV LIWENLDRPRDIWEPMGGYMY TDWGASPKIERAGMDASGRQVIISSNLT PNGLAIDYGSQRLYWADAG MKTIEFAGLDGSKRKVLIGSQ PHPFGLTLYGERIY TDWQTKSIQSADRLTGLDRETLQEN ENLMDIHV FHRRRPPVSTPCAMENGGCSHLCLRSPNPSGFSCTCPTGINLLSDGKTCSPGMNSFLIFARRIDIRMVSLD IPYFADVWPINITMK TIAVGVDPQEGKVYWSDSTLHRISRANLDGSQHEDIITTGLQTTDGLAVDAIGR KVΎ TDTGTNRIEVGJΛΠ^DGSMRKVVWQN DSPPΛIVLYHEMGFMYWTDWGENAKLERSGMDGSDRAVLIN NNLG PNGLTVDKASSQL WADAHTERIEAADLNGARHTLVSPVQHPYG T LDSYIYWTDWQTRSIHRA DKGTGSNVILVRSNLPG MDMQAVDRAQPLGFNKCGSRNGGCSHLCLPRPSGFSCACPTGIQ KGDGKTCD PSPETYLLFSSRGSIRRISLDTSDHTDVHVPVPELNNVIS DYDSVDGKΛ/YYTDVFLDVIRRADLNGSNME TVIGRG KTTDG AVD VAR Y TDTGRNTIEASR DGSCRKV IN SLDEPRAIAVFPRKGYLF TD G HIAKIERANLDGSERKV INTDLGWPNGLTLDYDTRRIYWVDAHLDRIESADLNGKLRQVVGHVSHPFAL TQQDRWIY TDWQTKSIQRVDKYSGRNKETVANVEG MDIIWSPQRQTGTNACGVNNGGCTHLCFARAS DFVCACPDEPDSQPCSLVPG VPPAPRATGMSEKSPVLPNTPPTTLYSSTTRTRTSLEEVEGRCSERDAR GLCARSNDAVPAAPGEGLHISYAIGGLLSILLILWIAALM YRHKKSKFTDPGMGNLTYSNPSYRTSTQE VKIEAIPKPAMYNQ CYKKEGGPDHNYTKEKIKIVEGIC SGDDAE DDLKQLRSSRGGLLRDHVCMKTD TVSIQASSGS DDTEMEQ QEEQSECSSVHTAATPERRGSLPDTG KHERKLSSESQV*
An LP288 Variant (1631aa) :
The following is an LP288 variant encompassed by the present invention (comprising generally the extracellular portion of a mature LP288). Such an LP288 variant could be used as a competitive binding agent for various LP288 ligands. SSPECACGRSHFTCAVSALGECTCIPAQ QCDGDNDCGDHSDEDGCILPTCSPLDFHCDNGKCIRRSWVCD GDNDCEDDSDEQDCPPRECEEDEFPCQNGYCIRSLWHCDGDNDCGDNSDEQCDMRKCSDKEFRCSDGSCIA EHWYCDGDTDCKDGSDEENCPSAVPAPPCNLEEFQCAYGRCILDIYHCDGDDDCGD SDESDCSSHQPCRS GEFMCDSGLCINAGWRCDGDADCDDQSDERNCTTSMCTAEQFRCHSGRCVRLSWRCDGEDDCADNSDEENC ENTGSPQCALDQFLCW GRCIGQRKLCNGVNDCGDNSDESPQQNCRPRTGEENCNVNNGGCAQKCQMVRGA VQCTCHTGYRLTEDGHTCQDV ECAEEGYCSQGCTNSEGAFQCWCETGYE RPDRRSCKALGPEPVLLFA RIDIRQVLPHRSEYTL LN ENAIA DFHHRRE VF SDVT DRILRANLNGS VEEVVSTGLESPGG A VDWVHDK YWTDSGTSRIEVAN DGAHRKVLLWQNLEKPRAIALHPMEGTIYWTD GNTPRIEASSMDGSG RRIIADTH FWPNGLTIDYAGRRMYJVDAKHHVIERANLDGSHRKAVISQGLPHPFAITVFEDSLYWTD H TKSINSANKFTGK QEIIRNKLHFPMDIHT HPQRQPAGKNRCGDN GGCTHLCLPSGQNYTCACPTGFRK ISSHACAQSLDKFL FARRMDIRRISFDTED SDDVIP ADVRSAVALDWDSRDDHVY TDVSTDTISRAK WDGTGQEVWDTS ESPAG AID VTNKLYWTDAGTDRIEVANTDGSMRTVLIWENLDRPRDIWEPMGGY MY TDWGASPKIERAGMDASGRQVIISSNLT PNGLAIDYGSQRLY ADAGMKTIEFAGLDGSKRKV IGS QLPHPFGLTLYGERIYWTDWQTKSIQSADRLTGLDRETLQENLENLMDIHVFHRRRPPVSTPCAMENGGCS HLCLRSPNPSGFSCTCPTGIN LSDGKTCSPGM SFLIFARRIDIRMVS DIPYFADVWPINITMK TIA VGVDPQEGKVY SDSTLHRISRANLDGSQHEDIITTGLQTTDGLAVDAIGRKVYWTDTGTNRIEVGNLDGS MRKvI.V QNLDSPRAIvl.YHEMGFMYWTDWGENAKLERSGMDGSDRAvljII lSrGWPNGLTVDKASSQLLW ADAHTERIEAADLNGANRHTLVSPVQHPYG TLLDSYIYWTD QTRSIHRADKGTGSNVI VRSNLPGLMD MQAVDRAQP GFNKCGSRNGGCSH CLPRPSGFSCACPTGIQLKGDGKTCDPSPETYLLFSSRGSIRRIS DTSDHTDVHVPVPE N VIS DYDSVDGKVYYTDVFLDVIRRAD NGSNMETVIGRGLKTTDGLAVDWVAR N YWTDTGRNTIEASR DGSCRKVLINNSLDEPRAIAVFPRKGY F TD GHIAKIERANLDGSERKVLIN TDLGWPNG TLDYDTRRIY VDAHLDRIESADLNGK RQVLVGHVSHPFALTQQDR IYWTDWQTKSIQRV DKYSGRNKETVLANVEG MDIIWSPQRQTGTNACGVN GGCTHLCFARASDFVCACPDEPDSQPCS V*
An LP288 Variant ( 154aa) : The following is an LP288 variant encompassed by the present invention (comprising generally the intracellular portion of LP288) Such an LP288 variant could be used as an agonist or antagonist for LP288 intracellular signaling
SKFTDPGMGNLTYSNPSYRTSTQEVKIEAIPKPAMYNQLCYKKEGGPDH YTKEKIKIVEGICLLSGDDAE WDDLKQLRSSRGG LRDHVCMKTDTVSIQASSGSLDDTEMEQLLQEEQSECSSVHTAATPERRGSLPDTGW KHERKLSSESQV
Interesting portions of LP288 are the segments: Cys-378 to Cys-393 (CTCHTGYRLTEDGHTC ) , Cys-418 to Cys-433 ( CWCETGYELRPDRRSC ) , and Cys-722 to Cys- 736 (CACPTGFRKISSHAC ) which have been discovered to be EGF-bke domain signatures. TypicaUy, an EGF domain includes six cysteine residues (here, they would be LP288 cysteines: C378, C393, C418, C433, C722, and C736). An additionaUy interesting segment of LP281 is the segment Asp-395 to Cys-418 ( DVNECAEEGYCSQGCTNSEGAFQC ) , which has been discovered to be a calcium-binding EGF-bke domain. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP288 is a segment identified as a potential aspartic acid and asparagine hydroxylation site (CTNSEGAFQCWC, from Cys-409 to Cys-420). AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are segments: Cys-44 to Cys-66 ( CIPAQWQCDGDNDCGDHSDEDGC ) , Cys-83 to Cys- 105
(CIRRS VCDGDNDCEDDSDEQDC ) , Cys-122 to Cys 143 ( CIRSLWHCDGDNDCGDNSDEQC ) , Cys-160 to Cys-182 ( CIAEHWYCDGDTDCKDGSDEENC ) , Cys-203 to Cys-225 ( CILDIYHCDGDDDCGD SDESDC ) , Cys-243 to Cys-265 ( CINAG RCDGDADCDDQSDERNC ) , Cys-282 to Cys-304 (CVRLS RCDGEDDCADNSDEENC ) , and Cys-324 to Cys 349 (CIGQRKLCNGVNDCGDNSDESPQQNC ) , which have been discovered to exhibit an LDL-receptor class A (LDLRA) module profile (module assignments for LP288 were made, among other factors, on, for example, database sequences, related annotations, and pubbcations (see, e.g, Bork, et al, 1996 Quart. Rev. Biophys 29:119-167, and Bork & Bairoch 1995 Trends Biochem Sci 2 (Suppl)). Alternative boundary markings for LDLRA modules of LP288 are segments: Cys-42 to Glu-63 (CTCIPAQWQCDGDNDCGDHSDE) , Cys-83 to Cys-105 (CIRRSWVCDGDNDCEDDSDEQDC) , Cys-122 to Cys-143 (CIRSLWHCDGDNDCGDNSDEQC) , Cys-160 to Cys-182 (CIAEHWYCDGDTDCKDGSDEENC), Cys-203 to Cys-225 (CILDIYHCDGDDDCGDWSDESDC), Cys-243 to Cys-265 ( CINAGWRCDGDADCDDQSDERNC ) , Cys-282 to Cys-304
( CVRLSWRCDGEDDCADNSDEENC ) , and Cys-324 to Cys-349
(CIGQRKLCNGVNDCGDNSDESPQQNC ) . Similar LDLRA modules have been found in other receptor related to the LDL receptor, for example: vertebrate low-density bpoprotein receptor-related protein 1 (LRPl) (reviewed in Krieger & Herz 1994 Annu. Rev. Biochem. 63:601 -637) and vertebrate low-density bpoprotein receptor-related protein 2 (LRP2) (also known as gp330 or megabn), contain LDLRA modules. AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are respectively, LP288 YWTD islands 1-4 are approximately:
(GPEPVLLFANRIDIRQVLPHRSEYTLLLNNLENAIALDFHHRRELVFWSDVTLDRILRANLNGSNVEEWS TGLESPGGLAVDWVHDKLYWTDSGTSRIEVANLDGAHRKVLLWQNLEKPRAIALHP EGTIYWTDWGNTPRI EASSMDGSGRRIIADTHLFWPNGLTIDYAGRR YWVDAKHHVIERANLDGSHRKAVISQGLPHPFAITVFED SLYWTDWHTKSINSANKFTGKNQEIIKNKLHFPMDIHTLHPQR) ;
(LDKFLLFARRMDIRRISFDTEDLSDDVIPLADVRSAVALDWDSRDDHVΥWTDVSTDTISRAKWDGTGQEW VDTSLESPAGLAIDWVTNKLYWTDAGTDRIEVANTDGSMRTVLIWENLDRPRDIWEPMGGYMYWTDWGASP KIERAGMDASGRQVIISSNLTWPNGLAIDYGSQRLYWADAGMKTIEFAGLDGSKRKVLIGSQLPHPFGLTLY GERIYWTDWQTKSIQSADRLTGLDRETLQENLENLMDIHVFHRRRPPV) ;
(NSFLIFARRIDIRMVSLDIPYFADVWPINITMKNTIAVGVDPQEGKVYWSDSTLHRISRANLDGSQHEDI ITTGLQTTDGLAVDAIGRKVYWTDTGTNRIEVGNLDGSMRKVLVWQNLDSPRAIVLYHEMGFMYWTDWGENA KLERSGMDGSDRAVLINNNLGWPNGLTVDKASSQLLWADAHTERIEAADLNGANRHTLVSPVQHPYGLTLLD SYIYWTDWQTRSIHRADKGTGSNVILVRSNLPGLMDMQAVDRAQPL) ; and
(ETYLLFSSRGSIRRISLDTSDHTDVHVPVPELNNVISLDYDSVDGKVYYTDVFLDVIRRADLNGSNMETVI GRGLKTTDGLAVDWVARNLYWTDTGRNTIEASRLDGSCRKVLINNSLDEPRAIAVFPRKGYLFWTDWGHIAK IERANLDGSERKVLINTDLGWPNGLTLDYDTRRIYWVDAHLDRIESADLNGKLRQVLVGHVSHPFALTQQDR WIYWTDWQTKSIQRVDKYSGRNKETVLANVEGLMDIIWSPQRQ) . Additionally, interesting portions of LP288 are LP288 YWTD repeats (Nos 1-6) for LP288 YWTD island No 1 are approximately: (GPEPVLLFANRIDIRQVLPHRSEYTLLLNNLENAIALDFHH) , (ELVFWSDVTLDRILRANLNGSNVEEWSTGLESPGGLAVDWVH) , (DKLYWTDSGTSRIEVANLDGAHRKVLLWQNLEKPRAIALHP ) , (GTIYWTDWGNTPRIEASSMDGSGRRIIADTHLFWPNGLTIDYA) , (RR Y VDAKHHVIERANLDGSHRKAVISQGLPHPFAITVFED) , and
( SLYWTDWHTKSINSANKFTGKNQEIIRNKLHFPMDIHTLHPQR) . AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are LP288 YWTD repeats (Nos. 1-6) for LP288 YWTD island No. 2 are approximately: (KFLLFARRMDIRRISFDTEDLSDDVIPLADVRSAVALDWDSRD) , (DHVY TDVSTDTISRAKWDGTGQEVWDTSLESPAGLAIDWVTN) , (KLYWTDAGTDRIEVA TDGSMRTVLIWENLDRPRDIWEPMGGY) , (MYWTDWGASPKIERAGMDASGRQVIISSNLTWPNGLAIDYGSQR) , (LYWADAGMKTIEFAGLDGSKRKVLIGSQLPHPFGLTLYGERI) , and (YWTDWQTKSIQSADRLTGLDRETLQENLENLMDIHVFHRRRPPV) AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are LP288 YWTD repeats (Nos. 1-6) for LP288 YWTD island No. 3 are approximately: ( FLIFARRIDIRWSLDIPYFADV PINITMKNTIAVGVDPQEG ) , ( KVYWSDSTLHRISRANLDGSQHEDIITTGLQTTDGLAVDAIGR) ,
( KVY TDTGTNRI EVGNLDGSMRKVLVWQNLDS PRAI VLYHEMG ) , ( F Y TDWGENAKLERSGMDGSDRAVLINNNLGWPNGLTVDKASS ) , ( QLLWADAHTERIEAADLNGANRHTLVSPVQHPYGLTLLDSY) , and ( IYWTDWQTRSIHRADKGTGSNVILVRSNLPGLMDMQAVDRAQP ) AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are LP288 YWTD repeats (Nos. 1-6) for LP288 YWTD island No. 4 are approximately: (YLLFSSRGSIRRISLDTSDHTDVHVPVPELNNVISLDYDSVDG) , (KVYYTDVFLDVIRRADLNGSNMETVIGRGLKTTDGLAVDWVAR) , (NLYWTDTGRNTIEASRLDGSCRKVLINNSLDEPRAIAVFPRK) , (GYLFWTDWGHIAKIERANLDGSERKVLINTDLGWPNGLTLDYDT) , (RRIYWVDAHLDRIESADLNGKLRQVLVGHVSHPFALTQQDR) , and
(WIYWTDWQTKSIQRVTJKYSGRNKETVLANVEGLMDIIWSPQRQ) AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are the LP288 probne-nch region containing PxxP motif sequences is approximately,
( PGLVPPAPRATGMSEKSPVLPNTPPTTLYSSTTRTRTSLEEVEGRCSERDARLGLCARSNDAVPAAP) from about Pro-1652 to about Pro-1718. AdditionaUy, interesting portions of LP288 are the LP288 cytoplasmic domain is approximately,
( FTDPGMGNLTYSNPSYRTSTQEVKIEAIPKPAMYNQLCYKKEGGPDHNYTKEKIKIVEGICLLSGDDAEWD DLKQLRSSRGGLLRDHVCMKTDTVSIQASSGSLDDTEMEQLLQEEQSECSSVHTAATPERRGSLPDTGWKHE RKLSSESQV) from about Phe-1754 to about Val-1905. The seven-amino acid, C-terminal domain of LP288 (LSSESQV) contains a terminal tSxV motif (where S is serine, x is any amino acid, and V is vabne). This motif has been suggested to interact with PDZ domains of various intraceUular proteins.
Other interesting segments of LP288 are discovered fragments Gly-11 to Cys-25; Gly-28 to Gln-50; Asp-64 to Cys-83; Arg-85 to Glu-97; Asp-98 to Cys-110, Glu-112 to Leu- 126; Asn-133 to Ser-156; Asn-181 to Asp-214, Cys-216 to Ser-233; Ser-233 to Gly-252; Gly- 252 to Cys-277, Cys-282 to Gly-308; Ser-309 to Arg-328; Leu-330 to Cys-365; Cys-433 to Pro-455, Val-506 to Ser-530; Lys-555 to Ile-579; Arg-589 to Gly-609; Val-6 5 to Val-635; Ser-637 to Asp-657; Trp-658 to Asn-679; Hιs-688 to Asn-705; Thr-759 to Asp-781 ; Val-809 to Ala-835; Ile-854 to Ile-884, Gln-895 to Gln-915; Arg-916 to Glu-928; Ile-941 to Asp-962; Phe-1053 to Ala-1085; Tyr-1096 to De-Ill 8; Thr-1121 to Thr-1143; Trp-1163 to Asp-1185; Arg-1202 to Ser-1222; Val-1249 to Trp-1270; Gln-1271 to Asn-1285; Ile-1287 to Glu-1306; Cys-1324 to Thr-1337; Pro-1382 to Thr-1402; Gly-1424 to Thr-1447; Ile-1466 to Gly-1491; Leu-1509 to Ala-1534; Thr-1572 to Thr-1592; Leu- 594 to Asn-1615; Leu-1627 to Thr-1674; Glu-1720 to Lys-1751; Cys-1791 to Lys-1804; Glu-1811 to Trp-1823; Glu-1883 to Arg-1897; Trp-5 to Ala-16; Gly-18 to Ala-35; Trp-49 to Ile-67; Asp-91 to Glu-114; His-128 to Met-145; Lys-147 to Ile-161; Cys-167 to Ala-188; His-209 to Phe-236; Trp-248 to Phe-275; Λrg-288 to Asp-315; Asn-332 to Cys-349; Pro-351 to Met-371; Glu-388 to Gly-414; Thr-422 to Glu-439; Leu-497 to Leu-516; Thr-528 to Lys-546; T -573 to Ile-592; Val-620 to Leu-640; Trp-658 to Asn-679; Pro-692 to Thr-710; Gly-717 to Ser-739; Trp-789 to Gly-820; Trp-832 to Thr-851; Asp-876 to Val-896; Trp-963 to Glu-987; Arg-998 to Ser-1014; Arg-1019 to Ile-1034; ala- 1085 to Arg-1104; Ser-1106 to Thr-1120; Thr-1120 to Val-1138; Asp-1142 to Lys-1159; Asp- 1185 to Val-1204; Asn-1214 to Glu-1224; Asp-1229 to Leu-1248; Asp-1269 to Asn-1285; Asp-1298 to Leu-1308; Asn-1311 to Leu-1323; Pro-1328 to Gln-1340; Lys-1342 to Ser-1355; Ser-1360 to Val-1379; Leu-1390 to Thr-1402; Arg-1410 to Ile-1423; Trp-1444 to Arg-1462; Lys-1495 to Val-1508; Thr-1512 to Arg-1527; His-1535 to Arg-1549; Asp-1573 to Gly-1599; Ser-1607 to Thr-1625; Ala-1632 to Ser-1649; Pro-1657 to Val-1670; Ser-1682 to Arg-1703; Cys-1707 to Leu-1722; Ile-1728 to Tyr-1747; His-1749 to Leu-1762; Tyr-1764 to Ile-1778; Leu-1790 to Lys-1808; Ser-1817 to Leu-1836; Cys-1842 to Gbι-1864; Glu-1868 to Thr-1878; Thr-1878 to Thr-1891; Leu-9 to Cys-25; Cys-25 to Ile-45; Ile-45 to Pro-69; Val-89 to Cys- 117; Cys-129 to Lys-151; Cys-167 to Pro-189; Leu-205 to Ser-233; Arg-249 to Thr-271; Val- 283 to Ala-313; Lys-329 to Gly-363; His-381 to Cys-405; Ala-415 to Glu-439; Asp-519 to Ala-543; Leu-561 to Ser-587; Arg-611 to His-631; His-659 to Ile-677; Leu-681 to His-711; Asp-781 to Val-809; Lys-829 to Thr-845; Lys-953 to Asn-985; Phe-1053 to Lys-1081; Asp- 1089 to Thr-1121; Gly-1135 to Lys-1159; Met-1181 to Leu-1205; Ser-1223 to Val-1249; Ser- 1263 to Asn-1285; Met-1299 to Gly-1319; Ile-1339 to Ser-1359; Leu-1433 to Cys-1461; Trp- 1487 to Gly-1515; Thr-1521 to Asp-1543; Thr-1563 to Nal-1593; Gly-1663 to Arg-1709; His- 1723 to Tyr-1747; Lys-1753 to Glu-1779; Tyr-1787 to Ile-1807; Asp-1819 to Val-1841; and Gly-1855 to His-1895, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophibcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP288 are the discovered portions of LP288 from Leu-9 to Ala-20; Gly-40 to Asp-56; Asp-64 to Pro-73; Gly-82 to Asp-95; Gln-103 to Leu-126; Asn-133 to Lys-147; Cys-155 to His-164; Pro-189 to Ile-207; Asp-213 to Asp-224; Arg-233 to Cys-250; Glu-262 to Gln-274; Asρ-300 to Gln-311; Phe-317 to Lys-329; Pro-351 to Gln-367; Asp-395 to Leu-426; Leu-473 to Leu-481 ; Asn-498 to Val-518; Thr-528 to Asn-539; Leu-540 to Trp-550; His-562 to Pro-577; Ile-579 to Asp- 594; Trp-599 to Val-615; Asn-700 to His-711; Ser-716 to Lys-730; Ser-732 to Phe-746; Ala- 747 to Glu-760; Asp-771 to Trp-789; Gly-847 to Leu-858; Arg-862 to Gly-879; Asp-921 to Leu-932; Leu-982 to His-993; Val-1002 to Ser-1014; Pro-1021 to Leu-1037; Thr-1042 to Arg-1055; Ile-1057 to Phe-1069; Val-1073 to Gly-1087; His-1116 to Thr-1125; Thr-1141 to Val-1160; Tyr-1175 to Asn-1189; Val-1204 to Leu-1216; Val-1218 to Thr-1232; Ser-1263 to Arg-1273; Thr-1282 to Arg-1290; Asn-1292 to Val-1302; Leu-1306 to His-1322; Arg-1327 to Lys-1342; Ser-1360 to Asp-1370; Thr-1371 to Val-1381; Asn-1415 to Leu-1427; Trp-1444 to Ser-1455; Val-1508 to Thr-1521; Asn-1596 to Pro-1608; Gln-1609 to His-1626; Tyr-1726 to Val-1740; Met-1746 to Phe-1754; Thr-1755 to Pro-1767; Ile-1807 to Ser-1817; Lys-1844 to Ser-1854; Asp-1858 to Leu-1866 ; and Gly-1892 to Ser-1901. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP288 structures (e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP288 hebx structures: Gln-4 to Leu-8; Leu-464 to Asn-466; Asn-469 to Ile-471; Leu-489 to Leu-493; Gln-738 to Arg-748; Arg-979 to Asn-988; Gln-1300 to Arg-1304; Leu- 1406 to Arg-1411; Ile-1493 to Arg-1498; Arg-1538 to Ser-1541; Arg-1700 to Arg-1703; Ala- 1742 to Tyr-1747; Trp-1823 to Ser-1831; and Thr-1860 to Glu-1868. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are Met-1 to Arg-2; Gly-18 to His-31; Leu-39 to Thr-43; Asp-52 to Gly-65; Thr-70 to Leu-74; Cys-78 to Lys-82; Asp-91 to Tyr-121; Cys-129 to Asp-140; Cys- 148 to Ser-159; Cys-167 to Asn-159; Cys-167 to Asn-192; Gly-201 to Gly-201; Cys-210 to Leu-242; Ala-246 to Met-269; Cys-277 to Arg-281; Cys-289 to Gln-316; Trp-320 to Glu-355; Asn-360 to Ala-365; His-380 to Gly-383; Glu-388 to Asp-395; Gly-403 to Ala-415; Cys-419 to Pro-440; Leu-454 to Ser-458; Ser-485 to Ser-485; Asn-496 to Ser-500; Gly-509 to Gly-515; Thr-528 to Thr-532; Leu-540 to Ala-543; Gln-551 to Arg-557; His-562 to Gly-566; Asp-572 to Pro-577; Ser-583 to Gly-588; Trp-599 to Leu-603; Ala-608 to Arg-610; Ala-617 to Lys- 618; Asn-626 to Arg-632; Gly-639 to Phe-644; Glu-650 to Leu-653; Asp-657 to Lys-672; Leu-681 to Asp-686; Leu-690 to Lys-669; Gly-703 to Gly-708; Leu-714 to Asn-719; Cys-724 to Arg-729; Ser-732 to Ser-732; Phe-757 to Asp-765; Trp-780 to Asp-785; Val-792 to Thr- 796; Asp-803 to Gln-807; Leu-815 to Gly-820; Asn-828 to Asn-828; Asp-834 to Asp-838;
Asn-844 to Met-849; Asn-857 to Arg-862; Pro-868 to Gly-871; Asp-877 to Glu-885; Gly-888 to Arg-894; Asn-901 to Gly-907; Asp-911 to Gln-915; Asp-921 to Met-924; Gly-931 to Lys- 936; Ser-943 to Gly-950; Gly-955 to Glu-956; Asp-962 to Ser-967; Thr-975 to Leu-977; Arg- 997 to Thr-1004; Met-1008 to Ser-1014; Ser-1020 to Gly-1033; Ser-1038 to Asn-1048; Leu- 1064 to Ile-1066; Asp-1089 to Gly-1093; Asp-1099 to Thr-1101; Asn-1109 to Glu-1116; Gly- 1122 to Gly-1128; lle-1134 to Arg-1136; Asp-1142 to Asn-1146; Asn-1152 to Met-1157; Asn-1165 to Pro-1169; Glu-1177 to Gly-1179; Thr-1184 to Asn-1189; Ser-1195 to Asp-1201; Asn-1208 to Gly-1215; Asp-1219 to Ala-1221; Ala-1230 to His-1231; Asp-1239 to Arg-1245; Pro-1251 to Leu-1258; Asp-1269 to Thr-1272; Ala-1278 to Ser-1284; Ser-1291 to Leu-1296; Gln-1306 to Cys-1320; Leu-1325 to Phe-1331; Cys-1335 to Gly-1338; Gly-1343 to Glu-1353; Ser-1360 to Ser-1363; Asp-1370 to Thr-1375; Pro-1382 to Asn-1385; Tyr-1392 to Gly-1397; Asp-1413 to Asn-1418; Arg-1425 to Gly-1432; Thr-1445 to Asn-1450; Arg-1456 to Ser-1460; Asn-1468 to Arg-1474; Phe-1479 to Tyr-1484; Asp-1489 to Gly-1491; Asn-1500 to Ser-1504; Asp-1513 to Leu-1520; Asp-1523 to Arg-1527; Leu-1544 to Asn-1545; His- 555 to Asp- 1566; Asp-1573 to Lys-1577; Lys-1584 to Lys-1590; Ser-1607 to Thr-1614; Asn-1620 to Cys- 1624; Ala-1632 to Ser-1633; Cys-1639 to Cys-1648; Pro-1652 to Thr-1677; Ser-1682 to Thr- 1683; Arg-1696 to Cys-1697; Arg-1709 to Gly-1721; Ile-1728 to Gly-1729; Lys-1750 to Gly- 1760; Ser-1765 to Arg-1770; Ile-1781 to Pro-1784; Lys-1794 to Thr-1803; Ser-1817 to Ala- 1821; Ser-1832 to Leu-1836; Thr-1845 to Thr-1845; Ser-1853 to Leu-1859; Ser-1874 to Ser- 1874; Ala-1880 to Trp-1893; and Ser-1903 to Val-1905. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are Thr-33 to Cys-34; Arg-85 to Val-89; Leu-126 to Trp-127; Ile-161 to Tyr-166; Leu-205 to Tyr-208; Cys-243 to Ile-244; Val-283 to Trp-287; Val-375 to Cys-379; Arg-385 to Leu-386; Val-441 to Phe-444; Glu-503 to Ser-507; Ala-517 to Trp-520; Leu-525 to Trp-527; Arg-534 to Ala-538; Ala-558 to Leu-561; Ile-579 to Ala-581; Arg-590 to Ala-593; Thr-604 to Asp-606; Met-612 to Val-615; Val-621 to Arg-624; Lys-633 to lle-636; Ala-645 to Val-648; His-711 to Leu-712; Thr-721 to Cys-722; Tyr-788 to Thr-790; Glu-808 to Asp-812; Ala-822 to Val-826; Leu-830- Trp-832; Arg-839 to Ala-843; Arg-850 to Trp-855; Asp-863 to Val-866; Tyr-872 to Thr-876; Gln-895 to Ser-899; Thr-926 to Ala-930; Lys-938 to Ile-941 ; Arg-957 to Trp-960; Leu-1016 to Leu-1018; Ile-1034 to Leu-1037; Arg-1060 to Ser-1063; Val-1072 to Val-1074; Ala-1085 to Val-1086; Lys-1094 to Tyr-1096; Asp-1117 to Thr-1120; Ala-1130 to Val-1131; Lys-1137 to Thr-1141; Arg-1147 to Val-1150; Arg-1158 to Trp-1163; Met-1181 to Trp-1183; Arg-1202 to Ile-1206; His-1246 to Val-1249; Tyr-1264 to Trp-1267; Ile-1275 to His-1276; Val-1286 to Arg-1290; Thr-1354 to Phe-1358; Arg-1365 to Ue-1367; Val-1377 to His-1378; Val-1387 to Ser-1389; Lys-1398 to Tyr-1401; Glu-1420 to Ile-1423; Thr-1451 to Ala-1454; Arg-1462 to lle-1466; ala-1475 to Val-1478; Leu-1485 to Tφ-1487; Lys-1507 to Asn-1511; Ile-1529 to Trp-1531; Val-1551 to Val-1553; Tφ-1568 to Trp-1571; Asp-1602 to Val-1606; His-1626 to Phe-1629; Val-1636 to Cys-1637; His-1723 to Ala-1727; Leu-1790 to Tyr-1792; Lys-1808 to Val-1810; Ile-1813 to Leu-1815; Val-1841 to Cys-1842; Thr-1847 to Gln-1851; and Val-1876 to His-1877. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one hebx-coil- strand-coil motif of LP288 combines the Leu- 1406 to Arg-1411 hebx, with the Asp-1413 to Asn-1418 coil, the Glu-1420 to Ile-1423 strand, and the Arg-1425 to Gly-1432 coil form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Leu-1406 to Gly-1432. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. LP288 Variants
Encompassed herein are LP288 variants, such as, e.g, variants comprising only an extraceUular region of LP288. Other LP288 variants encompassed by the present invention are LP288 variants that have mutated, truncated, and or missing cytoplasmic portion/s (e.g, a mutant LP288 lacking the carboxyl intraceUular domain). For example, an LP288 variant lacking a carboxyl intraceUular domain may act as an antagonist to vertebrate members of the Wnt signabng group. AdditionaUy, the cytoplasmic portion of LP288 contains a tetra-amino- acid motif NPxY, which also plays a central role in mediating the interaction of receptor tails with endocytotic machinery, and also serves as a docking site for cytoplasmic adaptor and scaffold proteins. Mutations in this region of an LDL receptor result in impaired endocytosis of LDL by, e.g, the bver, which in turn leads to elevated plasma cholesterol concentrations and coronary artery disease. Accordingly, further LP288 variants encompassed herein include those involving modifications to LxxY, tSxV an NPxY sequence of LP288. For example, addition of an NPxY sequence to LP288 cytoplasmic portion is contemplated so that, e.g, increased internabzation of bpoprotein-bke molecules would occur thereby treating, e.g, an atherosclerotic-bke condition.
LP288 FUNCTIONS: Given the teachings suppbed herein, for example, of: LP288 primary amino acid, LP288 higher order structures; the relationship of LP288 amino acid sequence to higher order structural features; the comparabibty of LP288 sequence and/or LP288 higher order structure with known LRPs (such as, e.g, members of the low density bpoprotein-related protein family, such as, e.g, LRPl, alpha-2-macroglobin receptor, LRP2, LRP5, and LRP6); and the relationship of higher order structural features of LRPs with their known functions; it is bkely that an LP288 or an LP288 variant plays similar roles in a variety of physiological processes. Some non-bmiting functions an LP288 or LP288 variant is bkely to participate in, modulate, maintain, effect, or regulate are those such as, for example: bgand endocytosis; maintenance of plasma cholesterol concentrations; modulation of bpases; bpoprotein processing; protein and/or remnant scavenging; mediation of the ceUular uptake of apoE-containing, remnant-bke bpoproteins; processing apobpoproteins (e.g, such as ApoE, ApoE-4, etc.); bpid metabobsm, catabobsm, clearance, and/or recycbng; amyloid clearance (e.g, from the nervous system, e.g, from the CNS, e.g, from the brain); bver function; plasma clearance of chylomicron remnants; plasma clearance of activated alpha 2- macroglobubn; local modulation of complexes between plasminogen activators and their endogenous inhibitors (e.g, hypoxic conditions generated as a result of tumors has been shown to induce expression of plasminogen activator inhibitor-1 (PAI-1) and LRP suggesting that cancerous conditions associated with tumorogenesis require the activity of proteases, protease inhibitors, their complexes, and LRP receptors to act as bgands for them. Accordingly, prevention of uptake of such entities may modulate tumorogenesis); prevention of atherosclerotic disease; maintenance of protease homeostasis; modulation of local serpin concentrations; regulation of protease-serpin complexes; coronary artery diseases, conditions, and/or syndromes; ceU adhesion; ceU migration (e.g, receptor (uPAR)-bound urokinase (uPA) binds its inhibitor PAI-1, which is locaUzed in an extraceUular matrix, and the resulting complex is internabzed by endocytotic receptor activity of LRPs. Recently, it has been shown that interference with LRP binding of this type of complex significantly decreases ceU motibty via suppression of filopodia and membrane ruffbng activity (see, e.g, Chazaud, et al. 2000 Exp. CeU Res. 258:237-244, incorporated herein for the assay methods described therein). These results suggest that such complexes (uPAR:uPA;PAI-l:LPR) support the membrane ruffbng activity involved in the guidance of migrating ceUs); ceU motibty associated with ceU activation; local reorganization of cytoskeletal elements; uterine implantation during embryonic development; neurotransmission; long-term potentiation
(LTP) such as, e.g, in the hippocampus; brain development (e.g, such as in defects of CNS development, such as, e.g. holoprosencephaly); embryogenesis (e.g, such as axis formation); induction of receptor clustering (such as, e.g, inducing clustering of NMD A receptors thereby stimulating local Ca+2 influx); protection against endotoxins; blood disorders (e.g, factor VIII metabobsm); neuronal apoptosis; neuronal survival; ceU probferation conditions (e.g, recently, it has been reported that an LRP with similarity to LRPl is inactivated in at least 40% of non-smaU ceU lung cancer ceU bnes (NSCLC) suggesting that LRPs, particularly LRPl -bke proteins may play a role in tumorogenesis of NSCLs (see, e.g, Liu, et al, 2000 Cancer Research, 60:1961-1967, incorporated herein for the assay methods described therein)); autoimmune disease (e g, active Heymann nephritis of rat, an autoimmune glomerular disease, is a cbnical model of human membranous glomerulonephntis. Recently, it has been shown that an N-terminal portion of LRP2 is the autoantigenic target responsible for the generation of this rodent disease suggesting that a similar LRP2-bke region in other proteins (such as LP288) may also generate similar human conditions or disorders (see, e.g, Oleinikov, et al. 2000 J. Amer Soc Neph 11-57-64, incoφorated herein for the assay methods described therein). Given LP288's similarity to LRP2, similar N-terminal cysteine-bke regions in LP288 may also be autoantigenic thus leading to similar autoimmune disorders, conditions, or syndromes that would affect e.g, the kidney); diabetic-bke conditions and/or obesity-bke conditions (recently, it has been shown that insuhn activity regulates LRP presentation in adipocytes and can be inhibited by phosphatidybnositide 3-kιnase treatment (see, e.g, Ko, et al, 2001 Biochemistry 40:752-759, incoφorated herein for the assay methods described therein)); aging and/or insubn resistance (e.g, insubn resistance and chylomicron clearance is significantly reduced in aged humans and rodents. Recent data on the insubn regulation of LRP presentation suggests that age related insubn resistance may lead to detrimental plasma bpoprotein profila due to the reduced expression of LRPs. Similarly, age related insubn resistance may account for aberrant LRP expression on adipocytes leading to disorders associated with obesity); vitamin metabobsm, organ development; neuronal degeneration; neuronal pathfinding; axon guidance; regulation of synaptic transmission; protein conformational disorders or diseases; Alzheimer or Alzheimer- bke conditions; activation and /or modulation of MAP kinase pathways; local organization of the cytoskeleton; ceU adhesion, and endocytosis of various LDL-bke bgands.
Non-bmiting examples of bgands for LP288 include, for instance, bpoproteins containing ApoE, bpases, proteases (such as, e.g, PA, alpha2M, or PAI-1) and/or protease/serpin inhibitor complexes, hepann-binding growth factors (e.g., midkine (MK)), and signabng proteins (such as, e.g. Rein or Reln-bke proteins, vertebrate Wnts or vertebrate Wnt-bke proteins, or TSP-1 or TSP-1-bke proteins). Non-bmiting examples of cytoplasmic binding partners and/or effectors of bgand binding of LP288 are, e g. endocytotic machinery proteins; Dabl; XI 1; Fe65;Jιpl; Jιp2; PIP 4,5 bnase; PSD95; SEMCAPl, OMP25; ICAP-1; and Capon (among others).
LP288 & TOXINS: It has recently been reported that LRPs serve as gateways for the entry ceUular of exotoxin A from Pseudomonas aeruginosa (PEA) (see, e.g, Kounnas et al. 1992a J. Biol. Chem. 267:12420-12423). Pseudomonas aeruginosa, an increasingly prevalent opportunistic human pathogen, is the most common gram-negative bacterium found in nosocomial infections. An LP288 variant (such as, e.g, an LP288 variant comprising only an extraceUular portion of a mature complete LP288) may play a protective role by acting as a competitive "secreted" binding agent for released exotoxin A thus preventing it from being taken up into ceUs were its subsequent detrimental effects are reabzed. Consequently, LP288 would have a specific utibty in currently available form as a means to treat a known biological poison. To test the role of LP288 in toxin uptake (such as, e.g, exotoxin A from Pseudomonas aerugionosa (PEA)) one can adapt art known techniques such as, e.g, the methods described in Willnow & Herz 1994 J. CeU. Sci 107:719-726, incoφorated herein for these assay teachings). For example, by generating LRP deficient ceUs that can be subsequently transfected with various LP288 constructs (using ordinary genetic engineering techniques).
LP288 & LIPIDS: Evidence suggests that LRPs have the abibty to mediate ceUular uptake of bpophibc molecules, such as, for example, apoE-containing and remnant-bke bpoproteins. To examine the role of LP288 in the regulation of bpoproteins many common art-existing methods can be used (see, e.g, the various methods and techniques discussed in, for example, Krieger & Herz 1994 Annu Rev Biochem 63:601-37, which is incorporated herein by reference for the methods and techniques described therein). A non-bmiting example of such a technique to employ are the methods described in Sugiyama, et al. 2000 Biochemistry 39:15817-15825, which is incorporated herein by reference for the assay techniques described therein.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 4 (LP289)
LP289 is a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 8), which is a newly discovered member of the immunoglobubn superfamily (IgSF) of proteins.
SpecificaUy, LP288 is a novel member of the IgLON family, which includes, e.g, such proteins as LAMP, OBCAM, Neurotrimin (NtM), CEPU, GP50, KILON, and GP55. Characteristic features of members of the IgLON family include the presence of conserved cysteines as weU as a number of Asn-bnked potential glycosylation sites. Sequence similarity (at the amino acid level) with other known IgLON proteins suggests that LP289 is involved in ceU recognition, ceU adhesion, and/or opiod-type receptor functioning. TypicaUy, among the IgLONs described to date, common structures (such as e.g, amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains), arranged in characteristic locations within an IgLON protein are found. For example, the foUowing amino acid motifs, modules, and/or domains are routinely found in characteristic locations in proteins that are members of the IgLON grouping.
At the N-terminal portion of a typical IgLON (for example, such as OBCAM), a series (e.g, typicaUy three) of immunoglobubn-bke C2-type, domains (IgC2) are found. Each lmmunoglobuhn-hke C2-type domain characteristicaUy contains two conserved cysteine residues in the domain sequence that form disulfide bonds with each other (when drawn in cartoon form the Ig-C2-bke domains resemble a series of loops, in which each loop is closed by disulfide bridges formed between the two conserved cysteine residues of the Ig-bke-C2- type domain; see, e.g. Fig. 2C in Funatsu, et al. 1999 J. Bio. Chem. 274:8224-8230).
AdditionaUy, a number of N-bnked glycosylation sites are found. LP289 foUows this pattern by possessing three immunoglobubn-bke C2-type domains, each of which has two conserved cysteine residues moreover, LP289 has a number of putative N-bnked glycosylation sites. FoUowing the immunoglobubn-bke C2-type domains (i.e., moving C-terminad along the primary amino acid structure of a typical IgLON), most IgLONs possess a GPI-anchor bke motif foUowed by a hydrophibc spacer region and a C-terminal signal sequence of predominately hydrophobic amino acids. LP289 also exhibits this pattern since it does not possess a membrane-spanning domain but contains a C-terminal hydrophobic sequence characteristic of a GPI anchor site membrane by attachment via a phosphatidybnositol bnkage.
LP289 exhibits sequence identity/ similarity at the amino acid level to members of the immunoglobubn protein superfamily, most notably with the various IgLON cell-adhesion molecules known as (see, e.g, Schofield, et al. 1989 EMBO J 8:489-495, Hachisuka, et al, 2000 Dev. Brain Res. 122:183-191, Funatsu et al, 2000 J Comp Neurology 424:74-85). LP289 shares sequence homology with: (1) opiod-binding protein ceU adhesion molecule
(OBCAM) also designated OPCML, a protein that binds opioid alkaloids in the presence of acidic bpids, exhibiting selectivity for mu bgands. In the adult brain OBCAM is pnncipaUy expressed in the gray matter in a pattern that suggests OBCAM plays a role in the synaptic machinery of the nervous system (such as, e.g, modulating opiod receptor functioning) (see, e.g, Loh and Smith 1996 "Regulation of Acute and Chronic Opiod Receptor Functions by OBCAM a ceU Adhesion-bke Molecule" in NIDA Research Monograph 161 titled, "Molecular Approaches to Drug Abuse Research: Vol. Ill: Recent Advances and Emerging Strategies"; Hachisuka, et al. 1999 Brain Res. 842:482-486; Hachisuka, et al. 2000 Dev. Brain Res. 122-183-191), specificaUy OBCAM has been reported to be expressed in the hypothalamic supraoptic (SON) and paraventncular nuclei (PVN) of the hypothalamus. In particular, OBCAM expression is observed primarily on dendntes of AVP-secreting magnoceUular neurons while KILON is expressed mainly on dendntes of AVP secreting neurons and occasionaUy on OXT-secreting neurons suggesting that KILON and OBCAM confer the abibty of magnoceUular neurons of the hypothalamus to rearrange synaptic connectivity (see, e.g, Miyata, et al, 2000 Jour. Comp. Neuro 424:74-85); (2) Neurotπmin (Ntm), a subfamily of differentiaUy expressed neural ceU adhesion molecules that have been shown to regulate the development of neuronal projections via attractive and repulsive mechanisms that are ceU type specific and are mediated by homophibc and heterophibc interactions (see, e.g, Struyk, et al. 1995 J. Neurosci. 15:2141-2156, Gil, et al , 1999 J. Neurosci 18:9312-9325); (3) CEPUS, a molecule that provides a favorable route for migrating neurons to generate a neuron-specific guidance in developing neurons in vivo (see, e.g, Kim, et al.1999 Mol CeUs 9(3):270-276); (4) KILON, an IgLON member specificaUy expressed in the dentate gyrus (DG) of the adult rat that is involved in neurite outgrowth and capable of interacting with LAMP (see, e.g, Funatsu, et al. 1999 J. Bio. Chem. 274:8224- 8230) and, (5) bmbic associated membrane protein (LAMP), which is an Ig superfamily member that mediates selective neuronal growth and axon targeting (see, e g, Pimenta, et al 1995b Neuron 15.287-297). LAMP is a self-binding, antibody-bke ceU surface adhesion protein involved in formation of connections between adjacent neurons. The cDNA clomng and structural analysis of human LAMP is described in Gene 1996 170:189-195. (LAMP; PCT PubbcatιonW09630052-Al, pubhshed 03-OCT-1996). LAMP protein, and by analogy LP289, may be important in nerve growth and differentiation, epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, and schizophrenia or schizophrenic-bke conditions. LAMP contributes to the guidance of developing axons and remodebng of mature circuits in the bmbic system. The LAMP protein is essential for normal growth of the hippocampal mossy fiber projection. LAMP is attached to the membrane by a GPI-Anchor. It is expressed on bmbic neurons and fiber tracts as weU as in single layers of the superior colhculus, spinal chord, and cerebeUum. LP289 nucleic acid also has similarities to additional nucleic acids, described as having similar or analogous properties, including (1) chicken mRNA for CEPU-1, an immunoglobubn superfamily molecule expressed by developing cerebeUar Purkinje ceUs (Spaltmann and Brummendor Neurosci. 16 (5), 1770-1779 (1996)); (2) chicken CEPU gene identified as a neural secreted glycoprotein belonging to the immunoglobubn-bke opioid binding ceU adhesion molecule (OBCAM) subfamily, (Kim et al, 1999 Mol. CeUs 9 (3), 270- 276); and (3) Bovine mRNA for opioid binding protein/ceU adhesion molecule OBCAM. Performing studies with phosphatidyl inositol ("PI") specific phosphobpase C can confirm the suggestion that LP289 is bound to the ceU membrane via a PI bnkage (such techniques are commonly used and known in the art and would not require undue experimentation, see, e.g, the methods described in Hachisuka, et al. 1996 Neurochem. Int. 28:373-379). The lmmunoglobuhn domains of LP289 make up the binding or self-adhesion domains of LP289. It is bkely that LP289 is developmentaUy regulated, for example, other IgLON members show such regulation, e.g, during early development (El 6, embryonic day 16) OBCAM is found on post mitotic neurons and in fiber tracts in the CNS that contain expanding axons suggesting the OBCAM functions in axonal outgrowth.
The chromosomal location of LP289 genomic sequence has currently been estabbshed to reside on chromosome 19. It has been discovered that LP289 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 7) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Digestive System 1/151; Genitaba, Male 2/118; Germ CeUs 1/5; Hemic and Immune System 3/166; Liver 1 /34; Respiratory System 1/95; Sense Organs 1/10; and Nervous System 17/221.
Table 4 Primate, e g , human, LP289 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 7) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 8) The ORF for LP289 is 17-1027 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underbned) In case the numbering used herein is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation using the described translation and figures listed herein
LP289 Nucleic Acid Sequence (2653 bp) (ORF = 17-1027) : LP289 start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated m bold typeface and underlined.
ATGCCCCCCCCTGCGCCCGGGGCCCGGCTCCGGCTTCTCGCCGCCGCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGCCGTCAT CAGCCGAGGGCTGCTCTCCCAGAGCCTGGAGTTCAACTCTCCTGCCGACAACTACACAGTGTGTGAAGGTG ACAACGCCACCCTCAGCTGCTTCATCGACGAGCACGTGACCCGCGTGGCCTGGCTGAACCGCTCCAACATC CTGTATGCCGGCAATGACCGCTGGACCAGCGACCCGCGGGTGCGGCTGCTCATCAACACCCCCGAGGAGTT CTCCATCCTCATCACCGAGGTGGGGCTCGGCGACGAGGGCCTCTACACCTGCTCCTTCCAGACCCGCCACC AGCCGTACACCACTCAGGTCTACCTCATTGTCCACGTCCCTGCCCGCATTGTGAACATCTCGTCGCCTGTG ACGGTGAATGAGGGGGGCAATGTGAACCTGCTTTGCCTGGCCGTGGGGCGGCCAGAGCCCACGGTCACCTG GAGACAGCTCCGAGACGGCTTCACCTCGGAGGGAGAGATCCTGGAGATCTCTGACATCCAGCGGGGCCAGG CCGGGGAGTATGAGTGCGTGACTCACAACGGGGTTAACTCGGCGCCCGACAGCCGCCGCGTGCTGGTCACA GTCAACTATCCTCCGACCATCACGGACGTGACCAGCGCCCGCACCGCGCTGGGCCGGGCCGCCCTCCTGCG CTGCGAAGCCATGGCGGTTCCCCCCGCGGATTTCCAGTGGTACAAGGATGACAGACTGCTGAGCAGCGGCA CGGCCGAAGGCCTGAAGGTGCAGACGGAGCGCACCCGCTCGATGCTTCTCTTTGCCAACGTGAGCGCCCGG CATTACGGCAACTATACGTGTCGCGCCGCCAACCGACTGGGAGCGTCCAGCGCCTCCATGCGGCTCCTGCG CCCAGGATCCCTGGAGAACTCAGCCCCGAGGCCCCCAGGGCTCCTGGCCCTCCTCTCCGCCCTGGGCTGGC TGTGGTGGAGAATGTAG
LP289 Full length Protein sequence (336aa) :
(SEQ ID NO 8) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ser-30) A predicted SP cleavage site between Ser-30 and Gln-31 is indicated as follows 1 MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLSΛQS 32 An alternative predicted cleavage site (based on a different signal peptide analysis) is between Ala-22 and Val-23 and indicated as follows 1
MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAΛV1 24 A resulting LP289 polypeptide (in either instance) is encompassed herein LP289 has a hydrophobic C-terminal sequence consistent with that found on other GPI-linked proteins, typically, this type of sequence is cleaved during post translational processing, such as, e g , when a protein is inserted into a membrane via a GPI linkage (see, e g , Cross, Ann Rev Cell Biol 6 1 -39, 1990, Ferguson and Williams, Ann Rev Biochem 57 285-320, 1988, Gerber et al , J Biol Chem 267 18168-12173, 1992) A putative GPI anchor attachment point in LP289 is indicated (by double underlining) at or near (e g , within 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, amino acid residues either C-terminad or N terminad to the indicated asparagine), the asparagine (N) in the following LP289 sequence (SLENSAP) The prediction for an LP GPI anchor site herein is based on the w, w+2 rule for predicting the site of GPI anchor addition in proteins from the method of Udenfnend and Kodukula, 1995b Methods Enzymol 250,571-582 Other rules and/or algorithms for predicting the site of a GPI anchor addition in proteins have been devised based on experimental observations (see, e g , Udenfnend and Kodukula, 1995b, Eisenhaber et al , 1999), however, such predictions are not perfect Accordingly,
Applicants invention encompasses 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, amino acid residues either and/or both C terminad and/or N terminad to a predicted GPI site described herein Furthermore, Applicants invention encompasses LP variants in which LP289 alterations prevent a typical GPI modification thereby resulting in a soluble/ secreted LP289 variant Sequence C-terminad to such an LP289 putative GPI anchor site is typically removed during processing to a mature LP289 form LP289 sequence that is typically removed during process of LP289 is indicated below by waved underling (SAPRPPGLLALLSALGWLWWRM) LP289 polypeptides encompassed herein include full-length forms encoded by an ORF disclosed herein, as well as any mature forms therefrom Such a mature LP289 could be formed, for example, by the removal of a signal peptide Further as used herein, a "mature" LP encompass, e g , post-translational modifications other than proteolytic cleavages (such as, e g , by way of a non-limiting example, glycosylations, mynstylations, phosphorylations, prenylations, acylations, and sulfations) Such variants are also encompassed by an LP of the present invention Further, an LP of the invention encompass all fragments, analogs, homologs, and derivatives of an LP described herein, thus the invention encompasses both LP precursors and any modified versions (such as, e g , by post-translational modification) of an LP encoded by an LP nucleic acid sequence described herein )
MPPPAPGAR RLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLSQSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNAT SCFIDEHVTRVA NRSNIL YAGNDRWTSDPRVR INTPEEFSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARIV ISSPVTV NEGG VNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTV Y PPTITDVTSARTA GRAALLRCEAMAVPPADFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEG KVQTERTRSMLLFANVSARHYGN YTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPGSLENSAPRPPGLLALLSALGWLWWRM*
An LP289 Mature Sequence (306aa) .
A predicted mature LP289 sequence is as follows:
QSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNI YAGNDRWTSDPRVRLLINTPEEFSILITEV GLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARIVNISSPVTV EGGNVNL CLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFT SEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAA LRCEAMAVPPA DFQWYKDDR LSSGTAEG KVQTERTRSM FANVSARHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPGSLENSAPR PPGL ALLSALGWLWWRM*
An Alternate P289 Mature Sequence (314aa) • An alternate predicted mature LP289 sequence is as follows:
VISRGLLSQSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVA LNRSNILYAGNDR TSDPRVRLLINTPEE FSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARIVNISSPVTVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTW RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAALLRC EAMAVPPADFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEGLKVQTERTRSMLLFANVSARHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPG SLENSAPRPPGLLALLSALGWLWWRM*
An Alternate LP289 Mature Sequence (284aa) :
A further alternate predicted mature LP289 sequence is as follows: QSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDR TSDPRVRLLINTPEEFSILITEV GLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARIV ISSPVTV EGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFT SEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGV SAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAALLRCEAMAVPPA DFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEGL1WQTERTRS LLFANVSARHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPGSLEN* An Alternate P289 Mature Sequence (292aa) :
A further alternate predicted mature LP289 sequence is as follows:
VISRGLLSQSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRWTSDPRVRLLINTPEE FSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARIV ISSPVTVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTW RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAALLRC EAiLAVPPADFQV^KDDRLLSSGTAEGLKVQTERTRS LLFANVSARHYGNYTCRAA RLGASSASMRLLRPG SLEN*
A Variant LP289 ( 291aa ) : The structural features of an LP289 variant represent a soluble counterpart to a non-soluble LP289 version encompassed herein, wherein a difference of a soluble LP289 is at the LP289 C-terminus in which a GPI- anchored binding site is absent. For example, a non-limiting example of such a variant LP289 sequence encompassed herein is as follows: VISRGLLSQSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRWTSDPRVRLLINTPEE FSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARI TSriSSPVTVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGV SAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAALLRC EAMAVPPADFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEGLKVQTERTRSMLLFANVSARHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPG SLE* Analysis of the primary amino acid structure of LP289 demonstrates that LP289 possesses typical IgLON characteristics, including homology to known IgLON members and IgLON-bke motifs. Particularly interesting portions or fragments of a fuU length LP289 polypeptide include, e.g, a discovered putative signal peptide-bke sequence from Met-1 to Ser-30 (MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLS ) . An alternative predicted cleavage site (based on a different signal peptide analysis) results in an alternate putative signal peptide-bke sequence from Met-1 to Ala-22 (MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLA) . Based on the teachings suppbed herein (e.g, the LP289 sequence and its relationship with the domains, motifs, and signatures of other known IgLONs) and those known in the art (e.g, assay methods to determine binding activities of suspected IgLONs such as neurite outgrowth, homo- or heterophibc binding, axonal pathfinding, opiod-bke binding, see, e.g, the assays described in, e.g, Hachisuka, et al. 1996 Neurochem. Int. 28:373-379 and others bsted herein), one skiUed in the art would be able to test LP289 for IgLON-bke activities without undue experimentation (e.g., using common assay techniques and commerciaUy available reagents).
AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP289 are three immunoglobubn-bke domains: from about Gly-47 to about Phe- 114:
( GDNATLSCFIDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAG DR TSDPRVRLLINTPEEFSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSF ) from about Gly-147 to about Thr-197: (GGNV LLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDIQRGQAGEYECVT) ; and from about Gly-
231 to about Ala-293
( GRAALLRCEAMAVPPADFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEGLKVQTERTRSMLLFANVSARHYGNYTCRA) . AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP289 are discovered fragments Arg-11 to Ser-30; Ser- 32 to Asn-49; Arg-68 to Leu-88; Nal-125 to Val-144; Pro-160 to Leu-180; Gly-188 to Val- 210; Pro-245to Ala-262; Arg-11 to Ala-22; Val-23 to Asn-36; Ser-37 to Thr-51 ; Ser-53 to Ala- 64; Ala-65 to Ala-74; Pro-83 to Phe-95; Ser-96 to Thr-111; Tyr-121 to Pro-141 ; Nal-150 to Pro-162; Asp-184 to Cys-195; Val-196 to Arg-208; Arg-209 to Asp-222; Val-223 to Ala-234; Met-241 to Leu-257; Ser-259 to Thr-272; Arg-273 to Ser-282; Arg-283 to Ser-303; Arg-318 to Ser-327; Arg-18 to Leu-28; Leu-29 to Cys-45; Glu-46 to Ala-64; Asn-67 to Leu-88; Glu- 101 to Tyr-110; Thr-111 to Gln-124; Val-125 to Val-136; Asn-137 to Leu-152; Gly-158 to Ile-179; Glu-181 to Thr-197; Asp-198 to Thr-213; Asn-215 to Leu-235; Cys-238 to Arg-255; Leu-256 to Met-275; Val-281 to Arg-.305; Arg-308 to Pro-320; whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophibcity plots of LP289. Additional interesting sections of LP289 are the discovered portions of LP289 from about Ala-8 to about Ala-22 from about Phe-35 to about Asp-48 from about Asn-49 to about Thr- 61 from about Leu-66 to about Asp-77; Pro-83 to about Phe-95 from about Ser-96 to about Glu-107 from about Gly-119 to about Gln-119 from about Val-129 to about Ser-140 from about Pro-141 to about Asn-152 from about Leu-152 to about Val-164 from about Trp-166 to about Glu-176 from about Gly-177 to about Gly-188 from about Gln-189 to about Val- 201 from about Thr-213 to about Ala-226 from about Arg-227 to about Leu-236 from about Phe-248 to about Ser-259 from about Thr-269 to about Phe-278 from about Ser-303 to about Leu-3 2. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots of LP289. Further, particularly interesting LP 289 secondary structures (e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing LP289 coil structures: from about Met-1 to about Pro-6; from about Gly-27 to about Asp-40; from about Glu-46 to about Asn-49; from about Asn- 67 to about Ser-69; from about Ala-74 to about Arg-84; from about Asn-90 to about Glu-94; from about Gly-103 to about Gly-108; from about Thr-116 to about Thr-122; from about Pro-132 to about Ala-133; from about Ile-138 to about Pro-141 ; from about Glu-146 to about Asn-149; from about Val-157 to about Thr-163; from about Asp-171 to about Gly- 177; from about Gly-188 to about Glu-192; from about His-198 to about Ser-207; from about Asn-215 to about Nai- 223; from about Ala-242 to about Phe-248; from about Tyr-251 to about Asp-254; from about Ser-258 to about Gly-264; from about Ala-283 to about Asn- 288; Leu-297 to about Ser-300; from about Arg-308 to about Gly-321; and from about Met- 336 to about Met-336. Particularly interesting LP289 hebx structures are: from about Leu- 12- to about Gly-20; from about Arg-227 to about Glu-239; from about Ala-302 to about Arg-305; and from about Leu-326 to about Ala-328. Particularly interesting strands are from about Tyr-42 to about Cys-45; from about Leu-52 to about Phe-55; from about Ala-64 to about Ala-64; from about Ile-71 to about Tyr-73; from about Val-85 to about Leu-87; from about Ser-96 to about Glu-101; from about Tyr-110 to about Cys-112; from about Gln-124 to about Val-129; from about Ile-135 to about Asn-137; from about Thr-143 to about Nal- 144; from about Asn-151 to about Leu-155; from about Nal-164 to about Trp-166; from about Tyr-193 to about Thr-197; and from about Arg-209 to about Nal-214. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one strand-coil-hebx-coil motif of LP289 combines the Arg-209 to Val-214 strand; and the Asn-215 to Val-223 coil; and the Arg-227 to Glu-239 hebx; with the Ala-242 to Phe-248 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Arg-209 to about Phe-248. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids contemplated are also encompassed as can be easily determined.
Further encompassed herein are LP289 splice variants, such as, e.g, spbce variants in which alterations in the processing of an LP289 mRΝA results in a soluble/secreted LP289 that is not anchored to a ceU membrane. In one such embodiment, such a fuU-length LP289 spbce variant is from about Met-1 to about Thr-33
( MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRAASSTST ) , with a predicted cleavage site as indicated as foUows: MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAΛVISRAASSTST. The resulting mature LP289 spbce variant sequence (also known as LP343; see below) is from about Val-23 to about Thr-33 (VISRAASSTST). This LP289 spbce variant sequence was discovered from a brain cDΝA bbrary further supporting the role of this LP289 variant in neural functions described herein.
Alternatively spliced LP289 :
Analysis of non-splice variant LP289 nucleic acid and the splice variant nucleic acid (whose polypeptide product is designated as LP343 (SEQ ID NO: 9)), indicates that during mRNA processing the parent of LP289 nucleic acid sequence the 2nd exon is skipped in the LP289 splice variant (see below). The resulting LP289 splice variant created is a small peptide (approximately 11 amino acid residues in length after removal of a signal sequence). exon l|exon 2 LP289 GCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGCCGTCATCAGCCGAGGGCTGCTCTCCCAGAGCCTGGAGTTC LP343 GCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGCCGTCATCAGCCGAG
********************************** exon 2|exon 3 LP289 AACTCTCCTGCCGACAACTACACAGTGTGTGAAGGTGACAACGCCACCCTCAGCTGCTTC
LP343 CTGCTTC
******* LP289 ATCGACGAGCACGTGACCCGCGTGGCCTGGCTGAACCGCTCCAACATCCTGTATGCCGGC LP343 ATCGACGAGCACGTGACCCGCGTGGCCTGGCTGAACCGCTCCAACATCCTGTATGCCGGC
************************************************************
LP289 Splice Variant Nucleic Acid Sequence (754 bp) (ORF = 19-120) : LP289 splice variant (LP343) start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined. >ds42802 Nucleic acid sequence is:
ATGCCCCCCCCTGCGCCCGGGGCCCGGCTCCGGCTTCTCGCCGCCGCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGC CGTCATCAGCCGAGCTGCTTCATCGACGAGCACGTGAC Alignment of the splice variant polypeptide (LP343) with LP289:
LP343 MPPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRAASSTST
LP289 PPPAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLSQSLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFIDEHV **************************_ * * LP343
LP289 TRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRWTSDPRVRLLINTPEEFSILITEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQP
LP343
LP289 YTTQVYLIVHVPARIVNISSPVTVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFTSEGEIL
LP343 '
LP289 EISDIQRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAALLRCEA
LP343 LP289 MAVPPADFQ YKDDRLLSSGTAEGLKVQTERTRSMLLFANVSARHYGNYTCRAANRLGAS
LP343
LP289 SASMRLLRPGSLENSAPRPPGLLALLSALGWLW RM This LP289 splice variant (LP343; SEQ ID NO: 10) may be useful as a therapeutic peptide to treat nervous system diseases. For example, LP343 (LP289 spbce variant) may cross the blood-brain barrier since it is a smaU amino-acid peptide after cleavage of its predicted signal peptide. AdditionaUy, the LP289 splice variant (LP343) may also self- interact with the parent LP289 to modulate for example, parent LP289 expression, LP289 binding characteristics, LP2289 placement in the ceU. Alternatively, LP343 may act as a secreted factor that can function as, e.g, a growth factor in the estabbshment of neural circuitry that has been estabbshed, maintained, or remodeUed by, e.g, parent LP289 or another IgLON (as described in detail herein). Furthermore, LP343 may act as a bgand for the parent LP289 or other IgLON member. Such spbcing interactions are not unheard of, for example, Karpa, et al. 2000 Mol Pharmacol 58(4):677-683 show that the truncated dopamine D3 receptor spbce variant (D3nf) inteacts with the parent D3 receptor to cause it to relocate. Furthermore, Elmhurst, et al. 2000 Brain Res Mol Brain Res 80(l):63-74, demonstrate that the D3nf spbce variant reduces bgand binding to the D3 dopamine receptor. Accordingly, discovery of the LP343 spbce variant strongly suggests its role in modulating and/or interacting with a parent LP289 function.
Given the teachings suppbed herein of: LP289 primary amino acid and higher order structures, the relationship of the LP289 amino acid sequence and higher order structural features compared with known IgSF members (e.g, such as IgLON members (such as, e.g, LAMP, OBCAM, Ntm, CEPU, GP50, KILON, and GP55) and their higher order structural features (including the known functions of these IgLON members and their higher order structures), it is bkely that an LP289 or an LP289 variant play similar roles in a variety of physiological processes. Some non-bmiting examples of functions an LP289, LP289 variant, or an LP289 binding agent (e.g, such as an LP289 antibody (or fragment thereof)) is bkely to participate in are, for example, those such as: neuorogenesis; the formation, development, and/or modification of regional centers in the brain such as, for example, nuclei of, for example, the forebrain: such as, for example, the olfactory bulb and cortex; the neocortex; the stnatum, the nucleus accumbens; the basal forebrain; the bmbic circuit; the thalamus
(including, for example, reticular thalamic nucleus, dorso-caudal nucleus, dorso-intermedial nucleus, dorso-orales nucleus, ventral-caudal nucleus, ventral-intermediate nucleus, ventral- orabs posterior nucleus, ventral-orabs anterior nucleus, sub-thalamic nucleus, and substantia nigra); the hypothalamus: (including, for example, anterior lobe of the pituitary (adenohypophysis), posterior lobe of the pituitary (neurohypophysis), optic chiasm, preoptic nucleus, anterior nucleus, dorsomedial nucleus, ventromedial nucleus, posterior nucleus, mammiUary body, hypothalamic supraoptic nuclei (SON), and paraventncular nuclei (PVN)); the Midbrain, such as, for example, the tectum (superior and inferior colbcub) or the tegmentum; the Hindbrain; the Pons and/or the CerebeUum; and the MeduUa, the formation, development, and/or modification of neural architecture such as, e.g, during the formation of the dendritic tree of e.g, Purkinje ceUs in the cerebeUum; modulation of axonal targeting, neurite pathfinding; the formation, development, and/or modification of neural circuitry, the formation, development, maintenance, and/or modification of distinct neuronal systems; the formation, maintenance, and/or modification of neural connections; ceU adhesion, neurite outgrowth; regulation of the development of neuronal projections via ceU specific attractive and/or repulsive mechanisms; the formation, maintenance, and/or modification of neural circuitry; the formation, maintenance, and/or modulation of axo- dendritic, dendro-dendritic, axo-axonal, dendro-axonal, axo-somata, dendro-somata, and somata-somata, interactions during the formation, maintenance, and/or modification of neuronal projections; ceU-ceU interactions in the nervous system; the formation, promotion, maintenance and/or remodebng of fiber fasciculation on neural cells (such as, e.g, axonal surfaces of developing or remodebng neural surfaces (e.g , by either homophibc or heterophibc interactions) for example, such as, targeting and/or maintenance of brain nucleu projections (e.g, such as targeting of thalamocortical axons to their appropriate cortical area during development); modulate adhesion of neurons to a substrate; modulate and/or regulate binding of an opiod and/or opiod-bke bgand; specification of neuronal connectivity; modulation of an opiod and/or opiod-bke nociception state, condition, or syndrome; modulation of an opiod and/or opiod-bke antinociception state, condition, or syndrome; facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction; facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke composition is a mu or mu-bke opiod; facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke composition is a kappa or kappa-bke opiod; facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke composition is a delta or delta-bke opiod; modulate the formation of an opiod or opiod-bke receptor coupbng to an intraceUular scaffold and/or adaptor protem/s; facibtate and/or modulate an opiod receptor/G-protein coupbng; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke tolerance state, condition, or syndrome; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome, modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, and/or syndrome is related to a delta or delta-type opiod or opiod-bke composition; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, and/or syndrome is related to a mu or mu-type opiod or opiod-bke composition; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, and/or syndrome is related to a kappa or kappa-type opiod or opiod-bke composition; treatment and/or modulation of a disease, condition, syndrome, or a state of respiratory control; treatment and/or modulation of a disease, condition, syndrome, or a state of appetite control; modulate the formation of an opiod receptor-G-protein binding complex; modulate an opiod receptor conformational transformation, the formation, promotion, maintenance and/or remodebng of synaptic connectivity; the promotion, stimulation, maintenance, and/or inhibition of neurite outgrowth, growth cone guidance; inhibition and/or promotion of a regeneration of CNS or PNS neurons after damage; stimulation of embryonic neurons; inhibition of mature neurons; a neuro-attractant; and a neuro-repeUant.
In one embodiment, LP289 nucleic acids of the invention can be used to create LP289-denved polypeptides that interact with native LP289 located, for example, at a neural ceU surface either to stimulate the growth and differentiation activities of LP289 or to inhibit those activities. Particularly preferred are such polypeptides that are soluble LP289 analogs having binding domains effective to bind LP289. The LP289-ιnhιbιtory polypeptides that are encoded by these nucleic acids can be used to treat diseases characterized by abnormal growth and functioning of neurons, such as, for example, neurons of the central nervous system, such as those involved in conditions of epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, and schizophrema-bke diseases states or conditions. Antisense strategies to inhibit the expression of LP289 can also be used to treat these diseases. Another use for LP289 nucleic acids of the invention is to create targeting polypeptides for directing the debvery of biological agents to locations within the nervous system, such as, for example, neurons involved in brain circuits associated with analgesia. LP289 polypeptides of the invention are useful targeting agents because they bind LP289 found at the cell surfaces in the nervous system, for example, such as ceUs in the bmbic system. Such targeting agents encompassed herein are bound covalently or noncovalently to a biological agent or a vehicle for debvenng biological agents such as, for example, debvery methods described herein or otherwise art known. Biological agents are those that can act on a ceU, organ or organism, including, but not bmited to, pharmaceutical agents and gene debvery agents. Numerous targetable debvery vehicles are known, including bposomes, ghost ceUs and polypeptide matrices (see, for example, Huang et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 84, 7851-7855, 1987; Kreuter, Infection 19 Supp. 4, 224-228, 1991, or Michel et al. Research in Virology, 144, 263-267, 1993).
In another embodiment, LP289 nucleic acids can also be used to transform stem ceUs to program their development as neural system neurons. These replacement neurons can be implanted to treat neuropathologies by reconnecting circuits involved in cognition, mood, memory and learning, and cardiovascular regulation, providing therapies for diseases, conditions, syndromes, etc , such as, for example, dementia (including without bmitation Alzheimer's disease, multi-infarct dementia, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease), aU forms of epilepsy, major depression, anxiety (including, without bmitation, manic-depressive iUness, generabzed anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorders, panic disorder and others), schizophrenia, and schizophrenaform disorders (including without bmitation schizoaffecto disorder), cerebral palsy and hypertension. Non-bmiting examples of stem cells that are useful in neural stem ceU replacement therapy include human cortical and subcortical fetal brain ceUs, porcine fetal brain ceUs, human subventricular zone ceUs, and gbal progenitor ceUs, including 02A ceUs (which are progenitors for aU gbal ceU types, including astrocytes and obgodendrocytes).
The LP289 nucleic acids of the invention can be used to create LP289-derived polypeptides that interact with LP289 located at a neuron ceU surface either to stimulate the growth and differentiation activities of LP289 or to inhibit those activities. Particularly preferred are such polypeptides that are soluble LP289 analogs having binding domains effective to bind LP289. An LP289-inhibitory polypeptide can be used to treat diseases characterized by abnormal growth and functioning of neurons, such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, and schizophrenia. Antisense strategies to inhibit the expression of LP289 can also be used to treat these diseases. Another use for the nucleic acids of the invention is to create targeting polypeptides for directing the debvery of biological agents to the nervous system where LP289 is expressed (for example, such as, the bmbic system, the dentate gyrus, the forebrain, the thalamus, the midbrain, etc.). The LP289 polypeptides are useful targeting agents because they bind to LP289 found at the ceU surface of neuronal ceUs such as, for example, in the CNS, such as, for example, in the bmbic system. Such targeting agents are bound covalently or noncovalently to a biological agent or a vehicle for debvering biological agents that can act on a cell, organ, or organism, including, but not bmited to, pharmaceutical agents and gene debvery agents. Non-bmiting examples of biological agents that can be usefully targeted to, e.g, the bmbic system include, neuro transmitter biosynthetic enzymes (such as tyrosine hydroxylase), neurotransmitter transporters (such as the GABA transporter), neurotransmitter receptors (such as type la, lb, II or III dopamine receptors, a and (3 adrenergic receptors and 5-HT receptors), neurotrophic and growth factors (such as NGF, BDNF, NT-3, NT-4, NT-5, TGF13, basic FGF and GDNF), neurotrophic factor receptors, protein kinases (such as MAP kinases and protein kinase C) and protein phosphatases. Further agents include, without bmitation, antidepressants, neuroleptics, anti- epileptics and antagonists of neurotransmitter receptors (such as type la, 1 b, II or III dopamine receptors, A and B adrenergic receptors and 5-HT receptors). The abibty of LP289 expression to modulate growth and/or differentiation of various embryonic ceU populations, such as, for example, various neuronal embryonic ceU populations (such as, e.g, neurons from the hippocampus, the pe rhinal cortex, the olfactory bulb, and the visual cortex) can be tested using a substrata of CHO ceUs, which have been transfected and/or transformed by LP289 (with controls of CHO ceUs transfected and/or transformed with a vector only).
For example, ceUs from various CNS areas are tested such as, for example, ceUs from hippocampal and penrhinal cortex in comparison to ceUs from non-LP289 expressing areas, such as, for example, cardiovascular or connective tissue system ceUs. Primary neurons from rodent El 6 embryos are prepared as outbned by Fern and Levitt, 1993 Cerebral Cortex 3; 187-198. In some experiments, ceUs are marked by adding bpophibc dye PKH26 (Sigma Chemical Co, St. Louis, MO); if they are not so marked, an antibody stain is used later in the experiment to identify neural cells. The ceUs are plated in DMEM/ 10% FCS at a density of 5 x 103 ceUs/ml per cm2, onto coversbps on which there are monolayers of transformed CHO ceUs. After 48 hours in culture, the ceUs attached to the coversbps are fixed with formaldehyde and, if the neural ceUs are not dye-marked, stained for neural ceUs with anti- MAP2, as described in Fern and Levitt, 1993 Cerebral Cortex 3: 187-198. For each experiment, six coversbps are examined and the longest neuron in a randomly selected field of 10- 5 process-bearing ceUs is measured. The plated ceUs are examined within 24 hours to determine the presence or absence of neurite growth, a weU-differentiated neural morphology, cyto-architecture, and arborization. CeUs can also be examined for these criteria when they are pre-treated with LP289 antibody, or soluble LP289 to determine if the length and/or number of neurites are significantly modified.
LP289 and Neural Development and Neural Circuits: Based on an analysis of LP289, such as, e.g, its homology to other IgLON members, LP289 is bkely to be involved in the regional specification of the central nervous system, e.g, regional specification of the brain, such as, e.g, the formation, maintenance, and/or modulation of neural circuits in the brain. For example, individual members of the IgLON family are expressed on distinct populations of neurons that, for the most part, form functional circuits in the nervous system, such as, e.g, in the brain. For instance, the IgLON member Neurotnmin (Ntm) has an expression pattern that is largely complementary to that of LAMP, with the highest expression of Ntm in the sensonmotor cortex, Neurotnmin's expression in layers IV, V, and VI of the cortex, the subplate, and the rostral lateral thalamus as weU as in the pontine nucleus and cerebeUum suggests a potential role in the development of thalamocortical and pontocerebeUar projections, respectively (Struyk et al, 1995) The IgLON member OBCAM has a more restricted distribution, with highest expression in the cortical plate and hippocampus (Struyk et al, 1995 J Neurosci 15:2141-2156) another member of the IgLON family of proteins. The IgLON member LAMP is expressed by cortical and subcortical neurons of the bmbic system (Levitt, 1984 Science 223:299-301) and has been strongly impbcated in the development of projections in this system (Pimenta et al, 1995 Neuron 15:287-297; Zhukareva and Levitt, 1995 Mol CeU Neurosci 10:43-55). LAMP has been shown to play a role in specifying a subset of thalamocortical projections, which at early developmental stages are selectively expressed in the penrhinal and frontal bmbic cortex and medial bmbic thalamic nuclei (Levitt, 1984 Science 223:299-301; Horton and Levitt, 1988; Pimenta et al, 1996). LAMP acts homophibcaly to promote adhesion and growth of bmbic axons (Pimenta et al, 1995 Neuron 15:287-297; Zhukareva and Levitt, 1995 Mol CeU Neurosci 10:43-55), and antibody perturbation studies show that LAMP can regulate the formation of septohippocampal and lntrahippocampal circuits (KeUer and Levitt, Neuroscience 28: 455- 474, 1989; Pimenta et al, 1995 Neuron 15:287-297). Furthermore, for bmbic thalamic axons, LAMP acts as an attractive guidance signal that also induces branch formation while nonbmbic thalamic fibers are deflected and axonal branching is inhibited by LAMP. For instance, neocortical and bmbic stnatal dopamine circuitry (such as, e.g, circuitry of dopamine receptor neurons in the substantia mgra (SN) whose axons connect to neostriatal (caudate -putamen) nucleu or dopamine receptor neurons in the ventral tegmental area (VTA) whose axons connect with bmbic or ventral stnatum, including nucleus accumbens nucleu,) are postulated to affect information transfer from cerebral cortex, amygdala, and hippocampus to brain areas that effect thought, action, and emotions. Furthermore, current evidence strongly indicates that the ventral tegmental and the nucleus accumbens regions are involved in addiction, with the neurotransmitter dopamine playing a crucial role. Thus, stimulation of the dopaminergic pathway from the VTA to the NA is highly rewarding, and several addictive drugs, including cocaine, amphetamine, heroin, and nicotine, lead either to increased dopamine release or increased dopamine efficacy in the NA. Moreover, more than 90% of cerebral dopamine receptors are located in such stnatal nuclei and dopamine and/or dopamine-related brain circuitry is known to play a role in schizophrenic, or schizophrenic- bke conditions. Consequently, experiments can be carried out to determine if LP289 plays a role in the formation, maintenance, and/or such remodebng of CNS neural circuits by e.g. promoting the adhesion and/or growth of developing neural extensions (such as, for example, developing neu tes). In this view, LP289 expression in the formation, maintenance, and/or modulation of such circuits would have important consequences for diseases, syndromes, or conditions of mood, thought, appetite, addiction, and/or emotion. Consequently, it would be useful to examine the role of LP289 in such neural circuits. One means to expense LP298's role in the nervous system is to determine if an LP289 binding agent, such as, for example, an antibody or antibody binding fragment directed against an LP289 polypeptide (or fragment thereof) interferes in the post natal development of a neural circuit of the central nervous system, e.g, such as an hippocampal circuit, the foUowing or similar experiments can be carried out (other known neural circuits and their corresponding neuronal architecture can be examined in a similar fashion using similar methods): Newborn Sprague-Dawley rats are injected lntraventncularly with Fab fragments of anti-LP289, control anti-paramyosin IgG, and anti-Ll. Anti-Ll, which binds to developing axons, is as described by Sweadner, J. Neurosci. 3: 2504-2517, 1983. AU antisera are purified on a protein A column using a protein A affinity enhancement buffer (the
MAPSII buffer system used as recommended by the suppber: Biorad Labs, Hercules, CA) Fab fragments are prepared from the antisera by digestion with immobihzed papain (Pierce, Rockford, IL) and purified by protein-A affinity chromatography. The Fab fragments (10 /eg in 10 ul of sabne) are injected on postnatal day 0, 2, 4, and 6 into the cisterna magna using a 35-32 gauge needle. On day 9, the animals are sacrificed by transcardial perfusion with 4 9 % sodium sulfide in 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 7 4). Brains are fixed in Carnoy's solution together with 1.2 % sodium sulfide. Paraffin sections of the brains are prepared (in this instance) for mossy fiber staining using the Timm method (see, Haug, Adv. Anat. Embryol CeU Biol 47- 1-71, 1973) although other methods of examining neural arthitecture in other region of the brain can also be used. Subfields are analyzed for density of innervation using the Bioquant OS/2 image analysis system (R & M Biometrics, NashviUe, TN) to examine neural architecture, for example, such as the mossy fiber projection of granule ceUs to pyramidal neurons of the hippocampus express. Results are examined to determine if anti-LP289 treatment, but not the other antibody treatments, results in an uncharacteristic neuronal architecture, such as, for example, a diffuse pattern of mossy fiber projections indicating misdirected fibers Quantitative effects can also be determined, for example, a positive effect of LP289 treatment should result in a statisticaUy significant increase in the area occupied by, for example, mossy fiber projections. Spinal Cord Regeneration Model: To evaluate the role LP289 in a spinal cord regeneration response (based on the methods of O'Hara, and Chernoff 1994 Tissue and CeU, 26: 599-611; Chernoff, et al. 1998 Wound Rep. Reg. 6: 435-444; Chernoff, et al, 2000 Wound Rep. Reg. 8: 282-291, which are incorporated herein for these teachings) a tissue culture system using axolotl spinal cord ependymal ceUs is used to test the effects of LP289. AdditionaUy, using other techniques (see, e.g, Itasaki, et al, 1999 Nature CeU Biology Dec;l(8):E203-207; Momose, et al, 1999 Develop. Growth Differ. 41:335-344; and Atkins, et al, 2000 Biotechniques 28: 94-96, 98, 100; which are incorporated herein for these teachings) one can conduct locabzed transfection studies of LP289 constructs to LP289 constructs in frog bmb cultures and frog spinal cord. Although these methods were developed first in the chick, they can be used in a frog bmb system for example, to examine the role of LP289 in, for example, regeneration. FEATURES OF LP NO: 5 & 6 (LP319a & LP319b)
LP319a & LP319b are a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptides (SEQ ID NO: 12 & 14), which are a newly discovered variant members of the IgLON family, which includes, e.g, such proteins as LAMP, OBCAM, Ntm (neurotrimin), CEPU, GP50, KILON, and GP55. See above for a description of IgLON sequence and structures. LP319a & LP319b as opposed to LP289, however, are not canonical IgLON members since they display features at the amino acid level that are different from a typical IgLON, e.g, LP319a has one, not two, conserved cysteines in the most N-terminad Ig-bke C2-type domain; however, the second LP319a Ig-bke C2-type domain (moving C-terminad) resembles a typical IgLON Ig- bke C2-type domain, while the third Ig-bke C2-type domain contains only one cysteine and appears truncated (in comparison to other IgLONs). AdditionaUy, LP319a contains no GPI- anchor-bke motif foUowed by a hydrophibc spacer region and a C-terminal signal sequence of predominately hydrophobic amino acids. Accordingly, native LP319a is bkely to be a secreted IgLON similar to CEPUS, a soluble counterpart to the cerebeUar Purkinje ceU specific antigen, CEPU-1, which is a secreted IgLON member that is bebeved to provide a favorable route for migrating CEPU-positive population of neurons to generate a neuron- specific guidance in developing neurons in vivo. It is bkely that native LP319a performs a similar role as CEPUS. Appbcants invention encompasses, however, variant LP319s such as, e.g, variants in which a C-terminad GPI anchor sequence and/or an Ig-C2 bke domain is fused to a native LP319a sequence. LP319b is also not a typical IgLON in that it displays features at the amino acid level which differ from other IgLONs SpecificaUy, LP319b does not exhibit three typical IgLON Ig-bke-C2-type domains. The carboxy-most Ig-hke-C2-type domain of LP319b contains only one conserved cysteine and appears truncated in comparison to other IgLONs. AdditionaUy, LP319b contains no GPI-anchor-bke motif foUowed by a hydrophibc spacer region and a C-terminal signal sequence of predominately hydrophobic amino acids Accordingly, native LP319b is bkely to be a secreted IgLON similar to CEPUS, a soluble counterpart to the cerebeUar Purkinje ceU specific antigen, CEPU-1.
The chromosomal locations of LP319a and LP319b genomic sequences have been estabbshed to reside on chromosome 7. LP319a sequence (SEQ ID NO: 11) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Digestive System 1/151; Embryonic Structures 3/23; Genitaba, Male 2/118; Germ CeUs 1 /5; Hemic and Immune System 3/166; Liver 1/34; Respiratory System 1/95; Sense Organs 1 /10; and Nervous System 17/221. LP319b nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 13) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA bbraries:
Digestive System 1/151; Embryonic Structures 3/23; Genitaha, Male 2/118; Germ CeUs 1/5; Hemic and Immune System 3/166, Liver 1/34, Respiratory System 1/95; Sense Organs 1/10; and Nervous System 17/221.
Table 5 Primate, e g , human, LP319a polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 11 and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 12) The ORF for LP319a is 62-787 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underbned In case the numbering used herein is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation using the described translation and figures listed herein P319a Nucleic Acid Sequence (2597 bp) (ORF = 62-787) :
LP319a start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined.
ATGCCCCCCGCTGCGC4CGGGGCCCGGCTCCGGCTTCTCGCCGCCGCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGCCGTCATC AGCCGGGGGCTGCTCTCCCAGAGGCTGGAGTTCAACTCTCCTGCCGACAACTACACACATGTGACCCGCGTG GCCTGGCTGAACCGCTCCAACATCCTGTACGCCGGCAACGACCGCAGGACCAGGGACCCGCGGGTGCGGCTG CTCATCAACACCtCCGAGGAGTTCTCCATCCTCGTCACCGAGGTGGGGCTCGGCGACGAGGGCCTCTACACC TGCTCCTTCCAGACCCGCCACCAGCCGTACACCACTCAGGTCTACCTCATTGTCCACGTCCCTGCCCGCGTT GTGAACATCTCGTCGCCTGTGATGGTGAATGAGGGAGGTAATGTGAACCTGCTTTGCCTGGCCGTGGGGCGG CCAGAGCCCACGGTCACCTGGAGACAGCTCCGAGACGGCTTCACCTCGGAGGGAGAGATCCTGGAGATCTCT GACATCCTGCGGGGCCAGGCCGGGGAGTATGAGTGCGTGACTCACAACGGGGTTAACTCGGCGCCCGACAGC CGCCGCGTGCTGGTCACAGTCAACTATCCTCCGACCATCACGGACGTGACCAGCGCCCGCACCGCGCTGGGC CGGGCCGCCTACTGCGCTGCGAAGCCATGGCGGTTTCCCCCGCGGATTTCCAGTGGTATAAGGATGACAGAC TACTGA LP319a Full-length Sequence (241aa) :
(SEQ ID NO 12) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ser-30) A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ser-30 and Gln-31 indicated as follows 1 MPPAAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAV1SRGLLSΛQR 32 An alternative predicted cleavage site (based on a different signal peptide analysis) is between Ala-22 and Val-23 indicated as follows 1 MPPAAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAΛVI 24 A resulting LP319a (in either instance) is encompassed herein
MPPAAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLSQRLEFNSPADNYTHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRL LINTSEEFSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQvΥLIVΗVPARVΛ iSSPvTyivWEGGNVNLLCLAVGR PEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALG RAAYCAAKPWRFPPRISSGIRMTDY*
An l_P319a Mature Sequence (211aa) .
A predicted mature LP319a sequence is as follows:
QRLEFNSPADNYTHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTR HQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARWNISSPVMVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQ AGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAKPWRFPPRISSGIRMTDY* An Alternate P319a Mature Sequence (222aa) :
An alternate predicted mature LP319a sequence is as follows
GLAVISRGLLSQRLEFNSPADNYTHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEVGLGD EGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVY IVHVPARWNISSPVMVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFTSEGE ILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAKPWRFPPRISSG IRMTDY P319b Nucleic Acid Sequence (2601 bp) (ORF = 21-791) : LP319b (SEQ ID NO: 13) start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined. Note, the "T" at position 274 can also be "C", therefore, the corresponding ammo acid residue can either be Pro (ccc) or Ser (tec) .
ATGCCCCCCGCTGCGCCCGGGGCCCGGCTCCGGCTTCTCGCCGCCGCCGCCCTGGCCGGCTTGGCCGTCATC AGCCGGGGGCTGCTCTCCCAGAGGCTGGAGTTCAACTCTCCTGCCGACAACTACACAGTGTGTGAAGGTGAC AACGCCACCCTCAGCTGCTTCATGGACGAGCATGTGACCCGCGTGGCCTGGCTGAACCGCTCCAACATCCTG TACGCCGGCAACGACCGCAGGACCAGGGACCCGCGGGTGCGGCTGCTCATCAACACCTCCGAGGAGTTCTCC ATCCTCGTCACCGAGGTGGGGCTCGGCGACGAGGGCCTCTACACCTGCTCCTTCCAGACCCGCCACCAGCCG TACACCACTCAGGTCTACCTCATTGTCCACGTCCCTGCCCGCGTTGTGAACATCTCGTCGCCTGTGATGGTG AATGAGGGAGGTAATGTGAACCTGCTTTGCCTGGCCGTGGGGCGGCCAGAGCCCACGGTCACCTGGAGACAG CTCCGAGACGGCTTCACCTCGGAGGGAGAGATCCTGGAGATCTCTGACATCCTGCGGGGCCAGGCCGGGGAG TATGAGTGCGTGACTCACAACGGGGTTAACTCGGCGCCCGACAGCCGCCGCGTGCTGGTCACAGTCAACTAT CCTCCGACCATCACGGACGTGACCAGCGCCCGCACCGCGCTGGGCCGGGCCGCCTACTGCGCTGCGAAGCCA TGGCGGTTTCCCCCGCGGATTTCCAGTGGTATAAGGATGACAGACTACTGA LP319b Full-length Sequence (256aa) •
LP319b (SEQ ID NO: 14) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ser-30) A predicted SP cleavage site is between
Ser-30 and Gln-31 indicated as follows: 1
MPPAAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLSΛQR 32. An alternate predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-22 and Val-23 indicated as follows: 1
MPPAAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAΛVI 24. Both mature LP319b versions are encompassed herein. .
MPPAAPGARLRLLAAAALAGLAVISRGLLSQRLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVA LNRSNIL YAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARWNISSPVMV NEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNY PPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAKPWRFPPRISSGIRMTDY*
An LP319b Mature Sequence (226aa) : A predicted mature LP319b sequence is as follows:
QRLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVA LNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEV GLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQvΥLIvΗVPARvΛ iSSPVMVTSIEGGNvNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFT SEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAKPWRFPPR IS SGI RMTDY
An Alternate P319b Mature Sequence (234aa) : An alternate predicted mature LP319b sequence is as follows: VISRGLLSQRLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEE FSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVΎLIVΉVPARVVTΓISSPVMV EGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAA KPWRFPPRISSGIRMTDY
An P319b Variant Sequence (286aa) : A variant LP319b sequence with a fusion of LP289 carboxy amino acid sequence resulting in a complete third Ig-like C2 domain and a GPI anchor sequence. The added sequence is indicated by underlining.
QRLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVA LNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEV GLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVYLIVHVPARWNISSPVMVNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFT SEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAKP RFPPR ISSGIRMTDYLSSGTAEGHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPGSLENSAPRPPGLLALLSALGWLWWRM
An LP319b Variant Sequence (294aa) :
Another variant LP319b sequence with a fusion of LP289 carboxy sequence resulting in a complete third Ig-like C2 domain and a GPI anchor sequence. The added sequence is indicated by underlining.
VISRGLLSQRLEFNSPADNYTVCEGDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEE FSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSFQTRHQPYTTQVΥLIvΗVPARvΛ iSSPVTWNEGGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVT RQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVTHNGVNSAPDSRRVLVTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAA KP RFPPRISSGIRMTDYLSSGTAEGHYGNYTCRAANRLGASSASMRLLRPGSLENSAPRPPGLLALLSALG L WRM
Analysis of the primary amino acid structure of LP319a & LP319b demonstrates that they possess typical IgLON characteristics, including homology to known IgLON members and IgLON-bke motifs. Based on the teachings supplied herein (e.g, the LP319a & LP319b sequence and their relationship with the domains, motifs, and signatures of other known
IgLONs) and those known in the art (e.g., assay methods to determine binding activities of suspected IgLONs such as neurite outgrowth, homo- or heterophibc binding, axonal pathfinding, opiod-bke binding, e.g, the assays described in, e.g, Flachisuka, et al. 1996 Neurochem. Int. 28:373-379 such as which is incorporated by reference herein for such assay teachings), one skiUed in the art would be able to test LP319a or LP319b for IgLON-bke activities without undue experimentation (e.g, using common assay techniques and commerciaUy available reagents). Some non-bmiting examples of functions an LP319a/b, LP319a/b variant, or an LP319a/b binding agent (e.g, such as an LP319a/b antibody (or fragment thereof)) is bkely to participate in are, for example, those such as: neuorogenesis; the formation, development, and/or modification of regional centers in the brain such as, for example, nuclei of, for example, the forebrain: such as, for example, the olfactory bulb and cortex; the neocortex; the striatum, the nucleus accumbens; the basal forebrain; the bmbic circuit; the thalamus (including, for example, reticular thalamic nucleus, dorso-caudal nucleus, dorso-intermedial nucleus, dorso-orales nucleus, ventral-caudal nucleus, ventral- intermediate nucleus, ventral-orabs posterior nucleus, ventral-orabs anterior nucleus, sub- thalamic nucleus, and substantia mgra), the hypothalamus: (including, for example, anterior lobe of the pituitary (adenohypophysis), posterior lobe of the pituitary (neurohypophysis), optic chiasm, preoptic nucleus, anterior nucleus, dorsomedial nucleus, ventromedial nucleus, posterior nucleus, mammiUary body, hypothalamic supraoptic nuclei (SON), and paraventπcular nuclei (PVN)); the Midbrain, such as, for example, the tectum (superior and inferior colhcuh) or the tegmentum; the Hindbrain; the Pons and/or the CerebeUum, and the MeduUa, the formation, development, and/or modification of neural architecture such as, e.g, during the formation of the dendritic tree of e.g, Purkinje ceUs in the cerebeUum; modulation of axonal targeting, neurite pathfinding; the formation, development, and/or modification of neural circuitry; the formation, development, maintenance, and/or modification of distinct neuronal systems; the formation, maintenance, and/or modification of neural connections; ceU adhesion; neurite outgrowth; regulation of the development of neuronal projections via ceU specific attractive and/or repulsive mechamsms; the formation, maintenance, and/or modification of neural circuitry, the formation, maintenance, and/or modulation of axo-dendritic, dendro-dendritic, axo-axonal, dendro-axonal, axo-somata, dendro-somata, and somata-somata, interactions during the formation, maintenance, and/or modification of neuronal projections, ceU-ceU interactions in the nervous system, the formation, promotion, maintenance and/or remodebng of fiber fasciculation on neural ceUs (such as, e g , axonal surfaces of developing or remodebng neural surfaces (e g , by either homophibc or heterophibc interactions) for example, such as, targeting and/or maintenance of brain nucleu projections (e g , such as targeting of thalamocortical axons to their appropriate cortical area during development), modulation of adhesion to a substrate; modulation and/or regulation of action of neural binding of an opiod and/or opiod-bke bgand, specification of neuronal connectivity, modulation of an opiod and/or opiod-bke nociception state, condition, or syndrome, modulation of an opiod and/or opiod-bke antinociception state, condition, or syndrome; facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction; facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke composition is a mu or mu- bke opiod, facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke composition is a kappa or kappa-bke opiod, facibtation, and/or modulation of opiod and/or opiod-bke signal transduction, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke composition is a delta or delta-bke opiod; modulate the formation of an opiod or opiod-bke receptor coupbng to an intraceUular scaffold and/or adaptor protein/s, facibtate and/or modulate an opiod receptor/ G-protein coupbng; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke tolerance state, condition, or syndrome; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, and/or syndrome is related to a delta or delta-type opiod or opiod-bke composition; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, and/or syndrome is related to a mu or mu-type opiod or opiod-bke composition; modulate, treat, and/or diagnose, and/or prognose an opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, or syndrome, wherein the opiod or opiod-bke dependence state, condition, and/or syndrome is related to a kappa or kappa-type opiod or opiod-bke composition; treatment and/or modulation of a disease, condition, syndrome, or a state of respiratory control; treatment and/or modulation of a disease, condition, syndrome, or a state of appetite control; modulate the formation of an opiod receptor-G-protein binding complex; modulate an opiod receptor conformational transformation; the formation, promotion, maintenance and/or remodebng of synaptic connectivity; the promotion, stimulation, maintenance, and/or inhibition of neurite outgrowth, growth cone guidance; inhibition and/or promotion of a regeneration of CNS or PNS neurons after damage; stimulation of embryonic neurons, inhibition of mature neurons; a neuro-attractant; and a neuro-repeUant.
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP319a polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 12) include, e.g, are two immunoglobubn-bke domains: the first from about Ser-30 to about Phe-99:
(SQRLEFNSPADNYTHVTRVA LNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSF) and the second from about Gly-132 to about Thr-182:
( GGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECVT ) . The LP319b immunoglobubn-bke domains are from about Gly-47 to about Phe-114: ( GDNATLSCFMDEHVTRVAWLNRSNILYAGNDRRTRDPRVRLLINTSEEFSILVTEVGLGDEGLYTCSF ) ; and from about Gly-147 to about Val-197
( GGNVNLLCLAVGRPEPTVTWRQLRDGFTSEGEILEISDILRGQAGEYECV) . A further, interesting portion of LP319a is the discovered heavy metal-associated-bke domain at the C-terminus of LP319a from about Val-197 to about Lys-224 ( VTVNYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAK ) . The heavy metal associated domain of LP319b is from about Nal-212 to about Lys-239 ( VTVΝYPPTITDVTSARTALGRAAYCAAK ) . AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP319a are discovered fragments from about Arg-11 to about Leu-29; from about Gln-31 to about Trp- 50; from about Asn-52 to about Ile-74; from about Thr-76 to about Asp-91; from about Glu-92 to about Gln-109, from about Val-110 to about Val-129; from about Gly-132 to about Arg-144; from about Pro-145 to about Glu-163; from about Leu-171 to about Val- 181; from about Thr-182 to about Val-195; from about Ala-222 to about Arg-231; from about Arg-11 to about Leu-28; from about Ser-30 to about Ala-49; from about Arg-53 to about Leu-73; from about Val-84 to about Tyr-95; from about Thr-96 to about Gln-109; from about Val-110 to about Val-120; from about Val-121- Asn-136; from about Val-142 to about Ile-164; from about Ile-170 to about Leu-196; from about Pro-203 to about Pro-225; from about Leu-18 to about Phe-35; from about Thr-46 to about Ala-59; from about Arg-69 to about Glu-78; from about Glu-79 to about Gly-88; from about Thr-107 to about Ala-118; from about Arg-119 to about Met-128; from about Gly-162 to about Leu-171; from about Arg-172 to about Val-181, from about Thr-182 to about Arg-193; from about Arg-194 to about Thr-206; from aboutVal-208 to about Ala-223; from about Pro-225 to about Ser-234 whose discover is were based on an analysis of, hydropathicity, hydrophibcity and hydrophobicity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP319a are the discovered portions of LP319a from about Arg-8 to about Val-23, from about Asn-41 to about Trp-50, from about Leu-51 to about Asp-62 (LNRSNILYAGND); from about Val-70 to about Val-84; from aboutVal-84 to about Phe-99; from about Pro-117 to about Glu-131; from about Gly- 132 to about Arg-144; from about Trp-151 to about lle-164; from about Glu-166 to about Glu-177; from about Thr-198 to about Ala-211, from about Arg-212 to about Pro-225; from about Trp-226 to about Ile-236. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP319a secondary structures (e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP319a hebx structures: from about Leu-13 to about Ala-17, and from about Arg-212 to about Leu-215. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about Met-1 to about Pro-6; from about Asn-36 to about Tyr-42; from about Asn-52 to about Ser-54; from about Ala-59 to about Asp-67; from about Asn-75 to about Glu-79; from about Gly-88 to about Gly-93; from about Arg-102 to about Thr-107'; from about Pro-117 to about Ala-118; from about Ile-123 to about Ser-125; from about Glu-131 to about Asn-134; from aboutVal-142 to about Thr-148; from about Leu-154 to about Gly-162; from about Arg-172 to about Glu- 177; from about Asn-184 to about Ser-192; from about Asn-200 to about Ile-205; from about Ala-223 to about Gly-235; from about and Thr-239 to about Tyr-241. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are from about Ala-49 to about Trp-50; from about Ile-56 to about Tyr-58; from about Ser-81 to about Glu-86; from about Tyr-95 to about Cys- 97; from about Gln-109 to about Nal-114; from about Val-120 to about Asn-122; from about Asn-136 to about Leu-140; from about Val-149 to about Arg-152; from about Ile-164 to about Leu-165; from about Tyr-178 to about Thr-182; and from about Arg-194 to about Val-199. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil-strand-coil motif of LP319a combines an Arg-102 to Thr-107 coil, with an Gln-109 to Val-114 strand, with an Pro-117 to Ala-118 coU, with an Val-120 to Asn-122 strand, and an Ile-123 to Ser-125 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Arg-102 to about Ser-125. Other such combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
Interesting segments of LP319b are discovered fragments from about Leu-18 to about Phe-35; from about Asn-36 to about Thr-51; from about Arg-62 to about Ala-74; from about Arg-84 to about Glu-93; from about Glu-94 to about Gly-103; from about Glu- 122 to about Ala-133; from about Arg-134 to about Met-143; from about Gly-177 to about Leu-186; from about Gly-187 to about Val-196; from about Thr-197 to about Gly-208; from about Arg-209 to about Thr-221; from about Asp-222 to about Ala-238; from about Pro 240 to about Ser-249; from about Arg-11 to about Leu-29; from about Ser-30 to about Asp-40; from about Asn-41 to about Ala-50; from about Glu-58 to about Asp-77; from about Arg-78 to about Ile-89; from about Arg-91 to about Asp-106; from about Glu-107 to about Gln- 124; from about Nal-125 to about Arg-134; from about Val-135 to about Glu-146; from about Glu-147 to about Arg-159; from about Pro-160 to about Glu-178; from about Leu- 186 to about Val-196; from about Thr-197 to about Val-210; from about Thr-237 to about Val-246; from about Arg-11 to about Val-29; from about Ser-30 to about Val-44; from about Cys-45 to about Ala-64; from about Cys-68 to about Ala-78; from about Arg-79 to about Ile- 89; from about Asn-90 to about Gly-108; from about Leu-109 to about Gln-124; from about Val-125 to about Val-135; from about Val-136 to about Leu-152; from about Val-157 to about Trp-166; from about Arg-167 to about Ile-182; from about Ser-186 to about Asn-199; from about Gly-200 to about Nal-212; from about Val-214 to about Ser-225; and from about Arg-226 to about Arg-242, whose discovery is based on an analysis of hydropathicity, hydrophibcity, and hydrophobicity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP319b are the discovered portions of LP319b from about Arg-8 to about Val-23; from about Phe-35 to about Cys-45; from about Glu-46 to about Arg-62; from about Trp-65 to about Asp-77, from about Val-85 to about Phe-95; from about Ser-96 to about Thr-111; from about Ser- 137 to about Thr-150 from about Asn-151 to about Val-164 from about Thr-165 to about Glu-181 from about Ile-182 to about Gly-191 from about Glu-192 to about Val-201 from about Nal-212 to about Ala-226 from about Arg-227 to about Pro-240; and from about Trp- 241 to about Gly-250. These fragments were discovered based on an analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP319b secondary structures (e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP319b hebx structures: from about Leu-13 to about Ala-17; and from about Arg-227 to about Leu-230. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about Met-1 to about Pro-6; from about Gly- 27 to about Gly-27; from about Asn-36 to about Asp-39; from about Glu-46 to about Cys- 49; from about Asn-67 to about Ser-69; from about Ala-74 to about Asp-82; from about Asn-90; from about Glu-94 to about Gly-103 to about Gly-108; from about Thr-116 to about Thr-122; from about Pro-132 to about Ala-133, from about Ile-138 to about Ser-140, from about Glu-146 to about Asn-149; from about Nal-157 to about Thr-163; from about Leu-169 to about Gly-177; from about Arg-187 to about Glu-192, from about Asn-199 to about Ser-207; from about Asn-215 to about Ile-220, from about Ala-238 to about Gly-25, and from about Thr-254 to about Tyr-256. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are from about Try-42 to about Cys-45; from about Ala-64 to about Trp-65; from about Ile-71 to about Tyr-73; from about Ser-96 to about Glu-101; from about Tyr-110 to about Cys-112; from about Gln-124 to about Val-129; from about Val-164 to about Arg-167; from about Ile-179 to about Leu-180; from about Tyr-193 to about Thr-197; and from about Arg-209 to about Val-214.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 7 (LP321) LP321 is a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 16) that is a newly discovered member of the defensin family of antimicrobial peptides, which are generaUy recognized a having antibiotic, antifungal, and antiviral activities. SpecificaUy, LP321 exhibits sequence homology to enteric alpha defensins known as cryptdins. Defensins are a family of structuraUy related cysteine-nch peptides active against many Gram-negative and Gram- positive bacteria, fungi, and viruses (see, e.g, Lehrer, et al. CeU 64-229-230; Kagan, et al. 1994 Toxicology 87:131-149; Lehrer, et al. 1993 Annu. Rev. Immunol 11:105-128; and White, et al. 1995 Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:521-527). Some defensins are also caUed corticostatins (CS) because they inhibit corticotropin-stimulated corticosteroid production. Defensins can kiU ceUs by forming voltage-regulated multimeric channels in the membrane of the susceptible ceU. Defensins play a significant role in innate immunity to infection and neoplasia. Antimicrobial peptides are a prevalent mechanism of host defense found throughout nature (Kaiser & Diamond 2000 J Leukoc Biol 6:779-84). In mammals, defensins are among the most abundant of these broad-spectrum antibiotics, and are expressed in epithebal and hematopoietic ceUs among others. The defensin peptides are especiaUy abundant in neutrophils. In epithebal ceUs, defensins are found both as constitutively expressed and inducible genes. Induction has been observed in vitro by stimulation with bacterial bpopolysacchande (LPs) as weU as inflammatory mediators. In vivo, up-regulation of several defensin genes occurs in both infectious and inflammatory states. Gene regulation occurs via signal transduction pathways common to other innate immune responses, using transcription factors such as nuclear factor (NF)-kappa beta and NF ιnterleukιn-6. All together, these data suggest a broad-based innate host defense whereby potent antimicrobial peptides prevent colonization by pathogemc microorgamsms. In addition, the recognition of bacteria coupled with a nascent inflammatory response can bolster this defense by a coordinated up-regulation of the peptides Some peptides known to belong to the defensin family include, e.g.: Rabbit defensins and corticostatins: CS-I (NP- 3A), CS-II (NP-3B), CS-III, (MCP-1), CS-IV (MCP-2), NP-4, and NP-5; Guinea-pig neutrophil defensin (GPNP); Human neutrophil defensins 1 to 4 and intestinal defensins 5 and 6; Mouse smaU bowel cryptdins 1 to 5 and; Rat NP-1 to NP-4. AU these peptides range in length from approximately 29 to about 35 amino acids and typicaUy, at the primary amino acid sequence level, they possess invariant cysteine residues that are involved in intrachain disulfide bonding. Before the characterization of mouse intestinal defensin cDNA, expression of defensins was thought to be bmited to professional phagocytes, such as, for example, neutrophils and macrophages. The presence of high levels of cryptdin mRNA in Paneth ceUs led to the hypothesis that defensins synthesized in intestinal epithebum contribute to antimicrobial barrier function in the smaU bowel (OueUette et al, 1989a J. CeU Biol. 108:1687-1695) Isolation and characterization of six mouse cryptdin peptides, two rat cryptdin peptides and 2 human cryptdin peptides, and the demonstration of antimicrobial activity of various cryptdin peptides indicate that the cryptdin defensins have an antimicrobial role in the smaU intestine. The immunohistochemical locabzation of cryptdins to Paneth ceUs is consistent with previous in situ hybridization analysis and suggests that defensins produced by these ceUs may restrict colonization and invasion of the smaU bowel by bacteria.
LP321 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 15) is expressed in the foUowing LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Respiratory System 1/95. This LP321 expression pattern is commensurate with reports indicating that cryptdins are also found in lung marcrophages (see, e.g, Shirafuji, et al. 1999 Cbn. & Diagnos. Lab. Immun 6:336-340).
Table 6 Primate, e g , human, LP321 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 15) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 16) The ORT for LP321 is 75-338 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAA) identified in bold typeface and underlined In the event that the numbering is misidentified, one skilled in the art could still determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation) P321 DNA sequence ( 480 bp ) ( ORF = 75 -338 ) :
ATGAAGACACTAGTCCTCCTCTCTGCTCTTGTCCTGCTGGCCTTGCAGGTCCAGGCTGATCCCATTCAAGA GGCAGAGGAAGAGACTAAAACTGAGGAGCAGCCAGCAGATGAGGACCAGGATGTGTCTGTCTCCTTTGAAG GCCCAGAAGCCTCTGCTGTTCAAGATTTACGCGTAAGAAGGACCTTGCAGTGCAGTTGCAGAAGAGTCTGC AGAAATACGTGTAGCTGCATTCGGCTATCAAGGTCCACATATGCATCATAA
LP321 Full-Length Sequence (87aa) :
>LP321 (SEQ ID NO 16) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met 1 to Ala-19) A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-20 and Asp-21 indicated as follows 1 MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQA'OP 21 An alternate predicted SP cleavage site is between Gln-16 and Val 17 indicated as follows 1 MKTLVLLSALVLLALQΛVQ 18 Both mature LP321 versions are encompassed herein LP321 polypeptides encompassed herein include full length forms encoded by an ORF disclosed herein, as well as any mature forms therefrom Such a mature LP321 could be formed, for example, by aminopeptidase modification, or by the removal of a signal peptide Further as used herein, a "mature" LP encompass, e g , post-translational modifications other than proteolytic cleavages (such as, e g , by way of a non-limiting example, glycosylations, mynstylations, phosphorylations, prenylations, acylations, and sulfations) Any such variant is also encompassed by an LP of the present invention Further, an LP of the invention encompass all fragments, analogs, homologs, and derivatives of an LP described herein, thus the invention encompasses both LP precursors and any modified versions (such as, e g , by post-translational modification) of an LP encoded by an LP nucleic acid sequence described herein Moreover, it has also been shown that cryptdin precursors can be processed and activated (e g , in Paneth cells) by the metalloproteinase matπlysin (MMP-7) Moreover, paneth cells of MMP-7 null mice (MAT-/-) do not process procryptdin precursors, resulting in a lack of mature cryptdins (Wilson, et al 1999 Science 286, 113-117) Accordingly, such post- translational processing is also encompassed by use of the term a "mature" LP321 or a mature LP231 variant sequence of the invention
MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQADPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEASAVQDLRVRRTLQCSCRRVCR NTCSCIRLSRSTYAS*
An LP321 Mature Sequence (68aa) :
A predicted mature LP321 sequence is as follows: DPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEASAVQDLRVRRTLQCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS An LP321 variant Sequence ( 71aa ) :
An al ternate LP321 mature sequence is as follows :
VQADPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEASAVQDLRVRRTLQCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS
An LP321 Variant Sequence ( 87aa ) : An al ternate LP321 . The underlined portion is a predicted propeptide segment from about Met -1 to about Ser-52
( MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQADPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEAS ) . A predicted cleavage si te is between Ser- 52 and Ala-53 indicated as f ol lows : 1 MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQADPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEASΛAVQD 56 . MKTLVLLSALVLLALQVQADPIQEAEEETKTEEQPADEDQDVSVSFEGPEASAVQDLRVRRTLQCSCRRVCR NTCSCIRLSRSTYAS
An LP321 Variant Sequence ( 35aa ) :
An al ternate LP321 mature sequence with a propeptide segment removed is :
AVQDLRVRRTLQCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS An LP321 Variant Sequence ( 32aa ) :
Another alternate LP321 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the f irst cysteine shortened is : DLRVRRTLQCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS
An LP321 Variant Sequence ( 28aa ) : A further alternate LP321 mature sequence comprising an alternate N terminal portion before the f irst cysteine is : LRDLVCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS
An LP321 Variant Sequence ( 26aa ) :
Stil l another alternate LP321 mature sequence comprising an alternate N terminal portion before the f irst cysteine is : GLLCSCRRVCRNTCSCIRLSRSTYAS
An interesting segment of LP321 is the segment from about Met-1 to about Ser-52, which has been discovered to be a defensin propeptide-bke domain. Other interesting segments of LP321 are the discovered portions of LP321 from about Ser-8 to about Ala-25; from about Asp-20 to about Phe-46; from about Ala-51 to about Arg-60; from about Arg-61 to about Cys-71 ; from about Ser-8 to about Ile-22; from about Gln-23 to about Glu-38, from about Asp-41 to about Ala-53; from about Arg-61 to about Arg-72, from about Cys-71 to about Leu-80; from about Val-17 to about Glu-27; from about Ile-22 to about Pro-35; from about Pro-35 to about Val-44; from about Glu-47 to about Asp-56; from about Val-59 to about Val-70; and from about Gln-64 to about Cys-77; whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophibcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP321 are the discovered portions of LP321 from about Val-5 to about Gln-18; from about Ala-19 to about Glu-27; from about Tyr-29 to about Pro-35; from about Ser-43 to about Ala-51 ; from about Gln-64 to about Ser-81 ; and from about Ser-52 to about Arg- 61. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP321 structures (e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP321 hebx structures: from about Leu-6 to about Leu-14, from about Ile-22 to about Glu-28; and from about Ala-53 to about Leu-57. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about Glu-6 to about Gln-14; from about Glu-47 to about Glu-50; from about Cys-71 to about Cys-75; and from about Leu-53 to about Ser-57. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are from about Val-42 to about Ser-45; and from about Cys-77 to about Arg-79. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one hebx-coil- strand-coil motif of LP321 combines the hebx from about Ile-22 to about Glu-28, with the coil about Glu-6 to about Gln-14, the strand from about Val-42 to about Ser-45, and the coil from about Glu-47 to about Glu-50 to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Ile-22 to about Glu-50. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. LP321 Functions: Given the teachings suppbed herein, for example, of: an LP321 primary amino acid, LP321 higher order structures, the relationship of an LP321 amino acid sequence to higher order structural features, the comparabibty of an LP321 sequence and/or an LP321 higher order structure with a known defensin (such as, e g, members of the cryptdin protein family, such as, e g, mouse cryptdins 1-6), and the relationship of higher order structural features of a cryptdin with their known functions, it is bkely that an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 hetero-or an LP321 homomultimer, and/or an LP321 binding agent (e.g, such as an LP321 antibody (or fragment thereof)) plays a similar role/s in a variety of physiological processes. For instance, some non-hmiting examples of functions an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 hetero- or an LP321 homomultimer, or an LP321 binding agent is bkely to have and/or participate in are, for example, those such as- mucosal immunity (such as, e.g, mucosal surfaces in, e.g, epitheba in an airway, sk n, oropharynx, a gingival crevice, and an urogenital surface); host defense; anti-microbial activity against (e.g, bacteria such as, e.g. Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria, S. typhimunm, S. typhimurium, S. typhimurium phoP- mutant, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Eshenchia cob, and Listeria moncyotgenes), protists (such as, e.g, G. lambba), fungi, and viruses (such as, e.g, enveloped viruses), inhibiting the colonization of an epithebum by a pathogemc microorganism; protection of developing spermatids; regulation of ceU volume; chemotaxis; mitogenicity; inhibition of natural kiUer ceU activity; modulation of ion flow (such as, e.g, calcium, sodium, potassium, or chloride ions); modulation of an ionic flow through a membrane and/or a pore, wherein said membrane is on a epithebal ceU, modulation of an ionic flow on a membrane and/or a pore of a microbe; mediation of innate immunity; modulation of chloride ion flow; creation of an ionic pore in a membrane; create an ionic pore in a membrane, wherein said membrane is of an epithebum, wherein said epithebum is a broncho epithebum; wherein said epithebum is in a lung; creating an ionic pore in a membrane, wherein said membrane is of a microbe; mount and maintain a defense against a luminal floral pathogen such as, e.g, an enteric bacteria; prevention of sepsis; protection of stem ceU integrity; and protection of stem ceU integrity in a lumen, wherein said lumen is an intestinal lumen, wherein said lumen is a oropharyngeal lumen, or wherein said lumen is a urogenital lumen. The invention further provides a method for detecting an inflammatory pathology in a subject by determining the amount of LP321 in a biological sample from the subject and comparing that amount to an amount present in a normal subject. Such a method can be used to determine the presence of an inflammatory pathology such as an inflammatory bowel disease, pancreatitis, a maUgnant condition, an infection, or an ileititic condition. The invention also provides a method for treating an inflammatory sydrome, condition, state or disease in a subject by administering an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 pharmaceutical composition, an LP321 binding agent, or an LP321 hetero- or an LP321 homomultimer to a subject having such a condition, state or disease. The invention also provides a method for treating a biological surface with an LP321, an LP321 variant, an LP321 hetero-or an LP321 homomultimer and/or an LP321 binding agent, wherein said surface is a mucosal surface; wherein said surface an epitheba in an airway; wherein said surface is skin, wherein said surface is a surface in the oropharynx; wherein said surface is a gingival crevice; and wherein said surface is a urogenital surface. Such treatment is particularly advantageous in subjects that are immunocompromised due, such as, for example, to: malnutrition, radiation, burns, immunosuppressive infections or conditions, autoimmune disease, neonatabty, bone marrow transplantation, and/or chemotherapy. Non- bmiting examples of how an LP321 of the invention can be administered are: oraUy, by nasogastric intubation, by transabdominal catheter, intravenously, or by aerosol inhalation. When administered orally, an LP composition of the invention is preferably in a delayed release formulation designed to permit release in, e.g, the intestinum carcum, the intestinum crassum, the intestinum ileum, the intestinum jejunum, the intestinum rectum, the intestinum tenue, or the intestinum mesenteriale. An LP321 of the invention can be administered as a composition with a physiologicaUy acceptable medium, and can be administered in combination with other agents such as, for example, a cryptdin, a defensin, a thionin, or it can be administered simultaneously, or sequentiaUy with any of the former. In another embodiment, an LP321 , or an LP321 variant is administered in concert with a granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), or a G-CSF composition, (such as in the range of about 1.0 to about 10.0 ug/kg weight /day for about 1 to about 10 days in a subject, such as, e.g, an immunocompromised subject, such as, e.g, a subject who has neutropenia or a neutropenic-hke condition) Cryptdins or cryptdin-bke compositions exhibit antimicrobial activity against enteric microorganisms, which can become blood-borne pathogens if an epithebal layer is breached, for example, such as the epithebal layer in the intestines or an epithebum of the airway, such as, e.g, in the lungs (such as, e.g, the alveob or an aveolar sac). Cryptdins or a cryptdin-bke molecule can be secreted from a ceU in which it is produced (Satoh, 1988CeU Tiss Res. 251:87-93; Satoh et al. 1988Acta Histochem 83 185- 188). It should be appreciated that various modifications can be made to an LP321 amino acid sequence without diminishing the antimicrobial activity of an LP peptide of the invention. It is intended that LP peptides exhibiting such modifications (including, e.g, amino acid additions, deletions and/or substitutions) are aU within the scope of the term "LP321" and, therefore, within the scope of the invention. For example, LP321 variants, which are devoid of one or more amino acids located N-terminal to the first cysteine residue in the primary structure, are aU within the scope of the present invention. Such an LP321 analog or variant can be synthesized using art-known methods or those described or referenced herein. Further, included herein are methods of prognosing, diagnosing, and/or treating a microbial infection, condition, disease, or state such as, e.g, otitis media using an LP321, an LP321 variant, or an LP321 binding agent of the invention. Further encompassed here are methods of prognosing, diagnosing, and/or treating a microbial infection, condition, disease, or state using an LP321 or an LP321 variant of the invention in combination with a cryptdin, such as, for example, cyrptdin 1, cyrptdin 2, cyrptdin 3, cyrptdin 4, cyrptdin 5, cyrptdin 6, or any combination thereof; or with a defensin, such as, for example, HD-1, HD- 2, HD-3, HD-4, HD-5, HD-6, HNP-1 , HNP-2, HNP-3 (or any combination thereof), or a thionin; or any combination thereof.
TypicaUy, an antimicrobial activity of a cryptdin, or a cryptdin-bke peptide can be determined against various pathogens. As disclosed herein, various microorganisms can be grown to an appropriate concentration, mixed with an appropriate medium (such as, for example, an agarose-trypticase soy mediums), and contacted with an LP321 or a cryptdin, or a defensin to assess an antimicrobial activity. An antimicrobial activity is apparent, for example, from clear zones that typicaUy surround a cryptdin or cryptdin-Uke composition (e.g, such as an LP321) that is placed in an agar for a diffusion assay. CharacteristicaUy, an area of a clear zone is dependent on the concentration of the cryptdin or cryptdin-bke molecule. Anti-LP321 binding agents (e.g, such as an LP321 antibody) can be used to determine the presence of an LP321 or an LP321 variant in a biological sample such as, e.g, a histological sample, or a lavage product, blood, an exudate or another biological sample. For example, a section of a smaU intestine is fixed by art-known means and incubated with anti-LP321 antibodies such as, e.g, an IgG fraction of LP antiserum. If desired, the anti- LP321 antibody is detectably labeled or an appropriate detectable second antibody is used to identify the presence of the primary antibody attached to an LP321 or an LP321 variant. Alternative methods of determining the presence of an LP321, or an LP321 variant in a biological sample obtained, for example, by intestinal lavage or by disrupting ceUs or tissues can be useful to determine the presence of an inflammatory process such as, for example, cobtis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, pancreatitis, a mabgnancy, an infection, or an ileititic condition, etc. In an inflammatory state, or condition a concentration of an LP321, or an LP321 variant is significantly altered from a concentration found in a normal condition or state. For example, a deviation from a normal level of an LP321 or an LP321 variant by about one to about two standard deviations from an estabbshed basebne control is typicaUy indicative of an inflammatory condition and/or state. Non-limiting examples of such an inflammatory state or condition include, for example, cobtis, Crohns disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, pancreatitis, a mabgnancy, an infection, or an ileititic condition. Because of their broad range of antimicrobial activity and their abibty to function within an intestinal epithebum or lumen, an LP321, or an LP321 variant, is a therapeutic agent for an infection of, e.g, the intestine, the lung, or a biological surface, wherein said surface is a mucosal surface; wherein said surface an epithebum in an airway; wherein said surface is an epitheba surface of skin, wherein said surface is a surface in an oropharyn geal lumen; wherein said surface is a gingival crevice; or wherein said surface is a urogenital surface. In particular, an LP321, or an LP321 variant of the invention is useful where a subject is immunocompromised due, for example, to: mabgnancy, malnutrition, chemotherapy, radiation, immunosuppressive viruses, autoimmune disease, or neonatabty. In addition, an LP321, or an LP321 variant of the invention is useful in a surgical prophylaxis, for example, by functioning to help steribze the smaU bowel. Thus, an LP of the invention can be useful as a medicament for treating a subject having a pathology characterized, in part, by an inflammatory process and/or condition, e.g, such as an inflammatory process state, state or condition described herein. In another embodiment, an LP of the invention is useful in a pharmaceutical composition for a topical appbcation. In another embodiment, an LP of the invention is useful in a propeptide form. In another embodiment, an LP of the invention is useful as being sequestered in a first form (such as, e.g, a propeptide form) and a second composition (having the capacity to cleave a prosegment of an LP321 or an LP321 variant) is also sequestered (such as, e.g, a second composition bke a matrilysin, or matrilysin-bke composition) from the first form propeptide composition, wherein the second composition and the first propeptide form are brought together at a location in a subject to form an active LP321 or an active LP321 variant, for example, such as in the lung, the alveob, the intestinum carcum, the intestinum crassum, the intestinum ileum, the intestinum jejunum, the intestinum rectum, the intestinum tenue, or the intestinum messenteriale, at the site of an infection, the semineferous tublules, near a Sertob ceU, in a Paneth ceU, in the distal smaU bowel, in an airway cell, in an intestinal crypt, etc. A composition of the invention encompasses an LP of the invention that form multimeric complexes. In a particular embodiment, an LP321 or an LP321 variant forms an multimeric LP321 complex that is capable of forming a pore in a membrane, such as a bpid membrane, such as a bpid bilayer. An LP o the invention (or variant thereof), either purified from natural sources or synthetic, can be administered to a subject (in need of treatment) by various means, including oraUy, preferably in a slow-release type formulation that wiU avoid release within the stomach. Alternatively, an LP321 can be administered through nasogastric intubation, trans-abdominal catheter, by injection intravenously, or by aerosol administration. Furthermore, other LP321 variants encompassed herein are cycUc LP321 variants that are produced by bgation of two truncated LP321s or LP321 variants by adapting the method of Tang, et al. 1999 Science 286:498-502 (which is incorporated herein by reference for its techniques regarding head-to-tail bgation of truncated defensins). An LP of the invention can be administered alone or in combination with other agents (such as, e.g, a defensin or a cryptdin known in the art). An LP of the invention administered in combination can be administered simultaneously or sequentiaUy and can be repeated as necessary. LP321 Antimicrobial Assays: The antimicrobial activity of a purified LP321 or LP321 variant is tested against wUd type and phoP mutant S. typhimurium by means of a modified plate diffusion assay (Lehrer, et al. 1991b J. Immunol. Methods 137:167-173, which is incorporated herein by reference for its assay methods) using wild type S. typhimurium (ATCC 10428) or an isogenic phoP mutant of S. typhimurium (strain CS015 phoP102::Tnl0d-Cam, MiUer et al, supra, 1989). Note, the phoP locus is a two-component regulatory locus essential to S. typhimurium virulence and survival within macrophages (Fields et al. Science 243:1059-1062 (1989); Miller et al. Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5054- 5058 (1989), each of which is incorporated herein by reference). Mutants in the phoP locus are particularly sensitive to rabbit defensins NP-1 and NP-2 when compared to wild type parent strains (Fields et al, supra, 1989; Miller et al. Infect. Immun. 58:3706-3710, (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference).
CeUs are grown to log phase in trypticase soy broth at 37 °C, harvested by centrifugation and resuspended to approximately 10 milbon colony forming units (CFU) per ml in 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4). A 100 ul abquot of each organism is mixed with 10 ml 1.0% agarose in 0.03% (w/v) trypticase soy medium, 10 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.4) at 42 °C. Five ul samples of peptide solution are pipetted into 3mm diameter weUs formed in agarose with a sterile punch. After 3 hr at 37 °C, the inoculated agarose plate is overlaid with 1.0% agarose containing 6.0% trypticase soy medium. After 12-16 hr, antimicrobial activity is demonstrated by clear zones surrounding weUs loaded with antibacterial samples; the areas of the clear zones are typicaUy concentration-dependent.
A cryptdin or cryptdin-bke composition's antimicrobial activity in vitro is substantiaUy enhanced in piperazine-N, N'-bis (2-ethane 5-sulfonic acid) (PIPES) or in N-2- hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES) as compared to its activity in sodium phosphate. Purified LP peptides of the invention are dissolved at various concentrations (such as, e.g, from about 0.1 to about 300 ug/ml) in 0.01% acetic acid and activity is examined against E. cob ML35 (ATCC). In a radial diffusion assay, 5 ul of peptide solution is transferred into weUs formed in plates of 1% agarose buffered with 10 mM PIPES (pH 7.4) and containing 1 x 106 log-phase bacteria grown in trypticase soy broth. After 3 hr at 37 °C, the plates are overlaid with 0.8% agarose containing 2x trypticase soy broth and incubated overnight.
Antibacterial activities of LP peptides are compared with, e.g, antibacterial activities of rabbit neutrophil defensin NP-1, which is purified from peritoneal exudates as described by Selsted, et al 1985 J. Biol. Chem. 260:4579-4584 (incorporated herein by reference for such assay teachings) or with a known cryptdin sequence. Antibacterial activity is determined by measuring the diameter of clearing around each weU and plotted as a function of peptide concentration. Positive results wiU typicaUy produce a dose-dependent zone of clearing that demonstrates an inhibition of microbial growth. Potencies of an LP321 or an LP321 variant may vary depending on dosage and modification. For instance, an LP321 or LP321 variant may be more active than rabbit NP-1 at a concentration above 100 ug/ml or more active than NP-1 when compared at 100 ug/ml and 300 ug/ml. Higher concentrations may be more effective than the same concentration of NP-1 at inhibiting the growth of S. aureus and of wild type and mutant strains of S. typhimurium. An inhibition of S. aureus is interpreted as indicating that an LP321 or LP321 variant peptide inhibits bacterial growth.
To determine if an effect of an LP321 or an LP321 variant peptide against E. cob is bacteriostatic or bacteriocidal, bacterial kilbng is quantitated as a function of time. Bactericidal assays are performed by incubating approximately 1-2 x 106 log-phase bacteria in 10 mM PIPES contaimng from about .1 to about 10 ug peptide/ml. After incubation for 15 or 30 min at 37 °C, ahquots are removed, senaUy diluted, and plated on trypticase soy agar. Bactericidal activity is quantitated by counting colonies after overnight incubation at 37 °C.
The bactericidal activity of, e.g, cryptdin 1 can be compared with an LP321 or LP321 variant peptide of the invention to compare microbial activity. Briefly, E. cob ML35 ceUs, S. aureus 502A ceUs or mutant or wild type S. typhimurium ceUs are incubated with various concentrations of rat cryptdin 1 or rabbit NP-1. Ten ug/ml rat cryptdin 1 has been reported to kiU about 90% of the S. aureus ceUs and greater than 99% of the E. cob and mutant S. typhimurium ceUs, but is relatively ineffective in kilbng wild type S. typhimurium Rat cryptdin 1 has been reported to be more effective than NP-1 in kilbng E. cob and mutant S. typhimurium ceUs, whereas NP-1 has been reported to be more effective in kilbng S. aureus. Such results can be compared to an LP321 or an LP321 variant of the invention to assess the relative microbiocidal strength of an LP composition described herein.
The effect of mouse cryptdins 1-3 and 6 at inhibiting the growth of the protozoan, Giardia lambba (which is the most common cause of protozoan disease in the human smaU intestine) can also be examined in comparison with an LP321 or an LP321 variant. Briefly, trophozoites of the C6 clone of Giardia lambba WB (ATCC 30957) are grown to late log phase in TYI-S-33 medium contaimng bovine bile. Free-swimming trophozoites are discarded and tubes with attached trophozoites are refiUed with warm Dulbecco's PBS. Trophozoites are detached by chilbng 10 min on ice, then harvested by centrifugation, resuspended at 2 x 107/ml in 25 mM HEPES (pH 7.5) contaimng 9.0% (isotonic) sucrose and incubated for 2 hr at 37 °C with various concentrations of, e.g, mouse cryptdins 1-3 or 6 and an LP peptide. FoUowing incubation, trophozoite viabibty is determined and compared (depending on treatment) by trypan blue exclusion to determine how an LP321 or LP321 variant peptide or mouse cryptdins 1 -3 or 6 klU Giardia trophozoites in a dose-dependent manner (e.g, it has been reported that 20 ug/ml of cryptdin 2 or cryptdin 3 reduces Giardia growth by greater than 2 orders of magnitude thus, indicating that such cryptdins are active against a variety of microorganisms see, WO 96/16075 for cryptdin assay methods (WO96/16075 is incorporated herein by reference for such assay methods).
Other assays for microbiαdal activities can also be employed to test an LP321 or an LP321 variant of the invention Such assays are commonly art known, and could be adapted for use to test an LP321, an LP321 variant or an LP321 binding agent without undue experimentation, (see, e.g, Selsted, M. E. (1993) in Investigational Approaches for Studying the Structures and Biological Functions of Myeloid Antimicrobial Peptides, ed. Setiow, J. K. (Plenum, New York), Vol. 15, pp. 131—147; which is incorporated herein for such method techniques). For example, the assay teachings of OueUette, et al 1994 Infect. Immun. 62, 5040-5047; Selsted, et al. 1992 J. CeU Biol. 118, 929-936; Eisenhauer, et al. 1992 Infect. Immun. 60, 3556-3565; and Ayabe, et al 2000 Nature Immunology 1:113-118 are aU incorporated herein by reference for their assay teachings. To investigate the abibty of an LP321 or an LP321 variant of the invention to create an ionic current in a ceU or a membrane, such as, e.g, a ceU membrane, experiments are carried out based on the methods of Lencer, et al. 1997 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA Vol. 94:8585-8589, which is incorporated herein by reference for these assay teachings. Briefly, human intestinal T84 ceUs obtained from the American Type Culture CoUection are cultured and passaged as described by
Dharmsathaphorn & Madara 1990 Methods Enzymol. 192:354—359, which is incoφorated herein by reference for these assay teachings. When grown on permeable supports, T84 ceUs form confluent monolayers of columnar epitheba that display polarized apical and basolateral membranes, high transepithebal resistances, and a regulated C12 secretory pathway analogous to that found in native crypt epithebum (Dharmsathaphorn & Madara 1990 Methods Enzymol. 192:354—359). C12 secretion is assessed as a short circuit current (Isc) using standard electrophysiologic techniques (Lencer, et al. 1992 J. CeU Biol. 117, 1197-1209, which is incorporated herein by reference for these method teachings). cAMP and cGMP are assessed in ethanol extracts of T84 ceU monolayers by radioimmune assay kit (NEN) Hanks' balanced salt solution (HBSS; containing 1.67 mM CaC12 0.8 mM MgSO4 5 mM KC1 0.45 mM KH2P04 137 mM NaCl 0.33 mM Na2HP04 5 mM glucose 10 mM Hepes, pH 7.4) is used for aU assays unless otherwise stated. Abbreviations: HBSS, Hanks' balanced salt solution; Isc, short circuit current; BCECF-acid, 29,79-bιs-(2-carboxyethyl)-5-(and-6)- carboxy-fluorescein.
Peptide Purification and Synthesis. To compare a cryptdin with an LP321 or an LP321 variant of the invention one can use any standard recombinant method employing a pubbshed cryptdin sequence to generate a cryptdin peptide of interest, or one can use a low molecular weight peptide fraction (P-60 cryptdin fraction; from which aU known cryptdins to date have been purified) to purify a cryptdin of interest. Briefly, the peptide fraction is prepared by Biogel P-60 gel chromatography of an acid extract homogenate of adult outbred Swiss Webster mouse smaU intestine using a method of Selsted, et al 1992 J. CeU Biol. 118, 929—936, which is incorporated herein by reference for these assay method teachings. Further purification by reversed-phase HPLC yields a cryptdin-enriched pool (HPLC cryptdin pool) that contains mouse cryptdins 1—6 as weU as a number of other non-cryptdin proteins. From this fraction, mouse cryptdins 1—6 are purified to homogeneity by HPLC using the methods of Selsted, supra; or OueUette, et al. 1992 FEBS Lett. 304, 146-148 (which is incoφorated herein by reference for these assay method teachings). Some studies can also be carried out using synthetic, folded, and oxidized cryptdin 3, prepared as described for cryptdin 1 (Selsted, et al 1992 J. CeU Biol. 118, 929-936) Synthetic and natural cryptdin 3 peptides have been shown to have identical physicochemical and antimicrobial characteristics (see, Selsted, M. E. (1993) in Investigational Approaches for Studying the Structures and Biological Functions of Myeloid Antimicrobial Peptides, ed. Setiow, J. K. (Plenum, New York), Vol. 15, pp. 131-147).
Induced Pore Formation. Nonpolarized T84 ceUs (grown on glass coversbps) or polarized monolayers (grown on filter supports) are incubated at 37°C for 30 min in HBSS containing the membrane impermeant fluorophore 29,79-bιs-(2-carboxyethyl)-5-(and-6)- carboxyfluorescein (BCECF-acid, 0.1 uM) with or without the addition of an LP321, LP321 variant, or a cryptdin of interest (10-600 ug/ml). At the end of the exposure, coversbps or monolayers on their filter supports are washed in fresh HBSS contaimng 0.1 uM BCECF at 37°C to remove the peptide. After an additional 10 min, coversbps or monolayers are washed again in fresh HBSS and examined by epifluorescence (490 nM excitation, 520 emission) and bright field microscopy using Nomarski optics for the presence of the fluorophore outside of the ceUs of interest.
To obtain direct evidence that an LP321 -induced response in T84 ceUs is due to the formation of cryptdin-bke-based channels in a membrane, the effect of an LP321 or an LP321 variant on the permeability of T84 ceU plasma membranes to the impermeant fluorophore BCECF-acid (450 Da) is examined as described in Lencer, et al. 1997. For purposes of comparison, it has been shown that cryptdin 3 markedly increases membrane permeabibty of nonpolarized T84 ceUs to this organic acid. FEATURES OF LP NO: 8 (LP317) LP317 is a novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 18) that exhibits similarity to a defensin family of proteins. SpecificaUy, LP317 is a novel member of the gamma-thionin family of proteins. These defensins exhibit remarkable structural sir laπty to scoφion neurotoxins and insect defensins, which are generaUy recognized a having antibiotic, antifungal, antitumor, antineoplastic and antiviral activities. AdditionaUy, gamma- thiomns have been recendy shown to rapidly and reversibly inhibit I(Na) without changing the kinetics or voltage dependence of activation or lnactivation (Kushme ck, et al. 1998 FEBS Lett 440(3):302-306). Accordingly, an LP317, or an LP317 variant can function as a new class of sodium channel blockers. Furthermore, LP317 shares sequence similarity with amylase inhibitors Elevation of serum amylase is associated with lung cancer (Grove, A. 1994 APMIS 102(2):135-44), myeloma (Fuju, et al. 1991 Arch Pathol Lab Med 115(9):952- 956), and pancreatitis (Vissers, et al. 1999 J Emerg Med 17(6):1027-1037). Amylase also plays a role in dental plaque and caries formation (Scannapieco, et al.1993 Crit Rev Oral Biol Med 4(3-4) :301-307). Accordingly, compositions comprising LP317 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of cancer, pancreatitis, and tooth decay. LP317 is also expressed in prostate stroma. Accordingly, compositions comprising LP317 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to prostate. Defensins are a family of structuraUy related cysteine- nch peptides active against many Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria, fungi, and viruses (see, e.g, Lehrer, et al. CeU 64:229-230; Kagan, et al. 1994 Toxicology 87-131-149; Lehrer, et al. 1993 Annu. Rev. Immunol. 11:105-128, and White, et al. 1995 Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:521-527). Some defensins are also caUed corticostatins (CS) because they inhibit corticotropin-stimulated corticosteroid production. Defensins can kύl ceUs by forming voltage -regulated multimeric channels in the membrane of the susceptible ceU. Defensins play a significant role in innate immunity to infection and neoplasia. Antimicrobial peptides are a prevalent mechanism of host defense found throughout nature (Kaiser & Diamond 2000 J Leukoc Biol 6:779-84). In mammals, defensins are among the most abundant of these broad-spectrum antibiotics, and are expressed in epithebal and hematopoietic ceUs. The defensin peptides are especiaUy abundant in neutrophils; however, gene expression is limited to the promyelocyte stage. In epithebal ceUs, defensin genes are found as both constitutively expressed and inducible. Induction has been observed in vitro by stimulation with bacterial bpopolysaccharide as weU as inflammatory mediators. In vivo, up-regulation of several defensin genes occurs in both infectious and inflammatory states. Gene regulation occurs via signal transduction pathways common to other innate immune responses, using transcription factors such as nuclear factor (NF)-kappa beta and NF interleukin-6. Together, the data suggest a broad-based innate host defense whereby potent antimicrobial peptides are present to prevent initial colonization by pathogenic microorganisms. In addition, the recognition of bacteria coupled with a nascent inflammatory response can bolster this defense by a coordinated up-regulation of the peptides. Some peptides known to belong to the defensin family include, e.g.: Rabbit defensins and corticostatins: CS-I (NP-3A), CS-II (NP-3B), CS-III, (MCP-1), CS-IV (MCP- 2), NP-4, and NP-5; Guinea-pig neutrophil defensin (GPNP); Human neutrophil defensins 1 to 4 and intestinal defensins 5 and 6; Mouse smaU bowel cryptdins 1 to 5 and; Rat NP-1 to
NP-4. AU these peptides range in length from approximately 29 to about 35 amino acids and typicaUy, at the primary amino acid sequence level, they possess invariant cysteine residues that are involved in intrachain disulfide bonding.
Before the characterization of mouse intestinal defensin cDNA, expression of defensins was thought to be bmited to professional phagocytes, such as, for example, neutrophils and macrophages. The presence of high levels of cryptdin mRNA in Paneth ceUs led to the hypothesis that defensins synthesized in intestinal epithebum contribute to antimicrobial barrier function in the smaU bowel (OueUette et al, 1989a J. CeU Biol. 108:1687-1695). Isolation and characterization of six mouse cryptdin peptides, two rat cryptdin peptides and 2 human cryptdin peptides, and the demonstration of antimicrobial activity of various cryptdin peptides indicates that the cryptdins have an antimicrobial role in the smaU intestine. The immunohistochemical locabzation of cryptdin(s) to Paneth ceUs is consistent with previous in situ hybridization analysis and suggests that defensins produced by these ceUs may contribute to restricting the colonization and invasion of the smaU bowel by bacteria
LP317 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO 17) is only found in a human brain and prostate stroma of a LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA bbrary Table 7 Primate, e , human, LP317 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 17) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 18) The ORF for LP317 is 97-345 bp with the start (AI G) and stop codons (TAA) identified in bold typeface and underlined In the event that the numbering is misidentified, one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation P317 DNA sequence; (540 bp) (ORF = 97-345) :
LP317 (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) .
ATGGAGCTCATCAAGTCCAGGGCGACCGTGTGCGCGCTCCTCCTGGCGCTGCTCCTGCTCTCGCACTACGA CGGCGGGACGACGACGACGATGGTGGCGGAGGCCCGGGTGTGCATGGGCAAGAGCCAGCACCACTCGTTCC CCTGCATCTCCGACCGCCTCTGCAGCAACGAGTGCGTCAAGGAGGACGGCGGGTGGACCGCCGGCTACTGC CACCTCCGCTACTGCAGGTGCCAGAAGGCGTGCTAA P317 Full-Length Sequence (82aa) • (SEQ ID NO 18) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met 1 to Gly 25) A predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-25 and Gly-26 indicated as follows 1 MELIKSRATVCALLLALLLLSHYDGΛGT 27 LP317 polypeptides encompassed herein include full-length forms encoded by an ORF disclosed herein, as well as any mature forms therefrom Such a mature LP317 could be formed, for example, by the removal of a signal peptide or an aminopeptidase modification Further as used herein, a "mature" LP encompass, e g , post-translational modifications other than proteolytic cleavages (such as, e g , by way of a non-limiting example, glycosylations, mynstylations, phosphorylations, prenylations, acylations, and sulfations) All such variants are also encompassed by an LP of the present invention Further, an LP of the invention encompass all fragments, analogs, homologs, and derivatives of an LP descnbed herein, thus the invention encompasses both LP precursors and any modified versions (such as, e g , by post-translational modification) of an LP encoded by an LP nucleic acid sequence described herein
METJKSRATVCALLI^LLLLSHYDGGTTTTMVAEARVCMGKSOHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVK EDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Mature Sequence (57aa) .
A predicted mature LP317 sequence is as follows: GTTTT VAEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGG TAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (47aa) :
An alternate LP317 mature.
RVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (56aa) : An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened. TTTTMVAEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGG TAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (55aa) :
An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened
TTTMVAEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (53aa) :
An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened TMVAEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGG TAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (52aa):
An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened. VAEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (51aa) :
An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened.
VAEARVC GKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC An LP317 Variant Sequence (50aa) :
An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened.
AEARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (49aa) : An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened. EARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGG TAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
An LP317 Variant Sequence (48aa) :
An alternate LP317 mature sequence with the N terminal portion before the first cysteine shortened.
ARVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC
Interesting segments of LP317 are the segments from about Arg-36 to about Cys-82 (RVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRCQKAC), and from about Arg-36 to about Cys-59 ( RVCMGKSQHHSFPCISDRLCSNEC ) , which have been discovered to exhibit gamma-thionin-bke domain signatures. Other interesting segments of LP317 are the segments from about Val-37 to about Asp-52 (VC GKSQHHSFPCISD), and from about Gly-69 to about Cys-82 (GYCHLRYCRCQKAC) , which have been discovered to exhibit a purothionin- bke signature. Gamma-purothionin inhibits protein translation in ceU-free systems. A further interesting segment of LP317 is the segment from about Cys-49 to about Cys-78 (CISDRLCSNECVKEDGGWTAGYCHLRYCRC), which has been discovered to exhibit a scorpion- short-toxin-bke signature. Other interesting segments of LP317 are discovered fragments are the discovered portions of LP317 from about Ser-6 to about Ala-16; from about Leu-13 to about Tyr-23; from about Cys-38 to about Cys-49; from about Ser-56 to about Thr-67; from about Gly-65 to about Tyr-75; from about Cys-38 to about Cys-49, from about Asp-63 to about Cys-71; from about Cys-11 to about Ser-21, from about His-22 to about Val-32; from about Met-31 to about Gly-40; from about Val-37 to about Ser-46, from about Pro-49 to about Val-71, from about Leu-54 to about Thr-67; and from about Val-60 to about Cys-71; whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophibcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP317 are the discovered portions of LP317 from about Ala-8 to Tyr-23; from about Asp-24 to about Glu-34; from about Arg-36 to about Lys-41; from about Pro-48 to about Cys-59; from about Cys-59 to about Gly-69; and from about Ser-70 to about Arg-80. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP317 structures (e.g, such as a hebx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered is the foUowing LP317 hebx structure: from about Thr-9 to about Leu-17. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are from about His-22 to about Thr-27; from about Gly-40 to about Ile-50; from about Ser-51 to about Gly-69; and from about Gln-79 to about Cys-82. A particularly interesting discovered strand structure is from about Thr-30 to about Val-32 (TMV). Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil-coil motif of LP317 combines the coil from about His-22 to about Thr-27, the strand from about Thr-30 to about Val-32, the coil from about Gly-40 to about Ile-50, and the coil from about Ser-51 to about Gly-69 to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about His-22 to about to about Gly-69. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
The use of the term LP peptide herein encompasses cationic peptide LP variants which, as defined herein, refer to an LP peptide of the invention with a net positive charge within the pH range of from about pH4.0 to about pHlO.O, including pH values of: 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.5, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.7, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.9, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.0, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, and 10.4. A cationic LP peptide variant is at least five contiguous amino acids in length of an LP peptide described herein, and has at least one basic amino acid (e.g, arginine, lysine, histidine). A cationic LP peptide variant typicaUy does not have more than about 25, about 27, about 30, about 35, about 40, about 45, about 50, about 55 or about 60 amino acids, and typicaUy has about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, amino acid residues; more preferably at least about: 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, or 29 amino acid residues, favorably at least about: 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, or 39 amino acid residues, more preferably, at least about: 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, or 49 amino acid residues; desirably at least about: 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
56, 57, 58, or 59 nucleotides, particularly at least about 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, or 69 amino acid residues; more particularly at least about 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, or 79; predominandy at least about 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, or 89; and even more favorably at least about 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or 100 amino acid residues.
Similar cationic-bke peptide examples include, for instanced, vertebrate defensins, such as human neutrophil defensins [HNP 1-4], paneth ceU defensins of mouse and human smaU intestine (Oulette and Selsted, FASEB J. 10:1280, 1996; Porter et al. Infect. Immun. 65:2396, 1997), vertebrate defensins, such as HBD-1 of human epithebal ceUs (Zhao et al, FEBS Lett. 368:331, 1995), HBD-2 of inflamed human skin (Harder et al. Nature 387:861, 1997), bovine [defensins] (RusseU et al. Infect. Immun. 64:1565, 1996), plant defensins, such as Rs-AFP 1 of radish seeds (Fehlbaum et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:33159, 1994), alpha- and beta-thionins (Stuart et al. Cereal Chem. 19:288, 1942; Bohlmann and Apel, Annu. Rev.
Physiol. Plant Mol. Biol. 42:227, 1991), and gamma-thionins (Broekaert et al. Plant Physiol. 108:1353, 1995). Yet another type of LP cationic peptide variant encompassed by the term LP peptide is a cationic peptide that has been conjugated with a bioactive agent, such as a one described herein. Additional cationic peptide variants encompassed by the term LP peptides are peptides that have one or more amino acids altered to a corresponding D-amino acid. For example, the N-terminal and/or C-terminal amino acid can be a D-amino acid. Certain cationic peptide variants are acetylated at the N-terminal amino acid, and/or amidated (or esterified) at the C-terminal amino acid. Moreover, a cationic peptide variant encompassed by the invention can be modified by incorporation of homoserine/homoserine lactone at the C-terminal amino acid. TypicaUy, an LP cationic peptide variant encompassed herein exhibits at least 50%, and preferably, greater than 60, 70, 80, 85, 87, or 90% of an activity of a corresponding naturaUy occurring LP peptide of the invention as determined by any art known assay or an assay described or referenced herein. The antibiotic activity of such LP analogs or variants can be determined using any art known method, such as an assay described herein. As an iUustration, an in vivo assay to measure anti-microbial activity is used as described herein. An in vivo assay can also be used to evaluate the activity of a cationic peptide analog or variant for treatment of tumors. Alternatively, in vitro assays can provide a simple test for anti-nepotistic LP analogs or anti-nepotistic variant LP peptides, such as the methylthiazoltetrazobum (MTT) or the lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) assay. The MTT assay is a tetrazobum dye colormetric assay that measures ceU viabibty, while the LDH assay measures ceU cytotoxicity.
LP317 Functions: Given the teachings suppbed herein, for example, of: LP317 primary amino acid, LP317 higher order structures, the relationship of LP317 amino acid sequence to higher order structural features of thiomns and short scorpion toxins, the comparabihty of LP317 sequence and/or LP317 higher order structure with known thiomns and short scorpion toxins, and the relationship of higher order structural features of such proteins with their known functions, it is bkely that an LP317, an LP317 variant, and/or an LP317 binding agent (e.g, such as an LP317 antibody (or fragment thereof)) plays a similar role/s in a variety of physiological processes. Some non-bmiting examples of functions an LP317, an LP317 variant, an LP317 hetero- or an LP317 homomultimer, or an LP317 binding agent or LP binding compound is bkely to participate in are, for example, those such as: mucosal immunity (such as, e.g, mucosal surfaces in, e.g, epitheba in the airway, skin, oropharynx, gingival crevice, and urogemtal); host defense; anti-microbial activity (such as, e.g, against bacteria; (such as, e.g. Gram-positive, Gram-negative, S. typhimurim, S. typhimurium, S. typhimurium phoP- mutant, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Eshenchia cob, and Listeria moncyotgenes) protists (such as, e.g, G. lambba); fungi; and viruses (such as, e.g, enveloped viruses); inhibiting the colonization of an epithebum by a pathogemc microorgamsm; protection of developing spermatids; regulation of ceU volume; an anti-neoplastic agent; anti-tumorogenic effect; chemotaxis; mitogenicity, inhibition of natural kiUer ceU activity; modulation of ion flow (such as, e.g, calcium, sodium, potassium, or chloride ions); modulation of an ionic flow through a membrane, wherein said mediation of innate immunity; modulate chloride ion flow; create an ionic pore in a membrane, creating an lomc pore in a membrane, wherein said membrane is in an epithebum, wherein said epithebum is a broncho epithebum; wherein said epithebum is in a lung; creating an ionic pore in a membrane, wherein said membrane is in a microbe, mounting and maintaining defense against a luminal floral pathogen such as, e.g , enteric bacteria; prevention of sepsis, protection of stem ceU integrity; protection of stem ceU integrity in a lumen, wherein said lumen is an intestinal lumen, wherein said lumen is a oropharyngeal lumen, or wherein said lumen is a urogemtal lumen.
LP Antimicrobial Assays: The antimicrobial activity of an isolated or recombinant LP317 or LP variant of the invention is tested against wild type and phoP mutant S. typhimurium by means of a modified plate diffusion assay (Lehrer, et al. 1991b J. Immunol. Methods 137:167-173, which is incorporated herein by reference for these assay methods) using wild type S. typhimurium (ATCC 10428) or an lsogenic phoP mutant of S. typhimurium (strain CS015 phoP102::Tnl0d-Cam, MiUer et al, supra, 1989). The phoP locus is a two-component regulatory locus essential to S. typhimurium virulence and survival within macrophages (Fields et al. Science 243:1059-1062 (1989); Miller et al. Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5054-5058 (1989), each of which is incorporated herein by reference). Other assays for microbicidal activities could also be employed to test an LP of the invention, such assays are commonly used (see, e.g, Selsted, M. E. (1993) in Investigational Approaches for Studying the Structures and Biological Functions of Myeloid Antimicrobial Peptides, ed. Setiow, J. K. (Plenum, New York), Vol. 15, pp. 131-147; which is incorporated herein for such method techniques), art known, and could be adapted for use to test for example an LP317, LP317 variants or LP317 binding agents without undue experimentation. For example, the assay teachings of OueUette, et al 1994 Infect. Immun. 62, 5040-5047; Selsted, et al. 1992 J . CeU Biol. 118, 929-936; Eisenhauer, et al. 1992 Infect. Immun. 60,
3556-3565; and Ayabe, et al. 2000 Nature Immunology 1:113-118 are incorporated herein by reference for their assay teachings.
Ionic Permeabibzation Assays: To investigate the abibty of an LP317 or an LP317 variant of the invention to create ionic currents in ceUs, experiments are carried out based on the methods of Lencer, et al. 1997 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA Vol. 94:8585-8589, which is incorporated herein by reference for these assay teachings. FEATURES OF LP NO: 9 (LP283, LP344, LP345, & LP346)
LP283 and its spbce variants (LP344, LP345, & LP346) are novel primate (e.g, human) polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 20, 21, 22, & 23) members of the epidermal growth factor (EGF) superfamily. The EGF superfamily comprises a diverse group of proteins that function as secreted signabng molecules, growth factors, and components of the extraceUular matrix involved in, for example, ceU-ceU, and/or ceU-matrix adhesion. Many members of this group play a role in vertebrate development, such as for example in the development, estabbshment, remodebng, and/or maintenance of various organ or organ systems, such as, e.g, the nervous system, the reproductive system, the urogenital system, etc.
LP283 exhibits a unique domain architecture having an N-terminal signal peptide sequence, a series of tandem-bke EGF-bke repeats (approximately nine) and a C-terminal CUB-bke domain. The CUB domain (Complement subcomponents Clr/Cls, Uegf, Bmpl; see, Bork & Beckman 1993 J. Mol. Biol. 231:539-45) is a domain spanning approximately 100-110 amino acid residues, which were first reported in the complement subcomponents Clr/Cls, epidermal-growth-factor-related sea urchin protein and bone morphogenetic protein 1. CUB domains are involved in protein-protein and glycosaminoglycan interactions. A number of proteins have been identified that contain both EGF and CUB domains, including Drosophila tolloid, the mammaban toUoid-related genes BMP1 and mTll,fώropellin I and III from sea urchin, and the serum glycoprotein attractin. Each of these proteins is impbcated in the regulation of extraceUular processes such as communication, adhesion, and guidance. Based on sequence and domain architecture similarity between LP283 and such proteins it is bkely that LP283 or an LP283 variant (or a fragment thereof) wiU also function in such a role/s. More specificaUy, the domain architecture and sequence of LP283 shows similarity at the amino acid sequence level to a mammaban gene family that is defined by two proteins designated SCUBE1 and SCUBE2 (signal peptide-CUB domain-EGF-related 1, and 2; see, Grimmond, et al. 2000 Genomics 70:74-81; Grimmond, et al. 2001 Mech Dev 102:209-211) and to the fibropeUins (Bisgrove, et al. 1995 J. Mol. Evol 41:34-45).
Other proteins similar to LP283 are the fibropeUins. These are secreted glycoproteins that form physical associations to provide a protein substratum of the apical lamina, a component of the hyabne layer that surrounds sea urchin embryos (DelgadiUo-Reynoso et al. 1989 J. Mol. Evol. 29:314-327; Burke, et al. 1998 CeU Adhes Commun 5:97-108). Expression studies suggest that the fibropeUins function during developmental periods when the organization of the sea urchin embryo is changing rapidly due to mesenchymal ceU ingression, gastrulation, and larval morphogenesis, aU of which are processes that are bebeved to involve the interaction of migrating ceUs and ECM components (Bisgrove and Raff 1993 Dev Biol 157:526-538). Thus, fibropeUins function by mediating ceU movements. Both EGF and CUB domains are impbcated in the physical association of the fibropeUins with ECM proteins. Given the relationship of LP283 sequence and the LP283 domain architecture to proteins such as SCUBE and fibropelbn, it is bkely that, among other things, LP283, LP283 variants, or LP283 fragments wiU play a role in the development of vertebrate organs or organ systems, such as, for example, the central nervous system, the reproductive system, the urogenital system, and/or the development of the bmbs.
LP283 nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 19) is expressed in the foUowing LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA bbraries: Embryonic Structures 1/23; Endocrine System 3/63; Genitaba, Female 2/113; Hemic and Immune System 3/166; Musculoskeletal System 1/50; Nervous System 4/221; Sense Organs 1 /10; and Urinary Tract 2/66. Sequence encoding LP283 and its spbce variants (LP344, LP345, & LP346) has been locabzed to human chromosome region 6p21.1-21.33. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: psoriasis (Balendran, et al. 1999 J Invest Dermatol 113(3):322- 328), autosomal recessive polycystic kidney disease (Besbas, et al, 1998 Turk J Pediatr 40(2)-245-7, and Mucher, et al, 1998 Genomics 48(l):40-45), autosomal recessive retinitis pigmentosa (Banerjee, et al, 1998 Genomics 48(2):171-177), Hamartoma of he breast (Dal Cin, et al, 1997 Genes Chromosomes Cancer (l):90-92), juvenile myoclonic epilepsy (Liu, et al, 1995 Am J Hum Genet 57(2):368-381), and hypotnchosis simplex of the scalp (Betz, et al, 2000 Am J Hum Genet 66(6):1979-1983) Accordingly, isolated and/or recombinant LP283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 (or a fragment thereof) meets the statutory utibty requirement of 35 U.S.C. §101 since LP283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 nucleic acid sequence (or portions thereof) can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serves as a useful new marker for such a disease gene. Accordingly, LP283, LP283 variants (e.g, LP344, LP345, & LP346) or fragments thereof have both specific and general utibty. Compositions comprising P283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 polypeptides or polynucleotides, (fragments thereof), P283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g, P283, LP344, LP345, & LP346 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, and/or prognosis, of such a disease, condition, syndrome, or state.
Table 8 Primate, e g , human, LP283 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 19) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO 20) The ORF for LP283 is 100-3,129 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAA) identified in bold typeface and underlined In the event that the numbering is misidentified, one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation)
LP283 DNA sequence (3,183 bp) (ORF = 100-3,129):
ATGGGCTCGGGGCGCGTACCCGGGCTCTGCCTGCTTGTCCTGCTGGTCCACGCCCGCGCCGCCCAGTACAG CAAAGCCGCGCAAGATGTGGATGAGTGTGTGGAGGGGACTGACAACTGCCACATCGATGCTATCTGCCAGA ACACCCCGAGGTCATACAAGTGCATCTGCAAGTCTGGCTACACAGGGGACGGCAAACACTGCAAAGACGTG GATGAGTGCGAGCGAGAGGATAATGCAGGTTGTGTGCATGACTGTGTCAACATCCCTGGCAATTACCGGTG TACCTGCTATGATGGATTCCACCTGGCACATGACGGACACAACTGTCTGGATGTGGACGAGTGTGCCGAGG GCAACGGCGGCTGTCAGCAGAGCTGTGTCAACATGATGGGCAGCTATGAGTGCCACTGCCGGGAAGGCTTC TTCCTCAGCGACAACCAGCATACCTGTATCCAGCGGCCAGAAGAAGGAATGAATTGCATGAACAAGAACCA CGGCTGTGCCCACATTTGCCGGGAGACACCCAAGGGGGGTATTGCCTGTGAATGCCGTCCTGGCTTTGAGC TTACCAAGAACCAACGGGACTGTAAATTGACATGCAACTATGGTAACGGCGGCTGCCAGCACACGTGTGAT GACACAGAGCAGGGTCCCCGGTGCGGCTGCCATATCAAGTTTGTGCTCCATACCGACGGGAAGACATGCAT CGGGGAAAGGCGGCTAGAGCAGCACATCCCCACTCAAGCCGTTTCTAATGAGACCTGTGCTGTCAACAACG GGGGCTGTGACAGTAAGTGCCATGATGCAGCGACTGGTGTCCACTGCACCTGCCCTGTGGGCTTCATGCTG CAGCCAGACAGGAAGACGTGCAAAGATATAGATGAGTGCCGCTTAAACAACGGGGGCTGTGACCATATTTG CCGCAACACAGTGGGCAGCTTCGAATGCAGTTGCAAGAAAGGCTATAAGCTTCTCATCAATGAGAGGAACT GCCAGGATATAGACGAGTGTTCCTTTGATCGAACCTGTGACCACATATGTGTCAACACACCAGGAAGCTTC CAGTGTCTCTGCCATCGTGGCTACCTGTTGTATGGTATCACCCACTGTGGGGATGTGGATGAATGCAGCAT CAACCGGGGAGGTTGCCGCTTTGGCTGCATCAACACTCCTGGCAGCTACCAGTGTACCTGCCCAGCAGGCC AGGGTCGGCTGCACTGGAATGGCAAAGATTGCACAGAGCCACTGAAGTGTCAGGGCAGTCCTGGGGCCTCG AAAGCCATGCTCAGCTGCAACCGGTCTGGCAAGAAGGACACCTGTGCCCTGACCTGTCCCTCCAGGGCCCG ATTTTTGCCAGAGTCTGAGAATGGCTTCACGGTGAGCTGTGGGACCCCCAGCCCCAGGGCTGCTCCAGCCC GAGCTGGCCACAATGGGAACAGCACCAACTCCAACCACTGCCATGAGGCTGCAGTGCTGTCCATTAAACAA CGGGCCTCCTTCAAGATCAAGGATGCCAAATGCCGTTTGCACCTGCGAAACAAAGGCAAAACAGAGGAGGC TGGCAGAATCACAGGGCCAGGTGGTGCCCCCTGCTCTGAATGCCAGGTCACCTTCATCCACCTTAAGTGTG ACTCCTCTCGGAAGGGCAAGGGCCGACGGGCCCGGACCCCTCCAGGCAAAGAGGTCACAAGGCTCACCCTG GAACTGGAGGCAGAGGTCAGAGCCGAAGAAACCACAGCCAGCTGTGGGCTGCCCTGCCTCCGACAGCGAAT GGAACGGCGGCTGAAAGGATCCCTGAAGATGCTCAGAAAGTCCATCAACCAGGACCGCTTCCTGCTGCGCC TGGCAGGCCTTGATTATGAGCTGGCCCACAAGCCGGGCCTGGTAGCCGGGGAGCGAGCAGAGCCGATGGAG TCCTGTAGGCCCGGGCAGCACCGTGCTGGGACCAAGTGTGTCAGCTGCCCGCAGGGAACGTATTACCACGG CCAGACGGAGCAGTGTGTGCCATGCCCAGCGGGCACCTTCCAGGAGAGAGAAGGGCAGCTCTCCTGCGACC TTTGCCCTGGGAGTGATGCCCACGGGCCTCTTGGAGCCACCAACGTCACCACGTGTGCAGGTCAGTGCCCA CCTGGCCAACACTCTGTAGATGGGTTCAAGCCCTGTCAGCCATGCCCACGTGGCACCTACCAACCTGAAGC AGGACGGACCCTATGCTTCCCTTGTGGTGGGGGCCTCACCACCAAGCATGAAGGGGCCATTTCCTTCCAAG ACTGTGACACCAAAGTCCAGTGCTCCCCAGGGCACTACTACAACACCAGCATCCACCGCTGTATTCGCTGT GCCATGGGCTCCTATCAGCCCGACTTCCGTCAGAACTTCTGCAGCCGCTGTCCAGGAAACACAAGCACAGA CTTTGATGGCTCTACCAGTGTGGCCCAATGCAAGAATCGTCAGTGTGGTGGGGAGCTGGGTGAGTTCACTG GCTATATTGAGTCCCCCAACTACCCGGGCAACTACCCAGCTGGTGTGGAGTGCATCTGGAACATCAACCCC CCACCCAAGCGCAAGATCCTTATCGTGGTACCAGAGATCTTCCTGCCATCTGAGGATGAGTGTGGGGACGT CCTCGTCATGAGAAAGAACTCATCCCCATCCTCCATTACCACTTATGAGACCTGCCAGACCTACGAGCGTC CCATTGCCTTCACTGCCCGTTCCAGGAAGCTCTGGATCAACTTCAAGACAAGCGAGGCCAACAGCGCCCGT GGCTTCCAGATTCCCTATGTTACCTATGATGAGGACTATGAGCAGCTGGTAGAAGACATTGTGCGAGATGG CCGGCTCTATGCCTCTGAAAACCACCAGGAGATTTTAAAGGACAAGAAGCTCATCAAGGCCTTCTTTGAGG TGCTAGCCCACCCCCAGAACTACTTCAAGTACACAGAGAAACACAAGGAGATGCTGCCAAAATCCTTCATC AAGCTGCTCCGCTCCAAAGTTTCCAGCTTCCTGAGGCCCTACAAATAG P283 Pull-Length Sequence (l,009aa):
The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-27) A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-20 and Gln-23 indicated as follows 1 MGSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAΛAQ 22 An alternate predicted SP cleavage site is between Cys-40 and Thr-43 indicated as follows' 1 MGSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCΛILT 43 Each mature LP283 version is encompassed herein An LP encompassed herein includes full-length forms encoded by an ORF disclosed herein, as well as any mature forms therefrom Such a mature LP could be formed, for example, by the removal of a signal peptide and/or by aminopeptidase modification Further, as used herein, a "mature" LP encompasses, e g , post-translational modifications other than proteolytic cleavages (such as, e g , by way of a non-limiting example, glycosylations, mynstylations, phosphorylations, prenylations, acylations, and sulfations) Such variants are also encompassed by an LP of the present invention Further, an LP of the invention encompasses all fragments, analogs, homologs, and derivatives of an LP described herein, thus the invention encompasses both LP precursors and any modified versions (such as, e g , by post-translational modification) of an LP encoded by an LP nucleic acid sequence described herein MGSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVD ECEREDNAGCVHDCVNIPGNYRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCVNMMGSYECHCREGFFL SDNQHTCIQRPEEGM CMNK HGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTK QRDCKLTCNYGNGGCQHTCDDTE QGPRCGCHIKFVLHTDGKTCIGERRLEQHIPTQAVSNETCAVN GGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDR KTCKDIDECRLN GGCDHICR TVGSFECSCKKGYKLLINERNCQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQCLCH RGYLLYGITHCGDVDECSINRGGCRFGCINTPGSYQCTCPAGQGRLH GKDCTEPLKCQGSPGASKAMLSC NRSGKKDTCALTCPSRARFLPESENGFTVSCGTPSPRAAPARAGHNGNSTNSNHCHEAAVLSIKQRASFKIK DAKCRLHLRNKGKTEEAGRITGPGGAPCSECQVTFIHLKCDSSRKGKGRRARTPPGKEVTRLTLELEAEVRA EETTASCGLPCLRQRMERRLKGSLKMLRKSINQDRFLLRLAGLDYELAHKPGLVAGERAEPMESCRPGQHRA GTKCVSCPQGTYYHGQTEQCVPCPAGTFQEREGQLSCDLCPGSDAHGPLGATNVTTCAGQCPPGQHSVDGFK PCQPCPRGTYQPEAGRTLCFPCGGGLTTKHEGAISFQDCDTKVQCSPGHYY TSIHRCIRCAMGSYQPDFRQ NFCSRCPGNTSTDFDGSTSVAQCKNRQCGGELGEFTGYIESPNYPG YPAGVECI NINPPPKRKILIWPE IFLPSEDECGDVLVMRK SSPSSITTYETCQTYERPIAFTARSRKL INFKTSEANSARGFQIPYVTYDEDY EQLVEDIVRDGRLYASE HQEILKDKKLIKAFFEVLAHPQNYFKYTEKHKEMLPKSFIKLLRSKVSSFLRPY K An LP283 Mature Sequence (989aa) :
A predicted mature LP283 sequence is as follows:
AQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVDECEREDNAGCVHDCVNIPG
KTYRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCVrøl GSYECHCREGFFLSDNQHTCIQRPEEGMNCM
NKNHGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTKNQRDCKLTCNYGNGGCQHTCDDTEQGPRCGCHIKFVLHTDG KTCIGERRLEQHIPTQAVSNETCAV NGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGF LQPDRKTCKDIDECRL NGGC DHICRNTVGSFECSCKKGYKLLINERNCQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQCLCHRGYLLYGITHCGDVD ECSINRGGCRFGCINTPGSYQCTCPAGQGRLHW GKDCTEPLKCQGSPGASKAMLSCNRSGKKDTCALTCP SRARFLPESENGFTVSCGTPSPRAAPARAGHNGNSTNSNHCHEAAVLSIKQRASFKIKDAKCRLHLRNKGK TEEAGRITGPGGAPCSECQVTFIHLKCDSSRKGKGRRARTPPGKEVTRLTLELEAEVRAEETTASCGLPCL RQRMERRLKGSLKMLRKSINQDRFLLRLAGLDYELAHKPGLVAGERAEPMESCRPGQHRAGTKCVSCPQGT YYHGQTEQCVPCPAGTFQEREGQLSCDLCPGSDAHGPLGATNVTTCAGQCPPGQHSVDGFKPCQPCPRGTY QPEAGRTLCFPCGGGLTTKHEGAISFQDCDTKVQCSPGHYYNTSIHRCIRCAMGSYQPDFRQNFCSRCPGN TSTDFDGSTSVAQCK RQCGGELGEFTGYIESPNYPGNYPAGVECIWNINPPPKRKILIWPEIFLPSEDE CGDVLVMRKNSSPSSITTYETCQTYERPIAFTARSRKLWINFKTSEANSARGFQIPYVTYDEDYEQLVEDI VRDGRLYASENHQEILKDKKLIKAFFEVLAHPQ YFKYTEKHKEMLPKSFIKLLRSKVSSFLRPYK
An Alternate LP283 Mature Sequence (993aa) :
Encompassed herein are LP283 splice variants. One such variant is listed below. Applicants discovered that this LP283 variant (also known as LP344 (SEQ ID NO 21)) is the result of loss of processing of exon 7 from genomic LP283 sequence (see below). Exon 7 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Gly-238 to about Asn-253 (GERRLEQHIPTQA SN). The alternate predicted mature LP283 sequence (LP344) is as follows: GSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVD ECEREDNAGCVHDCVNIPGNYRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCVNMMGSYECHCREGFFL SDNQHTCIQRPEEGM CM KNHGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTKNQRDCKLTCNYGNGGCQHTCDDTE QGPRCGCHIKFVLHTDGKTCIETCAVNNGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTCKDIDECRLN GGC DHICR TVGSFECSCKKGYKLLINER CQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQCLCHRGYLLYGITHCGDVDE CSINRGGCRFGCINTPGSYQCTCPAGQGRLHW GKDCTEPLKCQGSPGASKAMLSCNRSGKKDTCALTCPSR ARFLPESENGFTVSCGTPSPRAAPARAGHNGNSTNSNHCHEAAVLSIKQRASFKIKDAKCRLHLRNKGKTEE AGRITGPGGAPCSECQVTFIHLKCDSSRKGKGRRARTPPGKEVTRLTLELEAEVRAEETTASCGLPCLRQRM ERRLKGSLKMLRKSINQDRFLLRLAGLDYELAHKPGLVAGERAEP ESCRPGQHRAGTKCVSCPQGTYYHGQ TEQCVPCPAGTFQEREGQLSCDLCPGSDAHGPLGATNVTTCAGQCPPGQHSVDGFKPCQPCPRGTYQPEAGR TLCFPCGGGLTTKHEGAISFQDCDTKVQCSPGHYYNTSIHRCIRCAMGSYQPDFRQNFCSRCPGNTSTDFDG STSVAQCKNRQCGGELGEFTGYIESP YPGNYPAGVECI INPPPKRKILIWPEIFLPSEDECGDVLVMR K SSPSSITTYETCQTYERPIAFTARSRKLWINFKTSEANSARGFQIPYVTYDEDYEQLVEDIVRDGRLYAS ENHQEILKDKKLIKAFFEVLAHPQNYFKYTEKHKEMLPKSFIKLLRSKVSSFLRPYK
The 7th exon below is skipped in LP344 (SCUBElh2) . P283 479 GGGAAAGGCGGCTAGAGCAGCACATCCCCACTCAAGCCGTTTCTAATG
Genomic 22120 AAACAGGGGAAAGGCGGCTAGAGCAGCACATCCCCACTCAAGCCGTTTCTAATGGTAAAT
************************************************ An Alternate LP283 Mature Sequence (939aa) :
Encompassed herein are LP283 splice variants. Another such LP variant is listed below Applicants discovered that this LP283 variant (also known as LP345, (SEQ ID NO: 22)) is the result of loss of processing of exon 7 and exon 16 from genomic LP283 sequence (see below). Exon 7 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Gly-238 to about Asn-253 (GERRLEQHIPTQAVSN). Exon 16 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Ser-654 to about Ala-706
(SCPQGTYYHGQTEQCVPCPAGTFQEREGQLSCDLCPGSDAHGPLGATNVTTCA) The alternate predicted mature LP283 sequence (LP345,) is as follows. GSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVD ECEREDNAGCVHDCVNIPGNYRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCV M GSYECHCREGFFL SDNQHTCIQRPEEGMNCMNKNHGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTKNQRDCKLTCNYGNGGCQHTCDDTE QGPRCGCHIKFVLHTDGKTCIETCAV NGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTCKDIDECRLN GGC DHICRNTVGSFECSCKKGYKLLINERNCQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQCLCHRGYLLYGITHCGDVDE CSINRGGCRFGCINTPGSYQCTCPAGQGRLHWNGKDCTEPLKCQGSPGASKAMLSCNRSGKKDTCALTCPSR ARFLPESENGFTVSCGTPSPRAAPARAGHNGNSTNSNHCHEAAVLSIKQRASFKIKDAKCRLHLR KGKTEE AGRITGPGGAPCSECQVTFIHLKCDSSRKGKGRRARTPPGKEVTRLTLELEAEVRAEETTASCGLPCLRQRM ERRLKGSLKMLRKSINQDRFLLRLAGLDYELAHKPGLVAGERAEPMESCRPGQHRAGTKCGQCPPGQHSVDG FKPCQPCPRGTYQPEAGRTLCFPCGGGLTTKHEGAISFQDCDTKVQCSPGHYYNTSIHRCIRCAMGSYQPDF RQNFCSRCPGNTSTDFDGSTSVAQCK RQCGGELGEFTGYIESPNYPGNYPAGVECIWNINPPPKRKILIW PEIFLPSEDECGDVLVMRKNSSPSSITTYETCQTYERPIAFTARSRKLWINFKTSEA SARGFQIPYVTYDE DYEQLVEDIVRDGRLYASENHQEILKDKKLIKAFFEVLAHPQNYFKYTEKHKEMLPKSFIKLLRSKVSSFLR PYK
Exon 7 (see above) and exon 16 are missing in LP346. Exon 16 in LP344 is missing in LP345, . s42405-LP345, GGGCAGCACCGTGCTGGGACCAAGTGTG ds42406-LP344 GGGCAGCACCGTGCTGGGACCAAGTGTGTCAGCTGCCCGCAGGGAACGTATTACCACGGC *************************** *|eχon 16 >
10 ds42405 ds42406 CAGACGGAGCAGTGTGTGCCATGCCCAGCGGGCACCTTCCAGGAGAGAGAAGGGCAGCTC
15 ds42405 ds42406 TCCTGCGACCTTTGCCCTGGGAGTGATGCCCACGGGCCTCTTGGAGCCACCAACGTCACC
ds42405 GTCAGTGCCCACCTGGCCAACACTCTGTAGATGGGTTCAAGCCCTGTCAG
20 ds42406 ACGTGTGCAGGTCAGTGCCCACCTGGCCAACACTCTGTAGATGGGTTCAAGCCCTGTCAG j exon igl**************************************************
An Alternate LP283 Mature Sequence (265aa) :
Encompassed herein are LP283 splice variants. Still another such LP variant is listed below. Applicants discovered that this LP283 variant (also known as LP346 (SEQ ID NO: 23)) is the result of loss of processing
25 of an alternative form of exon 7 and the loss of exon 17 from genomic LP283 sequence (see below). Exon 7 normally encodes the LP283 portion from about Gly-238 to about Asn-253 (GERRLEQHIPTQAVSN). Loss of the alternative form of exon 7 and of exon 17 leads to a truncated LP283 variant and an altered sequence C- terminad to the normal exon 7 amino acid sequence so that the EGF-like domain sequence CAVNNGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTC is changed to
30 SGTPSQLHQQPCFFLTNSSLPSLTLI. The alternate predicted mature LP283 sequence (LP346) is as follows:
MGSGRVPGLCLLVLLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVD ECEREDNAGCVHDCV IPGNYRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCVNMMGSYECHCREGFFL SDNQHTCIQRPEEGMNCM KNHGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTKNQRDCKLTC YGNGGCQHTCDDTE QGPRCGCHIKFVLHTDGKTCIDASGTPSQLHQQPCFFLTNSSLPSLTLI 35
An alternative form of exon 7 (see above) and the regular form of exon
17 are missing in LP346.
(exon 7)
SCUBElh4ds 505 ATGCCAGTGGTACTCCCTCTCAGCTC
40 Hs6_7350ch 20560 CACCTTACCCCCCATTTCCTTCTCTCTCCTCCAGATGCCAGTGGTACTCCCTCTCAGCTC
**************************
SCUBElh4ds 531 CACCAGCAACCCTGTTTCTTCCTCACCAACTCCAGCCTTCCATCTCTTACCTTGATTTGA
Hs6_7350ch 20620 CACCAGCAACCCTGTTTCTTCCTCACCAACTCCAGCCTTCCATCTCTTACCTTGATTTGA A _, ************************************************************
SCUBElh4ds 591 GGTCCTCTTAATACCTGGATCCCTCTTCCTGAATTCTTAGGCCTTATCTCACATATTTTC
Hs6_7350ch 20680 GGTCCTCTTAATACCTGGATCCCTCTTCCTGAATTCTTAGGCCTTATCTCACATATTTTC ************************************************************
50
SCUBElh4ds 651 AG
Hs6_7350ch 20740 AGGTACCCTAGATGAGTTTAATTCCTTAAAGTTAATTCCTAATTCCTTTAGCCTTTAGGT * *
55 cDNA-genomic DNA alignment for exon 7 and 17: (exon 17 )
SCUBElh4ds 1720 CT
Hs6_7350ch 30220 CTGGGTGGTGGGAAATGCGGGGGTGGGTGGCTAGCGCGGCCGACTCTCCCTCAGTCAGCT
SCUBElh4ds 1722 GCCCGCAGGGAACGTATTACCACGGCCAGACGGAGCAGTGTGTGCCATGCCCAGCGGGCA
Hs6_7350ch 30280 GCCCGCAGGGAACGTATTACCACGGCCAGACGGAGCAGTGTGTGCCATGCCCAGCGGGCA
************************************************************
SCUBElh4ds 1782 CCTTCCAGGAGAGAGAAGGGCAGCTCTCCTGCGACCTTTGCCCTGGGAGTGATGCCCACG
Hs6_7350ch 30340 CCTTCCAGGAGAGAGAAGGGCAGCTCTCCTGCGACCTTTGCCCTGGGAGTGATGCCCACG
************************************************************
SCUBElh4ds 1842 GGCCTCTTGGAGCCACCAACGTCACCACGTGTGCAG Hs6_7350ch 30400 GGCCTCTTGGAGCCACCAACGTCACCACGTGTGCAGGTGCCAGGGGAACAAACAATACAG
************************************
Interesting segments of LP283 are the foUowing segments: from about Cys-33 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-74 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-1 6 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-201 to about Cys-236, from about Cys-256 to about Cys-291, from about Cys-297 to about Cys-332, from about Cys-338 to about Cys-371, from about Cys-377 to about Cys-413, from about Cys-55 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-95 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-136 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-182 to about Cys-197, from about Cys-276 to about Cys-291, from about Cys-317 to about Cys-332, from about Cys-357 to about Cys-371, and from about Cys-161 to about Cys-197, which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP283 are the segments: from about Asp-29 to about Cys-55, from about Asp -70 to about Cys-95, from about Asp-112 to about Cys-136, from about Asp-293 to about Cys-317, from about Asp-334 to about Cys- 357, and from about Asp-151 to about Arg-166 which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains. Additional interesting segments of LP283 are: from about Cys-46 to about Cys-57, from about Cys-86 to about Cys-97, from about Cys-127 to about Cys-138, from about Cys-308 to about Cys-319, from about Cys-348 to about Cys-359, and from about Cys-388 to about Cys-399), which have been discovered to be aspartic acid and/or asparagine hydroxylation-Uke sites. A further interesting segment of LP283 is from about Cys-95 to about Thr-231, which has been discovered to be a keratin B2-Uke domain. A further interesting segment of LP283 is from about Cys-392 to about Thr-465, which has been discovered to be a metaUothionein-Uke domain. Accordingly, one could test an LP283 or LP283 variant for possible metaUoproteinase activity using any standard method in the art without requiring undue experimentation. For example, commerciaUy available kits can be purchased which test for specific matrix metaUoproteinase activity (see, e.g., Biotrack MMP Bioassays from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech Limited) or the method of Hojima, et al. (1985 J. Biol. Chem 260:15996-16003; incorporated herein for its assay methods) can be adapted for use with an LP of the invention to test for enzymatic activity, however, other methods are also known and can be adapted for use here given the teachings suppUed herein of the LP283 sequence. A further interesting segment of LP283 is from about Cys-820 to about Tyr-929, which has been discovered to be a CUB-Uke domain. Other interesting segments of LP283 are discovered portions of LP283 from about Leu-11 to about Ser-24; from about Lys-55 to about Asn-79; from about Arg-154 to about Pro-176; from about Lys- 192 to about Lys-226; from about His-230 to about Val-251; from about Asn-253 to about Ala-271; from about Thr-272 to about Thr-290; from about Cys-291 to about Cys-308; from about Gly-353 to about Asp-375; from about Cys-377 to about Cys-399; from about Trp-408 to about Gly-421; from about Lys-427 to about Ser-447; from about Ala-449 to about Pro- 466; from about Ala-470 to about Ala-499; from about Phe-501 to about Gly-526; from about Pro-527 to about Thr-538; from about Phe-539 to about Val-563; from about Thr- 564 to about Gly-584; from about Asn-608 to about Glu-633; from about Ala-635 to about Tyr-660; from about Ala-673 to about Leu-683; from about Cys-688 to about Thr-703; from about Gly-728 to about Glu-751; from about Asp-805 to about Cys-820; from about Phe- 827 to about Ile-847; from about Asn-849 to about Val-876; from about Gln-926 to about Val-944; from about Pro-975 to about Ile-994; from about Leu-11 to about Gln-22; from about Lys-25 to about Glu-35; from about Thr-37 to about Arg-51; from about Ser-52 to about Gly-65; from about Gly-65 to about Gly-81; from about Gly-81 to about Gly-91 ; from about His-137 to about Lys-177; from about Gly-179 to about Phe-227; from about Leu-229 to about Ala-271; from about Phe-282 to about Glu-316; from about Ser-318 to about Ile-347; from about Cys-397 to about Gly-421; from about Gly-424 to about Arg-450; from about Ala-470 to about Ala-499; from about Lys-502 to about Gly-529; from about Phe-539 to about Val-574; from about Thr-579 to about Asn-608; from about His-625 to about Gln-645; from about Gly-644 to about Gly-663; from about Gln-664 to about Glu- 678; from about Arg-679 to about Ser-691; from about Ala-706 to about Gly-743; from about His-750 to about Ser-774; from about Ile-775 to about Ser-803; from about Phe-806 to about Gly-821; from about Gly-822 to about Ile-850; from about Lys-881 to about Thr- 896; from about Tyr-897 to about Ile-912; from about Asn-920 to about Glu-934; from about Glu-934 to about Leu-949; from about Tyr-950 to about Ala-967; from about Glu-970 to about Lys-995; from about Gly-8 to about Ala-18; from about Arg-19 to about Asp-43; from about Ile-45 to about Ile-56; from about Cys-57 to about His-84; from about Ala-104 to about Asn-129; from about Ser-145 to about His-170; from about Cys-172 to about Glu- 189; from about Glu-189 to about Cys-201; from about Asn-202 to about Cys-223; from about His-230 to about Ile-246; from about Pro-247 to about Cys-278; from about Gln-285 to about His-306; from about Cys-308 to about Lys-324; from about Asn-328 to about Leu- 358; from about Thr-369 to about Gly-387; from about Asn-390 to about Leu-406; from about Asn-409 to about Met-429; from about Ser-431 to about Pro-446; from about Ala-473 to about Val-492; from about Ser-494 to about Leu-510; from about Leu-512 to about Val- 537; from about Cys-544 to about Arg-565; from about Leu-570 to about Leu-585; from about Leu-588 to about Lys-601; from about Leu-629 to about Cys-652; from about Ser-654 to about Cys-671; from about Ala-673 to about Asp-686; from about Leu-687 to about Ala- 699; from about Thr-700 to about Phe-719 from about Lys-720 to about Cys-739; from about Pro-741 to about Ser-755; from about Phe-756 to about Arg-777; from about Ile-779 to about Cys-795; from about Cys-795 to about Ala-813; from about Ala-813 to about Thr- 828; from about Gly-829 to about Glu-845; from about Lys-857 to about Leu-867; from about Pro-868 to about Leu-877; from about Met-879 to about Pro-900; from about Lys-915 to about Gln-926; from about Val-930 to about Ile-943; from about Val-944 to about Lys- 963; from about Leu-964 to about Ala-973; and from about His-974 to about Pro-990; whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP283 are the discovered portions of LP283 from about Leu-12 to about Val-30; from about Asp-31 to about Ile-45; from about Cys-46 to about Tyr-61; from about Thr-62 to about Asp-72; from about Cys-82 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Cys-110; from about Cys-114 to about Val-128; from about Val-129 to about Leu-144; from about Ser-145 to about Gly-167; from about Ile-171 to about Lys-192: from about Lys-198 to about Asp-214; from about Asp-232 to about Glu- 244; from about Thr-248 to about Asp-264; from about Ser-265 to about Val-274; from about His-275 to about Asp-287; from about Asp-295 to about His-306; from about Ile-307 to about Cys-319; from about Leu-326 to about Phe-340 from about Arg-342 to about Cys- 359; from about Tyr-366 to about Arg-381; from about Ser-378 to about Gly-393; from about Thr-391 to about Arg-405; from about Arg-448 to about Pro-468; from about Asn- 485 to about Gln-497; from about Ser-500 to about Gly-516; from about Glu-519 to about Ile-540; from about Glu-578 to about Arg-591; from about Leu-613 to about Val-630;; from about Gly-632 to about Gln-645; from about Cys-652 to about Thr-665; from about Glu-666 to about Gln-682; from about Ala-699 to about Asp-717; from about Lys-720 to about Ala- 734; from about Ala-734 to about Gly-752; from about Ala-753 to about Nal-763; from about Thr-773 to about Arg-791; from about Glu-792 to about Ala-813; from about Lys-816 to about Pro-837; from about Gly-838 to about Arg-856; from about Leu-859 to about Glu- 872; from about Glu-872 to about Pro-885; from about Ser-886 to about Phe-903; from about Ala-919 to about Asp-933; from about Glu-938 to about Arg-948; from about His-955 to about Leu-972; from about Pro-975 to about Pro-990; and from about Ile-994 to about Phe-1004. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP 283 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil). Particularly interesting LP283 coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to about Ser- 52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about His-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys-123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from about Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Gly-167; from about Glu-174 to about Gly- 179; from about Cys-184 to about Asp-196; from about Tyr-203 to about Cys-208; from about Cys-212 to about Gly-222; from about Thr-231 to about Lys-234; from about His-245 to about Asn-253; from about Asn-259 to about Asp-264; from about His-268 to about Gly- 273; from about Cys-278 to about Val-280; from about Gln-285 to about Asp-295; from about Asn-300 to about Asp-305; from about Asn-310 to about Ser-314; from about Cys-319 to about Tyr-323; from about Glu-329 to about Asl-345; from about Thr-351 to about Ser- 354; from about His-360 to about Tyr-363; from about Thr-369 to about Nal-375; from about Ile-379 to about Cys-384; from about Asn-390 to about Ser-394; from about Cys-399 to about Gln-403; from about Asn-409 to about Pro-416; from about Gln-420 to about Ser- 426; from about Asn-433 to about Asp-439 to about Thr-444 from about Gly-458; from about Cys-463 to about Asn-485; from about Asn-514 to about Thr-518; from about Thr- 525 to about Glu-534; from about Asp-545 to about Gly-552; from about Thr-557 to about Lys-561; from about Cys-583 to about Gly-584; from about Gly-618 to about Gly-628; from about Glu-633 to about Thr-650; from about Cys-655 to about Thr-659; from about His-662 to about Gln-664; from about Val-669 to about Gln-582; from about Leu-687 to about Gly- 698; from about Ala-706 to about Arg-736; from about Pro-741 to about Leu-746; from about Glu-751 to about Gly-752; from about Asp-758 to about Thr-761; from about Ser-766 to about Ile-775; from about Gly-784 to about Arg-791; from about Arg-797 to about Thr- 810; from about 817 to about Glu-826; from about Ser-833 to about Gly-843; from about Ile-850 to about Lys-855; from about Phe-866 to about Gly-874; from about Asn-882 to about Ser-887; from about Acy-894 to about Pro-900; from about Thr-916 to about Gly-924; from about Tyr-932 to about Asp-933; from about Asp-946 to about Arg-948; from about Ser-952 to about Glu-953; from about Ala-973 to about Gln-976; and from about Pro-1007 to about Lys-1009. Particularly interesting heUx structures are from about His-17 to about Ala-27; from about Leu-242 to about Glu-243; from about Leu-570 to about Glu-571; from about Arg-589 to about Leu-596; from about Leu-600 to about Lys-605; from about Tyr-936 to about Arg-945; from about Gln-956 to about Phe-969; and from about Ser-992 to about Leu-997. Particularly interesting strand structures are the foUowing: from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu-Ill to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; from about Ile-225 to about Leu-229; from about Cys- 256 to about Ala-257; from about His-275 to about Cys-276; from about Cys-297 to about Arg-298; from about His-306 to about Cys-308; from about Leu-325 to about Ile-327; from about His-346 to about Val-349; from about Gln-356 to about Leu-358; from about Leu-364 to about Tyr-366; from about Tyr-395 to about Cys-397; from about Ala-428 to about Leu- 430; from about Thr-460 to about Ser-462; from about Nal-537 to about Leu-542; from about Cys-652 to about Val-653; from about Val-702 to about Thr-704; from about Thr-637 to about Phe-640; from about Ile-754 to about Phe-756; from about Val-812 to about Ala- 813; from about Tyr-830 to about Ile-831; from about Glu-845 to about Trp-848; from about Lys-857 to about Val-861; from about Val-876 to about Arg-880; from about Phe-903 to about Phe-903; and from about Ile-927 to about Val-930. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil-helix-coil motif of LP283 combines the Cys-212 to about Gly-222 coil; with the Ile-225 to about Leu-229 strand; with the Thr-231 to about Lys-234 coil; with the Leu-242 to about Glu-243 heUx; with the His- 245 to about Asn 253 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Cys-212 to Asn-253. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
Interesting segments of LP344 are the foUowing segments: from about Cys-33 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-74 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-116 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-201 to about Cys-236, from about Cys-240 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-281 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-322 to about Cys-355, from about Cys-366 to about Cys-397, from about Cys-55 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-95 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-136 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-182 to about Cys-197, from about Cys-260 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-301 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-341 to about Cys-355, and from about Cys-161 to about Cys-197, which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP344 are the segments: from about Asp-29 to about Cys-55, from about Asp -70 to about Cys-95, from about Asp-112 to about Cys-136, from about Asp-318 to about Cys-341, and from about Asp-151 to about Arg-166 which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains. Additional interesting segments of LP344 are: from about Cys-46 to about Cys-57, from about Cys-86 to about Cys-97, from about Cys-127 to about Cys-138, from about Cys-308 to about Cys- 319, from about Cys-348 to about Cys-359, and from about Cys-388 to about Cys-399, which have been discovered to be aspartic acid and/or asparagine hydroxylation-Uke sites. A further interesting segment of LP344 is from about Cys-95 to about Thr-231, which has been discovered to be a keratin B2-Uke domain. A further interesting segment of LP344 is from about Cys-376 to about Thr-449, which has been discovered to be a metaUothionein-Uke domain. A further interesting segment of LP344 is from about Cys-804 to about Tyr-913, which has been discovered to be a CUB-Uke domain. Other interesting segments of LP344 are discovered portions of LP344 from about Leu-11 to about Ser-24; from about Lys-55 to about Asn-79; from about Arg-154 to about Pro-176; from about Lys-192 to about Lys-226; from about Asn-238 to about Ala-255; from about Thr-256 to about Thr-274; from about Cys-275 to about Cys-382; from about Gly-337 to about Asp-359; from about Cys-361 to about Cys-383; from about Trp-492 to about Gly-405; from about Lys-411 to about Ser-431; from about Ala-433 to about Pro-450; from about Ala-454 to about Ala-483; from about Phe-585 to about Gly-510; from about Pro-511 to about Thr-512; from about Phe-522 to about Val-557; from about Thr-558 to about Gly-568; from about Asn-692 to about Glu- 617; from about Ala-619 to about Tyr-644; from about Ala-657 to about Leu-667; from about Cys-672 to about Thr-787; from about Gly-712 to about Glu-735; from about Asp- 799 to about Cys-804; from about Phe-811 to about Ile-831; from about Asn-833 to about Nal-860; from about Gln-901 to about Nal-928; from about Pro-959 to about Ile-988; from about Leu-11 to about Gln-22; from about Lys-25 to about Glu-35; from about Thr-37 to about Arg-51; from about Ser-52 to about Gly-65; from about Gly-65 to about Gly-81; from about Gly-81 to about Gly-91; from about His-137 to about Lys-177; from about Gly-179 to about Phe-227; from about Phe-266 to about Glu-300; from about Ser-302 to about Ile-331; from about Cys-381 to about Gly-405; from about Gly-408 to about Arg-434; from about Ala-454 to about Ala-483; from about Lys-487 to about Gly-513; from about Phe-523 to about Nal-558; from about Thr-553 to about Asn-592; from about His-609 to about Gln- 629; from about Gly-628 to about Gly-647; from about Gln-648 to about Glu-662; from about Arg-663 to about Ser-675; from about Ala-680 to about Gly-727; from about His-734 to about Ser-787; from about Ile-759 to about Ser-787; from about Phe-790 to about Gly- 805; from about Gly-806 to about Ile-834; from about Lys-865 to about Thr-880; from about Tyr-881 to about Ile-896; from about Asn-904 to about Glu-918; from about Glu-918 to about Leu-923; from about Tyr-934 to about Ala-951; from about Glu-954 to about Lys- 979; from about Gly-8 to about Ala-18; from about Arg-19 to about Asp-43; from about Ile- 45 to about Ile-56; from about Cys-57 to about His-84; from about Ala-104 to about Asn- 129; from about Ser-145 to about His-170; from about Cys-172 to about Glu-189; from about Glu-189 to about Cys-201; from about Asn-202 to about Cys-223; from about Pro-221 to about Cys-212; from about Gln-269 to about His-290; from about Cys-292 to about Lys- 308; from about Asn-312 to about Leu-342; from about Thr-353 to about Gly-321; from about Asn-374 to about Leu-390; from about Asn-393 to about Met-413; from about Ser- 415 to about Pro-430; from about Ala-457 to about Val-476; from about Ser-478 to about Leu-494; from about Leu-494 to about Val-521; from about Cys-538 to about Arg-549; from about Leu-554 to about Leu-569; from about Leu-572 to about Lys-585; from about Leu-613 to about Cys-636; from about Ser-638 to about Cys-655; from about Ala-657 to about Asp- 670; from about Leu-671 to about Ala-683; from about Thr-684 to about Phe-703; from about Lys-704 to about Cys-713; from about Pro-725 to about Ser-739; from about Phe-740 to about Arg-761; from about Ile-713 to about Cys-789; from about Cys-779 to about Ala- 797; from about Ala-797 to about Thr-812; from about Gly-813 to about Glu-829; from about Lys-831 to about Leu-851; from about Pro-852 to about Leu-861; from about Met-863 to about Pro-884; from about Lys-899 to about Gln-910; from about Val-914 to about Ile- 927; from about Nal-928 to about Lys-947; from about Leu-948 to about Ala-957; and from about His-958 to about Pro-974; whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP344 are the discovered portions of LP344 from about Leu-12 to about Val-30; from about Asp-31 to about Ile-45; from about Cys-46 to about Tyr-61; from about Thr-62 to about Asp-72; from about Cys-82 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Cys-110; from about Cys-114 to about Val-128; from about Val-129 to about Leu-144; from about Ser-145 to about Gly-167; from about Ile-171 to about Lys-192: from about Lys-198 to about Asp- 214; from about Thr-232 to about Asp-248; from about Ser-249 to about Nal-258; from about Hιs-259 to about Asp-271; from about Asp-279 to about His-290; from about Ile-291 to about Cys-303; from about Leu-280 to about Phe-324; from about Arg-325 to about Cys- 343; from about Tyr-350 to about Arg-365; from about Ser-362 to about Gly-367; from about Thr-375 to about Arg-389; from about Arg-432 to about Pro-452; from about Asn- 469 to about Gln-481; from about Ser-484 to about Gly-500; from about Glu-503 to about Ile-524; from about Glu-562 to about Arg-575; from about Leu-597 to about Val-614;; from about Gly-616 to about Gln-629; from about Cys-636 to about Thr-649; from about Glu-650 to about Gln-666; from about Ala-683 to about Asp-701; from about Lys-704 to about Ala- 728; from about Ala-718 to about Gly-736; from about Ala-737 to about Nal-747; from about Thr-757 to about Arg-775; from about Glu-776 to about Ala-797; from about Lys-800 to about Pro-821; from about Gly-822 to about Arg-840; from about Leu-843 to about Glu- 856; from about Glu-856 to about Pro-869; from about Ser-870 to about Phe-887; from about Ala-903 to about Asp-917; from about Glu-922 to about Arg-932; from about Hιs-939 to about Leu-955; from about Pro-959 to about Pro-974; and from about Ile-978 to about Phe-988. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP 283 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil). Particularly interesting LP344 coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to about Ser- 52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about Hιs-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys-123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from about Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Gly-167; from about Glu-174 to about Gly- 179; from about Cys-184 to about Asp-196; from about Tyr-203 to about Cys-208; from about Cys-212 to about Gly-222; from about Thr-231 to about Lys-234; from about Hιs-229 to about Asn-237; from about Asn-243 to about Asp-248; from about Hιs-252 to about Gly- 257; from about Cys-262 to about Val-274; from about Gln-269 to about Asp-279; from about Asn-284 to about Asp-289; from about Asn-294 to about Ser-298; from about Cys-303 to about Tyr-307; from about Glu-313 to about Asl-329; from about Thr-335 to about Ser- 338; from about Hιs-344 to about Tyr-347; from about Thr-353 to about Nal-359; from about Ile-363 to about Cys-368; from about Asn-374 to about Ser-378; from about Cys-383 to about Gln-387; from about Asn-393 to about Pro-400; from about Gln-404 to about Ser- 410; from about Asn-417 to about Asp-423 to about Thr-432 from about Gly-452; from about Cys-447 to about Asn-469; from about Asn-482 to about Thr-486; from about Thr- 493 to about Glu-528; from about Asp-539 to about Gly-536; from about Thr-541 to about Lys-545; from about Cys-567 to about Gly-568; from about Gly-602 to about Gly-612; from about Glu-617 to about Thr-634; from about Cys-639 to about Thr-643; from about His-646 to about Gln-648; from about Val-653 to about Gln-566; from about Leu-671 to about Gly- 682; from about Ala-690 to about Arg-720; from about Pro-725 to about Leu-730; from about Glu-735 to about Gly-736; from about Asp-742 to about Thr-745; from about Ser-750 to about Ile-759; from about Gly-768 to about Arg-775; from about Arg-771 to about Thr- 794; from about 801 to about Glu-810; from about Ser-817 to about Gly-827; from about Ile-834 to about Lys-839; from about Phe-850 to about Gly-858; from about Asn-866 to about Ser-871; from about Acy-878 to about Pro-874; from about Thr-900 to about Gly-908; from about Tyr-916 to about Asp-927; from about Asp-930 to about Arg-931; from about Ser-936 to about Glu-947; from about Ala-956 to about Gln-960; and from about Pro-991 to about Lys-1000. Particularly interesting heUx structures are from about His-17 to about Ala- 27; from about Leu-554 to about Glu-555; from about Arg-573 to about Leu-580; from about Leu-574 to about Lys-589; from about Tyr-920 to about Arg-929; from about Gln-940 to about Phe-953; and from about Ser-986 to about Leu-981. Particularly interesting strand structures are the foUowing: from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu- 11 to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; from about Ile-225 to about Leu-229; from about Cys-240 to about Ala-241; from about His-269 to about Cys-260; from about Cys-281 to about Arg-282; from about His-290 to about Cys- 292; from about Leu-309 to about Ile-301; from about His-330 to about Val-333; from about Gln-340 to about Leu-342; from about Leu-358 to about Tyr-350; from about Tyr-379 to about Cys-371 ; from about Ala-412 to about Leu-414; from about Thr-444 to about Ser-446; from about Val-521 to about Leu-526; from about Cys-636 to about Nal-637; from about Val-676 to about Thr-678; from about Thr-621 to about Phe-624; from about Ile-738 to about Phe-738; from about Val-794 to about Ala-797; from about Tyr-814 to about Ile-815; from about Glu-829 to about Trp-832; from about Lys-841 to about Val-845; from about Nal-860 to about Arg-864; from about Phe-887 to about Phe-887; and from about Ile-911 to about Val-914. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil-heUx-coil motif of LP344 combines the Cys-212 to about Gly-222 coil; with the Ile-225 to about Leu-229 strand; with the Thr-231 to about Lys-234 coil; to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Cys-212 to Lys-234. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
Interesting segments of LP345, are the foUowing segments: from about Cys-33 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-74 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-116 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-201 to about Cys-236, from about Cys-240 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-281 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-322 to about Cys-355, from about Cys-366 to about Cys-397, from about Cys-55 to about Cys-68, from about Cys-95 to about Cys-110, from about Cys-136 to about Cys-151, from about Cys-182 to about Cys-197, from about Cys-260 to about Cys-275, from about Cys-301 to about Cys-316, from about Cys-341 to about Cys-355, and from about Cys-161 to about Cys-197, which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP345, are the segments: from about Asp-29 to about Cys-55, from about Asp -70 to about Cys-95, from about Asp-112 to about Cys-136, from about Asp-318 to about Cys-341, and from about Asp-151 to about Arg-166 which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains. Additional interesting segments of LP345, are: from about Cys-46 to about Cys-57, from about Cys-86 to about Cys-97, from about Cys-127 to about Cys-138, from about Cys-308 to about Cys- 319, from about Cys-348 to about Cys-359, and from about Cys-388 to about Cys-399, which have been discovered to be aspartic acid and/or asparagine hydroxylation-Uke sites. A further interesting segment of LP345, is from about Cys-95 to about Thr-231, which has been discovered to be a keratin B2-like domain. A further interesting segment of LP345, is from about Cys-376 to about Thr-449, which has been discovered to be a metaUothionein- Uke domain. A further interesting segment of LP345, is from about Cys-750 to about Tyr- 859, which has been discovered to be a CUB-Uke domain. Other interesting segments of LP345, are discovered portions of LP345, from about Leu-11 to about Ser-24; from about Lys-55 to about Asn-79; from about Arg-154 to about Pro-176; from about Lys-192 to about Lys-226; from about Asn-238 to about Ala-255; from about Thr-256 to about Thr-274; from about Cys-275 to about Cys-382; from about Gly-337 to about Asp-359; from about Cys-361 to about Cys-383; from about Trp-492 to about Gly-405; from about Lys-411 to about Ser- 431; from about Ala-433 to about Pro-450; from about Ala-454 to about Ala-483; from about Phe-585 to about Gly-510; from about Pro-511 to about Thr-512; from about Phe-522 to about Val-557; from about Thr-558 to about Gly-568; from about Asn-692 to about Glu- 617; from about Gly-658 to about Glu-681; from about Asp-735 to about Cys-750; from about Phe-757 to about Ile-777; from about Asn-779 to about Val-806; from about Gln-856 to about Val-874; from about Pro-905 to about Ile-924; from about Leu-11 to about Gln-22; from about Lys-25 to about Glu-35; from about Thr-37 to about Arg-51; from about Ser-52 to about Gly-65; from about Gly-65 to about Gly-81; from about Gly-81 to about Gly-91; from about His-137 to about Lys-177; from about Gly-179 to about Phe-227; from about Phe-266 to about Glu-300; from about Ser-302 to about Ile-331; from about Cys-381 to about Gly-405; from about Gly-408 to about Arg-434; from about Ala-454 to about Ala-483; from about Lys-487 to about Gly-513; from about Phe-523 to about Nal-558; from about Thr-553 to about Asn-592; from about His-609 to about Gln-629; from about His-680 to about Ser-733; from about Ile-705 to about Ser-733; from about Phe-746 to about Gly-751; from about Gly-752 to about Ile-780; from about Lys-811 to about Thr-836; from about Tyr-827 to about Ile-842; from about Asn-850 to about Glu-864; from about Glu-864 to about Leu-869; from about Tyr-880 to about Ala-897; from about Glu-900 to about Lys-925; from about Gly-8 to about Ala-18; from about Arg-19 to about Asp-43; from about Ile-45 to about Ue-56; from about Cys-57 to about His-84; from about Ala-104 to about Asn-129; from about Ser-145 to about His-170; from about Cys-172 to about Glu-189; from about Glu-189 to about Cys-201; from about Asn-202 to about Cys-223; from about Pro-221 to about Cys-212; from about Gln-269 to about His-290; from about Cys-292 to about Lys-308; from about Asn-312 to about Leu-342; from about Thr-353 to about Gly-321; from about Asn-374 to about Leu-390; from about Asn-393 to about Met-413; from about Ser-415 to about Pro-430; from about Ala-457 to about Val-476; from about Ser-478 to about Leu-494; from about Leu-494 to about Val-521; from about Cys-538 to about Arg-549; from about Leu-554 to about Leu-569; from about Leu-572 to about Lys-585; from about Leu-613 to about Cys-636; from about Ser-584 to about Cys-601; from about Ala-603 to about Asp-626; from about Leu-627 to about Ala-639; from about Thr-630 to about Phe-651 from about Lys-650 to about Cys-659; from about Pro-671 to about Ser-685; from about Phe-686 to about Arg-707; from about Ile-656 to about Cys-735; from about Cys-725 to about Ala-743; from about Ala-743 to about Thr-768; from about Gly-764 to about Glu-875; from about Lys-777 to about Leu-797; from about Pro-798 to about Leu-807; from about Met-809 to about Pro-830; from about Lys-845 to about Gln-856; from about Nal-860 to about Ile-873; from about Nal-874 to about Lys-893; from about Leu-894 to about Ala-903; and from about Hιs-904 to about Pro-920; whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP345, are the discovered portions of LP345, from about Leu-12 to about Nal-30; from about Asp-31 to about Ile-45; from about Cys-46 to about Tyr-61; from about Thr-62 to about Asp-72; from about Cys-82 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Cys-110; from about Cys-114 to about Val-128; from about Val-129 to about Leu-144; from about Ser-145 to about Gly-167; from about Ile-171 to about Lys-192: from about Lys-198 to about Asp-214; from about Thr-232 to about Asp-248; from about Ser-249 to about Val- 258; from about Hιs-259 to about Asp-271; from about Asp-279 to about His-290; from about lle-291 to about Cys-303; from about Leu-280 to about Phe-324; from about Arg-325 to about Cys-343; from about Tyr-350 to about Arg-365; from about Ser-362 to about Gly- 367; from about Thr-375 to about Arg-389; from about Arg-432 to about Pro-452; from about Asn-469 to about Gln-481; from about Ser-484 to about Gly-500; from about Glu-503 to about Ile-524; from about Glu-562 to about Arg-575; from about Leu-597 to about Nal- 614; from about Gly-616 to about Gln-629; from about Lys-850 to about Ala-674; from about Ala-664 to about Gly-682; from about Ala-683 to about Val-693; from about Thr-703 to about Arg-721; from about Glu-722 to about Ala-743, from about Lys-746 to about Pro- 767; from about Gly-768 to about Arg-786; from about Leu-789 to about Glu-802; from about Glu-802 to about Pro-815; from about Ser-826 to about Phe-833; from about Ala-851 to about Asp-863; from about Glu-878 to about Arg-878, from about His-885 to about Leu- 901; from about Pro-904 to about Pro-920; and from about Ile-924 to about Phe-934. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP 283 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil). Particularly interesting LP345, coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to about Ser-52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about Hιs-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys-123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from about Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Gly-167; from about Glu-174 to about Gly- 179; from about Cys-184 to about Asp-196; from about Tyr-203 to about Cys-208; from about Cys-212 to about Gly-222; from about Thr-231 to about Lys-234; from about Hιs-229 to about Asn-237; from about Asn-243 to about Asp-248; from about Hιs-252 to about Gly- 257; from about Cys-262 to about Val-274; from about Gln-269 to about Asp-279; from about Asn-284 to about Asp-289; from about Asn-294 to about Ser-298; from about Cys-303 to about Tyr-307; from about Glu-313 to about Asl-329; from about Thr-335 to about Ser- 338; from about His-344 to about Tyr-347; from about Thr-353 to about Nal-359; from about Ile-363 to about Cys-368; from about Asn-374 to about Ser-378; from about Cys-383 to about Gln-387; from about Asn-393 to about Pro-400; from about Gln-404 to about Ser- 410; from about Asn-417 to about Asp-423 to about Thr-432 from about Gly-452; from about Cys-447 to about Asn-469; from about Asn-482 to about Thr-486; from about Thr- 493 to about Glu-528; from about Asp-539 to about Gly-536; from about Thr-541 to about Lys-545; from about Cys-567 to about Gly-568; from about Gly-602 to about Gly-612; from about Glu-617 to about Thr-634; from about Pro-671 to about Leu-676; from about Glu- 681 to about Gly-682; from about Asp-698 to about Thr-691; from about Ser-696 to about Ile-705; from about Gly-714 to about Arg-721; from about Arg-717 to about Thr-720; from about 747 to about Glu-756; from about Ser-763 to about Gly-773; from about Ile-780 to about Lys-785; from about Phe-796 to about Gly-804; from about Asn-812 to about Ser-817; from about Acy-824 to about Pro-820; from about Thr-846 to about Gly-854; from about Tyr-862 to about Asp-873; from about Asp-876 to about Arg-878; from about Ser-872 to about Glu-893; from about Ala-902 to about Gln-906; and from about Pro-937 to about Lys-946. Particularly interesting heUx structures are from about His-17 to about Ala-27; from about Leu-554 to about Glu-555; from about Arg-573 to about Leu-580; from about Leu-574 to about Lys-589; from about Tyr-866 to about Arg-875; from about Gln-886 to about Phe-899; and from about Ser-932 to about Leu-937. Particularly interesting strand structures are the foUowing: from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu-I ll to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; from about Ile-225 to about Leu-229; from about Cys-240 to about Ala-241 ; from about His-269 to about Cys-260; from about Cys-281 to about Arg-282; from about His-290 to about Cys- 292; from about Leu-309 to about Ile-301; from about His-330 to about Nal-333; from about Gln-340 to about Leu-342; from about Leu-358 to about Tyr-350; from about Tyr-379 to about Cys-371; from about Ala-412 to about Leu-414; from about Thr-444 to about Ser-446; from about Nal-521 to about Leu-526; from about Val-622 to about Thr-624; from about Thr-567 to about Phe-570; from about Ile-684 to about Phe-684; from about Val-720 to about Ala-743; from about Tyr-760 to about Ile-761; from about Glu-765 to about Trp-778; from about Lys-787 to about Val-791; from about Val-806 to about Arg-810; from about Phe-833 to about Phe-833; and from about Ile-857 to about Val-860. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil-heUx-coil motif of LP345, combines the Cys-212 to about Gly-222 coil; with the Ile-225 to about Leu-229 strand; with the Thr-231 to about Lys-234 coil; to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Cys-212 to Lys-234. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
Other interesting segments of LP346 are discovered portions of LP346 from about Pro-7 to about His-17; from about Ala-18 to about Glu-32; from about Cys-33 to about Ile- 43; from about Asp-43 to about Ser-52; from about Lys-58 to about Nal-71; from about Asp- 72 to about Asn-88; from about Ala-104 to about Val-113; from about Asp-114 to about Asn-129; from about Asp-146 to about Met-159; from about Asn-160 to about His-170; from about Ile-171 to about Pro-186; from about Cys-201 to about His-210; from about Thr-211 to about Cys-218; from about Thr-231 to about Gln-249; from about Pro-250 to about Leu-259; from about Leu-11 to about Ala-20; from about Ala-21 to about Glu-32; from about Cys-33 to about Ile-42; froma about Asp-43 to about Cys-57; from about Lys-58 to about Nal-71; from about Asp-72 to about Asp-85; from about Ile-89 to about Asp-99; from about Gly-100 to about Leu-I ll; from about Asp-112 to about Val-128; from about Asn-129 to about Leu-144; from about Ser-145 to about Glu-157; from about Gly-158 to about Ala-169; from about His-170 to about Glu-183; from about Cys-184 to about Lys-198; from about Leu-199 to about Cys-212; from about Asp-213 to about Cys-223; from about Thr-231 to about Thr-242; from about Pro-243 to about Cys-251; from about Arg-19 to about Nal-30; from about Asp-31 to about Ala-44; from about Ile-45 to about Ile-56; from about Cys-57 to about Nal-71; from about Asp-72 to about Asn-88; from about Ile-89 to about Gly-100; from about Phe-101 to about Gly-119; from about Asn-120 to about Asn- 129; from about Met-130 to about Phe-142; from about Phe-143 to about Gly-158; from about Met-159 to about His-170; from about Ile-171 to about Cys-184; from about Arg-185 to about Leu-199; from about Thr-100 to about Cys-212; from about Asp-213 to about Lys- 226; from about Val-228 to about Ser-240; and from about Gly-241 to about Cys-251, whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP346 are the discovered portions of LP346 from about Leu-11 to about Ala-21; from about Gln-22 to about Asp-31; from about Glu-32 to about Ile-42; from about Asp-43 to about Tyr-53; from about Tyr-53 to about Thr-62; from about Gly-63 to about Cys-74; from about Glu-75 to about Val-87; from about Asn-88 to about Tyr-98; from about Asp-99 to about Asp-112; from about Val-113 to about Gln-124; from about Gln-125 to about Phe-142; from about Leu-144 to about Glu-157; from about Gly-158 to about Cys-168; from about Cys-172 to about Cys-182; from about Glu-183 to about Lys-192; from about Leu-199 to about Cys-208; from about Gln-209 to about His- 224; and from about Gln-245 to about Leu-259. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP346 segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil). Particularly interesting LP346 coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Pro-7; from about Glu-35 to about Cys-40; from about Asn-48 to bout Ser-52; from about Ser-59 to about Asp-70; from about Arg-76 to about Cys-82; from about Asn-88 to about Asn-92; from about Tyr-98 to about Phe-101; from about His-105 to about Cys-110; from about Glu-118 to about Cys- 123; from about Met-131 to about Ser-133; from about Cys-138 to about Gly-141; from abou Ser-145 to about His-149; from about Gln-153 to about Asn-160; from about Asn-163 to about Cys-168; from about Arg-173 to about Gly-179; from about Cys-184 to about Asp- 196; from about Tyr-203 to about Cys-208; from about Cys-212 to about Gly-222; from about Thr-231 to about Lys-234; from about Ala-239 to about Pro-250; from about Thr-255 to about Ser-261; and from about Ue-265 to Ile-265. A particularly interesting heUx structure is from about His-17 to about Ala-27. Particularly interesting strands are from about Lys-54 to about Cys-57; from about Cys-95 to about Cys-97; from about Leu-111 to about Val-113; from about Ile-180 to about Cys-182; and from about Ue-225 to about Leu-229. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil-coil motif of LP346 combines the His-105 to about Cys-110 coil; with the Leu-111 to about Nal-113 strand; with the Glu-118 to about Cys-123 coil; with the Met-131 to about Gly-141 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about His-105 to about Gly-141. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined
LP283 and variants Functions: Given the teachings suppUed herein, for example, of: LP283 (or variants) primary amino acid, the sequence information and knowledge of the secondary structural features of proteins that exhibit sequence similarity to LP283 or variants, such as, for example, SCUBE1, SCUBE2, Drosophila toUoid, the mammaUan toUoid-related genes BMP1 and mTU, fibropeUin I and III from sea urchin, and the serum glycoprotein attractin sequence, and how these features map onto LP283 sequence presented herein (e.g., such as the relationship between the primary amino acid sequence of LP283 active regions and higher order structure of similar CUB-Uke domains such as, the crystal structure of ISPP (Romero, et al. 1997 Nat Struct Biol. Oct;4(10):783-788 titled, "The crystal structures of two spermadhesins reveal the CUB domain fold." The three dimensional structure is available from the Protein Data Bank as entry ISPP)), it is Ukely that an LP283, an LP283 variant, and/or an LP283 binding agent (e.g., such as an LP283 antibody (or fragment thereof)) plays a similar role/s in a variety of physiological processes. Some non- limiting examples of functions an LP283, LP283 variant, or an LP283 binding agent is Ukely to participate in are, for example, those such as: a ceU adhesion; ceU-matrix adhesion; neural development, such as, e.g., brain development, sense organ development, such as, for example, the eye; Umb development; protein-protein interactions; protein-extraceUular matrix interactions; chemotaxis; metaUoproteinase activity, added hair growth/hair replacement, cause breast cancer and embryogenesis. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
TABLE 9
Table 9 summarizes information corresponding to each "LP No." of the invention as described herein. The column labeled, "Total NT Seq." refers to the total number of nucleotides in a polynucleotide sequence identified by an "LP No." The nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of the putative start codon (methionine) is identified as "5' NT of Start Codon." Sirmlarly, the nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of a predicted signal sequence of an LP protein or polypeptide is identified as "5' NT of First AA of Signal Pep."
The corresponding translated amino acid sequence of a particular NT SEQ ID NO:X, typicaUy beginning with the methionine, is identified as "AA SEQ ID NO: Y," although other reading frames can also be easily translated using techniques known in molecular biology. A polypeptide produced using an alternative open reading frame/s is also specificaUy encompassed by the present invention. The first and last amino acid position of a SEQ ID NO: Y of the predicted signal peptide is identified as "First AA of Signal Pep" and "Last AA of Signal Pep." The predicted first amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the secreted portion is identified as "Predicted First AA of Secreted Portion." FinaUy, the amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the last amino acid in the open reading frame is identified as "Last AA of ORF."
An LP polypeptide or fragment thereof, identified from SEQ ID NO: Y may be used, e.g., as an immunogen to generate an antibody that specificaUy and/or selectively binds a protein comprising an LP polypeptide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the invention and/or to a mature LP polypeptide or secreted LP protein, e.g., encoded by a polynucleotide sequence described herein An LP polypeptide of the invention can be prepared in any manner suitable to those known in the art. Such a polypeptide includes, e.g., naturaUy occurring polypeptides that are isolated, recombinantiy produced polypeptides, syntheticaUy produced polypeptides, or polypeptides produced by any combination of these methods Means for preparing such polypeptides are weU understood in the art. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) may be in the form of, a mature polypeptide, a secreted protein (including the mature form), or it may be a fragment thereof, or it may be a part of a larger polypeptide or protein, such as, e g., a fusion protein. It is often advantageous to include with an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), e.g , additional amino acid sequence that contains, e.g., secretory or leader sequences, pro- sequences, sequences that aid in purification, such as, e.g., multiple histidine residues, or an additional sequence for stabihty during recombinant production. Such variants are also encompassed herein. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is preferably provided in an isolated or recombinant form, or it may be preferably substantially purified. A recombinandy produced version of an LP polypeptide of the invention, including a secreted polypeptide, can be substantiaUy purified using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., the single-step purification method (Smith and Johnson (1988) Gene 67(1):31- 40). An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can also be purified from natural, synthetic or recombinant sources using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., using an antibody of the invention raised against a secreted protein. The present invention provides an isolated or recombinant LP polynucleotide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a nucleic acid molecule having a mature polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X wherein said polynucleotide sequence or said cDNA encodes at least 12 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y. II. Definitions LP polynucleotide As used herein, the term "LP polynucleotide" refers to a molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence contained in a Table herein or in a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X. For example, the polynucleotide can contain the nucleotide sequence of the fuU length cDNA sequence, including the 5' and 3' untranslated sequences, the coding region, with or without the signal sequence, the secreted protein coding region, as weU as fragments, epitopes, domains, and variants of the nucleic acid sequence. An "LP polynucleotide" also encompasses, e.g., those polynucleotides that stably hybridize, under stringent hybridization conditions to an LP sequence of a table herein, or to a sequence contained in SEQ ID NO:X. In specific embodiments, an LP polynucleotide sequence is at least 15, at least 30, at least 50, at least 100, at least 125, at least 500, or at least 1000 contiguous nucleotides but are less than or equal to 300 kb, 200 kb, 100 kb, 50 kb, 15 kb, 10 kb, 7.5 kb, 5 kb, 2.5 kb, 2.0 kb, or 1 kb, in length.
An LP polynucleotide sequence can be composed of any polyribonucleotide or polydeoxribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA. For example, polynucleotides can be composed of single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, single- and double-stranded RNA, and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typicaUy, double-stranded or a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions. In addition, the polynucleotide can be composed of triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA. A polynucleotide may also contain one or more modified bases or DNA or RNA backbones modified for stabiUty or for other reasons. "Modified" bases can include, e.g., for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine. A variety of modifications can be made to DNA and RNA; thus, the term "polynucleotide" embraces chemicaUy, enzymaticaUy, or metaboUcaUy modified forms. "Altered" nucleic acid sequences encoding LP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as LP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of LP. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oUgonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding LP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to aUeUc variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding LP.
"Substantial similarity" in a nucleic acid sequence comparison context means either that the segments, or their complementary strands, when compared, are identical when optimaUy aUgned, with appropriate nucleotide insertions or deletions, in at least about 50% of the nucleotides, generaUy at least 56%, more generaUy at least 59%, ordinarily at least 62%, more ordinarily at least 65%, often at least 68%, more often at least 71%, typicaUy at least 74%, more typicaUy at least 77%, usuaUy at least 80%, more usuaUy at least about 85%, preferably at least about 90%, more preferably at least about 95 to 98% or more, and in particular embodiments, as high at about 99% or more of the nucleotides. Alternatively, substantial similarity exists when the segments wiU hybridize under selective hybridization conditions, to a strand, or its complement, typicaUy using a sequence derived from SEQ ID X. Typically, selective hybridization will occur when there is at least about 55% similarity over a stretch of at least about 30 nucleotides, preferably at least about 65% over a stretch of at least about 25 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 75%, and most preferably at least about 90% over about 20 nucleotides. See Kanehisa (1984) Nuc. Acids Res. 12:203-213. The length of similarity comparison, as described, may be over longer stretches, and in certain embodiments wiU be over a stretch of at least about 17 nucleotides, usuaUy at least about 20 nucleotides, more usuaUy at least about 24 nucleotides, typicaUy at least about 28 nucleotides, more typicaUy at least about 40 nucleotides, preferably at least about 50 nucleotides, and more preferably at least about 75 to 100 or more nucleotides, e.g., 150, 200, etc. For sequence comparison, typicaUy one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are input into a computer, subsequent coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identity for the test sequence(s) relative to the reference sequence, based on the designated program parameters. Optical aUgnment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1981) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482, by the homology aUgnment algorithm of Needlman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol. 48:443, by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by visual inspection (see generaUy Ausubel et al., supra). One example of a useful algorithm is PILEUP. Another example of algorithm that is suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the BLAST algorithm, which is described Altschul, et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410. A further indication that two nucleic acid sequences of polypeptides are substantiaUy identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologicaUy cross reactive with the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid. Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantiaUy identical is that the two molecules hybridize to each other under stringent conditions. "Homologous" polynucleotide sequences, when compared, exhibit significant similarity (e.g., sequence identity at the nucleotide level). Generally, standards for determining homology between nucleic acid molecules (or polynucleotide sequences) use art known techniques which examine, e.g., the extent of structural similarity or sequence identity between polynucleotide sequences; and/or that determine a phylogenetic relationship (e.g., whether compared sequences are orthologs or paralogs); and/or that are based on the abiUty of sequences to form a hybridization complex. Hybridization conditions are described in detail herein.
"Hybridization" refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions.
Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of similarity and/or identity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive anneaUng conditions and remain hybridized after "washing." Washing is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, typicaUy, with more stringent conditions aUowing less non-specific binding (e.g., binding between polynucleotide sequences that demonstrate less sequence identity or similarity). Permissive conditions for anneaUng of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skiU in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve a desired stringency, and therefore, a particular hybridization specificity.
"Stringent conditions," when referring to homology or substantial similarity and/or identity in the hybridization context, wiU be stringent combined conditions of salt, temperature, organic solvents, and other parameters, typicaUy those controUed in hybridization reactions. Stringent temperature conditions wiU usuaUy include temperatures in excess of about 30°C, more usuaUy in excess of about 37°C, typicaUy in excess of about 40°C, characteristicaUy in excess of about 42°C, routinely in excess of about 45°C, usuaUy in excess of about 47°C, preferably in excess of about 50°C, more typicaUy in excess of about 55°C, characteristicaUy in excess of about 60°C, preferably in excess of about 65°C, and more preferably in excess of about 70°C. In this context, the term "about" includes, e.g., a particularly recited temperature (e.g., 50°C), and/or a temperature that is greater or lesser than that of the stated temperature by, e.g., one, two, three, four, or five degrees Celsius (e.g., 49°C or 51 °C). Stringent salt conditions wiU ordinarily be less than about 500 mM, usuaUy less than about 450 mM, even more usuaUy less than about 400 mM, more usuaUy less than about 350 mM, even more usuaUy less than about 300 mM, typicaUy less than about 250 mM, even more typicaUy less than about 200 mM, preferably less than about 100 mM, and more preferably less than about 80 mM, even down to less than about 20 mM. In this context, the term "about" includes, e.g., a particularly recited molarity (e.g., 400 mM), and/or a molarity that is greater or lesser than that of the stated molarity by, e.g., three, five, seven, nine, eleven or fifteen miUimolar (e.g., 389 mM or 415 mM). It is to be remembered that the combination of parameters is more important than the measure of any single parameter (see, e.g., Wetmur and Davidson (1968) J. Mol. Biol. 31:349-370).
A nucleic acid probe that binds to a target nucleic acid under stringent conditions to form a stable hybridization complex is said to be specific for said target nucleic acid.
Preferably, hybridization under stringent conditions should give a signal of at least 2-fold over background, more preferably a signal of at least 3 to 5-fold over background or more. TypicaUy, a hybridization probe is more than 11 nucleotides in length and is sufficientiy identical (or complementary) to the sequence of the target nucleic acid (over the region determined by the sequence of the probe) to bind the target under stringent hybridization conditions to form a detectable stable hybridization complex. The term "hybridization complex" refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid molecules by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or gt analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobuized on a sohd support (such as, e.g., without kmitation, paper, plastic, a membrane, a filter, a chip, a pin, glass, or any other appropriate substrate to which ceUs or their nucleic acids can be complexed with either covalendy or non-covalentiy).
An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are weU known (see, e.g., Sambrook, et al. (1990) Molecular Clomng: A Laboratory Manual (cur. ed.) Vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY, which is incorporated herein by reference and hereinafter referred to as "Sambrook, et al."). A non- Umiting example of a high stringency condition of the invention comprises including a wash condition of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2X SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 67°C, 63°C, 61°C, 59°C, 57°C, 53°C, 51°C, 49°C, 47°C, 43°C, or 41 °C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0 1 to 2.0X SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%. Typically, blocking reagents are used to block nonspecific hybridization Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared, and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 ug/ml. Organic solvent, such as, e.g , formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for a RNA:DNA hybridization. Useful variations on these wash conditions wiU be readily apparent to those of ordinary skiU in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is indicative of a similar functional and/or biological role for the nucleotide sequence and its correspondingly encoded polypeptide sequence.
Another non-bmiting example of a stringent hybridization condition comprises, e.g., an overmght incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5x SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodmm citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 pg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, foUowed by washing the filters in O.lx SSC at about 65°C Also contemplated are nucleic acid molecules that hybridize to an LP polynucleotide sequence at lower stringency hybridization conditions. Changes in the stringency of hybridization and signal detection can be accompUshed through the manipulation of formamide concentration (lower percentages of formamide result in lowered stringency); salt conditions, or temperature. For example, an alternate stringency condition can comprise, e.g., an overnight incubation at 37°C in a solution comprising 6X SSPE (20X SSPE = 3M NaCl; 0.2M NaH,PO, 0.02M EDTA, pH 7.4), 0.5% SDS, 30% formamide, 100ml salmon sperm blocking DNA; foUowed by washes at 50°C with IX SSPE, 0.1% SDS. In addition, to achieve another alternate stringency condition, washes are performed foUowing stringent hybridization at higher salt concentrations (e.g. 5X SSC). Note that variations in the above conditions may be accompUshed through the inclusion and/or substitution of alternate blocking reagents used to suppress background in hybridization experiments. Typical blocking reagents include, e.g., Denhardt's reagent, BLOTTO, heparin, denatured salmon sperm DNA, and commerciaUy avaUable proprietary formulations. The inclusion of specific blocking reagents may require modification of a hybridization conditions described herein. A polynucleotide that hybridizes only to polyA+ sequences (such as any 3' terminal polyA+ tract of a cDNA of the invention), or to a complementary stretch of T (or U) residues, is not included, e.g., in the definition of an "LP polynucleotide" since such a polynucleotide would hybridize to any nucleic acid molecule containing a poly (A) stretch or the complement thereof (i.e., practicaUy any double-stranded cDNA clone generated using oUgo dT as a primer).
Still another non-Umiting example of a stringent hybridization condition is one that employs, e.g.: low ionic strength and high temperature for washing (e.g., 15mM sodium chloride/1.5 mM sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C); a denaturing agent (during hybridization) such as formamide (e.g., 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% ficoU/0.1% polyvinylpyrroUdone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride/75 mM sodium citrate at 42°C); or 50% formamide, 5X SSC (750μM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5X Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 μg/mL), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42°C with washes at 42°C in 0.2X SSC (30 mM sodium chloride/3 mM sodium citrate) and 50% formamide at 55°C, foUowed by a high-stringency wash consisting of 0.1X SSC containing EDTA at 55°C. An "isolated" nucleic acid is a nucleic acid molecule or a polynucleotide sequence (e.g., an RNA, DNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, or a mixed polymer) which is substantiaUy separated from other biologic components that naturally accompany a native sequence (e.g., proteins and flanking genomic sequences from the originating species). In a preferable embodiment, the isolated LP sequence is free of association with components that can interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the sequence including, e.g., enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous agents. The term embraces a polynucleotide sequence removed from its naturaUy occurring environment. For example, an isolated polynucleotide sequence could comprise part of a vector or a composition of matter, or could be contained within a ceU, and stiU be "isolated" because the vector, composition of matter, or ceU is not the original environment of the polynucleotide sequence. Moreover, the term encompasses recombinant or cloned DNA isolates, chemicaUy synthesized analogs, or analogs biologicaUy synthesized using heterologous systems. Furthermore, the term includes both double- stranded and single-stranded embodiments. If single-stranded, the polynucleotide sequence may be either the "sense" or the "antisense" strand. A substantiaUy pure molecule includes isolated forms of the molecule.
An isolated nucleic acid molecule wiU usuaUy contain homogeneous nucleic acid molecules, but, in some embodiments, it wiU contain nucleic acid molecules having minor sequence heterogeneity. TypicaUy, this heterogeneity is found at the polymer ends or portions of the LP sequence that are not critical to a desired biological function or activity. The term "isolated" does not refer to genomic or cDNA Ubraries, whole ceU total or mRNA preparations, genomic DNA preparations (including those separated by electrophoresis and transferred onto blots), sheared whole ceU genomic DNA preparations, or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of a LP polynucleotide sequence of the present invention.
A "recombinant" nucleic acid or polynucleotide sequence is defined either by its method of production or its structure. In reference to its method of production, e.g., a product made by a process, the process is use of any genetic engineering technique, e.g., products made by transforming ceUs with any non-naturaUy occurring vector are encompassed, as are nucleic acids comprising sequence derived using any synthetic oUgonucleotide process. A similar concept is intended for a recombinant LP polypeptide. SpecificaUy included are synthetic nucleic acid molecules which, due to the redundancy of the genetic code, encode polypeptides similar to fragments of these antigens, and fusions of sequences from various different species variants.
LP protein
As used herein, an "LP protein" shaU encompass, when used in a protein context, a protein or polypeptide having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: Y or a significant fragment of such a protein or polypeptide, preferably a natural embodiment. The term "protein" or "polypeptide" is meant any chain of contiguous amino acid residues, regardless of length or postranslation modification (e.g., glycosylation, or phosphorylation). Further, an LP protein or an LP polypeptide encompass polypeptide sequences that are pre- or pro-proteins. Moreover, the present invention encompasses a mature LP protein, including a polypeptide or protein that is capable of being directed to the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), a secretory vesicle, a ceUular compartment, or an extraceUular space typicaUy, e.g., as a result of a signal sequence, however, a protein released into an extraceUular space without necessarily having a signal sequence is also encompassed. GeneraUy, the polypeptide undergoes processing, e.g., cleavage of a signal sequence, modification, folding, etc., resulting in a mature form (see, e.g., Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The CeU, Garland PubUshing, New York, NY, pp. 557-560, 582-592.).
The invention also embraces polypeptides that exhibit similar structure to an LP polypeptide (e.g., one that interacts with an LP protein specific binding composition). These binding compositions, e.g., antibodies, typicaUy bind an LP protein with high affinity, e.g., at least about 100 nM; usuaUy, better than about 30 nM; preferably, better than about 10 nM; and more preferably, at better than about 3 nM.
Modifications
An LP polypeptide can be composed of amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e., peptide isosteres, and may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids. The polypeptides may be modified by either natural processes, such as post-translational processing, or by chemical modification techniques that are weU known in the art. Such modifications are weU described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as weU as in a voluminous research Uterature. Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini. It wiU be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degrees at several sites in a given polypeptide. Also, a given polypeptide may contain many types of modifications. Polypeptides may be branched, for example, as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be cycUc, with or without branching. Cychc, branched, and branched cycUc polypeptides may result from posttranslaαon natural processes or may be made by synthetic methods. Modifications include, e.g., acetylation, acylation, ADP-nbosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a Upid or Upid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidyUnositol, cross-Unking, cycUzation, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-Unks, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, lodination, methylation, mynstoylation, oxidation, pegylation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer- RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination (see, e.g., Creighton (1993) 2nd ed. Proteins-Structure and Molecular Properties, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York; Johnson (1983) ed. Posttranslational Covalent
Modification of Proteins, Academic Press, New York, pp. 1-12; Seifter et al. (1990) Meth Enzymol 182:626-646; Rattan et al. (1992) Ann NY Acad Sci 663:48XX) .
The encoded protein may also be "altered," and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues that produce a silent change and result in a functionaUy equivalent LP. DeUberate ammo acid substitutions may be made based on similarity in polarity, charge, solubiUty, hydrophobicity, hydrophiUcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of the LP is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and vaUne; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
"Substantially pure" refers to LP nucleic acid or LP protein or polypeptide that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated and/or separated from other contaminating proteins, nucleic acids, and other biologicals. Purity may be assayed by standard methods, and wiU ordinarily be at least about 50% pure, more ordinarily at least about 60% pure, generaUy at least about 70% pure, more generaUy at least about 80% pure, often at least about 85% pure, more often at least about 90% pure, preferably at least about 95% pure, more preferably at least about 98% pure, and in most preferred embodiments, at least 99% pure. Similar concepts apply, e.g., to LP antibodies or nucleic acids of the invention. For example, it may be desirable to purify an LP polypeptide from recombinant ceU proteins or polypeptides. Various art known methods of protein purification may be employed (see, e.g., Deutscher, (1990) Methods in Enzymology 182: 83-9 and Scopes, (1982) Protein Purification: Principles and Practice. Springer- Verlag, NY.)
"Solubility" of an LP protein or polypeptide is reflected by sedimentation measured in Svedberg units, which are a measure of the sedimentation velocity of a molecule under particular conditions (see, Freifelder (1982) Physical Biochemistry (2d ed.) W.FI. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA; and Cantor and Schimmel (1980) Biophysical Chemistry parts 1-3, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA). A soluble particle or polypeptide wiU typicaUy be less than about 30S, more typicaUy less than about 15S, usuaUy less than about 10S, more usuaUy less than about 6S, and, in particular embodiments, preferably less than about 4S, and more preferably less than about 3S. SolubiUty of a polypeptide or fragment depends upon the environment and the polypeptide. Many parameters affect polypeptide solubiUty, including temperature, electrolyte environment, size and molecular characteristics of the polypeptide, and nature of the solvent. TypicaUy, the temperature at which the polypeptide is used ranges from about 4° C to about 65° C. UsuaUy the temperature at use is greater than about 18° C and more usually greater than about 22° C. For diagnostic purposes, the temperature wiU usuaUy be about room temperature or warmer, but less than the denaturation temperature of components in the assay. For therapeutic purposes, the temperature wiU usuaUy be body temperature, typicaUy about 37° C for humans, though under certain situations the temperature may be raised or lowered in situ or in vitro. The size and structure of the polypeptide should generaUy be in a substantiaUy stable state, and usuaUy not in a denatured state. The polypeptide may be associated with other polypeptides in a quaternary structure, e.g., to confer solubiUty, or associated with Upids or detergents in a manner which approximates natural Upid bilayer interactions.
The solvent wiU usuaUy be a biologicaUy compatible buffer, of a type used for preservation of biological activities, and wiU usuaUy approximate a physiological solvent.
UsuaUy the solvent wiU have a neutral pH, typicaUy between about 5 and 10, and preferably about 7.5. On some occasions, a detergent wiU be added, typicaUy a mild non-denaturing one, e.g., CHS (cholesteryl hemisuccinate) or CHAPS (3-[3-cholamidopropyl)- dimethylammonio]-l -propane sulfonate), or a low enough concentration as to avoid significant disruption of structural or physiological properties of the protein.
Signal Sequence
The present invention encompasses "mature" forms of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y. Methods for predicting whether a protein has a signal sequence, as weU as the cleavage point for that sequence, are known in the art (see, e.g., McGeoch, 1985 Virus Res. 3:271-286 and Henrik Nielsen et al. (1997) Protein Engineering 10: 1-6). Employing such known art methods a signal sequence for an LP polypeptide was made. However, cleavage sites may vary and cannot be predicted with absolute certainty. Accordingly, the present invention provides secreted LP polypeptides having a sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y, in which a particular N-terminus variant polypeptide sequence can begin within five, four, three, two, or one amino acid residues (e.g., +5, +4, +3, +2, +1, or -5, -4, -3, -2, -1) from a particular cleavage point designated as such herein. Similarly, it is also recognized that in some cases, cleavage of a signal sequence of a secreted protein is not uniform, resulting in more than one secreted species for a given protein (e.g., a cleavage variant). Such cleavage variant LP polypeptides, and the polynucleotides encoding them, are also encompassed by the present invention.
Moreover, the signal sequence identified by the above analysis may not necessarily predict a naturaUy occurring signal sequence. For example, a naturally occurring signal sequence may be further upstream from a predicted signal sequence. However, it is Ukely that a predicted signal sequence will be capable of directing the secreted protein to the ER. Nevertheless, the present invention encompasses a mature LP polypeptide or protein produced by expression of a polynucleotide sequence Usted in a Table herein or an LP polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X. These LP polypeptides (and fragments thereof), and the polynucleotides encoding them, are also encompassed by the present invention.
LP Variants
The present invention encompasses variants of an LP polynucleotide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: X and/or the complementary strand thereto. The present invention also encompasses variants of a polypeptide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: Y. The term "variant" refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide differing from an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention, but retaining essential properties thereof. GeneraUy, variants are closely similar overaU in structural and/or sequence identity, and, in many regions, identical to an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention. For example, the present invention encompasses nucleic acid molecules that comprise, or alternatively consist of, a polynucleotide sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to, e.g., a polynucleotide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: X (or a strand complementary thereto); a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y; and/or polynucleotide fragments of any of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., a fragment as defined herein). Polynucleotides, that stably hybridize to a polynucleotide fragment (as defined herein) under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency conditions, are also encompassed by the invention, as are polypeptides (or fragments thereof) encoded by these polynucleotides.
The present invention is also directed to polypeptides that comprise, or alternatively consist of, an amino acid sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% identical to, e.g., a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragments thereof); a polypeptide sequence encoded by a cDNA contained in a deposited clone, and/or a polypeptide fragment of any of these polypeptides (e.g., those fragments as defined herein). A polynucleotide sequence having at least some "percentage identity," (e.g., 95%) to another polynucleotide sequence, means that the sequence being compared (e.g., the test sequence) may vary from another sequence (e.g. the referent sequence) by a certain number of nucleotide differences (e.g., a test sequence with 95% sequence identity to a reference sequence can have up to five point mutations per each 100 contiguous nucleotides of the referent sequence). In other words, for a test sequence to exhibit at least 95% identity to a referent sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the referent may differ, e.g., be deleted or substituted with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides (up to 5% of the total number of nucleotides in the reference sequence) may be inserted into the reference sequence. The test sequence may be: an entire polynucleotide sequence, e.g., as shown in a Table herein, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment, segment, or portion thereof (as described herein). As a practical matter, determining if a particular nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide sequence exhibits at least about: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to an LP polynucleotide sequence can be accompUshed using any art known method. Variants encompassed by the present invention may contain alterations in the coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Moreover, variants in which 1-2, 1-5, or 5-10 amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in any combination are also preferred. Of course, in order of ever-increasing preference, it is highly preferable for a peptide or polypeptide to have an amino acid sequence that comprises an amino acid sequence of the present invention, which contains at least: one, but not more than: 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid substitutions. In specific embodiments, the number of additions, substitutions, and/or deletions in an polypeptide sequence of the present invention or fragments thereof (e.g., a mature form and/or other fragments described herein), is at least: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25, 10-50, or 50-150; wherein conservative amino acid substitutions are more preferable than non-conservative substitutions.
LP Polynucleotide and LP Polypeptide Fragments
The present invention is also directed to fragments of an LP polynucleotide. An LP polynucleotide "fragment" encompasses a short polynucleotide of a nucleic acid molecule, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X or a complementary strand thereto, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragment thereof). Polynucleotide fragments of the invention encompass a polynucleotide sequence that is preferably at least about 15 nucleotides, more preferably at least about: 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, or 29 nucleotides, favorably at least about: 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, or 39 nucleotides, and even more preferably, at least about: 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, or 49 nucleotides, desirably at least about: 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, or 59 nucleotides, particularly at least about 75 nucleotides, or at least about 150 nucleotides in length.
A polynucleotide fragment "at least 20 nucleotides in length," e.g., is intended to include, e.g., 20 or more contiguous bases from a nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: X or in a Table herein. In this context "at least about" includes, e.g., a specificaUy recited value (e.g., 20nt), and a value that is larger or smaUer by one or more nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1), at either terminus or at both termini. A polynucleotide fragment has use that includes without Umit; e.g., diagnostic probes and primers as discussed herein. Larger fragments (e.g., 50, 150, 500, 600, or 2000 nucleotides) are also useful and preferred. Representative examples of various lengths of polynucleotide fragments encompassed by the invention, include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X from about nucleotide number 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 651-700, 701-750, 751-800, 800-850, 851-900, 901-950, 951-1000, 1001-1050, 1051-1100, 1101-1150, 1151-1200, 1201-1250, 1251-1300, 1301-1350, 1351-1400, 1401-1450, 1451-1500, 1501-1550, 1551-1600, 1601-1650, 1651-1700, 1701-1750, 1751-1800, 1801-1850, 101851- 1900, 1901-1950, 1951-2000, or 2001 to the end of SEQ ID NO:X, or a strand complementary thereto. In this context, the term "about" includes, e.g., a particularly recited polynucleotide fragment range herein, and/or ranges that have lengths that are larger or smaUer by several nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or lnt), at either terminus or at both termini. Preferably, these fragments encode a polypeptide possessing biological activity as defined herein, e.g., lmmunogenicity, or antigenicity. More preferably, a polynucleotide fragment can be used as a probe or primer as discussed herein. Furthermore, the present invention also encompasses a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to a polynucleotide fragment described herein under either stringent or lowered stringency hybridization conditions. AdditionaUy incoφorated are polypeptides encoded by a polynucleotide fragment or a hybridized polynucleotide stably bound to a polynucleotide fragment of the invention. AdditionaUy encompassed by the invention is a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, which is specifically or selectively bound by an antibody directed to/or generated against a mature polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), e.g., a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y.
In the present invention, a "polypeptide fragment or segment" encompasses an amino acid sequence that is a portion of SEQ ID NO: Y. Protein and/or polypeptide fragments or segments may be "free-standing," or they may comprise part of a larger polypeptide or protein, of which the fragment or segment forms a portion or region, e.g., a single continuous region of SEQ ID NO: Y connected in a fusion protein. Representative examples of lengths of polypeptide fragments or segments encompassed by the invention, include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, from about amino acid residue number 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 102-120, 121-140, 141-160, 161-170, 171- 180, 181-190, 191-200, 201-210, etc., to the end of the mature coding region of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof).
Preferably, a polypeptide segment of the invention can have a length of contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that is at least about: 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous amino acids in length. In this context "about" includes, e.g., the specifically recited ranges or values described herein, and it also encompasses values that differ from these recited values by several amino acid residues (e.g., plus or minus 5, plus or minus 4, plus or minus 3, plus or minus 2, or; plus or minus 1 amino acid residues), at either or both ends of the fragment. Further, a polynucleotide encoding such a polypeptide fragment is also encompassed by the invention.
Moreover, a polypeptide comprising more than one of the above polypeptide fragments is encompassed by the invention; including a polypeptide comprising at least: one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, mne, ten, or more fragments, wherein the fragments (or combinations thereof) may be of any length described herein (e.g., a fragment of 12 contiguous amino acids and another fragment of 30 contiguous amino acids, etc.). The invention also encompasses proteins or polypeptides comprising a pluraUty of distinct, e.g., non-overlapping, segments of specified lengths. TypicaUy, the pluraUty wiU be at least two, more usuaUy at least three, and preferably four, five, six, seven, eight, mne, ten, or even more. While length minima are stipulated, longer lengths (of various sizes) may be appropriate (e.g., one of length seven, and two of lengths of twelve). Features of one of the different polynucleotide sequences should not be taken to Umit those of another of the polynucleotide sequences. Preferred polypeptide fragments include, e.g., the secreted protein as weU as the mature form. Further preferred polypeptide fragments include, e g , the secreted protein or the mature form having a continuous series of deleted residues from the amino or the carboxy terminus, or both. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 amino acids can be deleted from the amino terminus of either the secreted polypeptide or the mature form. Similarly, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30, can be deleted from the carboxy terminus of the secreted protein or mature form. Furthermore, any combination of the above amino and carboxy terminus deletions are preferred. Similarly, polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also preferred.
Also preferred are polypeptide fragments or segments (and their corresponding polynucleotide fragments) that characterize structural or functional domains, such as, fragments, or combinations thereof, that comprise e.g., alpha-hehx, and alpha-heUx forming regions, beta-sheet, and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn, and turn-forming regions, coil, and coil-forming regions, hydrophiUc regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, loop regions, hairpin domains, beta-alpa-beta motifs, heUx bundles, alpha/beta barrels, up and down beta barrels, jeUy roU or Swiss roU motifs, transmembrane domains, surface- forming regions, substrate binding regions, transmembrane regions, Unkers, immunogenic regions, epitopic regions, and high antigenic index regions. Polypeptide fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y falling within conserved domains are specificaUy encompassed by the present invention. Moreover, polynucleotides encoding these domains are also encompassed. Other preferred polypeptide segments are biologicaUy active fragments. BiologicaUy active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). The biological activity of the fragments may include, e.g., an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity. Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also encompassed by the invention.
Preferably, the polynucleotide fragments of the invention encode a polypeptide that demonstrates a functional activity. The phrase "functional activity" encompasses a polypeptide segment that can accompUsh one or more known functional activities associated with a fuU-length (complete) polypeptide of invention protein. Such functional activities include, e.g., without Umitation, biological activity, antigenicity [abiUty to bind (or compete with a polypeptide of the invention for binding) to an antibody to a polypeptide of the invention], lmmunogenicity (abiUty to generate antibody that binds to a polypeptide of the invention), abiUty to form multimers with a polypeptide of the invention, and the ability to bind to a receptor or Ugand of a polypeptide of the invention.
The functional activity of a polypeptide of the invention (including fragments, variants, derivatives, and analogs thereof) can be assayed by various methods. For example, where one is assaying for the abiUty to bind or compete with a fuU-length polypeptide of the invention for binding to an antibody of a polypeptide of the invention, various immunoassays known in the art can be used, including, e.g., without Umitation, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich" immunoassays, lmmunoradiometnc assays, gel diffusion precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using coUoidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays, complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assays, protein A assays, and lmmunoelectrophoresis assays, etc.) In another embodiment, antibody binding is accompUshed by detecting a label on the primary antibody. In another embodiment, the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody. In a further embodiment, the secondary antibody is labeled. Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention. In another embodiment, where a Ugand for a polypeptide of the invention is identified, or the abiUty of a polypeptide fragment, variant or derivative of the invention to multimeπze is being evaluated, binding can be assayed, e g., by using reducing and non- reducing gel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, and affinity blotting (see generaUy, Phizicky, et al. (1995) Microbial. Rev. 59:94-123). In another embodiment, physiological correlates of binding of a polypeptide of the invention to its substrates (signal transduction) can be assayed with common techniques. In addition, assays described herein (see, e.g., the "Examples" section of the appUcation), or otherwise known in the art, can routinely be appUed to measure the abiUty of a polypeptide of the invention (its fragments, variants derivatives and analogs thereof) to eUcit a related biological activity (either in vitro or
Epitopes and Antibodies
The present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, an epitope of SEQ ID NO: Y or a table herein, or encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to form a hybridization complex, under stringent hybridization conditions (or lower stringency hybridization conditions) as defined herein, to a complement of a sequence of SEQ ID NO: X.
The present invention further encompasses a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of a polypeptide sequence of the invention (such as, e.g , a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: X or a Table herein), a polynucleotide sequence of the complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of the invention, and a polynucleotide sequence that stably hybridizes to a complementary strand under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency hybridization conditions as defined herein.
The term "epitope," as used herein, refers to a portion of a polypeptide having antigenic or immunogenic activity in an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably in a human. In a preferred embodiment, the present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising an epitope, as weU as the polynucleotide encoding this polypeptide. An "immunogenic epitope," as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or a Uneanzed polypeptide (or fragment thereof) that eUcits an antibody response in an animal, as determined by any art known method (e.g , by the methods for generating antibodies described herein or otherwise known, see, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 308 1:3998-4002).
An "antigenic epitope," as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or polypeptide to which a binding composition, e.g., an antibody or antibody binding fragment, selectively binds or is specificaUy lmmunoreactive with as determined by any known art method, e g , by an immunoassay described herein. Selective binding excludes non-specific binding but does not necessarily exclude cross-reactivity with other antigens. An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to eUcit the immune response) for binding to an antibody. Antigenic epitopes need not necessarily be immunogenic.
The phrase "specifically binds to" or is "specifically immunoreactive with", when referring to a protein or peptide, refers to a binding reaction which is determinative of the presence of a protein or fragment (e.g., an LP protein) in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and/or other biological components. TypicaUy, the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure, e.g., an antigenic determinant (or epitope) recognized by a binding composition. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A," the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction contaimng free labeled A and the antibody wiU reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein or polypeptide sequence and do not sigmficandy bind other proteins or other polypeptide sequences that are present in the sample. Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions may require an antibody that is selected for its specificity and/or selectivity for a particular protein. For example, antibodies raised to the protein immunogen with an amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: Y can be selected to obtain antibodies specificaUy immunoreactive with LP proteins or LP polypeptides and not with other proteins or polypeptides. These antibodies wiU also recogmze proteins or polypeptide sequences that have an above average degree of similarity or identity to an LP protein or LP polypeptide sequence. Fragments that function as epitopes can be produced by any conventional means such as, e.g., (1985) Houghten, Proc. Nad. Acad Sci. USA 82:5131-5135, further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211. In the present invention, an antigenic or immunogenic epitope preferably contains a polypeptide sequence of at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, more preferably at least eight, at least nine, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, and, favorably, between about 15 to about 30 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or a Table herein. Preferred polypeptide fragments of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: Y comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length.
Additional non-exclusive preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as portions thereof. Antigenic epitopes are useful, e.g., to generate antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies that specificaUy bind the epitope. Preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as any pluraUty thereof, e.g., at least: two, three, four, five or more of these antigenic epitopes in any combination or structural arrangement. Antigenic epitopes can be used as the target molecules in immunoassays (see, e.g., Wilson, et al. (1984) CeU 37:767-778; SutcUffe, et al. (1983) Science 219:660-666). Similarly, immunogenic epitopes can be used, e.g., to induce antibodies according to any known art method (see, for instance, SutcUffe, et al. supra; Wilson, et al. supra; Chow, et al. Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 82:910-25914; and Bitde, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. Preferred immunogenic epitopes include, e.g., an immunogenic epitope disclosed herein, as weU as a pluraUty or any combination thereof, e.g., of at least two, three, four, five or more of these immunogenic epitopes including, e.g., repeats of a particular epitope. A polypeptide comprising a pluraUty of epitopes may be used to eUcit an antibody response with a carrier protein, such as, e.g., an albumin, to an animal system (such as, e.g., a rabbit or a mouse), or, if a polypeptide is of sufficient length (e.g., at least about 25 amino acids), the polypeptide may be presented without a carrier. However, immunogenic epitopes comprising as few as 8 to 10 amino acids have also been shown to be sufficient to generate antibodies and to be useful since they are capable of binding to, e.g., Unear epitopes in a denatured polypeptide such as in Western blotting. Polypeptides or proteins bearing an epitope of the present invention may be used to generate antibodies according to known methods including, e.g., without Umitation, in vivo immunization, in vitro immunization, and phage display methods (see, e.g., SutcUffe, et al. supra; Wilson, et al. supra, and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. "Binding Composition"
The term "binding composition" refers to molecules that bind with specificity and/or selectivity to an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (such as, e.g , in an antibody-antigen interaction). However, other compositions (e.g., antibodies, oUgonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), peptides, or smaU molecules) may also specificaUy and/or selectivity associate (bind) with the LP in contrast to other molecules. TypicaUy, the association wiU be in a natural physiologicaUy relevant protein-protein interaction (either covalent or non-covalent) and it may include members of a multi-protein complex (including carrier compounds or dimerization partners). The composition may be a polymer or chemical reagent. A functional analog may be a protein with structural modifications or may be a whoUy unrelated molecule (such as, e.g., one that has a molecular shape that interacts with the appropriate binding determinants). The proteins may serve as agonists or antagonists of the binding partner, see, e.g., Goodman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman & Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (cur. ed.) Pergamon Press, Tarrytown, N.Y.
The LP may be used to screen for binding compositions that specificaUy and/or selectively bind an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (e.g., a binding composition can be a molecule, or part of one, that selectively and/or stoichiometπcaUy binds, whether covalendy or not, to one or more specific sites of an LP (or fragment thereof) such as, e.g , in an antigen-antibody interaction, a hormone-receptor interaction, a substrate-enzyme interaction, etc.). At least one and up to a pluraUty of test binding compositions can be screened for specific and/or selective binding with the LP.
In one embodiment, a binding composition thus identified is closely related to a natural Ugand of an LP (such as, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner; see, e.g., CoUgan, et al. (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology l (2):Chapter 5.)
"Binding Agent:LP Complex"
The term "binding agentLP complex," as used herein, refers to a complex of a binding agent and a LP (or fragment thereof) which is formed by specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent to the respective LP (or fragment thereof). Specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent means that the binding agent has a specific and/or selective binding site that recognizes a site on the LP protein (or fragment thereof). For example, antibodies raised against a LP protein (or fragment thereof) that recogmze an epitope on the LP protein (or fragment thereof) are capable of forming a binding agentLP complex by specific and/or selective binding. TypicaUy, the formation of a binding agentLP complex aUows the measurement of LP protein (or fragment thereof) in a mixture of other proteins and/or biologies.
"Antibody:LP Complex"
The phrase "antibodyLP complex" refers to an embodiment in which the binding agent, e.g., is an antibody. The antibody may be monoclonal, polyclonal, or a binding fragment of an antibody (including, without Umit, e.g., Fv, Fab, or F(ab)2 fragments; diabodies, Unear antibodies (Zapata, et al., (1995) Protein Engin 8(10): 1057-62); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments). Preferably, for cross-reactivity purposes, the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
Antibodies
Antibodies can be raised to various LP proteins, including individual, polymorphic, aUeUc, strain, or species variants, and fragments thereof, both in their naturaUy occurring
(fuU-length) forms and in their recombinant forms. AdditionaUy, antibodies can be raised to LP proteins in either their active forms or in their inactive forms. Anti-idiotypic antibodies may also be used. Antibodies of the invention include, e.g , without Umitation, polyclonal, monoclonal, multispecific, human, humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab') fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression Ubrary, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e g , anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), and an epitope-binding fragment of any of the above.
As used herein, the phrase "human antibodies" includes, e.g., without Umitation, antibodies having an amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobuUn including, e.g., without Umitation, an antibody isolated from a human immunoglobuUn Ubrary or from an ammal transgenic for one or more human immunoglobuUns and that do not express endogenous immunoglobuUns, as described herein or, as taught, e.g., in U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598. An antibody of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity. Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or may be specific for both a polypeptide of the present invention as weU as for a heterologous epitope, such as a heterologous polypeptide or sohd support material (see, e.g., WO 2093/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:60-69; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,474,893; 4,714,681; 4,925,648; 5,573,920; or 5,601,819; or Kostelny, et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 .
Further encompassed by the present invention is an antibody that selectively binds a polypeptide, which is encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes, under stringent hybridization conditions (as described herein), to an LP polynucleotide sequence. An antibody of the present invention may also be characterized or specified in terms of its binding affinity to a protein or polypeptide (fragment thereof), or epitope of the invention. A preferred binding affinity of a binding composition, e.g., an antibody or antibody binding fragment, includes, e.g., a binding affinity that demonstrates a dissociation constant or Kd of less than about: 5 X 10"2M, 10"2M, 5 X 10"3M, 10"3M, 5 X 10'4M, 10"4M, 5 X 10"5M, 10"5M, 5 X 10"6M, 10'6M, 5 X 10"7M, 10"7M, 5 X 10"8M, 10"8M, 5 X 10"9M, 10"9M, 5 X 10 10M, 10-,0M, 5 X 10"nM, 10 nM, 5 X 10"12M, 10"12M, 5 X 10"13M, 10",3M, 5 X 10~14M, 10"14M, 5 X 10-15M, or 10" 15M.
The invention also encompasses antibodies that competitively inhibit binding of a binding composition to an epitope of the invention as determined by any known art method for determining competitive binding, e.g., the immunoassays described herein. In preferred embodiments, the antibody competitively inhibits binding to the epitope by at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85%, at least 80%, at least 75%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%. Antibodies of the present invention may act as agonists or antagonists of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). Likewise encompassed by the invention, are neutraUzing antibodies that bind a Ugand and prevent it binding to a receptor. Similarly encompassed are Ugand-binding antibodies that inhibit receptor activation without inhibiting receptor binding. Alternatively, Ugand-binding antibodies that activate a receptor are also included. Antibodies of the invention may act as receptor agonists, e.g., by potentiating or activating either aU or a subset of the biological activities of the Ugand-mediated receptor activation, e.g., by inducing dimerization of a receptor. The antibodies may be specified as agonists, antagonists, or inverse agonists for biological activities comprising the specific biological activities of a peptide of the invention disclosed herein. An antibody agonist can be made using known methods art (see, e.g., WO 96/40281; U.S. Patent No. 5811,097; Deng, et al, Blood 92(6):1981-1988 (1998); Chen, et al., Cancer Res. 58(16):3668-3678 (1998); Harrop, et al., J. Immunol. 161 (4):1786-1794 (1998); Zhu, et al., Cancer Res. 58( 15):3209-3214 (1998)).
Antibodies of the present invention may be used, e.g., without Umitation, to purify, detect, or target a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention for, e.g., in vitro and/or in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods. For example, the antibodies have use in immunoassays for quaUtatively and/or quantitatively measuring levels of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention in a biological sample (see, e.g., Harlow, et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, cur. ed.; incorporated by reference).
The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein is not Umited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology. The term "monoclonal antibody" refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced. Methods for producing and screening for specific antibodies using hybridoma technology are routine and known in the art. For an overview of the technology for producing human antibodies, see, e.g., Lonberg and Huszar, Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93 (1995). In addition, commercial companies such as, e.g., Abgenix, Inc. (Freemont, CA) and Genpharm (San Jose, CA) can be hired to produce human antibodies. Completely human antibodies that recognize a selected epitope can be generated by
"guided selection" (see, e.g., Jespers, et al. (1988) BioTechnology 12:899-903). Further, antibodies of the invention can, in turn, be used to generate anti-idiotype antibodies that "mimic" a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention using known techniques (see, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J. 7(5):437-444; (1989) and Nissinoff,J. (1991) Immunol. 147(8):2429-2438). The present invention encompasses antibodies recombinandy fused or chemicaUy conjugated (including both covalent and non-covalent conjugations) to a polypeptide (or portion thereof, preferably comprising at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of SED ID NO:X) of the present invention to generate fusion proteins. The fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur through Unker sequences.
The antibodies may be specific for antigens other than a polypeptide of the invention (or portion thereof, preferably at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids) of the present invention. For example, antibodies may be used to target an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to particular ceU types, either in vitro or in vivo, by fusing or conjugating a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention to an antibody specific for a particular ceU surface receptor. Antibodies fused or conjugated to a polypeptide of the invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and in purification methods using known art methods (see e.g., Harbor, et al., supra, and WO 9312 1232; EP 439,095; Naramura et al. (1994) Immunol. Lett. 39:9 1-99).
The present invention further includes compositions comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused or conjugated to an antibody domain other than a variable region. For example, a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may be fused or conjugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof. The antibody portion that is fused to a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may comprise a constant region, a hinge region, a CHI domain, a CH2 domain, and/or a CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or portions thereof. A polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may also be fused or conjugated to an antibody portion described herein to form multimers. For example, Fc portions fused to a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) can form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions. Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM. Methods for fusing or conjugating a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) to an antibody portion are known (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,336,603; 5,622,929; 5,359,046; 5,349,053; 5,447,851; 5,112,946; EP 307,434; EP 367,166; WO 96/04388).
In many cases, the Fc part of a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (see, e.g , EP A232, 262). Alternatively, deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, can be favored Moreover, an antibody of the present invention (or fragment thereof) can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to facihtate purification. Techniques for conjugating a therapeutic moiety to an antibody are known, see, e.g., Amon, et al., "Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld, et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc.1985); HeUstrom, et al., "Antibodies For Drug DeUvery", in ControUed Drug DeUvery (2nd Ed.), Robinson, et al. (eds.), pp 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987). Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
An antibody (or fragment thereof) of the invention may be utiUzed for immunophenotyping of ceU Unes and biological samples. The translation product of an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) may be useful as a ceU specific marker, or more specificaUy, as a ceUular marker (which is differentiaUy expressed at various stages of differentiation and/or maturation of particular ceU types). A particular protein can be measured by a variety of immunoassay methods see, e.g., Stites and Terr (eds.) (1991) Basic and CUnical Immunology (7th ed.); Price and Newman (eds.) (1991) Principles and Practice of Immunoassays Stockton Press, NY; and Ngo (ed.) (1988) Non-isotopic Immunoassays Plenum Press, NY.; Stites and Terr (eds.) Basic and CUnical Immunology (7th ed.) supra; Maggio (ed.) Enzyme Immunoassay. supra; and Harlow and Lane Antibodies. A Laboratory Manual, supra. The abiUty of the antibody of interest to immunoprecipitate a particular antigen can be assessed by, e.g., Western blot analysis. One of skiU in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters are modifiable to increase binding of an antibody to an antigen and to decrease background (e.g., by pre-clearing the ceU lysate with sepharose beads). Further discussion of immunoprecipitation protocols can be found in, e.g., Ausubel et al, eds., 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John WUey & Sons, Inc., New York.
Therapeutic Uses
The present invention further encompasses antibody-based therapies that involve administering LP antibody to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a primate
(e.g., a human), to modulate, treat, inhibit, effect, or ameUorate one or more of the disclosed diseases, disorders, or conditions. An antibody of the invention can be used to modulate, treat, inhibit, ameliorate, or prevent diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, any one or more of the diseases, disorders, syndromes or conditions described herein. The treatment, ameUoration, and/or prevention of diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention includes, e.g., without Umitation, ameUorating symptoms associated with those diseases, disorders or conditions. Antibodies of the invention may be provided in pharmaceuticaUy acceptable compositions as known in the art or as described herein.
Making LP proteins; Mimetics
DNAs which encode a LP protein or fragments thereof can be obtained by chemical synthesis, screening cDNA Ubraries, or by screening genomic Ubraries prepared from a wide variety of ceU Unes or tissue samples. Methods for doing so, or making expression vectors are either art known or are described herein.
These DNAs can be expressed in a wide variety of host ceUs for the synthesis of a fuU-length protein or fragments which can in turn, e.g., be used to generate polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies; for binding studies; for construction and expression of modified molecules; and for structure /function studies. Each LP protein or its fragments can be expressed in host ceUs that are transformed or transfected with appropriate expression vectors. By "transformed" is meant a ceU into which (or into an ancestor of which) a DNA molecule has been introduced, by means of recombinant techniques, which encodes an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof.
Expression vectors are typicaUy self-repUcating DNA or RNA constructs containing the desired antigen gene or its fragments, usually operably Unked to appropriate genetic control elements that are recognized in a suitable host ceU. The specific type of control elements necessary to effect expression depends on the host ceU used. GeneraUy, genetic control elements include a prokaryotic promoter system or a eukaryotic promoter expression control system, and typicaUy include a transcriptional promoter, an optional operator to control the onset of transcription, transcription enhancers to elevate the level of mRNA expression, a sequence that encodes a suitable ribosome binding site, and sequences that terminate transcription and translation. All of the associated elements both necessary and sufficient for the production of LP polypeptide are in operable Unkage with the nucleic acid encoding the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). UsuaUy, expression vectors also contain an origin of repUcation that aUows the vector to repUcate independendy of the host ceU. An expression vector will preferably include, e.g., at least one selectable marker. Such markers include, e.g., without Umit, dihydrofolate reductase, G418, or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic ceU culture and tetracycUne, kanamycin or ampiciUin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
The vectors of this invention contain DNAs which encode an LP protein, or a fragment thereof, typicaUy encoding, e.g., a biologicaUy active polypeptide, or protein. The DNA can be under the control of a viral promoter and can encode a selection marker. This invention further contemplates use of expression vectors capable of expressing eukaryotic cDNA coding for a LP (or fragment) in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, where the vector is compatible with the host and where the eukaryotic cDNA coding for the protein is inserted into the vector such that growth of the host containing the vector expresses the cDNA in question. UsuaUy, expression vectors are designed for stable repUcation in their host ceUs or for ampUfication to gready increase the total number of copies of the desirable gene per ceU. It is not always necessary to require that an expression vector repUcate in a host ceU, e.g., it is possible to effect transient expression of the protein or its fragments in various hosts using vectors that do not contain a repUcation origin that is recogmzed by the host ceU. It is also possible to use vectors that cause integration of an LP protein gene or its fragments into the host DNA by recombination, or to integrate a promoter that controls expression of an endogenous gene. Vectors, as used herein, encompass plasmids, viruses, bacteriophage, integratable
DNA fragments, and other vehicles that enable the integration of DNA fragments into the genome of the host. Expression vectors are speciaUzed vectors that contain genetic control elements that effect expression of operably Unked genes. Plasmids are the most commonly used form of vector, but many other forms of vectors that perform an equivalent function are also suitable for use (see, e.g., Pouwels, et al. (1985 and Supplements) Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual Elsevier, N.Y.; and Rodnquez, et al. (eds.) (1988) Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Clomng Vectors and Their Uses Buttersworth, Boston, MA).
Suitable host ceUs include prokaryotes, lower eukaryotes, and higher eukaryotes. Prokaryotes include both gram negative and gram positive organisms, e g., E. coli and B. subtilis. Lower eukaryotes include yeasts, e.g., S. cerevisiae and Picbia, and species of the genus Dictyostelum. Higher eukaryotes include estabUshed tissue culture ceU Unes from animal ceUs, both of non-mammaUan origin, e.g., insect ceUs, and birds, and of mammaUan origin, e.g., human, primates, and rodents.
Prokaryotic host- vector systems include a variety of vectors for many different species. As used herein, E. coli and its vectors wiU be used genericaUy to include equivalent vectors used in other prokaryotes. A representative vector for ampUfying DNA is pBR322 or its derivatives. Vectors that can be used to express these proteins or protein fragments include, but are not Umited to, such vectors as those containing the lac promoter (pUC- senes); trp promoter (pBR322-trp); Ipp promoter (the pIN-senes); lambda-pP or pR promoters (pOTS); or hybrid promoters such as ptac (pDR540). See Brosius, et al. (1988) "Expression Vectors Employing Lambda-, trp-, lac-, and Ipp-denved Promoters," in Rodriguez and Denhardt (eds.) Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Clomng Vectors and Their Uses 10:205-236 Buttersworth, Boston, MA. Other representative bacterial vectors include, e.g., without Umit, pQE70, pQE60, and pQE-9, (available from QIAGEN, Inc.), pBluescπpt vectors, Phagescnpt vectors, pNH8A, pNHlόa, pNH18A, pNH46A, (available from
Stratagene Clomng Systems, Inc.); and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 (available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc). Higher eukaryotic tissue culture ceUs are typicaUy the preferred host ceUs for expression of the functionaUy active LP protein. Non-Umiting representative examples of suitable expression vectors include pCDNAl; pCD (Okayama, et al. (1985) Mol. CeU Biol. 5:1136-1142); pMClneo Poly-A, (Thomas, et al. (1987) CeU 51:503-512); and a baculovirus vector such as pAC 373 or pAC 610. Additional eukaryotic vectors include, e.g., without Umit, pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG (available from Stratagene); and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL (available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc.).
A polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, and preferably, a mature and/or secreted form, can also be recovered from natural sources, including, e.g., without Umit, bodily fluids, tissues, and ceUs, (whether directiy isolated or cultured), products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host (including, e.g., bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammaUan ceUs).
It is Ukely that LP proteins need not be glycosylated to eUcit biological responses. However, it wiU occasionaUy be desirable to express an LP protein or LP polypeptide in a system that provides a specific or defined glycosylation pattern. In this case, the usual pattern wiU be that provided naturaUy by the expression system. However, the pattern wiU be modifiable by exposing the polypeptide, e.g., in unglycosylated form, to appropriate glycosylating proteins introduced into a heterologous expression system. For example, the LP protein gene may be co-transformed with one or more genes encoding mammaUan or other glycosylating enzymes. It is further understood that over glycosylation may be detrimental to LP protein biological activity, and that one of skiU may perform routine testing to optimize the degree of glycosylation which confers optimal biological activity.
In addition, an LP polypeptide (or fragments thereof) may also include, e g., an initial modified methiomne residue (in some cases because of host-mediated processes). TypicaUy, the N-terminal methionine encoded by the translation initiation codon removed with high efficiency from any protein after translation in aU eukaryotic ceUs. While the N-terminal methionine on most proteins is also efficiendy removed in most prokaryotes, for some proteins depending on the nature of the amino acid to which the N-terminal methiomne is covalently Unked, the removal process is inefficient. In one embodiment, the yeast Pichia pastons is used to express a polypeptide of the present ιnventιon(or fragment thereof) in an eukaryotic system (see, e.g., EUis, et al., Mol. CeU. Biol. 5:1111-21 (1985); Koutz, et al, Yeast 5: 167-77 (1989); Tschopp, et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 15:3859-76 (1987)). Thus, a heterologous coding sequence, such as, e.g., an LP polynucleotide sequence, (or fragment thereof) under the transcriptional regulation of aU or part of the AOX1 regulatory sequence is expressed at exceptionaUy high levels in Pichia yeast grown in the presence of methanol.
In one example, the plasmid vector pPIC9K is used to express polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) as set forth herein, in a Pichea yeast system essentially as described in "Pichia Protocols: Methods in Molecular Biology," D.R. Higgins and J. Cregg, eds. The Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1998. This expression vector aUows expression and secretion of a protein of the invention by virtue of the strong AOX1 promoter Unked to the Pichia pastoήs alkaUne phosphatase (PHO) secretory signal peptide located upstream of a multiple cloning site. Many other yeast vectors could be used in place of pPIC9K, such as, e.g., pYES2, pYDl, pTEFl/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ, pGAPZ, pGAPZalpha, pPIC9, pPIC3.5, PHIL-D2, PHIL-SI, pPIC3.5K, and, PA08, as a skiUed in the artisan would appreciate, as long as the proposed expression construct provides appropriately located and operably Unked signals for transcription, translation, secretion (if desired), and the Uke, (including an in- frame stop codon as required).
Furthermore, heterologously expressed proteins or polypeptides can also be expressed in plant ceUs. For plant ceUs viral expression vectors (e.g., cauUflower mosaic virus and tobacco mosaic virus) and plasmid expression vectors (e.g., Tl plasmid) are suitable. Such ceUs are available from a wide range of sources (e.g., the American Tissue Type Culture CoUection, Rockland, MD; also, see for example, Ausubel, et al. (cur. ed. and Supplements; expression vehicles may be chosen from those provided e.g., in Pouwels, et al. (Cur. ed..) Cloning Vectors. A Laboratory Manual).
A LP protein, or a fragment thereof, may be engineered to be phosphatidyl inositol (PI) Unked to a ceU membrane, but can be removed from membranes by treatment with a phosphatidyl inositol cleaving enzyme, e.g., phosphatidyl inositol phosphoUpase-C. This releases the antigen in a biologicaUy active form, and aUows purification by standard procedures of protein chemistry (see, e.g., Low (1989) Biochem. Biophys. Acta 988:427-454; Tse, et al. (1985) Science 230:1003-1008; and Brunner, et al. (1991) J. CeU Biol. 114:1275- 1283). Now that LP proteins have been characterized, fragments or derivatives thereof can be prepared by conventional processes for synthesizing peptides. These include processes such as are described in Stewart and Young (1984) SoUd Phase Peptide Synthesis Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL; Bodanszky and Bodanszky (1984) The Practice of Peptide Synthesis Springer- Verlag, New York, NY; and Bodanszky (1 84) The Principles of Peptide Synthesis Springer-Nerlag, New York, NY. The prepared protein and fragments thereof can be isolated and purified from the reaction mixture by means of peptide separation, for example, by extraction, precipitation, electrophoresis and various forms of chromatography, and the Uke. An LP protein of this invention can be obtained in varying degrees of purity depending upon its desired use. Purification can be accompUshed by use of known protein purification techniques or by the use of the antibodies or binding partners herein described (e.g., in immunoabsorbant affinity chromatography).
Recombinant Proteins An LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, can be used to generate a fusion protein.
For example, when fused to a second polypeptide, an LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, can be used as an antigenic tag or an immunogen.
Antibodies raised against an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to indirecdy detect a second protein by binding thereto In one embodiment, if an LP protein has amino acid sequence portion that targets a ceUular location (e.g., based on trafficking signals), that portion of the polypeptide can be used by fusing it to another protein (or fragment) to target a protein. Examples of domains that can be fused to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) include, e.g., not only heterologous signal sequences, but also other heterologous functional regions. A fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur, e.g., through Unker sequences. Moreover, fusion proteins may also be engineered to improve characteristics of an LP polypeptide.
For instance, a region of additional ammo acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stabiUty and persistence during purification from a host ceU or during subsequent handling and storage. In addition, peptide moieties can be added to the polypeptide to faciUtate purification. Such regions may be removed before final preparation of the polypeptide. Additions of peptide moieties to faciUtate handUng are familiar and routine art techniques. Moreover, an LP polypeptide (including any fragment thereof, and specificaUy an epitope) can be combined with parts of the constant domain of an immunoglobuUn e.g., (IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM) portions thereof (CH 1, CH2, CH3), and any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof), resulting in a chimeric polypeptide. Such fusion proteins can faciUtate purification and often are useful to increase the in vivo half-Ufe of the protein (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. Bιochem.15 270:3958-3964). Enhanced deUvery of an antigen across an epitheUal barrier to the immune system has been demonstrated for antigens (e.g., insuhn) conjugated to an FcRn binding partner such as IgG or Fc fragments (see, e.g , WO 96/22024 and WO 99/104813) IgG fusion proteins that have a disulfide-Unked dimeπc structure due to the IgG portion disulfide bonds have also been found more efficient in binding and neutraUzing other molecules than monomenc polypeptides or fragments thereof alone (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. Biochem. 270:3958-3964).
AdditionaUy, a fusion protein can comprise various portions of the constant region of an immunoglobuUn molecule together with a human protein (or part thereof) EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869). In many cases, the Fc part in a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus, can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262.). Alternatively, deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, may be desired. For example, the Fc portion may hinder therapy and/or diagnosis if the fusion protein is used as an immunogen for immunizations. In drug discovery for example, human proteins, such as hIL-5, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify hIL-5 antagonists (Bennett, et al. (1995) I. Molecular Recognition 8:52-58; and Johanson, et al. (1995) J. Biol Chem. 270:9459-9471).
Furthermore, new constructs may be made by combining similar functional domains from other proteins. For example, protein-binding or other segments may be "swapped" between different new fusion polypeptides or fragments (see, e.g., Cunningham, et al. (1989) Science 243:1330-1336; and O'Dowd, et al. H988) J. Biol Chem. 263:15985-15992). Moreover, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be fused to a marker sequence, such as a peptide, to faciUtate purification. In preferred embodiments, the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as, e.g., the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., Chatsworth, CA, 91311), which provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein (Gentz, et al. (1989) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sα. USA 86:821-824). Another useful peptide-purification tag is the "HA" tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from an influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson, et al. (1984) CeU 37:767). Nucleic acid molecules contaimng LP polynucleotide sequences encoding an LP epitope can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag (e.g., the "HA" or flag tag) to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide. For example, one system purifies non-denatured fusion proteins expressed in human ceU Unes (Janknecht, et al. (1991) Proc. Nad Acad. Sci. USA 88:8972-897). In this system, a gene of interest is subcloned into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the open reading frame of the sequence of interest is translationally fused to an amino-terminal tag consisting of six histidine residues. The tag serves as a matrix-binding domain for the fusion protein. Extracts from ceUs infected with the recombinant vaccima virus are loaded onto Nι2+ nitπloacetic acid-agarose column and histidine-tagged proteins can be selectively eluted with lmidazole-contai ng buffers.
AdditionaUy, LP fusion constructions may be generated through the techniques of gene-shuffling, motif-shuffling, exon shuffling, and/or codon shuffling (coUectively referred to as "DNA shuffling"). DNA shuffling may be employed to modulate an activity of an LP polypeptide. Such methods can be used to generate LP polypeptides (or fragments thereof) with altered activity, as weU as agonists and antagonists of an LP polypeptide (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793; 5,811,238; 5,830,721; 5,834,252; and 5,837,458, and Patten, et al (1997) Cur. Opimon Biotechnol. 8:724-33 30; Harayama, (1998) Trends Biotechnol. 16(2):76- 82; Hansson, et al. (1999) J. Mol. Biol. 287:265-76; and Lorenzo and Blasco, (1998) Biotechmques 24(2): 308-13; each of which is incorporated by reference for these DNA shuffling teachings).
VIII. Functional Variants
"Derivatives" of LP protein antigens include amino acid sequence mutants, glycosylation variants, and covalent or aggregate conjugates with other chemical moieties. Covalent derivatives can be prepared by Unkage of functionaUties to groups which are found in LP protein amino acid side chains or at the N- or C- termini, by any art known means. These derivatives can include, without Umitation, aUphatic esters or amides of the carboxyl terminus, or of residues contaimng carboxyl side chains, O-acyl derivatives of hydroxyl group-contaimng residues, and N-acyl derivatives of the amino terminal amino acid or amino-group contaimng residues, e.g., lysine or argimne. Acyl groups are selected from the group of alkyl-moieties including C3 to C18 normal alkyl, thereby forming alkanoyl aroyl species. Covalent attachment to carrier proteins may be important when immunogenic moieties are haptens.
Also provided by the invention is a chemicaUy modified derivative of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that may provide additional advantages such as increased solubiUty, increased stabiUty increased circulating time, or decreased lmmunogenicity or antigenicity (see U.S. Patent no: 4,179,337). A chemical moieties for derivatization may be selected from water soluble polymers such as, e.g., polyethyleneglycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, copolymers, carboxymethylceUulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, etc. A polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) may be modified at random or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may include, e.g., one, two, three, or more attached chemical moieties. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched. For polyethylene glycol, a preferred molecular weight is between about 1 kDa and about 100 kDa (the term "about" means that in polyethylene glycol preparations, some molecules wiU weigh more and some wiU weigh less, than the stated molecular weight). Other sizes may be used, depending on the desired effect (e.g., the [period of sustained release, the effects, if any, on biological activity, ease in handling, the degree or lack of antigenicity, and other known effects of polyethylene glycol on a protein, polypeptide or an analog). Polyethylene glycol molecules (or other chemical moieties) should be attached with consideration of the effect on functional, immunogenic, and/or antigenic domains of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof). Attachment methods include; e.g., without Umit,
(coupUng PEG to G-CSF); EP 0 401 384, pegylating GM-CSF using tresyl chloride (MaUk, et al. (1992) Exp. Hematol. 20:1028-1035). For example, polyethylene glycol may be covalendy bound through amino acid residues via a reactive group, such as, e.g., a free amino or carboxyl group. Reactive groups are those to which an activated polyethylene glycol molecule may be bound. Amino acid residues having a free amino group may include, e.g., lysine residues, and N-terminal amino acid residue. Amino acid residues having a free carboxyl group may include, e.g., aspartic acid residues, glutamic acid residues, and C- terminal amino acid residues. Sulfhydryl groups may also be used to attach to a polyethylene glycol molecule. For human, a preferred attachment is at an amino group, such as, e.g., an attachment at the N-terminus or a lysine group.
One may specificaUy desire a protein, or a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) that is chemicaUy modified at the N-terminus. Using polyethylene glycol as an iUustration of the present composition, one may select from a variety of polyethylene glycol molecules (by molecular weight, branching, etc.), the proportion of polyethylene glycol molecules to a protein (polypeptide) molecule in the reaction mix, the type of pegylation reaction to be performed, and the method of obtaining the selected N-terminaUy pegylated, e.g., polypeptide. The method of obtaining an N-terminaUy pegylated preparation (by, e.g., separating this moiety from other monopegylated moieties if necessary) may be by purification of the N-terminaUy pegylated material from a population of pegylated protein molecules. Selective protein chemical modification at the N-terminus may be accompUshed by reductive alkylation, which exploits differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups (lysine versus the N-terminal) available for derivatization in a particular protein. Under appropriate reaction conditions, substantiaUy selective derivatization of a protein or polypeptide (or fragment thereof) at the N-terminus with a carbonyl-group- containing-polymer is achieved.
This invention also encompasses the use of derivatives of an LP protein other than variations in amino acid sequence or glycosylation. Such derivatives may involve covalent or aggregative association with chemical moieties. GeneraUy, these derivatives faU into the three classes: (1) salts, (2) side chain and terminal residue covalent modifications, and (3) adsorption complexes (e.g., with ceU membranes). Such covalent or aggregative derivatives are useful as immunogens, as reagents in immunoassays, or in purification methods such as for affinity purification of proteins or other binding proteins. For example, a LP protein antigen can be immobiUzed by covalent bonding to a soUd support such as cyanogen bromide-activated SEPHAROSE, by methods which are weU known in the art, or adsorbed onto polyolefin surfaces, with or without glutaraldehyde cross-Unking, for use in an assay or purification of anti-LP protein antibodies or its respective binding partner. An LP protein can also be labeled for use in diagnostic assays with a detectable group (such as, e.g., radioiodinated by the chloramine T procedure; covalently bound to rare earth chelates; or conjugated to another fluorescent moiety). Purification of an LP protein may be effected by immobiUzed antibodies or a binding partner.
A polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may be as a monomer or a multimer (e.g., a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a higher multimer). Accordingly, the present invention encompasses monomers and multimers of a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., their preparation, and compositions (preferably, therapeutic compositions) containing them. In specific embodiments, the polypeptides and/or fragments of the invention are monomers, dimers, trimers, tetramers or higher multimers. In additional embodiments, a multimer of the invention is at least a dimer, at least a trimer, or at least a tetramer. Multimers encompassed by the invention may be homomers or heteromers. As used herein, the term "homomer," refers to a multimer containing only a specific polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y or in a talbe herein (including fragments, variants, spUce vaπants, and fusion proteins, corresponding to these polypeptides as described herein). A homomer may contain a polypeptide having identical or different amino acid sequences. In a specific embodiment, a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing only polypeptides (or fragments thereof) having identical amino acid sequences. In another specific embodiment, a homomer of the invention is a multimer contaimng polypeptides having different amino acid sequences.
In specific embodiments, a multimer of the invention is a homodimer (e.g., contaimng polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences) or a homotnmer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences). In additional embodiments, the homomeric multimer of the invention is at least a homodimer, at least a homotnmer, or at least a homotetramer. As used herein, the term "heteromeric," refers to a multimer contaimng one or more heterologous polypeptides. In a specific embodiment, a multimer of the invention is a heterodimer, a heterotnmer, or a heterotetramer. In additional embodiments, the heteromeric multimer of the invention is at least a heterodimer, at least a heterotnmer, or at least a heterotetramer. Multimers of the invention may be the result of hydrophobic, hydrophlUc, ionic and/or covalent associations and/or may be indirectly Unked, by e g., Uposome formation. Thus, in one embodiment, a multimer of the invention, such as, e.g., homodimers or homotπmers, are formed when polypeptides of the invention (or fragments thereof) contact one another in solution. In another embodiment, a heteromultimer of the invention, such as, e.g., a heterotnmer or a heterotetramer, is formed when, e.g., a polypeptide of the invention contacts an antibody (generated against a polypeptide, or fragment thereof of the invention (including antibodies to the heterologous polypeptide sequence in a fusion protein of the invention)) in solution. In other embodiments, a multimer of the invention is formed by covalent association with and/or between a polypeptide and a binding partner such as mentioned herein (or fragment thereof). Such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a polypeptide sequence (e.g., as recited in a sequence Usting herein, or contained in a polypeptide encoded by a deposited clone specified herein). In one instance, a covalent association is a cross-Unk, e.g., between cysteine residues. In another instance, the covalent associations are the consequence of chemical or recombinant manipulation. Alternatively, such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., a fusion protein of the invention. In one example, covalent associations form with a heterologous sequence contained in a fusion protein of the invention (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925). In a specific example, a covalent association is between a heterologous sequence contained in an Fc fusion protein of the invention (as described herein). In another specific example, a covalent association of a fusion protein of the invention is with a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., oseteoprotegerin (see, e.g., WO 98149305, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
In another embodiment, two or more polypeptides of the invention (or fragment thereof) are joined through peptide Unkers. Examples include, e.g., peptide Unkers described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,073,627 (incorporated by reference for these teachings). A protein comprising multiple polypeptides of the invention that are separated by peptide Unkers may be produced using conventional recombinant DNA technology.
Recombinant fusion proteins comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused to a polypeptide sequence that dimerizes or trimerizes in solution can be expressed in a suitable host ceU. The resulting soluble multimeric fusion protein can be recovered from a supernatant using any art known technique or method described herein. Trimeric polypeptides of the invention may offer an advantage of enhanced biological activity (as defined herein). Preferred leucine zipper moieties and isoleucine moieties are those that preferentiaUy form trimers. An example is a leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD), as described in Hoppe, et al. FEBS Letters 344: 19 1,15(1994) and in U.S. patent appUcation Ser. No. 08/446,922, (each hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings). Other peptides derived from naturaUy occurring trimeric proteins may be employed when preparing a trimeric polypeptide of the invention.
In another example, polypeptides or proteins of the invention are associated by interactions with a Flag polypeptide sequence (e.g., contained in a fusion protein of the invention having a Flag sequence). In a further embodiment, a protein or a polypeptide of the invention is associated by an interaction with a heterologous polypeptide sequence (contained in a Flag fusion protein of the invention) and an anti-Flag antibody.
A multimer of the invention may be generated using chemical art known techniques. For example, polypeptides (or fragments thereof) desired to be contained in a multimer of the invention may be chemicaUy cross-Unked using a Unker molecule e.g., Unker molecules and Unker molecule length optimization techniques are known in the art; see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, which is incorporated by reference for such teachings. AdditionaUy, a multimer of the invention may be generated using techniques known in the art to form one or more inter-molecule cross-Unks between the cysteine residues (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incoφorated by reference for these teachings). Further, a polypeptide of the invention modified by the addition of cysteine or biotin to the C or N-terminus of a polypeptide can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
AdditionaUy, a multimer of the invention can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings). Alternatively, a multimer of the invention can be generated using other commonly known genetic engineering techniques. In one embodiment, a polypeptide contained in a multimer of the invention is produced recombinandy with fusion protein technology described herein or otherwise known in the art (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings). In a specific embodiment, a polynucleotide encoding a homodimer of the invention can be generated by Ugating a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to another sequence encoding a Unker polypeptide and then subsequendy, further to a synthetic polynucleotide encoding the translated product of the polypeptide in the reverse orientation from the original C-terminus to the N-terminus (lacking the leader sequence) (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
In another embodiment, recombinant techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art can be appUed to generate a recombinant polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that contains a transmembrane domain (or hyrophobic or signal peptide) and that can be incorporated by membrane reconstitution techniques into a Uposome (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
X. Uses The present invention provides reagents that will find use in diagnostic and/or therapeutic appUcations as described herein, e.g., in the description of kits for diagnosis.
An LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) can be used in numerous ways, e.g., such as a reagent. The foUowing descriptions (using known art techniques) are non- limiting examples of ways to use an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof). For example, an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) is useful for chromosome identification. There exists an ongoing need to identify new chromosome markers, since few chromosome-marking reagents, based on actual sequence data (repeat polymoφhisms), are presendy available. Each polynucleotide of the present invention can therefore, be used as a chromosome marker.
In another embodiment, the invention encompasses a kit, e.g., for analyzing a sample for the presence of a polynucleotide associated with a proUferative disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition. In a general embodiment, the kit includes, e.g., at least an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) probe containing a polynucleotide sequence that hybridizes with an LP polynucleotide sequencefor fragment thereof) and directions, e.g., such as for disposal. In another specific embodiment, a kit includes, e.g., two polynucleotide probes defining an internal region of an LP polynucleotide sequence, where each probe has one strand containing a 31 mer-end internal to a region the polynucleotide.
In a further embodiment, a probe may be useful as a primer for ampUfication using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Where a diagnosis of a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition has already been made according to conventional methods, the present invention is useful as a prognostic indicator, for a subject exhibiting an enhanced or diminished expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) by comparison to a subject expressing the polynucleotide of the present invention (or fragment thereof) at a level nearer a standard level.
The phrase, "measuring level of a composition of the present invention" is intended to mean herein measuring or estimating (either quaUtatively and/or quantitatively) a level of, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., mRNA, DNA, or cDNA, in a first sample (e.g., preferably a biological sample) either directiy (e.g., by determining or estimating an absolute protein or mRNA level) or relatively (e.g., by comparing to a polypeptide or mRNA level in a second sample). In one embodiment, the level in the first sample is measured or estimated from an individual having, or suspected of having, a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition and comparing that level to a second level, wherein the second level is obtained from an individual not having and/or not being suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition. Alternatively, the second level is determined by averaging levels from a population of individuals not having or suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition. As is appreciated in the art, once a standard level is determined, it can be used repeatedly as a standard for comparison. A "biological sample" is intended to mean herein any sample comprising biological material obtained from, using, or employing, e.g., an organism, body fluid, exudate, lavage product, waste product, ceU (or part thereof), ceU Une, organ, biopsy, tissue culture, or other source originating from, or associated with, a Uving ceU, tissue, organ, or organism, which contains, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), a mRNA (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, a sample such as from, e.g., hair, skin, blood, saUva, semen, vomit, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid, breast milk, lymph, pulmonary sputum, urine, fecal matter, a lavage product, etc.
As indicated, a biological sample can include, e.g., without Umitation, body fluids (e.g., such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid) that contain a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, by product, or, waste product; and/or other tissue source found to express a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), or nucleic acid (or fragment thereof), by product, or, waste product; of the present invention. Methods for obtaining biological samples, e.g., tissue biopsies, body fluids, ceUs, or waste products from mammals are known in the art. Where the biological sample is to include, e.g., mRNA, a tissue biopsy is a preferred source. The present invention further encompasses an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) that is chemicaUy synthesized, or reproduced as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) using art known methods. The use of a PNA is preferred if a polynucleotide (or a fragment thereof) is incorporated, e.g., onto a soUd support, or genechip. For the puφoses of the present invention, a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) is a polyamide type of polynucleotide analog in which, generally, e.g., the monomeric units for adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine are available commerciaUy (see, e.g., Perceptive Biosystems). Certain components of a polynucleotide, such as DNA, Uke phosphorus, phosphorus oxides, or deoxyribose derivatives, are not present in a PNA. GeneraUy, PNAs bind specificaUy and tighdy to complementary DNA strands and are not degraded by nucleases (Nielsen, et al. (1993)
Nature 365: 666). In fact, a PNA binds more strongly to DNA than DNA binds to itself, probably, as there is no electrostatic repulsion between PNA/DNA; furthermore, the PNA polyamide backbone is more flexible than DNA. Because of this, PNA/DNA duplexes can bind under a wider range of stringency conditions than DNA/DNA duplexes thus, making it easier to perform multiplex hybridizations. Moreover, smaUer probes can be used with PNA than with DNA due to the strong binding.
In addition, it is more Ukely that single base mismatches can be determined using a PNA/DNA hybridization since, e.g., a single mismatch in a PNA/DNA 15-mer lowers the melting point (T by 8°-20°C, versus lowering the melting point 4°-16°C for the DNA/DNA 15-mer duplex. In addition, the absence of charge groups in a PNA molecule means that hybridizations can be done at low ionic strengths and the absence of charge groups with the DNA reduces possible interference by salt. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), can be used in numerous ways. The foUowing descriptions are non-Umiting, exemplars that use art known techniques.
A polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to assay a protein level, e.g., of a secreted protein, in a sample, e.g., such as a bodily fluid by using antibody-based techmques. For example, protein expression in a tissue can be studied by an lmmunohistological method (see, e.g., Jalkanen, et al. (1985) J. CeU Biol. 101:976-985; Jalkanen, et al. (1987) J. CeU Biol. 105:3087-303096). Another useful antibody-based method for detecting protein or polypeptide expression includes, e.g., an immunoassay Uke an enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay or a radioimmunoassay (RIA). In addition to assaying, e.g., the level of a secreted protein in a sample, a protein can also be detected by in vivo imaging. Thus, the invention provides a means for detecting, marking, locating or diagnosing a disease, syndrome, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition comprising assaying the expression of a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof), or a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), of the present invention that is in a sample, e.g., ceUs or body fluid of an individual by comparing one level of expression with another level of expression, e g , a standard level of expression to indicate, e.g., a disease, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition, (or predilection to the same), or to make a prognosis or prediction.
Furthermore, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof)can be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a disease, syndrome, condition, and/or a disorder. For example, a subject can be administered a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to replace absent or decreased levels of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., insuhn); to supplement absent or decreased levels of a different polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., hemoglobin S for hemoglobin B; SOD to catalyze DNA repair proteins); to inhibit the activity of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., an oncogene or tumor suppressor); to activate a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e g , by binding to a receptor), to reduce activity of a membrane bound receptor by competing with the receptor for free Ugand (e.g., soluble TNF receptors can be used to reduce inflammation), or to bring about a desired response (e.g., blood vessel growth inhibition, enhancement of an immune response to proUferating ceUs or to an infectious agent).
Similarly, an antibody directed to a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention can also be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a condition, syndrome, state, disease or disorder. For example, administration of an antibody directed to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can bind and reduce the level of the targeted polypeptide. Similarly, administration of an antibody can activate an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), such as by binding to the polypeptide that is bound to a membrane (e.g., a receptor). Diagnosis and Imaging Using an LP Antibody
Antibodies of the invention can be used to assay polypeptide levels in a sample, e.g., using classical immunohistological methods known to those of skiU in the art (see e.g., Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU. Biol. 101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU . Biol. 105:3087-3096 (1987)). Other antibody-based methods typicaUy useful for detecting polypeptide expression include, e.g., immunoassays, such as the enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with LP (such as, e.g., LP misexpression, LP overexpression, LP underexpression, etc.). Examples of such disorders include, without Umit, a cell proUferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, Flamartoma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, a cancer of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gaU bladder, gangUa, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, Uver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, saUvary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, aUergies, ankylosing spondyUtis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes meUitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetaUs, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophiUa, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjόgren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative coUtis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, compUcations of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracoφoreal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma; a cardiovascular disorder such as congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcific aortic valve stenosis, congenitaUy bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, nonbacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, compUcations of cardiac transplantation, arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vascuUtis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, and compUcations of thrombolysis, baUoon angioplasty, vascular replacement, and coronary artery bypass graft surgery; a neurological disorder such as epUepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms,
Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyeUnating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural edema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myeUtis and radicuUtis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal famiUal insomnia, nutritional and metaboUc diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebeUoretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metaboUc, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, post-therapeutic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and famiUal frontotemporal dementia; and a developmental disorder such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Cushing's syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, epilepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wilms' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormaUties, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrorne, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepitheUal dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot- Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypothyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spina bifida, anencephaU, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, and sensorineural hearing loss. Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are used in Southern or northern analysis; dot blot or other membrane-based technologies; PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-Uke assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from a subject; to detect an altered LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) expression. Such quaUtative or quantitative methods are weU known in the art.
Therapeutic Uses This invention also provides reagents with significant therapeutic value. An LP protein or polypeptide (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), fragments thereof, and antibodies thereto, along with compounds identified as having binding affinity to an LP, are useful in the treatment of conditions associated with abnormal physiology or development, including abnormal proUferation, e.g., cancerous conditions, or degenerative conditions. Abnormal proliferation, regeneration, degeneration, and atrophy may be modulated by appropriate therapeutic treatment using a composition(s) provided herein. For example, a disease or disorder associated with abnormal expression or abnormal signaUng by an LP protein is a target for an agonist or antagonist of the protein.
Other abnormal developmental conditions are known in ceU types shown to possess LP mRNA by northern blot analysis (see, e.g., Berkow (ed.) The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy. Merck & Co., Rahway, N.J.; Thorn et al. Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine. McGraw-HiU, N.Y.; and Rich (ed.) CUnical Immunology: Principles and Practice. Mosby, St. Louis (cur. ed.); and below). Developmental or functional abnormaUties, (e.g., of the neuronal, immune, or hematopoetic system) cause significant medical abnormaUties and conditions which may be susceptible to prevention or treatment using compositions provided herein. Recombinant LP or LP antibodies can be purified and admimstered to a subject for treatment. These reagents can be combined for use with additional active or inert ingredients, e.g., in conventional pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers or diluents, e.g., immunogemc adjuvants, along with physiologicaUy innocuous stabiUzers and excipients. These combinations can be sterile filtered and placed into dosage forms as by lyophiUzation in dosage vials or storage in stabiUzed aqueous preparations. This invention also contemplates use of antibodies or binding fragments thereof, including forms which are not complement binding. Another therapeutic approach included within the invention involves direct admimstration of reagents, formulations, or compositions by any conventional admimstration techmques (such as, e.g., without Umit, local injection, inhalation, or systemic admimstration) to a subject. The reagents, formulations, or compositions included within the bounds and metes of the invention may also be targeted to a ceU by any of the methods described herein (e.g., polynucleotide deUvery techmques). The actual dosage of reagent, formulation, or composition that modulates a disease, disorder, condition, syndrome, etc., depends on many factors, including the size and health of an organism, however one of one of ordinary skiU in the art can use the foUowing teachings describing methods and techmques for determimng dinical dosages (see, e g., Spilker (1984) Guide to CUnical Studies and Developing Protocols. Raven Press Books, Ltd., New York, pp. 7-13, 54-60, Spilker (1991) Guide to CU cal Trials. Raven Press, Ltd., New York, pp. 93-101, Craig and Stitzel (eds. 1986) Modern Pharmacology. 2d ed., Littie, Brown and Co., Boston, pp. 127-33; Speight (ed. 1987) Avery's Drug Treatment: Principles and Practice of CUmcal Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 3d ed., WilUams and Wilkins, Baltimore, pp. 50-56; TaUanda, et al. (1988) Principles in General Pharmacology. Springer- Verlag, New York, pp. 18-20; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,657,760; 5,206,344; and 5,225,212.). GeneraUy, in the range of about between 0.5 fg/ml and 500 μg/ml inclusive final concentration are admimstered per day to a human adult in any pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier. Furthermore, ammal experiments provide reUable guidance for the determination of effective does for human therapy. Interspecies scaUng of effective doses can be performed foUowing art known principles (e.g., see, Mordenti and ChappeU (1989) "The Use of Interspecies ScaUng in Toxicokinetics," in Toxicokinetics and New Drug Development; Yacobi, et al. (eds.) Pergamon Press, NY).
Effective doses can also be extrapolated using dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal-model test systems. For example, for antibodies a dosage is typicaUy 0.1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of a recipients body weight. Preferably, a dosage is between 0.1 mg/kg and 20 mg/kg of a recipients body weight, more preferably 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg of a recipients body weight. GeneraUy, homo-specific antibodies have a longer half-Ufe than hetero-specifϊc antibodies, (e.g., human antibodies last longer within a human host than antibodies from another species, e.g., such as a mouse, probably, due to the immune response of the host to the foreign composition). Thus, lower dosage of human antibodies and less frequent admimstration is often possible if the antibodies are admimstered to a human subject. Furthermore, the dosage and frequency of administration of antibodies of the invention may be reduced by enhancing uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain) by using modifications such as, e.g., Upidation. The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers fiUed with one or more of the ingredients of the compositions of the invention and instructions such as, e.g., for disposal (typicaUy, in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products). The quantities of reagents necessary for effective treatment wiU depend upon many different factors, including means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, and other medicaments admimstered. Thus, treatment dosages should be titrated to optimize safety and efficacy. TypicaUy, dosages used in vitro may provide useful guidance in the amounts useful for in situ administration of these reagents. Animal testing of effective doses for treatment of particular disorders wiU provide further predictive indication of human dosage. Various considerations are described, e.g., in Gilman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (8th ed.) Pergamon Press; and (1990) Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th ed.) Mack PubUshing Co , Easton, PA. Methods for admimstration are discussed therein and below, e g., for oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, or intramuscular admimstration, transdermal diffusion, and others. PharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers wiU include water, saUne, buffers, and other compounds described, e.g., in the Merck Index. Merck & Co., Rahway, NJ. Dosage ranges would ordinarily be expected to be in amounts lower than 1 mM concentrations, typicaUy less than about 10 μM concentrations, usuaUy less than about 100 nM, preferably less than about 10 pM (picomolar), and most preferably less than about 1 fM (femtomolar), with an appropriate carrier. Slow release formulations, or a slow release apparatus wiU often be utiUzed for continuous admimstration.
LP protein, fragments thereof, and antibodies to it or its fragments, antagomsts, and agonists, may be admimstered direcdy to the host to be treated or, depending on the size of the compounds, it may be desirable to conjugate them to carrier proteins such as ovalbumin or serum albumin prior to their admimstration. Therapeutic formulations may be admimstered in any conventional dosage formulation. While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation. Formulations typicaUy comprise at least one active ingredient, as defined above, together with one or more acceptable carriers thereof. Each carrier should be both pharmaceuticaUy and physiologicaUy acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients and not injurious to the patient. Formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) admimstration. The formulations may convementiy be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods weU known in the art of pharmacy. See, e.g., Gilman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (8th ed.) Pergamon Press; and (1990) Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th ed.) Mack PubUshing Co., Easton, PA; Avis, et al. (eds.) (1993) Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms- Parenteral Medications Dekker, NY; Lieberman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets Dekker, NY; and Lieberman, et al (eds.) (1990) Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Disperse Systems Dekker, NY. The treatment of this invention may be combined with or used in association with other therapeutic agents.
The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition. Such a composition comprises, e.g., a therapeuticaUy effective amount of a composition of the invention in a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" means a carrier approved by a federal regulatory agency of the Umted States of America, or a regulatory/ administrative agency of a state government of the Umted States or a carrier that is Usted in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other pharmacopeia; which is generaUy recognized by those in the art for use in an ammal, e.g., a mammal, and, more particularly, in a primate, e.g., a human primate.
Various deUvery systems are known and can be used to admimster, e.g., a composition, formulation, antibody polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the invention. For example, deUvery can use Uposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant ceUs, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu (1987) J Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432), inclusion of a nucleic acid molecule as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc. Methods of admimstration include, e g., without Umit, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes.
An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition of the immune system, by, e.g., activating or inhibiting the proUferation, differentiation, or mobiUzation (chemotaxis or directed movement) of an immune ceU. TypicaUy, immune ceUs develop through a process caUed hematopoiesis, producing myeloid (platelets, red blood ceUs, neutrophds, and macrophages) and lymphoid (B and T lymphocytes) ceUs from pluripotent stem ceUs. The etiology of an immune disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition may be genetic and/or somatic, (e.g., such as some forms of cancer or some autoimmune conditions acquired by e.g., chemotherapy or toxins or an infectious agent, e.g., a virus or pnon-Uke entity. Moreover, an LP can be used to mark or detect a particular immune system disease, syndrome, disorder, state, or condition.
An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition of a hematopoietic ceU. An LP could be used to increase or inhibit the differentiation or proUferation of a hematopoietic ceU, including a pluripotent stem ceU such an effect can be implemented to treat, prevent, modulate, or ameUorate a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition associated with a decrease in a specific type of hematopoietic ceU. An example of such an immunologic deficiency, disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition includes, e.g., without Umitation, a blood condition (e.g. agammaglobuUnemia, digammaglobuUnemia), ataxia telangiectasia, common variable immunodeficiency, Digeorge Syndrome, HIV infection, HTLV-BLV infection, leukocyte adhesion deficiency syndrome, lymphopema, phagocyte bactericidal dysfunction, severe combined immunodeficiency (SCIDs), Wiskott-Aldnch Disorder, anemia, thrombocytopema, or hemoglobinuπa. Moreover, an LP can be used to modulate hemostatic or thrombolytic activity. For example, increasing hemostatic or thrombolytic activity can treat or prevent a blood coagulation condition such as e.g., afibnnogenemia, a factor deficiency, a blood platelet disease (e.g. thrombocytopema), or a wound resulting from e.g., trauma, surgery, etc. Alternatively, a composition of the invention can be used to decrease hemostatic or thrombolytic activity or to inhibit or dissolve a clotting condition. Such compositions can be important in a treatment or prevention of a heart condition, e.g., an attack infarction, stroke, or mycardial scarring. An LP may also be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating and/or diagnosing an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition such as results, e.g., from the inappropriate recognition by a ceU of the immune system of the self as a foreign material. Such an inappropriate recognition results in an immune response leading to detrimental effect destruction on the host, e.g., on a host ceU, tissue, protein, or moiety, e.g., a carbohydrate side chain. Therefore, administration of an LP which inhibits a detrimental immune response, particularly, e.g., a proUferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of a T-ceU, may be effective in detecting, diagnosing, ameUorating, or preventing such an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition. Examples of autoimmune conditions that can be affected by the present invention include, e.g., without Umit Addison's Disease syndrome hemolytic anemia, anti-phosphoUpid syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, dermatitis, aUergic encephalomyeUtis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's Syndrome, Graves' Disease syndrome, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Neuritis, Ophthalmia, BuUous Pemphigoid, Pemphigus, Polyendocnnopathies, Purpura, Reiter's Disease syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, Autoimmune Thyroiditis, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Autoimmune Pulmonary Inflammation, GuiUain-BarreSyndrome, insulin dependent diabetes meUitis, and autoimmune inflammatory eye disease.
Similarly, allergic reactions and conditions, such as asthma (e.g., aUergic asthma) or other respiratory problems, may also be ameUorated, treated, modulated or prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agomst or antagonist thereto. Moreover, such inventive compositions can be used to effect, e.g., anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule, or blood group lncompatibiUty. An LP may also be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose organ rejection or graft-versus-host disease (GVHD). GeneraUy speaking, organ rejection occurs by a host's, immune-ceU destruction of a transplanted tissue or ceU. A similarly destructive immune response is involved in GVHD, however, in this case, transplanted foreign immune ceUs destroy host tissues and/or ceUs. Admimstration of a composition of the invention, which ameUorates or modulates such a deleterious immune response (e.g., a deleterious proUferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of a T ceU), can be effective in modulating, ameUorating, diagnosing, and/or preventing organ rejection or GVHD.
Similarly, an LP may also be used to detect, treat, modulate, ameUorate, prevent, and/or diagnose an inflammation, e.g., by inhibiting the proUferation and/or differentiation of a cell involved in an inflammatory response, or an inflammatory condition (either chronic or acute), including, e.g., without Umitation, chrome prostatitis, granulomatous prostatitis and malacoplakia, an inflammation associated with an infection (such as, e.g., septic shock, sepsis, or systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS)), lschemia-reperfusion injury, endotoxin lethaUty, arthritis, complement-mediated hyperacute rejection, nephritis, cytokine or chemokine induced lung injury, inflammatory bowel disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, or a condition resulting from an over production of a cytokιne(s) (e.g., TNF or IL-1 .)
An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a hypeφroUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome (such as, e.g., a neoplasm) via direct or indirect interactions. For example, such as by initiating the proUferation of ceUs that, in turn, modulate a hypeφroUferative state; or by increasing an immune response (e.g., by increasing the antigenicity of a protein involved in a hyperproUferative condition); or by causing the proUferation, differentiation, or mobiUzation of a specific ceU type (e.g., a T-ceU). A desired effect using a composition of the invention may also be accompUshed either by, e.g., enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
Alternatively, the desired result may be effected either by, e.g., diminishing or blocking an existing immune response, or by preventing the initiation of a new immune response.
Examples of such hyperproUferative states, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions include, e.g., without Umitation, a neoplasm of the colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, Uver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine system (e.g., an adrenal gland, a parathyroid gland, the pituitary, the testicles, the ovary, the thymus, or the thyroid), eye, head, neck, nervous system (central or peripheral), the lymphatic system, pelvis, skin, spleen, thorax, and urogemtal system. Similarly, other hypeφroUferative conditions, include, e.g., without Umit hypergammaglobuUnemia, lymphoproUferative conditions, paraproteinemias, purpura, sarcoidosis, Hamartoma, Sezary Syndrome, Waldenstron's MacroglobuUnemia, Gaucher's Disease syndrome, histiocytosis, and other hypeφroUferative states.
One preferred embodiment utilizes an LP to inhibit aberrant ceUular division, through a polynucleotide deUvery technique. Thus, the present invention provides a method for treating, preventing, modulating, ameUorating, preventing, inhibiting, and/or diagnosing ceU proUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions described herein by inserting into an abnormaUy proUferating ceU a composition of the present invention, wherein said composition beneficiaUy modulates an excessive condition of ceU proUferation, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Another embodiment comprises administering one or more active copies of an LP polynucleotide sequence to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU. For example in one embodiment, an LP polynucleotide sequence is operably Unked in a construct comprising a recombinant expression vector that is effective in expressing a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to the polynucleotide of interest. In another preferred embodiment, the construct encoding a polypeptide or fragment thereof, is inserted into a targeted ceU utilizing a retrovirus or an adenoviral vector (see, e.g., Nabel, et al. (1999) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 96: 324-326). In a stiU preferred embodiment, the viral vector is defective and only transforms or transfects a proUferating ceU but does not transform or transfects a non-proUferating ceU. Moreover, in a stiU further preferred embodiment, an LP polynucleotide sequence is inserted into a proUferating ceU either alone, (or in combination with, or fused to, another polynucleotide sequence, which can subsequendy be modulated via an external stimulus (e.g., a magnetic signal, a specific smaU molecule, a chemical moiety or a drug administration, etc.) that acts on an upstream promoter to induce expression o the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). As such, a desired effect of the present invention (e.g., selectively increasing, decreasing, or inhibiting expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence) may be accompUshed based on using an external stimulus.
An LP sequence may be useful in repressing the expression of a gene or an antigenic composition, e.g., an oncogenic retrovirus. By "repressing the expression of a gene" is meant, e.g., the suppression of the transcription of a 'gene', the degradation of a 'gene' transcript (pre-message RNA), the inhibition of spUcing of a 'gene', the destruction of mRNA, the prevention of a post-translational modification of a polypeptide, the destruction of a polypeptide, or the inhibition of a normal function of a protein.
Local administration to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU may be achieved by any art known method or technique discussed herein including, e.g., without Umit to transfection, electroporation, microinjection of ceUs, or in vehicles (such as a Uposome, Upofectin, or a naked polynucleotide). Encompassed deUvery systems include, without Umit, retroviral vectors (Gilboa, J. Virology 44:845 (1982); Hocke, Nature 320:275 (1986); Wilson, et al., Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:3014); vaccinia virus systems (Chakrabarty, et al., Mol. CeU Biol. 5:3403 (1985); Yates, et al., Nature 3 13:8 12 (1985). Preferably a retroviral, or adenoviral deUvery system (as known in the art or described herein) is used to specificaUy deUver a recombinant construct or to transfect a ceU that is abnormaUy proUferating. An LP polynucleotide sequence may be deUvered directiy to the site of a ceU proUferation, e.g., in an internal organ, body cavity, and the Uke by use of, e.g., an imaging device used to guide the recombinant construct. Alternatively, administration to an appropriate location may be carried out at a time of surgical intervention.
By "cell proliferative condition" is meant any human or animal disease, syndrome, disorder, condition, or state, affecting any ceU, tissue, any site or any combination of organs, tissues, or body parts, which is characterized by a single or multiple local abnormal proUferation of ceUs, groups of ceUs, or tissues, whether benign or maUgnant. Any amount of LP may be administered as long as it has a desired effect on the treated ceU, e.g., a biologicaUy inhibiting effect on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU. Moreover, it is possible to administer more than one LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto, simultaneously to the same site.
By "biologically inhibiting" is meant a partial or total inhibition of mitotic activity and/or a decrease in the rate of mitotic activity or metastatic activity of a targeted cell. A biologicaUy inhibitory dose can be determined by assessing the effects of an LP on abnormaUy proUferating ceU division in a ceU or tissue culture, tumor growth in an animal or any other art known method. In another embodiment, an LP can be useful to inhibit angiogenesis associated with abnormaUy proUferative ceUs or tissues, either alone, or as a protein fusion, or in combination with another LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist, thereto. In a preferred embodiment, a desired anti-angiogenic effect may be achieved indirecdy, e.g., through the inhibition of hematopoietic, tumor-specific ceUs, such as, e.g., tumor-associated macrophages (see e.g., Joseph, et al. (1998) J Natl. Cancer Inst. 90(21): 1648-53). Alternatively, in a desired anti- angiogenic effect may be achieved directly, (e.g., see Witte, et al., (1998) Cancer Metastasis Rev. 17(2): 155-61). An LP, including a protein fusion, may be useful in inhibiting an abnormaUy proUferative ceU or tissue, via an induction of apoptosis. An LP may act either directly, or indirecdy to induce apoptosis in a proUferative ceU or tissue, e.g., by activating the death- domain FA receptor, such as, e.g., tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor-1, CD95 (F&APO- I), TNF-receptor-related apoptosis-mediated protein (TRAMP) and TNF-related apoptosis- inducing Ugand (TRAIL) receptor-1 and -2 (see, e.g., Schulze-Osthoff, et al., Eur J Biochem 254 (3): 439-59 (1998), which is hereby incoφorated by reference for teachings on apoptotic ceU death). Moreover, in another preferred embodiment, an LP may induce apoptosis via other mechanisms, such as, e.g., through the activation of a pathway that subsequently activates apoptosis, or through stimulating the expression of a protein(s) that activates an apoptotic pathway, either alone or in combination with smaU molecule drugs or adjuvants, such as apoptonin, galectins, thioredoxins, anti-inflammatory proteins (see e.g., Mutat Res 400 (l-2):447-55 (1998), Med Hypotheses. 50(5): 423-33 (1998), Chem Biol Interact. Apr 24; 111-112:23-34 (1998), J Mol Med. 76(6): 402-12(1998), Int J Tissue React; 20 (1):3-15 (1998), which are all hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
An LP is useful in inhibiting ceU metastasis either directiy as a result of administering a polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto, (as described elsewhere herein), or indirectly, such as, e.g., by activating or increasing the expression of a protein known to inhibit metastasis, such as, e.g., an alpha integrin, (see, e.g., Cur. Top Microbial Immunol 1998; 23 1: 125-4 1, which is hereby incoφorated by reference for these teachings). Such a desired effect can be achieved either alone using an LP or in combination with e.g., a smaU molecule drug or an adjuvant.
An LP, or a protein fusion thereto, is useful in enhancing the immunogenicity and/or antigenicity of a proUferating ceU or tissue, either directly, (such as would occur if e.g., an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) 'vaccinated' the immune system to respond to a proUferative antigen or immunogen), or indirectly, (such as in activating, e.g., the expression a of protein known to enhance an immune response (e.g. a chemokine), to an antigen on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU). An LP may be used to, modulate, ameUorate, effect, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a cardiovascular disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition. As described herein, including, e.g., without Umitation, cardiovascular abnormaUties, such as arterio-arterial fistula, arteriovenous fistula, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital heart defects, pulmonary atresia, and Scimitar Syndrome peripheral artery disease, syndrome, such as Umb ischemia. Additional cardiovascular disorders encompass, e.g., congenital heart defects which include, e.g., aortic coarctation, car triatriatum, coronary vessel anomaUes, crisscross heart, dextrocardia, patent ductus arteriosus, Ebstein's anomaly, Eisenmenger complex, hypoplastic left heart syndrome, levocardia, tetralogy of faUot, transposition of great vessels, double outlet right ventricle, tricuspid atresia, persistent truncus arteriosus, and heart septal defects, such as e.g., aortopulmonary septal defect, endocardial cushion defects, Lutembacher's Syndrome, trilogy of FaUot, and ventricular heart septal defects. Further cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., heart disease syndrome, such as, e.g., arrhythmias, carcinoid heart disease syndrome, high cardiac ouφut, low cardiac ouφut, cardiac tamponade, endocarditis (including bacterial endocarditis), heart aneurysm, cardiac arrest, congestive heart failure, congestive cardiomyopathy, paroxysmal dyspnea, cardiac edema, heart hypertrophy, congestive cardiomyopathy, left ventricular hypertrophy, right ventricular hypertrophy, post-infarction heart rupture, ventricular septal rupture, heart valve disease, myocardial disease, myocardial ischemia, pericardial effusion, pericarditis (including constrictive and tuberculous pericarditis), pneumopericardium, post-pericardiotomy syndrome, pulmonary heart disease syndrome, rheumatic heart disease syndrome, ventricular dysfunction, hyperemia, cardiovascular pregnancy compUcations, Scimitar Syndrome, cardiovascular syphilis, and cardiovascular tuberculosis. Further cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., arrhythmias including, e.g., sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibriUation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, extra systole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome, bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome, parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre- excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome, and ventricular fibriUation tachycardias. Tachycardias encompassed with the cardiovascular condition described herein include, e.g., paroxysmal tachycardia, supraventricular tachycardia, accelerated idioventricular rhythm, atrioventricular nodal re-entry tachycardia, ectopic atrial tachycardia, ectopic junctional tachycardia, sinoatrial nodal re-entry tachycardia, sinus tachycardia, Torsades de Pointes Syndrome, and ventricular tachycardia. Additional cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., heart valve disease such as, e.g., aortic valve insufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, heart murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valve insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenosis, tricuspid atresia, tricuspid valve insufficiency, and tricuspid valve stenosis. Myocardial conditions associated with cardiovascular disease include, e.g., myocardial diseases such as, e.g., alcohoUc cardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury, and myocarditis. Cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., myocardial ischemias such as, e.g., coronary disease syndrome, such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning. Cardiovascular diseases also encompassed herein include, e.g., vascular diseases such as e.g., aneurysms, angiodysplasia, angiomatosis, baciUary angiomatosis, Hippel-Lindau Disease syndrome, Klippel-Trenaunay- Weber Syndrome, Sturge-Weber Syndrome, angioneurotic edema, aortic disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, aortitis, Leriche's Syndrome, arterial occlusive disease, arteritis, enarteritis, polyarteritis nodosa, cerebrovascular disease, diabetic angiopathies, diabetic retinopathy, emboUsm, thrombosis, erythromeialgia, hemorrhoids, hepatic veno-occlusive disease syndrome, hypertension, hypotension, ischemia, peripheral vascular diseases, phlebitis, pulmonary veno-occlusive disease syndrome, Raynaud's disease syndrome, CREST syndrome, retinal vein occlusion, Scimitar syndrome, superior vena cava syndrome, telangiectasia, ataxia telangiectasia, hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, varicocele, varicose veins, varicose ulcer, vascuUtis, and venous insufficiency. Cardiovascular conditions further include, e.g., aneurysms such as, e.g., dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iUac aneurysms. Arterial occlusive cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., arteriosclerosis, intermittent claudication, carotid stenosis, fibromuscular dysplasias, mesenteric vascular occlusion, Moyamoya disease syndrome, renal artery obstruction, retinal artery occlusion, and thromboangiitis obUterans.
Cerebrovascular cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., carotid artery disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformation, cerebral artery disease, cerebral emboUsm and thrombosis, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, cerebral hemorrhage, epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia (including transient cerebral ischemia), subclavian steal syndrome, periventricular leukomalacia, vascular headache, cluster headache, migraine, and vertebrobasilar insufficiency. EmboUc cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., air emboUsms, amniotic fluid emboUsms, cholesterol emboUsms, blue toe syndrome, fat emboUsms, pulmonary emboUsms, and thromboemboUsms. Thrombotic cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., coronary thrombosis, hepatic vein thrombosis, retinal vein occlusion, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, and thrombophlebitis. Ischemic conditions include, e.g., cerebral ischemia, ischemic coUtis, compartment syndromes, anterior compartment syndrome, myocardial ischemia, reperfusion injuries, and peripheral Umb ischemia VascuUtic conditions include, e.g., aortitis, arteritis, Behcet's Syndrome, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, thromboangiitis obUterans, hypersensitivity vascuUtis, Schoenlein-Henoch purpura, aUergic cutaneous vascuUtis, and Wegener's granulomatosis. An LP can be beneficial in ameUorating critical Umb ischemia and coronary disease. An LP may be administered using any art known method, described herein An LP may admimstered as part of a therapeutic composition or formulation, as described in detail herein. Methods of deUvenng an LP are also described in detail herein. Anti-Hemopoietic Activity
The naturaUy occurring balance between endogenous stimulators and inhibitors of angiogenesis is one in which inhibitory influences typicaUy predominate (see, e.g., Rastinejad, et al., CeU 56345-355 (1989)). When neovascularization occurs under normal physiological conditions, such as wound heaUng, organ regeneration, embryonic development, and female reproductive processes, angiogenesis is st ngendy regulated, and deUmited spatiaUy and temporaUy. In pathological angiogenesis such as, e.g., during soUd tumor formation, these regulatory controls fail and unregulated angiogenesis can become pathologic by sustaining progression of many neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases. A number of serious diseases are dominated by abnormal neovascularization (including, e.g., soUd tumor growth and metastases, arthritis, some types of eye conditions, and psoriasis; see, e.g., reviews by Moses, et al., Biotech. 9630-634 (1991); Folkman, et al, N. Engl. J. Med , 333: 1757-1763 (1995); Auerbach, et al, J. Microvasc. Res. 29:401-4 11 (1985); Folkman, "Advances in Cancer Research", eds. Klein and Weinhouse, Academic Press, New York, pp. 175-203 (1985); Patz, Am. J. Opthalmol. 94:7 15-743 (1982); and Folkman, et al. Science 221:7 19-725 (1983). In a number of pathological conditions, angiogenesis contributes to a disease-state, e.g, for example, significant data have accumulated suggesting that soUd tumor formation is dependent on angiogenesis (see, e.g, Folkman and Klagsbrun, Science 235:442-447 (1987)). In another embodiment of the invention, admimstration of an LP provides for the treatment, ameUoration, modulation, diagnosis, and/or inhibition of a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition associated with neovascularization. MaUgnant and metastatic conditions that can be effected in a desired fashion using an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, a maUgnancy, soUd tumor, and a cancer as described herein or as otherwise known in the art (for a review of such disorders, syndromes, etc. see, e.g, Fishman, et al. Medicine, 2d Ed, J. B. Lippincott Co, Philadelphia (1985)). Thus, the present invention provides a method of ameUorating, modulating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing an angiogenesis-related disease and/or disorder, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP. For example, cancers that may be so affected using a composition of the invention includes, e g, without Umit a soUd tumor, including e.g, prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach, pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, Uver, parotid, biUary tract, colon, rectum, cervix, uterus, endometnum, kidney, bladder, thyroid cancer; primary tumors and metastases; melanomas; gUoblastoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; leiomyo sarcoma; non-smaU ceU lung cancer; colorectal cancer; advanced maUgnancies; and blood born tumors such as e.g, leukemia.
Moreover, an LP may be deUvered topicaUy, to treat or prevent cancers such as, e.g, skin cancer, head and neck tumors, breast tumors, and Kaposi's sarcoma. Within yet another aspect, an LP may be utilized to treat superficial forms of bladder cancer by, e.g, lntravesical admimstration into the tumor, or near the tumor site; via injection or a catheter. Of course, the appropriate mode of admimstration wiU vary according to the cancer to be treated. Other modes of deUvery are discussed herein. An LP may also be useful in modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing another disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition, besides a ceU proUferative condition (e.g, a cancer) that is assisted by abnormal angiogenic activity. Such close group conditions include, e.g, without Umitation, be gn tumors, e.g, such as hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogemc granulomas; atherosclerotic plaques; ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, cornea graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, uvietis and Pterygia (abnormal blood vessel growth) of the eye, rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; delayed wound heaUng; endometriosis; vasculogenesis; granulations; hypertrophic scars (keloids); nonunion fractures; scleroderma; trachoma; vascular adhesions; myocardial angiogenesis; coronary coUaterals; cerebral coUaterals; arteriovenous malformations; ischemic Umb angiogenesis; Osier- ebber Syndrome; plaque neovascularization; telangiectasia; hemophiUac joints; angiofibroma; fibromuscular dysplasia; wound granulation; Crohn's disease; and atherosclerosis.
For example, within another aspect of the present invention methods are provided for modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing hypertrophic scars and keloids, comprising administering an LP to a site of hypertrophic scar or keloid formation. Within one embodiment, the method involves a direct injection into a hypertrophic scar or keloid, to provide a beneficial effect, e.g, by preventing progression of such a lesion. This method is of particular value to a prophylactic treatment of a condition known to result in the development of a hypertrophic scar or a keloid (e.g, burns), and is preferably initiated after the proUferative phase of scar formation has had time to progress (approximately, e.g, 14 days after the initial injury), but before hypertrophic scar or keloid development. As noted above, the present invention also provides methods for ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing neovascular diseases of the eye, including e.g, corneal graft neovascularization, neovascular glaucoma, proUferative diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and macular degeneration. Moreover, ocular diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions associated with neovascularization that can be modulated ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g, without Umit; neovascular glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, retinoblastoma, retrolental fibroplasia, uveitis, retinopathy of premature macular degeneration, corneal graft neovascularization, as weU as other inflammatory eye diseases, ocular tumors, and diseases associated with choroidal or iris neovascularization (see, e.g, reviews by Waltman, et al, (1978) Am. J. Ophthal. 8.51704-710 and Gartner, et al, (1978) Sun. Ophthd. 22:291-3 12). Thus, within one aspect of the present invention methods are provided for treating or preventing neovascular diseases of the eye such as corneal neovascularization (including corneal graft neovascularization), comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of an LP composition to the cornea, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited or delayed. Briefly, the cornea is a tissue that normaUy lacks blood vessels. In certain pathological conditions however, capiUaries may extend into the cornea from the pericorneal vascular plexus of the Umbus. When the cornea becomes vascularized, it also becomes clouded, resulting in a decUne in the patient's visual acuity. Visual loss may become complete if the cornea completely opacifies. A wide variety of diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions can result in corneal neovascularization, including e.g, corneal infections (e.g, trachoma, herpes simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis), immunological processes (e.g, graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome), alkaU burns, trauma, inflammation (of any cause), toxic and nutritional deficiency states, and as a compUcation of using contact lenses.
Within particularly preferred embodiments, an LP composition may be prepared for topical administration in saUne (combined with any of the preservatives and anti-microbial agents commonly used in ocular preparations), and administered in drop form to the eye. The solution or suspension may be prepared in its pure form and administered several times daily. Alternatively, anti-angiogenic compositions, prepared as described herein, may also be administered directly to the cornea. Within preferred embodiments, an anti-angiogenic composition is prepared with a muco-adhesive polymer, which binds to the cornea. Within further embodiments, an anti-angiogenic factor or anti-angiogenic LP composition may be utiUzed as an adjunct to conventional steroid therapy. Topical therapy may also be useful prophylacticaUy in corneal lesions that are known to have a high probabiUty of inducing an angiogenic response (such as, e.g, a chemical burn). In these instances, the treatment (Ukely in combination with steroids) may be instituted immediately to help prevent subsequent compUcations. Within other embodiments, an LP composition may be injected directiy into the corneal stroma using microscopic guidance by an ophthalmologist. The preferred site of injection may vary with the moφhology of the individual lesion, but the goal of the administration is to place a composition of the invention at the advancing front of the vasculature (i.e., interspersed between the blood vessels and the normal cornea). In most instances, this would involve periUmbic corneal injection to "protect" the cornea from advancing blood vessels. This method may also be utiUzed shortly after a corneal insult to prophylacticaUy prevent corneal neovascularization. In such a situation, the composition could be injected into the periUmbic cornea interspersed between the corneal lesion and its undesired potential Umbic blood supply. Such methods may also be utiUzed in a similar fashion to prevent capiUary invasion of transplanted corneas. In a sustained-release form, injections might only be required 2-3 times per year. A steroid could also be added to the injection solution to reduce inflammation resulting from the injection itself.
Within another aspect, methods are provided for treating or preventing neovascular glaucoma, comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited. In one embodiment, the composition may be administered topicaUy to the eye to treat or prevent early forms of neovascular glaucoma. Within other embodiments, the composition may be implanted by injection into the region of the anterior chamber angle. Within other embodiments, the composition may also be placed in any location such that the composition is continuously released into the aqueous humor. Within another aspect, methods are provided for treating or preventing proUferative diabetic retinopathy, comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eyes, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited. Within a particularly preferred embodiment, proUferative diabetic retinopathy may be treated by injection into the aqueous or the vitreous humor, to increase the local concentration of a composition of the invention in the retina. Preferably, this treatment should be initiated before the acquisition of severe disease requiring photocoagulation. Within another aspect of the present invention, methods are provided for treating or preventing retrolental fibroplasia, comprising administering to a patient a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited. The composition may be admimstered topicaUy, via intravitreous injection and/or via intraocular implants. Additional, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, hemangioma, arthritis, psoriasis, angiofibroma, atherosclerotic plaques, delayed wound heaUng, granulations, hemophiUc joints, hypertrophic scars, nonunion fractures, Osier- Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma, scleroderma, trachoma, and vascular adhesions. Moreover, diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, soUd tumors, blood born tumors such as leukemias, rumor metastasis, Kaposi's sarcoma, benign tumors (e.g., hemangiomas), acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, and uvietis, delayed wound heaUng, endometriosis, vasculogenesis, granulations, hypertrophic scars (keloids), nonunion fractures, scleroderma, trachoma, vascular adhesions, myocardial angiogenesis, coronary coUaterals, cerebral collaterals, arteriovenous malformations, ischemic limb angiogenesis, Osier- Webber Syndrome, plaque neovascularization, telangiectasia, hemophiUac joints, angiofibroma fibromuscular dysplasia, wound granulation, Crohn's disease, syndrome, atherosclerosis, birth-control inhibition of vascularization necessary for embryo implantation during the control of menstruation, and diseases that have angiogenesis as a pathologic consequence such as, e.g, cat scratch disease (Rochele minaUa quintosa), ulcers (Helicobacter ylori), BartoneUosis and baciUary angiomatosis.
In another embodiment as a birth control method, an amount of an LP sufficient to block embryo implantation is admimstered before or after intercourse and fertiUzation have occurred, thus providing an effective method of birth control, possibly a "morning after" method. An LP may also be used in controlUng menstruation or administered either as a peritoneal lavage fluid or for peritoneal implantation in the treatment of endometriosis.
An LP may be utiUzed in a wide-variety of surgical procedures. For example, within one aspect of the present invention a compositions (in the form of, e.g, a spray or film) may be utiUzed to coat or spray an area before removal of a tumor, to isolate normal surrounding tissues from maUgnant tissue, and/or to prevent the spread of disease to surrounding tissues Within other aspects, an LP composition (e g, in the form of a spray) may be deUvered via endoscopic procedures to coat tumors, or inhibit angiogenesis in a desired locale. Within yet another aspect, surgical meshes that have been coated with an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention may be utiUzed in a procedure in which a surgical mesh might be utiUzed. For example, a surgical mesh laden with an anti-angiogenic composition may be utiUzed during cancer resection surgery (e.g, abdominal surgery subsequent to colon resection) to provide support to the structure, and to release an amount of the anti-angiogenic factor. Within further aspects of the present invention, methods are provided for treating tumor excision sites, comprising administering an LP to the resection margins of a tumor after excision, such that the local recurrence of cancer and the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited.
Within one embodiment, an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is admimstered directly to a tumor excision site (e.g, appUed by swabbing, brushing or otherwise coating the resection margins of the tumor with the anti-angiogenic composition). Alternatively, an anti-angiogenic composition may be incorporated into a known surgical paste before admimstration Within a particularly preferred embodiment, an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is appUed after hepatic resections for maUgnancy, and after neurosurgical operations Within another aspect, admimstration can be to a resection margin of a wide variety of tumors, including e.g, breast, colon, brain, and hepatic tumors. For example, within one embodiment, anti-angiogenic compositions may be admimstered to the site of a neurological mmor after excision, such that the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited Diseases at the Cellular Level Diseases associated with increased ceU survival or the inhibition of apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, cancers (such as, e.g, foUicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone-dependent tumors, including, e.g, but without Umit, colon cancer, cardiac tumors, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, gUoblastoma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endotheUoma, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, adenoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma and ovarian cancer); autoimmune conditions (such as, e.g, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biUary cirrhosis, Behcet's disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune-related glomerulonephritis, and rheumatoid arthritis); viral infections (such as, e.g, herpes viruses, pox viruses, and adenoviruses); inflammation; graft v. host disease syndrome, acute graft rejection, and chrome graft rejection. In preferred embodiments, an LP is used to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metastases of cancers such as, in particular, those Usted herein. Additional diseases, states, syndromes, or conditions associated with increased ceU survival that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, progression, and/or metastases of maUgnancies and related disorders such as leukemia including acute leukemias (such as, e.g, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, including myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia) and chrome leukemias (e.g, chrome myelocytic, chronic granulocytic, leukemia, and chrome lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia Vera, lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkin's disease, and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom's macroglobuUnemia, heavy chain disease, syndrome, and soUd tumors including, e.g, without Umitation, sarcomas and carcinomas (such as, e g , fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, Uposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogemc sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheUosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheUosarcoma, synovioma, mesotheUoma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous ceU carcinoma, basal ceU carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papiUary carcinoma, papiUary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, meduUary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal ceU carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, chonocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular tumor, lung carcinoma, smaU ceU lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epitheUal carcinoma, gUoma, astrocytoma, meduUoblastoma, cramopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oUgodendrogUoma, menangioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma). Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, AIDS, conditions (such as, e.g, Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Retimtis pigmentosa, CerebeUar degeneration and brain tumor, or pnon associated disease); autoimmune conditions (such as, e.g, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biUary cirrhosis, Behcet's disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune-related glomerulonephπtis, and rheumatoid arthritis); myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v. host disease syndrome; ischemic injury (such as that caused by myocardial infarction, stroke and reperfusion injury); Uver injury (such as, e.g, hepatitis related Uver injury, ischemia reperfusion injury, cholestosis (bile duct injury), and Uver cancer); toxin-induced Uver disease (such as, e.g, that caused by alcohol), septic shock, cachexia, and anorexia.
Wound Healing and Epithelial Cell Proliferation
In accordance with yet a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for using an LP to stimulate epitheUal ceU proUferation and basal keratinocytes for the purpose of, e.g, wound heaUng, to stimulate hair foUicle production, and to heal a dermal wound An LP composition may be cUnicaUy useful in stimulating wound heaUng including e.g , surgical wounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage of the dermis and epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavity wounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers, venous stasis ulcers, burns resulting from exposure heat or chemicals, abnormal wound heaUng conditions associated with e.g, uremia, malnutrition, vitamin deficiency and wound heaUng compUcations associated with systemic treatment with steroids, radiation therapy, anti-neoplastic drugs, and anti-metaboUtes. An LP could be used to promote dermal reestabUshment after dermal loss. An LP could be used to increase the adherence of skin grafts to a wound bed and to stimulate re-epitheUaUzation from the wound bed. The foUowing is a non-exhaustive Ust of grafts that an LP could be used to increase adherence to: a wound bed, autografts, artificial skin, allografts, autodermic grafts, autoepidermic grafts, avascular grafts, Blair-Brown grafts, bone grafts, brephoplastic grafts, cutis grafts, delayed grafts, dermic grafts, epidermic grafts, fascia grafts, fuU thickness grafts, heterologous grafts, xenografts, homologous grafts, hypeφlastic grafts, lameUar grafts, mesh grafts, mucosal grafts, OUier-Thiersch grafts, omenpal grafts, patch grafts, pedicle grafts, penetrating grafts, spUt skin grafts, and thick spUt grafts. An LP can be used to promote skin strength and to improve the appearance of aged skin. It is beUeved that an LP wiU also produce changes in hepatocyte proUferation, and epitheUal ceU proUferation in, for example, the lung, breast, pancreas, stomach, smaU intestine, and large intestine. EpitheUal ceU proUferation can be effected in epitheUal ceUs such as, e.g, sebocytes, hair foUicles, hepatocytes, type II pneumocytes, mucin-producing goblet ceUs, and other epitheUal ceUs or their progenitors which are contained within the skin, lung, Uver, and gastrointestinal tract.
An LP may: promote proUferation of endotheUal ceUs, keratinocytes, and basal keratinocytes; it could also be used to reduce the side effects of gut toxicity that result from radiation, chemotherapy treatments or viral infections, it may have a cytoprotective effect on the smaU intestine mucosa; it may also stimulate heaUng of mucositis (mouth ulcers) that result from chemotherapy and viral infections, it could further be used in fuU regeneration of skin in fuU and partial thickness skin defects, including burns, (i.e., re-population of hair foUicles, sweat glands; and sebaceous glands), treatment of other skin defects such as psoriasis, it also could be used to treat epidermolysis buUosa, a defect in adherence of the epidermis to the underlying dermis which results in frequent, open and painful bUsters by accelerating re-epitheUaUzation of these lesions; it could also be used to treat gastric and doudenal ulcers and help heal by scar formation of the mucosal Uning and regeneration of glandular mucosa and duodenal mucosal Uning more rapidly. Inflammatory bowel diseases, such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative coUtis, are diseases that result in destruction of the mucosal surface of the smaU or large intestine, respectively. Thus, an LP could be used to promote resurfacing of a mucosal surface to aid more rapid heaUng and to prevent progression of inflammatory bowel disease resulting in a desired effect, e.g, such as on the production of mucus throughout the gastrointestinal tract and the protection of intestinal mucosa from injurious substances that are ingested or foUowing surgery. An LP could be used to treat a condition associated with the under expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto.
Moreover, an LP could be used to prevent and heal damage to the lungs due to various pathological states, such as, e.g, stimulating proUferation and differentiation to promote repair of alveoU and bronchiolar epitheUum. For example, emphysema, inhalation injuries, that (e.g, from smoke inhalation) and burns, which cause necrosis of the bronchiolar epitheUum and alveoU could be effectively ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using a polynucleotide or polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), or an agomst or antagomst thereto. Also, an LP could be used to stimulate the proUferation of and differentiation of type II pneumocytes, to help treat or prevent hyaUne membrane diseases, such as e.g, infant respiratory distress syndrome and bronchopulmonary displasia, (in premature infants). An LP could stimulate the proUferation and/or differentiation of a hepatocyte and, thus, could be used to aUeviate or treat a Uver condition such as e.g, fulminant Uver failure (caused, e.g, by cirrhosis), Uver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (e.g., acetaminophen, carbon tetrachloπde, and other known hepatotoxins). In addition, an LP could be used treat or prevent the onset of diabetes meUitus. In patients with newly diagnosed Types I and II diabetes, where some islet ceU function remains, an LP could be used to maintain the islet function so as to aUeviate, modulate, ameUorate, delay, or prevent permanent manifestation of the disease. In addition, an LP could be used as an auxiUary in islet ceU transplantation to improve or promote islet ceU function. Neurological Diseases
Nervous system diseases, disorders, syndromes, states, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP composition include, e.g, without Umitation, nervous system injuries diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/or conditions that result in either a disconnection or misconnection of an axon or dendnte, a diminution or degeneration of a cell (or part of a ceU) of the nervous system (such as, e g , without Umitation, neurons, astrocytes, microgUa, macrogUa, oUgodendrogUa, Schwann ceUs, and ependymal ceUs), demyeUnation or improper mylenation, neural ceU dysfunction (such as, e.g, failure of neurotransmitter release or uptake), or interference with mylenization. Nervous system lesions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed in a subject using an LP composition of the invention, include, e.g, without Umitation, the foUowing lesions of either the central (including spinal cord and brain) or peripheral nervous system: (1) ischemic lesions, in which a lack of oxygen in a portion of the nervous system results in neuronal injury or death, including e.g, cerebral infarction (or ischemia), or spinal cord infarction (or ischemia); (2) traumatic lesions, including, e.g, lesions caused by physical injury or associated with surgery (e.g, lesions that sever a portion of the nervous system), or compression injuries; (3) maUgnant lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by maUgnant tissue, which is either a nervous system associated maUgnancy or a maUgnancy derived from non-nervous-system tissue; (4) infectious lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised because of infection (e.g, by an abscess or associated with infection by human immunodeficiency virus, herpes zoster, or herpes simplex virus or with Lyme disease, syndrome, tuberculosis, syphiUs); (5) degenerative lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised because of a degenerative process including, without Umit, degeneration associated with Parkinson's disease syndrome, Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Huntington's chorea, or Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS); (6) lesions associated with a nutritional condition, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by a nutritional disorder (or a disorder of metaboUsm including, without Umit, vitamin B 12 deficiency, foUc acid deficiency, Wernicke disease, syndrome, tobacco-alcohol amblyopia, Marchiafava-Bignami disease (primary degeneration of the corpus caUosum), and alcohoUc cerebeUar degeneration; (7) neurological lesions associated with systemic diseases including, e.g, without Umitation, diabetes (diabetic neuropathy, BeU's palsy), systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoma, or sarcoidosis; (8) lesions caused by toxic substances including e.g, alcohol, lead, or a neurotoxin; and (9) demyeUnating lesions in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by a demyeUnating cause (including, e.g, without Umitation, multiple sclerosis, human immunodeficiency virus-associated myelopathy, transverse myelopathy or various etiologies, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, and central pontine myeUnolysis). In a preferred embodiment, an LP can be used to protect a neuronal ceU from the damaging effects of cerebral hypoxia; cerebral ischemia, cerebral infarction; stroke; or a neural ceU injury associated with a heart attack. An LP, which is useful for producing a desired effect in a nervous system condition, may be selected by testing for biological activity in promoting survival and/or differentiation of neural ceU. For example, an LP that eUcits any of the foUowing effects may be useful according to the invention: (1) increased survival time of neurons in culture; (2) increased or decreased sprouting of a neural in culture or in vivo; (3) increased or decreased production of a neuron-associated molecule e.g, such as a neurotransmitter in culture or in vivo, e.g, choUne acetyltransferase or acetylchoUnesterase with respect to a motor neuron; or (4) decreasing a symptom of neuronal dysfunction in vivo or in a model system, e.g, such as a mouse model for Parkinsons Syndrome. Such an effect may be measured by any known art method.
In a preferred, non-Umiting embodiment any art known method can be used to: measure increased neuronal survival (such as, e.g, described in Arakawa, et al. (1990) J. Neurosci. 10:3507-3515); detect increased or decreased sprouting (such as, e.g, described in Pestronk, et al. (1980) Exp. Neurol. 70:65-82; Brown, et al. (1981) Ann. Rev. Neurosci. 4:17- 42); measure increased production of a neuron-associated molecule (e.g, by bioassay, enzymatic assay, antibody binding, Northern blot assay, etc, depending on the molecule to be measured), and measure motor neuron dysfunction (by, e.g, assessing the physical manifestation of motor neuron disorder, e.g, weakness, motor neuron conduction velocity, or functional disabiUty in a model system). In specific embodiments, motor neuron diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g, without Umitation, infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgical damage, degenerative disease or maUgnancy (that may affect motor neurons as weU as other components of the nervous system), as weU as conditions that selectively affect neurons such as, e.g, without Umitation, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis progressive spinal muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar palsy, primary lateral sclerosis, infantile and juvenile muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar paralysis of childhood (Fazio-Londe syndrome), poUomyeUtis post poUo syndrome, and Hereditary Motorsensory Neuropathy (Charcot-Mane-Tooth Disease). Infectious Disease
An LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose an effect of an infectious agent in a subject or associated with a condition. For example, by increasing an immune response e g, particularly increasing the proUferation and differentiation a of B and/or a T ceU, infectious diseases may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed. The immune response may be increased either by enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response. Alternatively, an LP may also directly inhibit an infectious agent, without necessarily eUciting an immune response. Viruses are a type of an infectious agent that can cause diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition of the invention. Examples of such viruses, include, e.g, without Umitation, the foUowing DNA and RNA viruses and viral famiUes: Λrbovirus, Adenovindae, Arenavindae, Artenvirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyavindae, Caliciviridae, Circovindae, Coronavindae, Dengue, EBV, HIV, Flavivtridae, Hepadnavindae (Hepatitis), Herpesvindae (such as, e.g, Cytomegalovirus, Herpes Simplex, Herpes Zoster), Mononegavirus (e.g,
Paramyxov ndae, Morbilhvirus, abdovmdae), Orthomyxovindae (e.g., Influenza A, Influenza B, and paraιnfluen a), Pap lomavirus, Papovavmdae, Parvovindae, Picomav ridae, Poxvindae (such as, e.g. Smallpox or Vaccinia), R ovindae (e.g, Rotavirus), Retroviπdae (such as, e.g, HTLV-I, HTLV-II, Lentivirus), and Togavindae (e.g., Rubivirus) TypicaUy, viruses of these famiUes can cause a variety of undesired conditions, including, but not Umited to: e.g, arthritis, bronchioUitis, respiratory syncytial virus, encephaUtis, eye infections (e.g , conjunctivitis, keratitis), chrome fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (e.g, of type A, B, C, E, Chrome Active, or Delta), Japanese BencephaUtis, Jumn, Chikungunya, Rift VaUey fever, yeUow fever, memngitis, oppormmstic infections (e.g, AIDS), pneumoma, Burkitt's Lymphoma, chickenpox, hemorrhagic fever, Measles, Mumps, Parainfluenza, Rabies, a common cold, PoUo, leukemia, RubeUa, sexuaUy transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g, Kaposi's, warts), and viremia. An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these symptoms or diseases. In specific embodiments, an LP composition is used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose e.g, memngitis, Dengue, EBV, and/or hepatitis (e.g, hepatitis B). In a further specific embodiment, an LP is admimstered to a subject that is non-responsive to one or more currently estabUshed commerciaUy available, hepatitis vaccines. In a further specific embodiment an LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose AIDS or an AIDS-related syndrome or condition. Similarly, bacterial or fungal agents that can cause a disease, disorder, condition, syndrome, or symptom and that can be ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP composition of the invention include, e.g, but without Umitation, the foUowing: Gram-Negative and Gram-positive bacteria and bacterial families and fungi such as: Actinomycetales (e.g, Corynebactenum, Mycobacterium, Norcardia), Cryptococcus neoformans, Aspergillosis, Baallaceae (e.g., Anthrax,
Clostndium), Bacteroidaceae, Blastom costs, Bordetella, Borrelia (e.g, Borrelia burgdorferi), Brucellosis, Candtdiasis, Campy lobacter,Coccιdιoιdomycosιs, Cryptococcosis, Dermatocycoses, E. colt (e.g, EnterotoxigenicE. coli and Enterohemorrhagtc E. coli), Enterobactertaceae (Klebstella, Salmonella (e.g. Salmonella typht, and Salmonella paratyphi), Serratta, Yerstnta), Erystpelothrix, Heltcobacter, Legtonellosis, Eeptospirosis, asterta, Mycoplasmatales, Mycobacterium leprae, Vibrio cholerae,
Netssenaceae (e.g, Acιnetobacter,Gonorrhea, Memgococcal), Meisserta meningttidis, Pasteurellacea Infections (e g, Actmobacillus, Heamophtlus (e.g, Heamophtlus influenza type B), Pasteurella), Pseudomonas, Rickettsiaceae, Chlamydtaceae, Syphilis, Shigella spp.,Staphylococcal, Memngiococcal, Pneumococcal and Streptococcal (e.g. Streptococcus pneumontae and Group B Streptococcus). These bacterial or fungal famiUes can cause the foUowing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms including, e.g, without Umitation, bacteremia, endocarditis, eye infections (conjunctivitis, tuberculosis, uveitis), gingivitis, opportunistic infections (e.g, AIDS related infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, Reiter's Disease syndrome, respiratory tract infections, such as Whooping Cough or Empyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease syndrome, Cat-Scratch Disease syndrome, Dysentery, Paratyphoid Fever, food poisoning, Typhoid, pneumonia, Gonorrhea, meningitis (e.g, meningitis types A and B), Chlamydia, SyphiUs, Diphtheria, Leprosy, Paratuberculosis, Tuberculosis, Lupus, BotuUsm, gangrene, tetanus, impetigo, Rheumatic Fever, Scarlet Fever, sexuaUy transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g, ceUuUtis, dermatocycoses), toxemia, urinary tract infections and wound infections. An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms.
In specific embodiments, an LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose: tetanus, Diptheria, botuUsm, and/or meningitis type B.
Moreover, parasitic agents causing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g, without Umitation, a parasitic agent from any of the foUowing groupings: Amebiasis, Babesiosis, Coccidiosis, Cryptospoήdiosis, Dienta oebiasis, Douήne, Ectoparasitic, Giardiasis, Helminthiasis, eishmaniasis, Theileriasis, Toxoplasmosis, Trypanosomiasis, Trichomona, Sporo^oans
(e.g, Plasmodium virax, Plasmodium falciparium, Plasmodium malaήae, and Plasmodium ovale). These parasites can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including, e.g, without Umitation: Scabies, Trombiculiasis, eye infections, intestinal disease (e.g, dysentery, giardiasis), Uver disease syndrome, lung disease syndrome, opportunistic infections (e.g, AIDS related conditions), malaria, compUcations of pregnancy, and toxoplasmosis. An LP composition of the invention can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms. In specific embodiments, an LP can be used to modulate, ameliorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose malaria.
Preferably, treatment or prevention using an LP is accompUshed either by administering an effective amount of an LP composition to a subject, or by removing ceUs from a subject, deUvering an LP then returning the resulting engineered ceU to the patient (ex vivo therapy). Furthermore, an LP sequence can be used as an antigen in a vaccine to raise an immune response against an infectious disease. Regeneration An LP composition of the invention can be used e.g, to differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure, de-differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure; cause proUferation in ceU or a zone (similar to a ZPA in a Umb bud), have an effect on chemotaxis, remodel a tissue (e.g, basement membrane, extra ceU matrix, connective tissue, muscle, epitheUa), or lmtiate the regeneration of a tissue, organ, or biological structure (see, e.g. Science (1997) 276:59-87). Regeneration using an LP composition of the invention could be used to repair, replace, remodel, or protect tissue damaged by, e.g, congenital defects, trauma (such as, e.g, wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers); age; disease (such as, e.g, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease syndrome, or Uver failure), surgery, (including, e.g, cosmetic plastic surgery); fibrosis; re-perfusion injury; or cytokine damage. Tissues that can be regenerated include, e.g, without Umitation, organs (e.g , pancreas, Uver, intestine, kidney, epitheUa, endotheUum), muscle (smooth, skeletal, or cardiac), vasculature (including vascular and lymphatics), nervous system tissue, ceUs, or structures; hematopoietic tissue; and skeletal (bone, cartilage, tendon, and Ugament) tissue. Preferably, regeneration occurs with Uttle or no scarring. Regeneration also may include, e.g, angiogenesis.
Moreover, an LP composition may increase the regeneration of an aggregation of special ceU types, a tissue, or a matrix that typicaUy is difficult to heal. For example, by increasing the rate at which a tendon/Ugament heals after damage. Also encompassed is using an LP prophylacticaUy to avoid damage (e.g, in an interstitial space of a joint or on the cartalagenous capsule of a bone). Specific diseases that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g, without Umitation, tendinitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, and other tendon or Ugament defects Examples of non-heaUng wounds include, wounds that would benefit form regeneration treatment, e.g, without Umit pressure ulcers, ulcers associated with vascular insufficiency, surgical wounds, and traumatic wounds.
Similarly, nerve and brain tissue also could be regenerated using an LP. Such nervous system conditions that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g , without Umitation, central and peripheral nervous system diseases, neuropathies, or mechamcal and traumatic conditions (e.g., spinal cord disorders or syndromes, head trauma, cerebrovascular disease syndrome, and stoke). SpecificaUy, diseases associated with peripheral nerve injuries include, e.g, without Umitation, peripheral neuropathy (e.g, resulting from chemotherapy or other medical therapies), locaUzed neuropathies, and central nervous system diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Huntington's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and Shy-Drager syndrome). AU could be ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP. An LP may have an effect on a chemotaxis activity. Briefly, chemotactic molecules can attract or mobiUze (but may also repeal) ceUs (e.g, monocytes, fibroblasts, neutrophils, T-ceUs, mast ceUs, eosinophils, epitheUal and/or endotheUal ceUs) or ceU processes (e.g, filopodia, psuedopodia, lameUapodia, dendntes, axons, etc.) to a particular site (e.g, such as inflammation, infection, site of hyperproUferation, the floor plate of the developing spinal cord, etc.). In some instances, such mobiUzed ceUs can then fight off and/or modulate a particular trauma, abnormaUty, condition, syndrome, or disease. An LP may have an effect on a chemotactic activity of a ceU (such as, e.g, an attractive or repulsive effect).
A chemotactic molecule can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose inflammation, infection, hyperproUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions, or an immune system disorder by increasing the number of ceUs targeted to a particular location in the body. For example, a chemotactic molecule can be used to attract an immune ceU to an injured location in a subject. An LP that had an effect on a chemotactant could also attract a fibroblast, which can be used to modulate, ameUorate, and/or treat a wound. It is also contemplated that an LP may inhibit a chemotactic activity to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition. XI. Kits
This invention also contemplates use of LP proteins, fragments thereof, peptides, and their fusion products in a variety of diagnostic kits and methods for detecting the presence of LP protein or a binding partner TypicaUy, the kit wiU have a compartment containing either a defined LP protein peptide or gene segment or a reagent, which recognizes one or the other, e.g, binding partner fragments or antibodies.
A preferred kit for determining the concentration of, e.g, a LP protein in a sample would typicaUy comprise a labeled compound, e.g, binding partner or antibody, having known binding affinity for the LP protein, a source of LP protein (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), and a means for separating the bound from free labeled compound, for example, a soUd phase for immobiUzing the LP protein. Compartments containing reagents, and instructions, wiU normaUy be provided. Another diagnostic aspect of this invention involves use of oUgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences taken from the sequence of a LP protein. These sequences are used as probes for detecting levels of the LP protein message in samples from natural sources, or patients suspected of having an abnormal condition, e.g, cancer or developmental problem. The preparation of both RNA and DNA nucleotide sequences, the labeUng of the sequences, and the preferred size of the sequences has received ample description and discussion in the Uterature.
In specific embodiments, a kit may include, e.g, a recombinantly produced or chemicaUy synthesized polypeptide antigen. The polypeptide antigen of the kit may also be attached to a soUd support. In a more specific embodiment the detecting means of the above-described kit includes, e.g, a soUd support to which said polypeptide antigen is attached. Such a kit may also include, e.g, a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. In this embodiment, binding of the antibody to the polypeptide antigen is detected by binding of the reporter-labeled antibody. Other Preferred Embodiments
Other preferred embodiments o the claimed invention include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein. Other preferred embodiments of the claimed invention include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein. Also preferred is a nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is include, e.g. in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Clone
Sequence and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of the Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein. Also preferred is a nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is included, e.g, in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Start Codon and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of the Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein. Similarly preferred is a nucleic acid molecule comprising polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of a correspondingly encoded First Amino Acid of a Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein. Also preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one polynucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NO:X. More preferably said polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to one, exhibits 95% sequence identity to at least: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more polynucleotide fragments 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in length of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X, wherein any one such fragment is at least 21 contiguous nucleotides in length. Further preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X. Also preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one nucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NO:X, wherein the length of at least one such fragment is about 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:X. Another preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' Nucleotide of the First Amino Acid of the Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position o the 3' Nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein. A further preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence, which is at least 95% identical to the complete mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X or a species variant thereof. Also preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising polynucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a mature coding portion of a polynucleotide o the invention (or fragment thereof), wherein the nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes does not hybridize under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence consisting of only A residues or of only T residues. Thus, the invention provides an assay system or kit for carrying out a diagnostic method. The kit generaUy includes, e.g, a support with surface- bound recombinant antigens, and a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody for detecting surface-bound anti-antigen antibody.
The broad scope of this invention is best understood with reference to the foUowing examples, which are not intended to Umit the invention to specific embodiments.
EXAMPLES General Methods
Many of the standard methods described herein are described or referenced, e.g, in Maniatis, et al. (Cur. ed..) Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY; Sambrook, et al; Ausubel, et al. Biology Greene PubUshing Associates, Brooklyn, NY; or Ausubel, et al. (1987 and Supplements) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology Wiley/Greene. NY; Innis, et al. (eds.) (1990) PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and AppUcations Academic Press, NY. Methods for protein purification include such methods as ammonium sulfate precipitation, column chromatography, electrophoresis, centrifugation, crystaUization, and others. See, e.g, Ausubel, et al. (1987 and periodic supplements); Deutscher (1990) "Guide to Protein Purification," Methods in Enzymology vol. 182, and other volumes in this series; CoUgan, et al. (1995 and supplements) Current Protocols in Protein Science John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY; P. Matsudaira (ed.) (1993) A Practical Guide to Protein and Peptide Purification for Microsequencing. Academic Press, San Diego, CA; and manufacturer's Uterature on use of protein purification products, e.g, Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ, or Bio-Rad, Richmond, CA. Combination with recombinant techniques allow fusion to appropriate segments (epitope tags), e.g, to a FLAG sequence or an equivalent which can be fused, e.g, via a protease- removable sequence. See, e.g, HochuU (1989) Chemische Industrie 12:69-70; HochuU (1990) "Purification of Recombinant Proteins with Metal Chelate Absorbent" in Setiow (ed.) Genetic Engineering. Principle and Methods 12:87-98, Plenum Press, NY; and Crowe, et al. (1992) OIAexpress: The High Level Expression and Protein Purification System QUIAGEN, Inc., Chatsworth, CA. Standard immunological techniques are described, e.g, in Hertzenberg, et al. (eds. 1996) Weir's Hanbook of Experimental Immunology vols. 1-4, BlackweU Science; CoUgan (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology Wiley/ Greene, NY; and Methods in Enzymology volumes. 70, 73, 74, 84, 92, 93, 108, 116, 121, 132, 150, 162, and 163. Assays for neural ceU biological activities are described, e.g, in Wouterlood (ed. 1995) Neuroscience Protocols modules 10, Elsevier; Methods in Neurosciences Academic Press; and Neuromethods Humana Press, Totowa, NJ . Methodology of developmental systems is described, e.g, in Meisami (ed.) Handbook of Human Growth and Developmental Biology CRC Press; and Chrispeels (ed.) Molecular Techniques and Approaches in Developmental Biology Interscience. FACS analyses are described in Melamed, et al. (1990) Flow Cytometry and Sorting Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, NY; Shapiro (1988) Practical Flow Cytometry Liss, New York, NY; and Robinson, et al. (1993) Handbook of Flow Cytometry Methods Wiley-
Liss, New York, NY.
Example 1: Isolation of LP clones
Standard methods are used to isolate fuU length genes from a cDNA Ubrary made from an appropriate source, e.g, human ceUs. The appropriate sequence is selected, and hybridization at high stringency conditions is performed to find a fuU length corresponding gene using standard techniques. The fuU length, or appropriate fragments, of human genes are used to isolate a corresponding monkey or other primate gene. Preferably, a fuU length coding sequence is used for hybridization. Similar source materials as indicated above are used to isolate natural genes, including genetic, polymorphic, aUeUc, or strain variants. Other species variants are also isolated using similar methods. With a positive clone, the coding sequence is inserted into an appropriate expression vector. This may be in a vector specificaUy selected for a prokaryote, yeast, insect, or higher vertebrate, e.g, mammaUan expression system. Standard methods are appUed to produce the gene product, preferably as a soluble secreted molecule, but wiU, in certain instances, also be made as an intraceUular protein. IntraceUular proteins typicaUy require ceU lysis to recover the protein, and insoluble inclusion bodies are a common starting material for further purification. With a clone encoding a vertebrate LP protein, recombinant production means are used, although natural forms may be purified from appropriate sources. The protein product is purified by standard methods of protein purification, in certain cases, e.g, coupled with immunoaffinity methods. Immunoaffinity methods are used either as a purification step, as described above, or as a detection assay to determine the separation properties of the protein.
Preferably, the protein is secreted into the medium, and the soluble product is purified from the medium in a soluble form. Alternatively, as described above, inclusion bodies from prokaryotic expression systems are a useful source of material. TypicaUy, the insoluble protein is solubiUzed from the inclusion bodies and refolded using standard methods. Purification methods are developed as described herein. The product of the purification method described above is characterized to determine many structural features. Standard physical methods are appUed, e.g, amino acid analysis and protein sequencing. The resulting protein is subjected to CD spectroscopy and other spectroscopic methods, e.g,
NMR, ESR, mass spectroscopy, etc. The product is characterized to determine its molecular form and size, e.g, using gel chromatography and similar techniques. Understanding of the chromatographic properties wiU lead to more gentle or efficient purification methods. Prediction of glycosylation sites may be made, e.g, as reported in Hansen, et al. (1995) Biochem. J. 308:801-813. The purified protein is also be used to identify other binding partners of an LP of the invention as described, e.g, in Fields and Song (1989) Nature 340:245-246. Example 2: Tissue Distribution of an LP Polynucleotide
Tissue distribution of mRNA expression of a polynucleotide of the present invention (or fragment thereof) is determined using protocols for Northern blot analysis, described (among others) by, e.g, Sambrook, et al. For example, a cDNA probe produced using common techniques is labeled with P32 using the Rediprime DNA labeUng system (Amersham Life Science), according to manufacturer's instructions. After labeUng, the probe is purified using CHROMA SPIN- 100™ column (Clontech Laboratories, Inc.), according to manufacturer's protocol number PT1200-1. The purified, labeled probe is then used to examine various human tissues for mRNA expression. Multiple Tissue Northern (MTN) blots containing various human tissues (H) or human immune system tissues (IM) (Clontech) are examined with the labeled probe using Express Hyb1711 hybridization solution (Clontech) according to manufacturer's protocol number PTU90-1. After hybridization and washing, blots are mounted and exposed to film (overnight at -70 °C), and the films are subsequendy developed according to standard procedures. Example 3: Chromosomal Mapping of an LP Polynucleotide An oUgonucleotide primer set is designed according to the sequence at the 5' end of a
SEQ ID NO:X identified sequence. This primer preferably spans about 100 nucleotides. This primer set is then used in a polymerase chain reaction under the foUowing set of conditions: 30 seconds, 95 °C; 1 minute, 56 °C; 1 minute, 70 °C. This cycle is repeated 32 times foUowed by one 5-minute cycle at 70 °C. Human, mouse, and hamster DNA is used as template in addition to a somatic ceU hybrid panel containing individual chromosomes or chromosome fragments (Bios, Inc). The reaction is analyzed on either 8% polyacrylamide gels or 3.5 % agarose gels. Chromosome mapping is determined by the presence of an approximately lOObp PCR fragment in a particular somatic ceU hybrid.
Example 4: Production of a Secreted LP Protein for a High-Throughput Screening Assay
The foUowing protocol produces a supernatant containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to be tested. This supernatant can then be used in a variety of screening assays (such as, e.g, those taught herein). First, dilute Poly-D-Lysine (644 587 Boehringer- Mannheim) stock solution (1 mg/ml in PBS) 1:20 in PBS (w/o calcium or magnesium 17-5 16F Biowhittaker) to obtain a working stock solution of 50 ug/ml. Add 200 ul of this solution to each weU (24-weU plates) and incubate (RT for 20 min). Distribute the solution over each weU (a 12-channel pipetter may be used with tips on every other channel). Aspirate off the Poly-D-Lysine solution and rinse with 1 ml PBS (Phosphate Buffered SaUne). The PBS should remain in the well until just before plating the ceUs and plates may be coated (up to two weeks in advance) with poly-lysine. Plate 2933: ceUs (do not carry ceUs past P+20) at 2 x 105 cells/weU in 0.5 ml DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium)(with 4.5 G/L glucose and L-glutamine5 (12-604F Biowhittaker))/ 10% heat inactivated FBS (14-503F Biowhittaker) /lx Pinstripe (17-602E Biowhittaker). Let the ceUs grow overnight.
The next day, mix in a sterile solution basin: 300 ul Lipofectamine (18324-012 Gibco; BRL) and 5ml Optimem I (31985070 Gibco; BRL) per 96-weU plate. With a smaU volume multi-channel pipetter, aUquot approximately 2 ug of an expression vector containing an LP polynucleotide insert of the invention, produced by any art known methods or as taught herein, into an appropriately labeled 96-weU round-bottom plate. With a multi-channel pipetter, add 50 μl of the Lipofectamine/Optimem I mixture to each weU. Pipette up and down gendy to mix. Incubate at RT for 15-45 minutes. After about 20 minutes, use a multichannel pipetter to add 150μl of Optimem I to each weU. As a control, transfect one plate of vector DNA lacking an insert with each set of transfections. Preferably, transfections should be performed by spUtting the foUowing tasks between two individuals to reduce the time, and to insure that the ceUs do not spend too much time in PBS. First, person A aspirates off the media from four 24-weU plates of ceUs, and then person B rinses each weU with 0.5-1 ml of PBS. Person A then aspirates off the PBS rinse, and person B (using a 12-channel pipetter with tips on every other channel) adds 200μl of DNA/Lipofectamine/Optimem I complex first to the odd weUs, then to the even weUs (of each row on the 24-weU plates). Incubate at 37 °C for 6 hours. While ceUs are incubating, prepare appropriate media, either 1% BSA in DMEM with lx penstrep, or CHO-5 media (116.6 mg/L of CaCl2 (anhyd); 0.00130mg/L CuS04-5H20; 0.050 mg/L of Fe(NO3)3-9H20; 0.417 mg/L of FeS04-7H20; 311.80 mg/L of KC1; 28.64 mg/L of MgCl2; 48.84 mg/L of MgS04; 6995.50 mg/L of NaCl; 2400.0 mg/L of NaHC03; 62.50 mg/L of NaH2P04-H20; 71.02 mg/L of Na2HPO4; 0.4320 mg/L of ZnSO4-7H2O; 0.002 mg/L of Arachidonic Acid; 1.022 mg/L of Cholesterol; 0.070 mg/L of DL-alpha-Tocopherol-Acetate; 0.0520 mg/L of Linoleic Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Linole c Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Myristic Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Oleic Acid, 0.010 mg/L of Palmitπc Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Palmitic Acid; 100 mg/L of Pluromc F-68; 0.010 mg/L of Steanc Acid; 2.20 mg/L of Tween 80; 4551 mg/L of D- Glucose; 130.85 mg/ml of L-Alamne; 147.50 mg/ml of L-Arginine-HCL; 7.50 mg/ml of L- Asparagιne-H2O; 6.65 mg/ml of L-Aspartic Acid; 29.56 mg/ml of L-Cystine-2HCL-H20; 31.29 mg/ml of L-Cystine-2HCL, 7.35 mg/ml of L-Glutamic Acid; 365.0 mg/ml of L- Glutamine; 18.75 mg/ml of Glycine; 52.48 mg/ml of L-Hιsϋdιne-HCL-H20; 106.97 mg/ml of L-Isoleucine; 111.45 mg/ml of L-Leucine; 163.75 mg/ml of L-Lysine HCL; 32.34 mg/ml of L-Methiomne; 68.48 mg/ml of L-Phenylalanine; 40.0 mg/ml of L-ProUne; 26.25 mg/ml of L-Senne; 101.05 mg/ml of L-Threomne; 19.22 mg/ml of L-Tryptophan; 91.79 mg/ml of L-Tryrosιne-2Na-2H20; 99.65 mg/ml of L-VaUne; 0.0035 mg/L of Biotin; 3.24 mg/L of D- Ca Pantothenate; 11.78 mg/L of ChoUne Chloride; 4.65 mg/L of FoUc Acid; 15.60 mg/L of l-Inositol; 3.02 mg/L of Niacinamide; 3.0 mg/L of Pyridoxal HCL; 0.031 mg/L of Pyndoxine HCL; 0.319 mg/L of Riboflavin; 3.17 mg/L of Thiamine HCL; 0.365 mg/L of Thymidine; and 0.680 mg/L of Vitamin B12; 25 mM of HEPES Buffer; 2.39 mg/L of Na Hypoxanthine; 0.105 mg/L of Lipoic Acid; 0.081 mg/L of Sodium Putrescιne-2HCL; 55.0 mg/L of Sodium Pyruvate; 0.0067 mg/L of Sodium Selemte; 20uM of Ethanolamine; 0.122 mg/L of Ferric Citrate; 41.70 mg/L of Methyl-B-Cyclodextrin complexed with Linoleic Acid; 33.33 mg/L of Methyl-B-Cyclodextrin complexed with Oleic Acid; and 10 mg/L of Methyl-B-Cyclodextπn complexed with Retinal) with 2mm glutamine, and IX penstrep (BSA (81-068-3 Bayer) lOOgm dissolved in IL DMEM for a 10% BSA stock solution). Filter the media and coUect 50 ul for endotoxin assay in 15ml polystyrene conical
The transfection reaction is terminated, preferably by spUtting tasks (as above) at the end of the incubation period. Person A aspirates off the transfection media, while person B adds 1.5 ml appropriate media to each weU. Incubate at 37 °C for 45 or 72 hours depending on the media used (1 %BSA for 45 hours or CHO-5 for 72 hours). On day four, using a 300 ul multichannel pipetter, aUquot 600μl in one 1 ml deep weU plate and the remaining supernatant into a 2 ml deep weU. The supernatants from each weU can then be used in an assay taught herein. It is specificaUy understood that when activity is obtained in an assay described herein using a supernatant, the activity originates either from the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) directiy (such as, e.g, from a secreted protein or fragment thereof) or by the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) inducing expression of another ρroteιn(s), which is/are then released into the supernatant. Thus, the invention provides a method of identifying a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) in a supernatant characterized by an activity in a particular assay taught herein.
Example 5: Construction of a GAS Reporter Construct One signal transduction pathway involved in ceUular differentiation and proUferation is a Jaks-STATS pathway. Activated proteins in a Jaks-STATS pathway have been shown to bind to gamma activation site "GAS" elements or interferon-sensitive responsive element ("ISRE"), which are located, e.g, in the promoter region of many genes. TypicaUy, binding, e.g, by a protein, to such an element alters expression of an associated gene. GAS and ISRE elements are recognized by a class of transcription factors caUed Signal Transducers and Activators of Transcription, or "STATS." The Statl and Stat3 members of the STATS family are present in many ceU types, (as is Stat2) probably, because the response to IFN- alpha is widespread. Stat4, however, is more restricted to particular ceU types though, it has been found in T helper class I ceUs after their treatment with IL-12. Stat 5 (onginaUy designated mammary growth factor) has been found at higher concentrations in ceUs besides breast ceUs, e.g, myeloid ceUs. Stat 5 is activated in tissue culture ceUs by many cytokines.
After tyrosine phosphorylation (by kinases known as the Janus Kinase Family or "Jaks"), members of the STATS family typicaUy translocate from the cytoplasm to the nucleus of the ceU. Jaks represent a distinct family of soluble tyrosine kinases and include, e.g, Tyk2, Jakl, Jak2, and Jak3 These Jak kinases display sigmficant sequence similarity to each other and, generaUy, are catalyticaUy inactive in resting ceUs. However, Jaks are catalyticaUy activated by a wide range of receptors (summarized in the Table below, adapted from Schidler and DarneU (1995) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 64:621-51). One cytokine receptor family, which is capable of activating a Jak, is divided into two groups (Class 1 and 2). Class 1 includes, e.g, receptors for IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-6, IL-7, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15, Epo, PRL, GH, G-CSF, GM-CSF, LIF, CNTF, and thrombopoietin; while Class 2 includes, e.g, IFN-a, IFN-g, and IL-10. The Class 1 receptors share a conserved cysteine motif (a set of four conserved cysteines and one tryptophan) and a WSXWS motif (a membrane proximal region encoding Tφ-Ser-Xxx-Tφ-Ser). Thus, after a Ugand binds a receptor, Jaks are typicaUy activated and, in turn, subsequently activate STATS, which translocate and bind to GAS transcriptional elements (located in the nucleus of the ceU). This entire process of sequential activation is encompassed in a typical Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. Therefore, activation of a Jaks-STATS pathway (reflected by binding of a GAS or ISRE element) is used to indicate that an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is involved in the proUferation and/or differentiation of a ceU. For instance, growth factors and cytokines are examples of proteins that are known to activate a Jaks-STATS pathway. Consequently, by using a GAS element Unked to a reporter molecule, an activator of a Jaks-STATS pathway is identified.
To construct a synthetic GAS containing promoter element, Uke that described in an assays taught herein, a PCR based strategy is employed to generate a GAS-SV40 promoter sequence. The 5' primer contains four tandem copies of the GAS binding site found in the IRF1 promoter, which has previously been shown to bind STATS after induction by a range of cytokines (see, e g, Rothman, et al. (1994) Immunity 1:457-468). Although, however, it is possible to use other GAS or ISRE elements. The 5' primer also contains 18bp of sequence complementary to the SV40 early promoter sequence and is flanked with an Xhol site. The sequence of the 5' primer is:
5 ' : GCGCCTCGAGATTTCCCCGAAATCTAGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATA TCTGCCATCTCAATTAG : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 24 )
The downstream primer, which is complementary to the SV40 promoter and is flanked with a Hind III site, is- 5':GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC:3' (SEQ ID NO:25). PCR ampUfication is performed using the SV40 promoter template present in a B- gakpromoter plasmid (Clontech). The resulting PCR fragment is digested with Xhol/Hind III and subcloned into BLSK2- (Stratagene). Sequencing with forward and reverse primers confirms that the insert contains the foUowing sequence: 5' :CTCGAGATTTCCCCGAAATCTAGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATATCTGC CATCTCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCC GCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAG CTATTCCAGAAGTAGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCTT : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO:26) With this GAS promoter element Unked to the SV40 promoter, a GAS-SEAP2 reporter construct is next engineered. Here, the reporter molecule is a secreted alkaUne phosphatase (SEAP). Clearly, in this or in any of the other assays described herein, any appUcable reporter molecule is used instead of SEAP without undue experimentation. For example, using art known methods, such as, e.g, without Umitation, chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), luciferase, alkaUne phosphatase, B-galactosidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), or any protein (detectable by an antibody or detectable binding partner) could be substituted for SEAP. Once the above sequence is confirmed, the synthetic GAS-SV40 promoter element is subcloned into a pSEAP-Promoter vector (Clontech) using Hindlll and Xhol. This, effectively, replaces the SV40 promoter with the ampUfied GAS:SV40 promoter element to create a GAS-SEAP vector. However, since the resulting GAS-SEAP vector does not contain a neomycin resistance gene it is not a preferred embodiment for use in mammaUan expression systems. To generate stable mammaUan ceU Unes that express a GAS-SEAP reporter, the GAS-SEAP cassette is removed (using Sail and Notl) from the GAS-SEAP vector and inserted into a backbone vector contaimng a neomycin resistance gene, such as, e.g, pGFP-1 (Clontech), using these restriction sites in the multiple cloning site, to create a GAS-SEAP/Neo vector. Once the GAS-SEAP/Neo vector is transfected into a mammaUan ceU, it can also be used as a reporter molecule for GAS binding as taught in an assay as described herein Similar constructs is made using the above description and replacing GAS with a different promoter sequence. For example, construction of reporter-molecules containing NFK-B and EGR promoter sequences are appUcable. AdditionaUy, however, many other promoters is substituted using a protocols described herein, e.g, SRE, IL-2, NFAT, or Osteocalcin promoters is substituted, alone or in combination with another (e.g., GAS/NF- KB/EGR, GAS/NF-KB, I1-2/NFAT, or NF-KB/GAS). Similarly, other ceU Unes is used to test reporter construct activity, such as, e.g, without Umitation, HELA (epitheUal), HUVEC (endotheUal), Reh (B-ceU), Saos-2 (osteoblast), HUVAC (aortic), or Cardiomyocyte ceU Unes. Alternatively, testing whether an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is involved in a JAK/STATs signal transduction pathway can be performed (without undue experimentation) by adopting a method as described, e.g, in Ho, et al. (1995) Mol. CeU. Biol. 15:5043-5-53. Furthermore, it may be possible to test the JAK/STATs signal transduction pathway for blockage using an LP composition of the invention. AdditionaUy, standard methods exist for testing whether an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention is involved in a STAT signaUng pathway (e.g, such methods are described, e.g, in Starr, et al (1997) Nature 387:917-921, Endo, et al. (1997) Namre 387-921-924; and Naka, et al Nature 387:924-929 and can be employed here without undue experimentation). Example 6: High-Throughput Screening Assay for T-cell Activity.
The foUowing protocol is used to assess T-ceU activity by identifying factors and/or determining whether a supernate (described herein) contaimng an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) modulates the proUferation and/or differentiation of a T-ceU. T-ceU activity is assessed using a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct. Thus, a factor that increases SEAP activity indicates an ability to activate a Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. One type of T-ceU used in this assay is, e.g, a Jurkat T-ceU (ATCC Accession No. TIB-152), although other ceUs can also be used such as, e.g, without Umitation, Molt-3 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1552) or Molt-4 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1582).
Jurkat T-ceUs are lymphoblastic CD4+ Thl helper ceUs. To generate stable ceU Unes, approximately 2 milUon Jurkat ceUs are transfected with a GAS-SEAP/Neo vector using DMRIE-C (Life Technologies) in a transfection procedure as described below. Transfected ceUs are seeded to a density of approximately 20,000 ceUs per weU and any resulting transfectant (resistant to 1 mg/ml genticin) is subsequendy selected. Resistant colonies are then expanded and tested for their response to increasing concentrations of interferon gamma. The dose response of a selected clone is then estabUshed. TypicaUy, the foUowing method yields a number of cells sufficient for 75 weUs (each containing approximately 200 ul of ceUs). The method can be modified easily (e.g, it can either be scaled up or performed in multiples to generate sufficient numbers of ceUs for multiple 96 weU plates). Jurkat ceUs are maintained in RPMI + 10% serum with 1 % Pen-Strep. Combine 2.5 mis of OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies) with 10 ug of plasmid DNA in a T25 flask. Add 2.5 ml OPTI-MEM containing 50 μl of DMRIE-C and incubate (RT) for 15-45 min. During incubation, determine the ceU concentration, spin down the required number of ceUs (~107 per transfection), and resuspend in OPTI-MEM to a final concentration of 107 ceUs/ml. Then add 1 ml of 1 x 107 ceUs in OPTI-MEM to a T25 flask and incubate at 37 °C for 6 hrs. After incubation, add 10 ml of RPMI + 15% serum. The Jurkat: GAS-SEAP stable reporter Unes are maintained in RPMI + 10% serum, 1 mg/ml Genticin, and 1% Pen-Strep. These ceUs are treated with supernatants containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) and/or an induced polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) as produced by a protocol taught herein. On the day of treatment with the supernatant, the ceUs should be washed, and re-suspended in fresh RPMI + 10% serum to a density of 500,000 ceUs per ml. The exact number of ceUs required depends on the number of supernatants being screened. For one 96 weU plate, approximately 10 miUion ceUs are required (for 10 plates, 100 miUion ceUs). Transfer the ceUs to a triangular reservoir boat, to dispense the ceUs into a 96 weU dish, using a 12 channel pipette to transfer 200 ul of ceUs into each weU (therefore adding 100,000 ceUs per weU). After aU the plates have been seeded, 50 ul of the supernatants are transferred directly from the 96 weU plate containing the supernatants into each weU using a 12 channel pipette. In addition, a dose of exogenous interferon gamma (0.1 ng, 1.0 ng, 10.0 ng) is added to weUs H9, H10, and Hll to serve as additional positive controls for the assay. The 96 weU dishes containing Jurkat ceUs treated with supernatants are placed in an incubator for 48 hrs (note: this time is variable between 48-72 hrs). Then, 35 ul samples from each weU are transferred to an opaque 96 weU plate using a 12-channel pipette. The opaque plates should be covered (using ceUophane), and stored at -20 °C until SEAP assays are performed as described herein or known in the art.. Plates containing the remaimng treated ceUs are placed at 4 °C, and can serve as a source of material for repeated assays on a specific weU if so desired. As a positive control, 100 Unit/ml interferon gamma is used to activate Jurkat T ceUs. TypicaUy, a 30-fold induction or greater is observed in positive control weUs As wiU be apparent to those of ordinary skiU in the art, the above protocol may be used in the generation of both transient, as weU as, stably transfected ceUs.
Example 7: High-Throughout Screening Assay to Identity Myeloid Activity
The foUowing protocol is used to assess myeloid activity by determining whether an
LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) mediates the proUferation, and/or differentiation of a myeloid ceU. Myeloid ceU activity is assessed using a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct as described herein. Thus, a factor that increases SEAP activity indicates the abibty to activate a Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. A typical myeloid ceU used in such an assay is U937 (a pre-monocyte ceU Une) although, other myeloid ceUs can be used, such as, e.g, without Umitation, TF-1, HL60, or KG1. To transiently transfect U937 ceUs with a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct a DEAE-
Dextran method is used (Kharbanda, et al. (1994) CeU Growth & Differentiation, 5: 259- 265). First, 2 x 107U937 ceUs are harvested and then washed with PBS. TypicaUy, U937 cells are grown in RPMI 1640 medium contaimng 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) supplemented with 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 mg/ml streptomycin. Next, suspend the ceUs in 1 ml of 20 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7 4) buffer contaimng 0.5 mg/ml DEAE- Dextran, 8 ug GAS-SEAP2 plasmid DNA, 140 mM NaCl, 5 mM KC1, 375 uM Na2HP04- 7H20, 1 mM MgCl2, and 675 uM CaCl2. Incubate at 37°C for 45 mm. Wash the ceUs with RPMI 1640 medium contaimng 10% FBS and then resuspend in 10 ml complete medium and incubate at 37 °C for 36 hr The GAS-SEAP/U937 stable ceUs are obtained by growing the ceUs in 400 ug/ml G418. The G418-free medium is used for routine growth but penodicaUy (every one to two months), the ceUs should be re -grown in 400 ug/ml G418 for several passages. These ceUs are tested by harvesting lxl08ceUs (approximately enough for ten 96-weU plate assays) and then washing with PBS. Suspend the ceUs in 200 ml of the above described growth medium to a final density of 5x105 ceUs/ml. Plate 200 ul ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate (or 1x10s ceUs/weU). Add 50 ul of supernatant as described herein then, incubate at 37 °C for 48 to 72 hr. As a positive control, 100 Unit/ml interferon gamma is used to activate U937 ceUs. TypicaUy, a 30-fold induction is observed in weUs contaimng the positive controls. Assay a supernatant according to a SEAP protocol taught herein or art- known.
Example 8: High-Throughput Screening Assay to Identify Neuronal Activity.
When ceUs undergo differentiation and proUferation, genes are activated through many different signal transduction pathways. One such gene, EGR1 (early growth response gene 1), is induced in various tissues and ceU types upon activation. The promoter of EGRI is responsible for such induction. The activation of particular ceUs is assessed using the EGR promoter Unked to a reporter molecule. SpecificaUy, the foUowing protocol is used to assess neuronal activity in a PC 12 ceU (rat phenochromocytoma ceU). PC 12 ceUs show proUferative and/or differentiative responses (e.g, EGRI expression) upon activation by a number of stimulators, such as, e.g, TPA (tetradecanoyl phorbol acetate), NGF (nerve growth factor), and EGF (epidermal growth factor). Thus, PC 12 cells (stably transfected with a construct comprising an EGR promoter operably Unked to SEAP reporter) are used in an assay to determine activation of a neuronal ceU by an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). A EGR/SEAP reporter construct is created as foUows: the EGR-I promoter sequence (-633 to +1; Sakamoto, et al. (1991) Oncogene 6:867-871) is PCR ampUfied from human genomic DNA using the foUowing primers:
5 ' GCGCTCGAGGGATGACAGCGATAGAACCCCGG -3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 27 ) 5 ' GCGAAGCTTCGCGACTCCCCGGATCCGCCTC-3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 28 ) Using a GAS:SEAP/Neo vector (described herein), the EGRI ampUfied product is inserted into this vector by Unearizing the GAS:SEAP/Neo vector (Xhol/Hindlll) and removing the GAS/SV40 stuffer. The EGRI ampUfied product is restricted using these same enzymes (Xhol/Hindlll). Then, the EGRI promoter is Ugated to the vector. To prepare 96 weU-plates for ceU culture, add two mis of a coating solution (dilute (1:30) coUagen type I (Upstate Biotech Inc. Cat#08-115) in filter steriUzed 30% ethanol) per one 10 cm plate or 50 ml per weU of the 96-weU plate, and then air dry for 2 hr. Routinely grow PC12 ceUs on pre-coated 10 cm tissue culture dishes using RPMI-1640 medium (Bio Whittaker) containing 10% horse serum (JRH BIOSCIENCES, Cat. # 12449-78P), 5% heat- inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) supplemented with 100 units/ml penicilUn andlOO ug/ml streptomycin. Every three to four days, perform a one to four spUt of the ceUs. CeUs are removed from a plate by scraping and re-suspending (typicaUy, by pipetting up and down more than 15 times). To transfect an EGR/SEAP/Neo construct into PC12 ceUs use the Lipofectamine protocol taught herein. Produce stable EGR-SEAP/PC12 ceUs by growing transfected ceUs in 300 ug/ml G418. The G418-free medium is used for routine growth but periodicaUy (every one to two months), the PCI 2 cells should be re-grown in 300 ug/ml G41830 for several passages.
To assay a PC 12 ceU for neuronal activity, a 10 cm plate (containing ceUs that are around 70 to 80% confluent) is screened by removing the old medium and washing the ceUs once with PBS. Then, starve the ceUs overnight in low serum medium (RPMI-1640 containing 1% horse serum, and 0.5% FBS with antibiotics). The next morning, remove the medium, and wash the ceUs with PBS. Scrape off the ceUs from the plate and suspend them thoroughly in 2 ml low serum medium. Count the ceU number, and add more low serum medium to achieve a final ceU density of approximately 5xl05 ceUs/ml. Add 200 ul of the cell suspension to each weU of 96-weU plate (equivalent to 1x10s ceUs/weU). Add 50 ul of supernatant and store at 37°C for 48 to 72 hr. As a positive control, use a growth factor known to activate PCI 2 ceUs through EGR, such as, e.g, 50 ng/ul of Neuronal Growth Factor (NGF). TypicaUy, a fifty-fold or greater induction of SEAP is achieved with a positive control. Assay the supernatant according to a SEAP method described herein. Example 9: High-Throughput Screening Assay to Identity T-cell Activity
NF-KB (Nuclear Factor kappa B) is a transcription factor activated by a wide variety of agents including, e.g, inflammatory cytokines (such as, e.g, IL-1, TNF, CD30, CD40, lymphotoxin-alpha, and lymphotoxin-beta); LPS, thrombin; and by expression of certain viral gene products. As a transcription factor, NF-KB typicaUy regulates: the expression of genes involved in immune ceU activation; the control of apoptosis (NF- KB appears to shield ceUs from apoptosis); the development of B-ceUs or T-ceUs; anti-viral or antimicrobial responses; and multiple stress responses. Under non-stimulating conditions, NF- KB is retained in the cytoplasm with I-KB (Inhibitor KB). However, upon proper stimulation, I- KB is phosphorylated and degraded, leading to NF-KB translocating into the nucleus of the ceU, thereby activating transcription of specific target genes, such as, e.g, IL-2, IL-6, GM- CSF, ICAM-I, and Class 1 MHC. Due to NF-KB's role in transcriptional activation and its abiUty to respond to a range of stimuU, reporter constructs utiUzing the NF-KB promoter element are useful in screening a supernatant produced as described herein. Activators or inhibitors of NF-KB are useful in treating diseases, e.g, inhibitors of NF-KB is used to treat diseases, syndromes, conditions, etc, related to the acute or chronic activation of NF-KB, such as, e.g, rheumatoid arthritis. To construct a vector comprising a NF-KB promoter element, a PCR based strategy is employed. The upstream primer should contain four tandem copies of the NF-KB binding site (GGGGACTTTCCC; SEQ ID NO:29), 18 bp of sequence that is complementary to the 5' end of the SV40 early promoter sequence, and that is flanked by the Xhol site:
5 ' : GCGGCCTCGAGGGGACTTTCCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGGATCCGGGACTTTCCATCCTGCCATC TCAATTAG : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 30 ) The downstream primer is complementary to the 3' end of the SV40 promoter and is flanked by the Hind III site:
5 ' : GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 31 ) .
A PCR ampUfication is performed using the SV40 promoter template present in a pB- gal promoter plasmid (Clontech). The resulting PCR fragment is digested with Xhol, and Hind III, then subcloned into BLSK2 (Stratagene). Sequencing with the T7, and T3 primers should confirm that the insert contains the foUowing sequence:
5 ' : CTCGAGGGGACTTTCCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGACTTTCCATCTGCCATCTCAATTAGTC AGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCC CCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGTA GTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCT : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 32 )
Next, replace the SV40 minimal promoter element present in the pSEAP2-promoter plasmid (Clontech) with the NF-KB/SV40 fragment using Xhol, and Hindlll (note, this vector does not contain a neomycin resistance gene, and therefore, is not preferred for use in a mammaUan expression system). To generate a stable mammaUan ceU Une, the NF- KB/SV40/SEAP construct is removed from the above NF-KB/SEAP vector using restriction enzymes Sail, and Notl, and then inserted into a vector having neomycin resistance. For example, the NF-KB/SV40/SEAP construct is inserted into pGFP-1 (Clontech), replacing the GFP gene, after restricting pGFP-1 with Sail, and Notl. After a NF-KB/SV40/SEAP/Neo vector is estabUshed, then stable Jurkat T-ceUs are created and maintained as described herein. Similarly, a method for assaying supernatants with these stable Jurkat T-ceUs is used as previously described herein. As a positive control, exogenous TNF alpha (at, e.g, concentration of 0.1 ng, l.Ong, and 10 ng) is added to a control weU (e.g, weUs H9, H10, and Hl l). TypicaUy, a 5- to 10-fold activation is observed in the control. Example 10: Assay for Reporter Activity (e.g., SEAP) As a reporter molecule for the assays taught herein, SEAP activity is assessed using the
Tropix Phospho-Ught Kit (Cat. BP-400) according to the foUowing general procedure. The Tropix Phospho-Ught Kit suppUes the dilution, assay, and reaction buffers described below. Prime a dispenser with the 2.5x dilution buffer and dispense 15 ul of 2.5x dilution buffer into Optiplates containing 35 ul of a supernatant. Seal the plates with a plastic sealer and incubate at 65 °C for 30 min. Separate the Optiplates to avoid uneven heating. Cool the samples, until they are maintained at RT for 15 minutes. Empty the dispenser and prime with the assay buffer. Add 50 ml assay buffer and incubate (5 min. at RT). Empty the dispenser and prime with the reaction buffer (see the table below). Add 50 ul reaction buffer and incubate (20 min. at RT). Since the intensity of the chemiluminescent signal is time dependent, and it takes about 10 minutes to read five plates on luminometer, treat five plates at each time and start the second set 10 minutes later. Read the relative Ught unit in the luminometer using the HI 2 location on the plate as blank, and print the results. An increase in chemiluminescence indicates reporter activity.
Reaction Buffer Formulation:
Example 11: High-Throughput Screening Assay Identifying Changes in Small Molecule Concentration and Membrane Permeability
Binding by a Ugand to a receptor can affect: intraceUular levels of smaU molecules
(such as, e.g, without Umitation, calcium, potassium, and sodium); pH, and a membrane potential of the ceU. These alterations are measured in an assay to identify supernatants that bind to a receptor. The foUowing protocol is a non-Umiting exemplar for assaying the effects on calcium ions in a ceU (such as, e.g, without Umitation, Ca++ sequestration, removal, uptake, release, etc.) however, this assay can easily be modified to detect other ceUular changes (such as, e.g, potassium, sodium, pH, membrane potential) effected by binding of a Ugand with a receptor.
The foUowing assay uses Fluorometπc Imaging Plate Reader ("FLIPR") to measure changes in fluorescent molecules (Molecular Probes) that bind smaU molecules, such as, e.g, Ca++. Clearly, as would be recognized by the skiUed artisan, other fluorescent molecules that can detect a smaU composition (such as, e.g, a smaU molecule) can be employed instead of the calcium fluorescent molecule, fluo-4 (Molecular Probes, Inc.; No. F-14202), used here. For adherent ceUs, seed the ceUs at 10,000-20,000 ceUs/weU in a Co-starblack 96-weU plate with a clear bottom. Incubate the plate in a C02 incubator for 20 hours. The adherent ceUs are washed twice in a Biotek washer with 200 ul of HBSS (Hank's Balanced Salt Solution) leaving 100 ul of buffer after the final wash. A stock solution of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 is made in 10% pluromc acid DMSO. To load the ceUs with fluo-4, 50 ul of 12 ug/ml fluo-4 is added to each weU. The plate is incubated at 37 °C in a CO2 incubator for 60 min Wash the plate four times in a Biotek washer with 200 ul of HBSS leaving 100 ul of buffer (as described above). For non-adherent ceUs, the ceUs are spun down from culture media. CeUs are resuspended in a 50-ml conical tube to 2-5x106 ceUs/ml with HBSS. Then, 4 ul of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 solution in 10% pluromc acid DMSO is added to each ml of ceU suspension.
Subsequently, the tube is placed in a 37 °C water bath for 30-60 min. The ceUs are washed twice with HBSS, re-suspended to lxlO6 ceUs/ml, and dispensed into a microplate (100 ul/weU). The plate is centrifuged at 1000 rpmXg (times gravity) for 5 min. The plate is then washed once in 200 ul Denley CeU Wash foUowed by an aspiration step to 100 ul final volume. For a non-ceU based assay, each weU contains a fluorescent molecule, such as, e.g, fluo-4 . The supernatant is added to the weU, and a change in fluorescence is detected. To measure the fluorescence of intraceUular calcium, the FLIPR is set for the foUowing parameters: (1) System gain is 300-800 mW; (2) Exposure time is 0.4 second, (3) Camera F/stop is F/2; (4) Excitation is 488 nm; (5) Emission is 530 nm; and (6) Sample addition is 50 ul. Observance of an increased emission at 530 nm indicates an extraceUular signaUng event, which has resulted in an increase in the concentration of intraceUular Ca++.
Example 12: High-Throughput Screening Assay to Identify Tyrosine Kinase Activity The Protein Tyrosine Kinases (PTK) represent a diverse group of transmembrane and cytoplasmic kinases. Within the Receptor Protein Tyrosine Kinase (RPTK) group are receptors for a range of mitogenic and metaboUc growth factors including, e.g, the PDGF, FGF, EGF, NGF, HGF, and InsuUn receptor subfamiUes. In addition, a large number of RPTKs have no known corresponding Ugand. Ligands for RPTKs include, e.g, mainly secreted smaU proteins, but also can include membrane-bound proteins, and extraceUular matrix proteins.
Activation of an RPTK by a Ugand typicaUy involves dimerization of a Ugand-mediated receptor resulting in the transphosphorylation of a receptor subunit(s) and subsequent activation of a cytoplasmic tyrosine kinase. TypicaUy, cytoplasmic tyrosine kinases include, e.g, receptor associated tyrosine kinases of the src-family (such as, e.g, src, yes, lck, lyn, and fyn); non-receptor Unked tyrosine kinases, and cytosoUc protein tyrosine kinases (such as, e.g, Jaks, which mediate, e.g, signal transduction triggered by the cytokine superfamily of receptors such as, e.g, the Interleukins, Interferons, GM-CSF, and Leptin). Because of the wide range of factors that stimulate tyrosine kinase activity, the identification of a novel human secreted protein capable of activating tyrosine kinase signal transduction pathways would be useful. Therefore, the foUowing protocol is designed to identify a novel human secreted protein (or fragments thereof) that activates a tyrosine kinase signal transduction pathway. Seed target ceUs (e.g, primary keratinocytes) at a density of approximately 25,000 cells per weU in a 96 weU Loprodyne Silent Screen Plates purchased (Nalge Nunc, NaperviUe, IL). SteriUze the plates using two 30-minute rinses with 100% ethanol, then rinse with doubly deionized water, and dry overnight. Coat some plates for 2 hr with 100 ml of ceU culture grade type I coUagen (50 mg/ml), gelatin (2%), polylysine (50 mg/ml) (Sigma Chemicals, St. Louis, MO); 10% Matrigel (Becton Dickinson, Bedford, MA); or calf serum. Then rinse the plates (PBS) and store at 4 °C. Seed 5,000 ceUs/weU in growth medium on a plate and then (after 48 hrs) assay ceU growth by estimating the resulting ceU number using the Alamar Blue method (Alamar Biosciences, Inc., Sacramento, CA). Use Falcon plate covers (#3071 from Becton Dickinson, Bedford, MA) to cover the Loprodyne Silent Screen Plates. Falcon Microtest III ceU cul re plates can also be used in some proUferation experiments.
To prepare extracts, seed A431 ceUs onto nylon membranes of Loprodyne plates (20,000/200ml/weU) and culture overmght in complete medium. Quiesce the ceUs by incubation in serum-free basal medium for 24 hr. Treat the ceUs with EGF (60 ng/ml) or 50 ul of a supernatant described herein, for 5-20 minutes. After removing the medium, add 100 ml of extraction buffer to each weU (20 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.15M NaCl, 1% Triton X-100, 0.1 % SDS, 2 mM Na3V04, 2 mM Na4P207 and a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Boeheπnger Mannheim, Cat No. 1836170; IndianapoUs, IN) and shake the plate on a rotating shaker for 5 minutes at 4 °C. Then place the plate in a vacuum transfer mamfold and extract filter through the 0.45 mm membrane bottom of each weU (using house vacuum). CoUect the extracts of a 96-weU catch/assay plate in the bottom of the vacuum mamfold and immediately place on ice. To clarify an extract by centrifugation, remove the content of a weU (after detergent solubiUzation for 5 min) and centrifuge (15 min at 16,000xG at 4 °C). Test the filtered extracts for levels of tyrosine kinase activity. Although many methods of detecting tyrosine kinase activity are known and can be used without undue experimentation, a non-Umiting method is described here for exemplar purposes GeneraUy, the tyrosine kinase activity of a supernatant is evaluated by determining its abiUty to phosphorylate a tyrosine residue on a specific substrate (e.g, a biotinylated peptide). An example of a biotinylated peptide useful for this purpose includes, e.g, without Umitation, PSK1 (corresponding to amino acid residue numbers 6-20 of the ceU division kinase cdc2- p34) and PSK2 (corresponding to amino acid residue numbers 1-17 of gastnn). Both of these biotinylated peptides are substrates for a number of tyrosine kinases and are commerciaUy available (Boehnnger Mannheim, IndianapoUs, IN). The tyrosine kinase reaction is set up by adding the foUowing components as foUows:
First, add lOμl of 5uM biotinylated peptide, then 10 μl ATP/Mg+2 (5mM ATP/50mM MgCy, then lOμl of 5x Assay Buffer (40mM lmidazole hydrochloride, pH7.3, 40 mM beta- glycerophosphate, ImM EGTA, lOOmM MgCl2, 5 mM MnCl2, 0.5 mg/ml BSA), then 5μl of Sodium Vanadate (1 mM), and then 5μl of water. Mix the components gently and pre- incubate the reaction mix at 30 °C for 2 min. InitiaUze the reaction by adding lOμl of the control enzyme or the filtered supernatant. Stop the tyrosine kinase assay reaction by adding 10 ul of 120mm EDTA and place the reactions on ice Determine tyrosine kinase activity by transferring 50 ul of the reaction mixture to a microtiter plate (MTP) module and incubating at 37 °C for 20 min. This aUows the streptavadin coated 96 weU plate to associate with the biotinylated peptide. Wash the MTP module four times with 300 ul of PBS per weU . Next add 75 ul of anti-phosphotyrosine antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (anti-P- Tyr-POD (0.5μl/ml)) to each weU and incubate for one hour at 37 °C. Wash each weU as described above. Next, add lOOμl of peroxidase substrate solution (Boehringer Mannheim, IndianapoUs, IN) and incubate for a minimum of five minutes (up to 30 min) at RT. Measure the absorbance of the sample at 405 nm using an ELISA reader (the level of bound peroxidase activity reflects the level of tyrosine kinase activity and is quantitated using an ELISA reader).
LP-induced tyrosine phosphorylation is determined as foUows using any appropriate ceU Une (such as, e.g, Saos, GH4C1, LNCAP, LLC-PKl, L6, GT1-7, SK-N-MC, U373MG, MCF-7, Ishikawa, PA1, HEP-G2, ECV304, GLUTag, BTC6, HuVEC, TF-1, Balb/C 3T3, HDF, M07E, T1165, THP-1, or Jurkat). On day 1, approximately 2.0 xlO4 ceUs per are plated onto poly-D-lysine-coated weUs (96 weU plates) containing 100 μL ceU propagation media (DMEM-.F12 at a 3:1 ratio, 20 mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 5% FBS, and 50 μg/ml Gentamicin) then incubated overnight. On day 2, the propagation media is replaced with 100 μL starvation medium (DMEM:F12 at a 3:1, 20mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 0.5% FBS, and 50 μg/ml Gentamicin) and incubated overnight. On day 3, a 100X stock of pervanadate solution is prepared (100 μL of 100 mM sodium orthovanadate and 3.4 μL of H^^. CeUs are stimulated with varying concentrations of an LP of the invention (e.g, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 5, and 10 μL of an LP stock solution) and incubated (10 min. at RT). After stimulation, the medium is aspirated and 75 μL lysis buffer (50mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1% TRITON X-100, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM pervanadate, and BM protease inhibitors) is added to each weU (4°C for 15 minutes). Subsequently, 25 μL of 4X loading buffer is added to the ceU lysates and the resulting solution is mixed and then heated to 95°C.
Detection of tyrosine phosphorylation is accompUshed by Western immunoblotting. Samples of the treated ceUs (20 μl) are separated using SDS-PAGE 8-16% AA ready gels (Bio-Rad). Separated proteins are subsequently electrotransferred (~lhr at 250 mA) in transfer buffer (25 mM Tris base at pH 8.3, 0.2 M glycine, 20% methanol) to a nitroceUulose membrane that is incubated (lhr at RT) in a blocking buffer (20 mM Tris HC1 at pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% TWEEN-20; 1% BSA). To detect the presence of LP-induced phosphorylated proteins any appropriate commerciaUy available anti-phosphotyrosine antibody is added to a membrane (such as, e.g, a monoclonal antibody that can detect, e.g, Erk-1, Erk-2 kinase, Raf, JNK, ρ38 MAP, Map kinase kinase (MEK), MEK kinase, Src, Muscle specific kinase (MUSK), IRAK, Tee, and Janus, etc.). The membrane is incubated overnight (4°C with gentle rocking) in a first solution (primary antibody, TBST, and 1 % BSA), foUowed by TBST washing (X3 for 5 min/ wash at RT) and incubation (1 hr at RT with gentle rocking) with a second solution (secondary antibody, TBST, and 1% BSA). After the secondary incubation, another series of TBST washes is carried out (X4 for 10 min/wash at RT) and detection of the immuno-identified proteins is visuaUzed by incubating the membranes (10-30 ml of SuperSignal Solution for approximately 1 min at RT). After excess developing solution is removed, the membrane is wrapped (plastic wrap) and exposed to X- ray film (20 sec, 1 min, and 2 min. or longer if needed). LP-induced tyrosine phosphorylation is determined by comparing the number and intensity of immunostained protein bands from treated ceUs (visual inspection) with the number and intensity of immunostained protein bands from negative control ceUs (buffer only without LP solution).
Example 13: High-Throughput Screening Assay To Identify Phosphorylation Activity
An alternative and/or compUmentary tyrosine kinase assay, which can also be used detects activation (e.g, phosphorylation) of intraceUular signal transduction intermediates. For example, as described herein, such an assay detects tyrosine phosphorylation of an Erk-1 and/or Erk-2 kinase. However, detecting phosphorylation of other molecules, such as, e.g, Raf, JNK, p38 MAP, Map kinase kinase (MEK), MEK kinase, Src, Muscle specific kinase (MUSK), IRAK, Tee, and Janus; as weU as any other phosphoserine, phosphotyrosine, or phosphothreonine molecule, can be determined by substituting one of these molecules for an Erk-1 or Erk-2 molecule used as foUows. SpecificaUy, assay plates are made by coating the weUs of a 96-weU ELISA plate with 0.1 ml of protein G (1 ug/ml) for 2 hr at RT. Then, the plates are rinsed with PBS and blocked with 3% BSA/PBS for 1 hr at RT. The protein G plates are subsequently treated for one hour at RT (100 ng/weU) using a commercial monoclonal antibody directed against Erk-1 and/or Erk-2 (Santa Cruz Biotechnology). After 3-5 rinses with PBS, the plates are stored at 4 °C until further use. To detect phosphorylation of another molecule (as stated above) modify this step of the method by substituting an appropriate monoclonal antibody, which can detect one of the above- described molecules (such as, e.g, Raf, JNK, p38 MAP, Map kinase kinase (MEK), MEK kinase, Src, Muscle specific kinase (MUSK), IRAK, Tee, Janus, etc.)). Seed A431 ceUs at 20,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU Loprodyne filterplate and culture in an appropriate growth medium overnight. Then starve the ceUs for 48 hr in basal medium (DMEM) and treat for 5-20 minutes with EGF (6.0 ng/weU) or with 50 ul of a supernatant described herein. Then, solubiUze the ceUs and filter the ceU extract directiy into the assay plate. After incubation with the filtered extract for 1 hr at RT, rinse the weUs again. As a positive control, use a commercial preparation of MAP kinase (10 ng/weU) in place of the extract. Treat the plates (1 hr at RT) with a commercial polyclonal antibody (rabbit; 1 ug/ml) that recognizes a phosphorylated epitope of an Erk-1 and/or an Erk-2 kinase. Biotinylate the antibody using any standard, art-known procedure. Quantitate the amount of bound polyclonal antibody by successive incubations with Europium-strep tavidin and Europium fluorescence enhancing reagent in a WaUac DELFIA instrument (using time-resolved fluorescence). Observance of an increased fluorescent signal over background indicates that phosphorylation has occurred.
Example 14: Method of Detecting Abnormal Levels of an LP Polypeptide in a Sample
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be detected in a sample (such as, e.g, a biological sample as described herein). GeneraUy, if an increased or decreased level of the LP polypeptide (compared to a normal level) is detected, then this level of the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is a useful marker such as, e.g, for a particular ceUular phenotype. Methods to detect the level of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are numerous, and thus, it is to be understood that one skiUed in the art can modify the foUowing exemplar assay to fit a particular need without incurring undue experimentation.
For example, an antibody-sandwich ELISA is used to detect an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) in a sample. WeUs of a microtiter plate are coated with specific antibodies, at a final concentration of 0 2 to 10 ug/ml. The antibodies (either monoclonal or polyclonal) are produced by any art known method (or as described herein). The weUs are treated with an appropriate blocking reagent so that non-specific binding of the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to the weU is reduced and/or prevented. The coated weUs are then incubated for greater than 2 hours at RT with the sample containing the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). Preferably, serial dilutions of he sample contaimng the suspected polypeptide (or fragment thereof) should be used to vaUdate results. The plates are then washed three times with doubly deiomzed or distiUed water to remove unbound polypeptide. Next, 50 ul of specific antibody-alkaUne phosphatase conjugate (at a concentration of 25-400 ng) is added and incubated (2 hours at RT). The plates are again washed three times with doubly deiomzed or distiUed water to remove unbound conjugate. Subsequently, 75 ul of 4- methylumbeUifetyl phosphate (MUP) or p-nitrophenylphosphate (NPP) substrate solution is added to each weU and incubated (approximately one hour at RT). The reaction is then measured by a microtiter plate reader. A standard curve is prepared, using serial dilutions of a control sample, and the polypeptide concentration is plotted on the X-axis (log scale) with fluorescence or absorbance plotted on the Y-axis (linear scale). The concentration of the polypeptide in the sample can then be interpolated using the standard curve.
Example 15: Detecting Stimulation or Inhibition of B cell Proliferation and Differentiation
Generation of functional humoral immune responses requires both soluble and cognate signaUng between B-Uneage ceUs and their microenvironment a signal may impart a positive stimulus that aUows a B-Uneage ceU to continue its programmed development, or a negative stimulus that instructs the ceU to arrest its current developmental pathway. To date, numerous stimulatory and inhibitory signals have been found that influence B ceU responsiveness (including, e.g, signals from: IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-10, IL-4, IL-13, IL-14, and IL-15). Interestingly, a signal by itself can be a weak effector but, in combination with various co-stimulatory proteins, the signal can induce, e.g, activation, proUferation, differentiation, homing, tolerance, and death among B ceU populations. One of the best-studied examples of a B-ceU co-stimulatory protein is the class of molecules represented by the TNF-superfamily. Within this family, it has been demonstrated that CD40, CD27, and CD30 along with their respective Ugands (CD154, CD70, and CD 153) regulate a variety of immune responses. Assays which aUow for the detection and/or observation of the proUferation and/or differentiation of a B-ceU population and/or its precursors are useful in determining the effect of a composition of the invention on a B-ceU population (e.g, in terms of proUferation and differentiation). Taught herein below are two assays designed to detect the effect of a composition of the invention on the differentiation, proUferation, and/or inhibition of a B-ceU population or its precursor. In vitro Assay: An LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), is assessed for its abiUty to induce activation, proUferation, differentiation, inhibition, and/or death in a B-ceU and its precursors. The activity of the LP polypeptide on purified human tonsiUar B ceUs (measured quaUtatively over the dose range from 0.1 to 10,000 ng/mL) is assessed using a standard B-lymphocyte co-stimulation assay in which purified, tonsiUar B ceUs are cultured in the presence a priming agent (such as, e.g, either formaUn-fixed Staphylococcus aureus Cowan I (SAC) or immobiUzed anti-human IgM antibody). A second signal (such as, e.g, IL-2, and IL- 15) synergizes with SAC and IgM crossUnking to eUcit B ceU proUferation (measured by tritiated-thymidine incorporation). A novel synergizing agent can readUy be identified using this assay. The assay involves isolating human tonsiUar B ceUs by magnetic-bead-depletion (MACS) of CD3-positive ceUs. The resulting ceU population is greater than 95% B ceUs as assessed by expression of CD45R(B220). Various dilutions of each sample are placed into individual weUs of a 96-weU plate to which are added 105B-cells suspended in culture medium (RPMI 1640 containing 10% 5FBS, 5 X 10"5M 2ME, lOOU/ml peniciUin, lOug/ml streptomycin, and 10"5 dilution of SAC) in a total volume of 150μl. ProUferation or inhibition is quantitated by a 20h pulse (luCi/weU) with 3FI-thymidine (6.7 Ci/mM) beginning 72h post factor addition. The positive and negative controls are respectively, IL2 and medium.
In vivo Assay: BALB/C mice are injected (i.p.) twice daily either with buffer alone or with 10 mg/Kg of an LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof). Mice receive this treatment for four consecutive days, at which time they are sacrificed and various tissues and serum coUected for analyses. Comparison of sections (hemotoxyUn and eosin stained) from normals and spleens treated with an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are assessed to identify an effect of the activity of the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on spleen ceUs (such as, e.g, the diffusion of peri-arterial lymphatic sheaths, and/or significant increases in the nucleated ceUularity of the red pulp regions, which may indicate activation of differentiation and proUferation of a B-ceU population). Any immunohistochemical technique using any appropriate B ceU marker (such as, e.g, anti-CD45R) is used to determine whether a physiological change to a splenic ceU (such as, e.g, splenic disorganization) is due to an increased B-ceU representation within a loosely defined B-ceU zone that infiltrates an estabUshed T-ceU region. Flow cytometric analyses of spleens from treated mice are used to indicate whether the tested LP polypeptide (or fragment) specificaUy increases the proportion of ThB+, CD45R duU B ceUs over control levels. Similarly, an indication of an increased representation of mature B-ceUs in vivo is the detection in a relative increase in serum titers of Ig. Furthermore, determining whether increased B-ceU maturation has occurred can also be achieved by comparing serum IgM and IgA levels between LP polypeptide-treated mice and mice treated with buffer only. Example 16: T-Cell Proliferation Assay
To assess the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention on T- ceU proUferation (e.g, by measuring CD3-induced proUferation), an assay is performed on PBMCs to measure 3H-thymidine uptake. Ninety-six weU plates are coated with 100 μl/weU of monoclonal antibody to CD3 (such as, e.g, HIT3a, Pharmingen) or an isotype-matched control mAb (e.g, B33.1) overnight at 4 °C (1 μg/ml in .05M bicarbonate buffer, pH 9.5), then washed X3 (PBS). PBMC are isolated by F/H gradient centrifugation from human peripheral blood and added to quadrupUcate weUs (5 x 104/weU) of mAb coated plates in RPMI containing 10% FCS and P/S in the presence of varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) (total volume 200 ul). Relevant protein buffer (or medium only) is used as a control. After 48 hr culture at 37 °C, plates are spun for 2 min. at 1000 rpm and 100 μl of supernatant is removed and stored at -20 °C for measurement of IL-2 (or other cytokines) if an effect on proUferation is observed. WeUs are supplemented with 100 μl of medium containing 0.5 uCi of 3H-thymidine and cultured at 37 °C for 18-24 hr. WeUs are harvested and the amount of incorporation of 3H-thymidine is used as a measure of proUferation. Anti-CD3 by itself is used as a positive control for proUferation. IL-2 (100
U/ml) is also used as a control that enhances proUferation. A control antibody that does not induce proUferation of T ceUs is used as a negative control for the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). Example 17: Effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on the Expression of MHC Class II, Co-stimulatory and Adhesion Molecules and Cell Differentiation of Monocytes and Monocyte-Derived Human Dendritic Cells
Dendritic ceUs are generated by the expansion of proliferating precursors found in the peripheral blood: adherent PBMC or elutriated monocytic fractions are cultured for 7-10 days with GM-CSF (50 ng/ml) and IL-4 (20 ng/ml). These dendritic ceUs have the characteristic phenotype of immature ceUs (e.g, expression of CD1, CD80, CD86, CD40, and MHC class II antigens). Treatment with an activating factor (such as, e.g, TNF-alpha) causes a rapid change in surface phenotype (e.g, an increased expression of MHC class I and II, co-stimulatory and adhesion molecules, down regulation of FQRII, and/or an up regulation of CD83). TypicaUy, these changes correlate with an increased antigen-presenting capacity and/or with a functional maturation of a dendritic ceU. A FACS analysis of surface antigens is performed as foUows: ceUs are treated 1 -3 days with increasing concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or LPS as a positive control, washed with PBS containing 1% BSA and 0.02 mM NaN3, and then incubated with 1 :20 dilution of appropriate FITC- or PE-labeled monoclonal antibodies for 30 minutes at 4 °C. After an additional wash, the labeled ceUs are analyzed by flow cytometry on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson). Effect on the production of cytokines
Cytokines generated by dendritic ceUs, in particular IL-12, are important in the initiation of T-ceU dependent immune responses. IL-12 strongly influences the development of Th-1 helper T-ceU immune response, and induces cytotoxic T and NK ceU function. An ELISA is used to measure IL-12 release in a dendritic ceU that has been exposed to an LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) as foUows: dendritic ceUs (106/ml) are treated with increasing concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) for 24 hours. LPS (100 ng/ml) is added to a ceU culture as a positive control. Supernatants from the ceU cultures are then coUected and analyzed for IL-12 using a commercial ELISA kit (e.g, R & D Systems; MinneapoUs, MN). The standard protocol provided with the kit is used to measure IL-12 expression.
Effect on the expression of MHC Class II. Co-stimulatory, and Adhesion molecules.
Three major famiUes of ceU surface antigens is identified on monocytes: adhesion molecules, molecules involved in antigen presentation, and Fc receptor. Modulation of the expression of MHC class II antigens and other co-stimulatory molecules (such as, e.g, B7 and ICAM- 1) may result in changes in the antigen presenting capacity of a monocyte and in an abiUty to induce T ceU activation. Increased expression of Fc receptors may correlate with improved monocyte cytotoxic activity, cytokine release, and phagocytosis. A FACS analysis is used to examine surface antigens as foUows: monocytes are treated for 1-5 days with increasing concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or LPS (as a positive control), washed with PBS containing 1% BSA and 0.02 mM sodium azide (NaN3), and then incubated with a 1 :20 dilution of appropriate FITC- or PE-labeled monoclonal antibodies for 30 minutes at 4 °C. After an additional wash, the labeled ceUs are analyzed by flow cytometry on a FACS scanner (Becton Dickinson).
Monocyte Activation and /or Increased Survival Assays for molecules that: activate (or, alternatively, inactivate) monocytes; and/or increase monocyte survival (or, alternatively, decrease monocyte survival) are known in the art and may routinely be appUed to determine whether a composition of the invention (such as, e.g, a polypeptide or fragment thereof) functions as an inhibitor or activator of a monocyte Polypeptides (fragments thereof), agonists, or antagonists of the invention is screened using any of the assays described below. For each of these assays, peripheral blood mononuclear ceUs (PBMC) are purified from single donor leukopacks (American Red Cross, Baltimore, MD) by centrifugation through a Histopaque gradient (Sigma). Monocytes are isolated from PBMC by counterflow centrifugal elutriation.
Monocyte survival Assay
Human, peripheral-blood monocytes progressively lose viability when cultured in the absence of serum or other stimuU. Their death typicaUy results from internaUy regulated processes (such as, e.g, apoptosis). Addition to a culture of activating factors, such as, e.g, TNF-alpha dramaticaUy improves PBMC survival and prevents DNA fragmentation. Propidium iodide (PI) staining is used to measure apoptosis as foUows: monocytes are cultured for 48 hours in polypropylene tubes in serum-free medium (positive control), in the presence of 100 ng/ml TNF-alpha (negative control), and in the presence of varying concentrations of a composition of the invention (such as, e.g, an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof). CeUs are suspended at a concentration of 2 x 106/ml in PBS contaimng PI at a final concentration of 5 μg/ml, and then incubated at RT for 5 minutes before FACS scan analysis. PI uptake has been demonstrated to correlate with DNA fragmentation in this method. Effect on cytokine release
An important function of monocytes/macrophages is their regulatory activity on other ceUular populations of the immune system (e.g, through the release of cytokines after appropriate stimulation). An ELISA assay to measure cytokine release is performed as foUows: human monocytes are incubated at a density of 5x105 ceUs/ml with increasing additions of varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention (controls employ the same conditions without the LP polypeptide). For IL-12 production, the ceUs are primed overmght with IFN (100 U/ml) in presence of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). LPS (10 ng/ml) is then added. Conditioned media are coUected after 24h and kept frozen until use. Measurement of TNF-alpha, IL-1, MCP-1, and IL-8 is then performed using any commerciaUy available ELISA kit (e.g, R & D Systems; MinneapoUs, MN) according to a standard protocol provided with the kit. Oxidative burst
Purified monocytes are plated in 96-w plate at approximately 1x10 ceUs/weU. Increasing concentrations of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) are added to the weUs in a total volume of 0.2 ml culture medium (RPMI 1640 + 10% FCS, glutamine and antibiotics). After 3 days incubation, the plates are centrifuged and the medium is removed from the weUs. To the macrophage monolayers, 0.2 ml per weU of phenol red solution (140 mM NaCl, 10 mM potassium phosphate buffer pH 7.0, 5.5 mM dextrose, 0.56 mM phenol red and 19 U/ml of HRPO) is added, together with a stimulant (200 nM PMA). The plates are incubated at 37°C for 2 hours and the reaction is stopped by adding 20 μl (IN NaOH) per weU. The absorbance is read at 610 nm. To calculate the amount of H202 produced by the macrophages, a standard curve of a H202 solution of known molarity is performed for each experiment.
Example 18: Biological Effects of an LP Polypeptide (or fragment thereof)
Astrocyte and neuronal ceU assays An LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) is tested for its capacity to promote survival, neurite outgrowth, and/or phenotypic differentiation of a ceU of the nervous system (such as, e.g, a cortical neuronal ceU) and/or for it capacity to induce the proUferation of a ceU of the nervous system (such as, e.g, a gUal fibriUary acidic protein immunopositive ceU Uke, e.g, an astrocyte). The use of a cortical ceU for this assay is based on the prevalent expression of FGF-1 and FGF-2 (basic FGF) in cortical structures and on reported enhancement of cortical neuronal survival after FGF-2 treatment. A thymidine incorporation assay, e.g, is used to assess the effect of the LP on the nervous system ceU.
An in vitro effect of FGF-2 on cortical or hippocampal neurons shows increased neuronal survival and neurite outgrowth (see, e.g, WaUcke, et al. (1986) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3012-3016). However, reports from experiments on PC-12 ceUs suggest that neuronal survival and neurite outgrowth are not necessarily synonymous and that a specific effect may depend not only on which FGF is tested but also on the particular receptor(s) that are expressed on a target ceU. Using a primary cortical neuronal culture paradigm, the abiUty of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to induce neurite outgrowth and effect neuronal survival compared to FGF-2 is assessed using, e.g, a thymidine incorporation assay. Fibroblast and endotheUal ceU assays.
For proUferation assays, human lung fibroblasts (Clonetics; San Diego, CA) and/or dermal microvascular endotheUal ceUs (CeU AppUcations; San Diego, CA) are cultured at 5,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate for one day in growth medium. The ceUs are then incubated for one day in 0.1% BSA basal medium. After replacing the medium with fresh 0.1% BSA medium, the ceUs are incubated (72 hr) with varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof). Then, Alamar Blue (Alamar Biosciences, Sacramento, CA) is added to each weU to a final concentration of 10% and the ceUs are incubated for 4 hr. CeU viabiUty is measured using a CytoFluorfluorescence reader. For a PGE assay, the human lung fibroblasts are cultured at 5,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate for one day. After a medium change to 0.1% BSA basal medium, the ceUs are incubated with FGF-2 or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) with (or without) IL-1 alpha for 24 hours. Then supernatants are coUected and assayed for PGE, by EIA (Cayman; Ann Arbor, Ml). For an IL-6 assay, the human lung fibroblasts are cultured at 5,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate for 24 hrs. After a medium change to 0.1% BSA basal medium, the ceUs are incubated with FGF-2 or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) with (or without) IL-1 alpha for 24 hours. The supernatants are coUected and assayed for IL-6 by ELISA kit (Endogen; Cambridge, MA). Human lung fibroblasts are cultured with FGF-2 or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) for 3 days in basal medium before the addition of Alamar Blue to assess any effect on growth of the fibroblasts. FGF-2 should show a stimulatory effect at about 10- 2500 ng/ml, which can then be used to compare any stimulatory effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof).
Parkinson Models
The loss of motor function in Parkinson's syndrome is attributed to a deficiency of striatal dopamine due to the degeneration of nigrostriatal dopaminergic projection neurons. A Parkinsonian animal model involves systemic administration of l-methyl-4 phenyl 1,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridine (MPTP). In the central nervous system, MPTP is taken-up by astrocytes and cataboUzed to 1 -methyl-4-phenyl pyridine (MPP+), which is subsequently released. Released MPP+ is accumulated in dopaminergic neurons by the high-affinity re-uptake transporter for dopamine. MPP+ is then concentrated in mitochondria via an electrochemical gradient where it selectively inhibits nicotinamide adenine disphosphate: ubiquinone oxidoreductionase (complex I) thereby, interfering with electron transport and eventuaUy generating oxygen radicals. In tissue culture, FGF-2 (basic FGF) has trophic activity towards nigral dopaminergic neurons (Ferrari, et al. (1989) Dev. Biol. 133(1):140- 147), and administering a striatal gel foam implant containing FGF-2 protects nigral dopaminergic neurons from MPTP toxicity (Otto and Unsicker, (1990) J. Neuroscience 10(6):1912-1921). Based on these reported data for the effect of FGF-2, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention is evaluated to determine whether it has a similar effect as FGF-2 (such as, e.g, by modulating dopaminergic neuronal survival (either in vitro or in vivo) from an effect of MPTP treatment). An in vitro dopaminergic neuronal ceU culture is prepared by dissecting the midbrain floor plate from gestation day 14 Wistar rat embryos. The tissue is dissociated with trypsin and seeded at a density of 200,000 ceUs/cm2 on polyorthinine-laminin coated glass coversUps. The ceUs are maintained in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's medium and F12 medium containing hormonal supplement (N 1). After 8 days in vitro, cultures are fixed with paraformaldehyde and processed for immunohistochemical staining of tyrosine hydroxylase (a specific marker for dopaminergic neurons). Dissociated ceU cultures are prepared from embryonic rats. The culture medium is changed every third day and the factors are added at that time. TypicaUy, dopaminergic neurons isolated from gestation-day- 14 animals are past a point when dopaminergic precursor ceUs are beUeved to be proUferating, therefore, an increase in the number of tyrosine hydroxylase immunopositive neurons is interpreted to suggest that a similar increase in the number of surviving dopaminergic neurons would occur if the treatment had occurred in vitro. Therefore, if an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) prolongs the survival of dopaminergic neurons in an assay as taught herein, it suggests that the polypeptide (or fragment) is used to ameUorate, modulate, treat, or effect a Parkinson's disease, syndrome, condition, or state. Example 19: The Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Endothelial Cells
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on an endotheUal ceU
(such as, e.g, the effect on the growth of vascular endotheUal ceUs) using the foUowing assay: on day 1, human umbiUcal vein endotheUal ceUs (HUVEC) are seeded at 2-5 xlO2 ceUs/35 mm dish density in Ml 99 medium containing 4% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 16 units/ml heparin, and 50 units/ml endotheUal ceU growth supplements (ECGS, Biotechnique, Inc.). On the foUowing day, the medium is replaced with Ml 99 containing 10% FBS, 8 units/ml heparin. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), and positive controls (such as, e.g, VEGF, and basic FGF (bFGF)) are added to the ceUs at varying concentrations. On days 4, and 6, the medium is replaced. On day 8, ceU number is determined with a Coulter Counter.
An increase in the number of HUVEC ceUs indicates that the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) mediates proUferation of vascular endotheUal ceUs.
Example 20: Stimulatory Effect of an LP Polypeptide on the Proliferation of Vascular Endothelial Cells
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its stimulatory effect on an endotheUal ceU (such as, e.g, a vascular endotheUal ceU) to evaluate a mitogenic effect. A caloπmetπc MTS (3-(4,5-dιmethylthιazol-2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)-2-(4- sulfophenyl) 2H-tetrazoUum) assay with the electron coupUng reagent PMS (phenazine methosulfate) is performed (CeU Titer 96 AQ, Promega) based on Leak, et al. (1994) In vitro CeU. Dev. Biol. 30A:512-518 (incorporated herein for its assay teachings). Briefly, ceUs are seeded in a 96-weU plate (5,000 ceUs/weU) in 0.1 mL serum-supplemented medium and aUowed to attach overnight. After serum- starvation for 12 hours (in 0.5% FBS conditions), bFGF, NEGF, or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), in 0.5% FBS (either with or without Heparin (8 U/ml), is added to a weU of the plate. After 48 hours, 20 mg of MTS/PMS mixture (1:0.05) is added per weU and incubated (1 hour at 37°C) before measuring the absorbance (490 nm in an ELISA plate reader). Background absorbance from control weUs (some media, no ceUs) is subtracted, and seven weUs are performed in paraUel for each condition to test for the presence of mitogenic activity (Leak, et al. supra). Example 21: Inhibition of PDGF-induced Vascular Smooth Muscle CeU ProUferation An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on vascular smooth muscle ceU proUferation (e.g, by measuring BrdUrd incorporation) according to an assay of Hayashida, et al. (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 6:271(36): 21985-21992 (incorporated herein for its assay teachings). Briefly, subconfluent, quiescent HAoSMC ceUs grown on 4-chamber sUdes are transfected with CRP or FITC-labeled AT2-3LP. Then, the ceUs are pulsed with 10% calf serum and 6mg/ml BrdUrd. After 24 h, immunocytochemistry is performed using BrdUrd Staining K t (Zymed Laboratories). In brief, after being exposed to denaturing solution, the ceUs are incubated with biotinylated mouse anti-BrdUrd antibody (4 °C for 2 h) and then incubated with streptavidin-peroxidase and diaminobenzidine. After counterstaimng with hematoxyUn, ceUs are mounted for microscopic examination, and BrdUrd-positive ceUs are counted. A BrdUrd index is calculated as a percentage of the number of BrdUrd-positive ceUs per number of total ceUs. AdditionaUy, simultaneous detection of BrdUrd staining (nucleus) and FITC uptake (cytoplasm) is performed for an individual ceU by the concomitant use of bright field iUumination and dark field, UV fluorescent iUumination (see, Hayashida, et al, supra, for details).
Example 22: Stimulation of Endothelial Migration by an LP An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on lymphatic endotheUal ceU migration. EndotheUal ceU migration assays are performed using a 48 weU micro-chemotaxis chamber (Neuroprobe Inc.; Falk, et al. (1980) J. Immunological Methods : 33:239-247). PolyvinylpyrroUdone-free polycarbonate filters with a pore size of 8 μm (Nucleopore Corp.; Cambridge, MA) are coated with 0.1% gelatin (at least 6 hours at RT) and dried under sterile air. Test substances are diluted to appropriate concentrations in
Ml 99 supplemented with 0.25 % bovine serum albumin (BSA), and 10 ul of the final dilution is placed in the lower chamber of a modified Boyden apparatus. Subconfluent, early passage (2-6) HUVEC or BMEC cultures are washed and trypsinized for the minimum time required to achieve ceU detachment. After placing the filter between lower and upper chamber, 2.5 x 105 ceUs (suspended in 50 ul Ml 99 containing 1% FBS) are seeded to the upper compartment. The apparatus is then incubated (5 hrs 37°C in a humidified chamber (5% COj)) to aUow ceU migration. After the incubation period, the filter is removed and the upper side of the filter (containing non-migrated ceUs) is scraped to remove ceUs. Then the filters are fixed with methanol and stained with Giemsa solution (Diff-Quick, Baxter, McGraw Park, IL). Migration is assessed by counting the number of ceUs occupying three random high-power fields (40x) in each weU (measurements in aU groups arc performed in quadrupUcate).
Example 23: LP Stimulation of Nitric Oxide Production by Endothelial Cells
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on nitric oxide production by an endotheUal ceU according to the following assay.
Nitric oxide released by the vascular endotheUum is beUeved to be a mediator of vascular endotheUum relaxation. Nitric oxide is measured in 96-weU plates of confluent microvascular endotheUal ceUs after 24 hours starvation and a subsequent 4 hr exposure to various levels of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or a positive control (such as, e.g, VEGF-1). The presence of nitric oxide in the medium is determined by use of the Griess reagent to measure total nitrite after reduction of nitric oxide-derived nitrate by nitrate reductase. The effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on nitric oxide release is examined on HUVEC ceUs. Briefly, NO release from a cultured HUVEC monolayer is measured with a NO-specific polarographic electrode connected to a NO meter (Iso-NO, World Precision Instruments Inc.) (1049). CaUbration of the electrodes is performed with air-saturated distiUed water (ISO) or acidified nitrite (Iso-NO) according to the procedure recommended by the manufacturer. The Iso-NO is prepared by the addition of KNO to a heUum-gassed solution of 0.14 M KSO and 0.1 M KI in 0.1 M HSO. The standard caUbration curve is obtained by adding graded concentrations of KNO2 (e.g, 0, 5.0, 10.0, 25, 50, 100, 250, and 500 nmol/L) into the caUbration solution containing KI and H2S04. The specificity of the Iso-NO electrode to NO is previously determined by measurement of NO from authentic NO gas (1050). The culture medium is removed and HUVECs are washed twice with Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saUne. The ceUs are then bathed in 5 ml of filtered Krebs-Henseleit solution in 6-weU plates, and the ceU plates are kept on a sUde warmer (Lab Line Instruments Inc.) To maintain the temperature at 37°C, the NO sensor probe is inserted verticaUy into the weUs, keeping the tip of the electrode 2 mm under the surface of the solution, before addition of the different conditions. S-nitroso acetyl peniciUamin (SNAP) is used as a positive control. The amount of released NO is expressed as picomoles per 1 x 106 endotheUal ceUs. AU values should be estabUshed from the means of four to six measurements in each group (number of ceU culture weUs). See, e.g. Leak, et al. (1995) Biochem. and Biophys. Res. Comm. 217:96- 105 (incorporated by reference for teachings on NO assays). Example 24: Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Cord Formation/Hematopoiesis
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on angiogenesis (such as, e.g, endotheUal ceU differentiation during cord formation such as, e.g, the abiUty of microvascular endotheUal ceUs to form capiUary-Ukc hoUow structures when cultured in vitro). Microvascular endotheUal ceUs (CADMEC; CeU AppUcations, Inc.) purchased as proUferating ceUs (passage 2) are cultured in CADMEC growth medium (CeU AppUcations, Inc.) and used at passage 5. For an in vitro angiogenesis assay, the weUs of a 4% ceU culture plate are coated (200 ml/weU) with attachment factor medium (CeU AppUcations, Inc.) for 30 min. at 37°C. CADMEC ceUs are seeded onto the coated weUs at 7,500 ceUs/weU and cultured overnight in the growth medium. The growth medium is then replaced with 300 mg chord formation medium (CeU AppUcations, Inc.) containing either a control buffer or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) (ranging from 0.1 to 100 ng/ml). Commercial VEGF (50 ng/ml; R&D) is used as a positive control. Beta-esteradiol (lng/ml) is used as a negative control. An appropriate buffer (without the polypeptide) is also utiUzed as a control. Treated ceUs are then cultured for 48 hr. Any resulting capiUary-Uke chords are quantitated (numbers and lengths) using a video image analyzer (e.g, Boeckeler VIA-170).
AU assays are done in tripUcate.
Example 25: Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Angiogenesis in a Chick Chorioallantoic Membrane
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on angiogenesis (such as, e.g, the formation of blood vessels on a chick chorioaUantoic membrane (CAM)). The chick chorioaUantoic membrane (CAM) is a weU-estabUshed system to examine angiogenesis. Blood vessel formation on CAM is easUy visible and quantifiable. FertiUzed eggs of the White Leghorn chick (Gallus gallus) and the Japanese quail
(Cotumix cotumix) are incubated (37.8°C and 80% humidity). Differentiated CAM of 16-day- old chick and 13-day-old quail embryos is studied as foUows: On day 4 of development, a window is made on the sheU of a chick egg. The embryos are checked for normal development and the eggs sealed with ceUotape. The eggs are further incubated until development day 13 (using standard development stages). Thermanox coversUps (Nunc, NaperviUe, IL) are cut into disks of about 5 mm in diameter. Sterile and salt-free growth factors and an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) (ranging from 0.1 to 100 ng/ml) are dissolved in distiUed water and about 3.3 mg/5 ml of the mixture are pipetted on the disks. After air-drying, the inverted disks are appUed on a CAM. After 3 days, the specimens are fixed in 3% glutaraldehyde and 2% formaldehyde and rinsed in 0.12 M sodium cacodylate buffer. They are then photographed with a stereo microscope [Wild M8] and embedded for semi- and ultra-thin sectioning using any art known method. Controls are performed with carrier disks alone. The extent of angiogenesis due to a growth factor only, an LP polypeptide only, or a combination of a growth factor and an LP is measured with respect to the degree of angiogenesis found on the untreated controls.
Example 26: An In Vivo Angiogenesis Assay Using a Matrigel Implant
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on angiogenesis (such as, e.g, its effect on the abiUty of an existing capiUary network to form new vessels in a capsule of extraceUular matrix material (Matrigel) which is implanted in a Uving rodent). Briefly, varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are mixed with Uquid Matrigel (Becton Dickinson Labware; KoUaborative Biomedical Products) at 4 °C and then injected subcutaneously into a rodent (e.g, a mouse) where it subsequently soUdifies into a plug. After 7 days, the plug is removed and examined for the presence of new blood vessels. More specificaUy, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), preferably a secreted protein, (e.g, such as, 150 ng/ml) is mixed with Matrigel at 4 °C (the Matrigel material is Uquid at 4 °C) and then drawn into a cold 3 ml syringe A female C57BY6 mouse (approximately 8 weeks old) is then injected with approximately 0.5 ml of the mixture at two separate locations (preferably, around the midventral aspect of the abdomen). After 7 days, aU injected mice are sacrificed, the Matrigel plugs are removed and cleaned (i.e., aU cUnging membranes and fibrous tissue is removed). The plugs are then fixed in neutral buffered formaldehyde (10%), embedded in paraffin, sectioned for histological examination, and stained (e.g, Masson's Tnchrome). Cross sections from three different regions of each plug are so processed while other elected sections are stained for the presence of vWF. A positive control for this assay is bovine basic FGF (150 ng/ml). Matrigel alone (without an LP polypeptide or FGF) is used as a control to determine basal levels of angiogenesis.
Example 27: Effect of LP on Ischemia in a Rabbit Lower Limb Model
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on ischemia using a rabbit hindUmb ischemia model (created by surgical removal of a femoral artery as described by Takeshita, et al. (1995) Am J. Patho 147:1649-16605 and HoweU et al, (2000) Nonviral DeUvery of the DevelopmentaUy Regulated EndotheUal Locus-1 (del-1) Gene Increases CoUateral Vessel Formation to the Same Extent as hVEGF165 in a Rabbit HindUmb Ischemia Model, Program No.- 536, Third Annual Meeting of the American Society of Gene Therapy; each of which are incorporated by reference herein for the teachings of this assay). Example 28: Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Vasodialation
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its abiUty to affect blood pressure in spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR), such as, e.g, by modulating dilation of the vascular endotheUum. In one embodiment, a retroviraUy- mediated recombinant construct comprising an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) at varying dosages (e.g, 0.5, 1, 10, 30, 100, 300, and 900 mg/kg) is deUvered lntracardiacaUy to determine the affect on the development of high blood pressure in a spontaneously hypertensive (SH) rat model of human essential hypertension to determine whether attenuation of high BP is associated with prevention of other pathophysiological changes induced by a hypertensive state. Intracardiac deUvery of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is administered to 13-14 week old spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR) according to a method of Martens, et al. (1998) Proc Natl Acad. Sci U S A 95(5)-2664-9 (incorporated herein for the teachings of this method). Control SHR and Wister-Kyoto rats (WKY) receive a placebo for the same period. The duration and initiation of treatment, site of administration, among other factors, can influence the reversal of pathophysiological alterations associated with hypertension. At the end of treatment, the effect on arterial systoUc blood pressure and the level of penvascular coUagen concentration is compared to controls. In addition, the medial cross-sectional area of the aorta is compared to that of untreated SHR. Data on vasuclar lumen changes is expressed as the mean (+/-) of a SEM. Other measurements used to determine treatment outcome are: (1) coronary flow (using the Langendorff-perfused heart model at baseUne) after maximum vasodilation in response to adenosine (10(-5) M), after endotheUum-dependent vasodilation in response to bradykinin (10(-8) M), and after ecNOS inhibition by nitro-L-arginine methyl ester (L-NAME) (10(-4) M); (2) medial thickening of coronary microvessels and penvascular coUagen on histological heart sections; and (3) ecNOS expression by lmmunohistochemical staimng in appropriate vessels using 20-week-old spontaneously hypertensive (SHR) and Wistar-Kyoto control rats (WKY). These measurements are determined by computer-directed color analysis. Statistical analysis are performed with a paired t-test and statistical significance is defined as p<0.05 vs. the response to buffer alone.
Example 29: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Rat Ischemic Skin Flap Model
Current estimates indicate that over 2,000,000 US citizens have chronic wounds each year, and the problem is increasing as the population ages. The cost of caring for chronic wounds reaches into the bilUons of doUars a year. Clearly, there is a need for better treatment to promote heaUng of chrome wounds. Ischemia is a major factor contributing to the failure of most chrome wounds to heal. Wound heaUng involves, e.g, soluble factors that control a series of processes including inflammation, ceUular proUferation, and maturation (see, e.g, Robson, M.C. (1997) Wound Repair and Regeneration 5:12-17). Pro-inflammatory cytokines such as mmor necrosis factor (TNF) and Interleukιn-1 (IL-1), proteases, protease inhibitors, and growth factors play important roles in normal wound heaUng. Excessive production of these proteins can impede wound heaUng (see, e.g. Mast, & Schultz (1996) Wound Repair and Regeneration 4:411-420). Ischemia of wound tissues occurs frequently in subjects having vascular disease (such as, e.g, venous hypertension, arterial insufficiency, or diabetes). Also, extended periods of pressure can cause ischemia in tissue pressure points in persons without nerve function who have lost nerve functions but are otherwise healthy (such as, e.g, quadriplegics or paraplegics). Thus, methods to restore reverse local tissue ischemia would promote heaUng of many chronic wounds. DeUvery of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to wound ceUs (e.g, in a recombinant construct encoding the polypeptide or fragment) is used to test a polypeptide of the invention for its abiUty to treat ischemic, non-heaUng wounds. In one embodiment an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is used in a rodent single pedicle dorsal skin flap method based on a technique of McFarlane, et al. (1965) Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery 35:177-182 to test angiogenesis.
Example 30: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Peripheral Arterial Disease Model
Angiogenic treatment using an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is a novel therapeutic strategy to obtain restoration of blood flow around an ischemia (e.g, in a case of peripheral arterial disease). To test the abiUty of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to modulate such a peripheral arterial disease, the foUowing experimental protocol is used: a)
Using a rodent (as in the above described method) one side of the femoral artery is Ugated to create ischemic damage to a muscle of the hindUmb (the other non-damaged hindUmb functions as the control); b) an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is deUvered to the animal either intravenously and/or intramuscularly (at the damaged Umb) at least x3 times per week for 2-3 weeks at a range of dosages (20 mg-500 mg); and c) the ischemic muscle tissue is coUected after at 1, 2, and 3 weeks post-Ugation for an analysis of expression of an
LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) and histology. GeneraUy, (as above) parameters for evaluation include determining viabiUty and vascularization of tissue surrounding the ischemia, while more specific evaluation parameters may include, e.g, measuring skin blood flow, skin temperature, and factor VIII immunohistochemistry, and/or endotheUal alkaUne phosphatase reaction. Polypeptide expression during the ischemia, is studied using any art known in situ hybridization technique. Biopsy is also performed on the other side of normal muscle of the contralateral hindUmb for analysis as a control. Example 31: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in an Ischemic Myocardial Disease Mouse Model
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is evaluated as a treatment capable of stimulating the development of coUateral vessels, and/or restructuring new vessels after coronary artery occlusion. The model is based on Guo, et al. (1999) Proc Natl Acad. Sci U S A. 96:11507-11512 (incoφorated herein for these teachings) demonstrating that a robust infarct-sparing effect occurs during the early and the late phases of preconditioning in the mouse and that the quantitative aspects of this effect are consistent with previous experience in other species. The model is useful to elucidate the molecular basis of ischemic preconditioning by making it possible to apply molecular biology techniques to intact animal preparations to dissect the precise role of a specific LP during ischemic events.
Example 32: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Rat Corneal Wound Healing Model
This animal model examines effects of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) for angiogenic or anti-angiogenic activity on the normaUy avascular cornea. Briefly, the protocol comprises making a 1-1.5 mm long incision from the center of the corneal epitheUum of an anesthetized mouse (e.g, a C57BL mouse strain) into the stromal layer then inserting a spatula below the Up of the incision facing the outer corner of the eye to make a pocket (whose base is 1-1.5 mm form the edge of the eye). Next, a peUet comprising an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof, (in a dosage range of about 50 ng-5ug) is positioned within the pocket (being immobilized in a slow release form, e.g, in an inert hydron peUet of approximately 1-2 ml volume). Alternatively, treatment with an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can also be appUed topicaUy to the corneal wound in a dosage range of 20 mg-500 mg (daily treatment for five days). Over a 5 to 7 day post-operative period any angiogenic effect (e.g, stimulating the in growth of vessels from the adjacent vascularized corneal Umbus) is determined. A photographic record is created by sUt lamp photography. The appearance, density and extent of these vessels are evaluated and scored. In some instances, the time course of the progression is foUowed in anesthetized animals, before sacrifice. Vessels are evaluated for length, density and the radial surface of the Umbus from which they emanate (expressed as clock- faced hours). Corneal wound heaUng is also assessed using any other art known technique.
Example 33: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Diabetic Mouse and Glucocorticoid- Impaired Wound Healing Models
Diabetic Mouse (db+/db+) as a Model A geneticaUy-induced diabetic mouse is used to examine the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on wound heaUng. Mutant diabetic (db+/db+) mice have a single autosomal recessive mutation on chromosome 4 (db+) are used (Coleman et al. (1982) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 72283-293). TypicaUy, homozygous (db-/db-) mice are obese in comparison to their normal heterozygous (db+/db+) Uttermates. The mutant mice (db+/db+) have unique behavioral characteristics (such as, e.g, polyphagia, polydipsia, and polyuria); characteristic physiology (e.g., elevated blood glucose, increased or normal insuUn levels, and suppressed ceU-mediated immunity); and specific pathologies (such as, e.g, peripheral neuropathy, myocardial compUcations, and microvascular lesions, basement membrane thickening, and glomerular filtration abnormaUties (see, e.g, Mandel, et al. (1978) J. Immunol. 120: 1375; Debray-Sachs, et al. (1983) CUn. Exp. Immunol. 51 (T)-l-7; Leiter, et al. (1985) Am. J. of Pathol. 114:46-55; Nondo, et al. (1984) Exp. Neural. 83(2):221-232; Robertson, et al. (1980) Diabetes 29(l):60-67; Giacomelli, et al. (1979) Lab Invest. 40(4):460- 473, Coleman, (1982) Diabetes 31 (Suppl): 1-6). These homozygous diabetic mice also develop a form of insuUn-resistant hyperglycemia that is analogous to human type II diabetes (Mandel, et al. (1978) J. Immunol. 120: 1375-1377). AU things considered, heaUng in the db+/db+ mouse may model the heaUng observed in humans with diabetes (see, Greenhalgh, et al. (1990) Am. J. of Pathol. 136:1235-1246). Thus, fuU-thickness, wound-heaUng using the db+/db+ mouse is a useful weU-charactenzed, cUmcaUy relevant, and reproducible model of impaired wound heaUng in humans. GeneraUy, it is agreed that heaUng of the diabetic wound is dependent on formation of granulation tissue and re-epitheUaUzation rather than simply by contraction (see, e.g, Gartner, et al. (1992) J. Surg. Res. 52:389; Greenhalgh, et al (1990) Am. J. Pathol. 136:1235). Moreover, the diabetic db+/db+ animals have many of the characteristic features observed in Type II diabetes meUitus. Therefore, the geneticaUy- induced db+/db+ diabetic mouse is useful to examine the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on wound heaUng according to the foUowing method. GeneticaUy, diabetic female C57BWKsJ mice and their non-diabetic heterozygous Uttermates are purchased at 6 weeks of age (Jackson Laboratories) and are 8 weeks old at the start of testing. Animals are individuaUy housed and received food and water ad libitum. AU manipulations are performed using standard aseptic techmques. The wounding protocol is performed generally according to the method of Tsuboi & Rifkin, (1990) Exp. Med. 172:245-251. Steroid Impaired Rat Model
The foUowing method is designed to investigate the effect of a topical treatment of varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on the wound of a heaUng-impaired rat (methylprednisolone impairment of a fuU thickness excisional skin wound). The inhibition of wound heaUng by steroids (such as, e.g, the glucocorticoid methylprednisolone) is weU documented both m vitro and in vivo (see, e.g, Wahl, (1989) Glucocorticoids and Wound heaUng. In: Anti-Inflammatory Steroid Action: Basic and CUmcal Aspects pp. 280-302; Wahlet, al. (1975) J. Immunol. 115: 476-481; and Werb, et al. (1978) J. Exp. Med. 147:1684-1694). Glucocorticoids (such as methylprednisolone) are beUeved to retard wound heaUng by inhibiting angiogenesis, decreasing vascular permeabiUty, fibroblast proUferation, coUagen synthesis, and by transiently reducing the level of circulating monocytes. Furthermore, the systemic admimstration of steroids (such as glucocorticoids) to impair wound heaUng is a weU estabUshed method used in rodents, such as, e.g, the rat (see, e.g, Ebert, et al. (1952) An. Intern. Med. 37:701-705; Beck, et al. (1991) Growth Factors. 5: 295-304; Haynes, et al. (1978) J. CUn. Invest. 61: 703-797; Haynes, et al. (1978) J. CUn. Invest. 61: 703-797; and Wahl, (1989), supra); and Pierce, et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 2229-2233). Thus, such a model is useful in assessing the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention on wound heaUng.
The assays, methods, or examples described herein test the activity of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). However, an ordinarily skilled artisan could easily modify (without undue experimentation) any exemplar taught herein using a different composition and/or concentration (such as, e.g, an agonist and/or an antagonist of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention. It wiU be clear that the invention may be practiced otherwise than as specificaUy described in the foregoing description and examples. Numerous modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in Ught of the above teachings and, therefore, are within the scope of the appended claims. The entire disclosure of each document cited (including patents, patent appUcations, journal articles, abstracts, laboratory manuals, books, or other disclosures) in the Background of the Invention, Detailed Description, and Examples is hereby incoφorated herein by reference for the teachings they were intended to convey. Moreover, the hard copy of the sequence Usting submitted herewith and the corresponding computer readable form are both incoφorated herein by reference in their entireties, including without reservation, aU corresponding drawings, pictures, graphs, diagrams, figures, figure legends, and http sites (including aU corresponding information contained therein). The foregoing written specification is considered sufficient to enable a person of ordinary skiU in the art to practice the invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein wiU become apparent from the foregoing description and these modifications also faU within the scope of the appended claims. AU references cited herein are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if each individual pubUcation or patent appUcation was specificaUy and individuaUy indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety for aU puφoses. Many modifications and variations of this invention can be made without departing from its spirit and scope, as wiU be apparent to those skiUed in the art. The specific embodiments described herein are offered by way of example only, and the invention is to be Umited only by the terms of the appended claims, along with the fuU scope of equivalents to which such claims are entided.
SEQUENCE LISTING
SEQ ID NO: 1 is primate LP318a nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 2 is primate LP318a amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 3 is primate LP318b nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 4 is primate LP318b amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 5 is primate LP288 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 6 is primate LP288 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 7 is primate LP289 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 8 is primate LP289 amino acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 9 is primate LP343 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 10 is primate LP343 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 11 is primate LP319a nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 12 is primate LP319a amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 13 is primate LP319b nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 14 is primate LP319b amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 15 is primate LP321 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 16 is primate LP321 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 17 is primate LP317 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 18 is primate LP317 amino acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 19 is primate LP283 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 20 is primate LP283 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 21 is primate LP344 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 22 is primate LP345 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 23 is primate LP346 amino acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 24 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 25 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 26 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 27 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 28 is a DNA primer SEQ ID NO: 29 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 30 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 31 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 32 is a DNA primer

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. An isolated or recombinant polynucleotide comprising sequence encoding an antigenic polypeptide comprising at least 17 contiguous amino acids from a mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: Y (LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346).
2. The polynucleotide of Claim 1, encoding: a) a full length polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or table 1-8, b) a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or table 1-8; c) an antigemc fragment at least 12 contiguous amino acid residues in length of SEQ ID NO: Y from an LP of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, d) at least two fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y from an LP of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8, wherein said fragment do not overlap; e) a pluraUty of fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y from an LP of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, wherein said fragment do not overlap; or f) a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:Y with less than five amino acid substitutions.
3. The polynucleotide of Claim 1, which hybridizes at 55° C, less than 500 mM salt, to: a) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 1 ; b) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 3, c) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 5, d) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO- 7, e) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 9, f) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 1; g) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 13, h) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 15. l) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 17; j) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 19; k) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 21; 1) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 22 m) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 23;
4. The polynucleotide of Claim 3, wherein said temperature is at least 65° C, and said
5. The polypeptide of Claim 3, comprising at least 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 46,
48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 59, 75, or at least about 150 contiguous nucleotides to a nucleotide sequence of LP(LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346) of: a) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 1; b) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 3; c) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 5; d) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 7; e) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 9; f) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 11 ; g) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 13; h) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 15. i) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 17; j) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 19; k) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 21; 1) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 22 or m) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 23.
6. An expression vector comprising a polynucleotide of Claim 1, wherein said temperature is at least 65° C, and said salt is less than 300 mM.
7. The expression vector of Claim 6, which further comprises a pluraUty of 23 nucleotide segments with identity to the coding portion of SEQ ID NO: X.
8. A host ceU containing the expression vector of Claim 6, including a eukaryotic ceU.
9. A method of making an antigenic polypeptide comprising expressing a recombinant polynucleotide of Claim 1.
10. A method for detecting a polynucleotide of Claim 1, comprising contacting said polynucleotide with a probe that hybridizes, under stringent conditions, to at least 25 contiguous nucleotides of: a) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 1; b) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 3; c) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 5; d) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 7; e) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 9; f) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 11; g) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 13; h) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 15. i) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 17; i) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 19; k) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 21;
1) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 22 or m) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 23.
to form a duplex, wherein detection of said duplex indicates the presence of said polynucleotide.
11. A kit for the detection of a polynucleotide of Claim 1 , comprising a compartment containing a probe that hybridizes, under stringent hybridization conditions, to at least 34 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of Claim 1 to form a duplex.
12. The kit of claim 11, wherein said probe is detectably labeled.
13. A binding compound comprising an antibody which specificaUy binds to at least a 17 contiguous amino acid antigen binding site region of: a) primate LP318a (SEQ ID NO: 2); b) primate LP318b (SEQ ID NO: 4); c) primate LP288 (SEQ ID NO: 6); d) primate LP289 (SEQ ID NO: 8); e) primate LP343 (SEQ ID NO: 10); f) primate LP319a (SEQ ID NO: 12); g) primate LP319b (SEQ ID NO: 14); h) primate LP321 (SEQ ID NO: 16); i) primate LP317 (SEQ ID NO: 18); j) primate LP283 (SEQ ID NO: 20); k) primate LP344 (SEQ ID NO: 21);
1) primate LP345 (SEQ ID NO: 22) or m) primate LP346 (SEQ ID NO: 23).
14. The binding compound of Claim 13, wherein: a) said antibody binding site is: i) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y; ii) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2; i) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 4; iv) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 6; v) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 8; vi) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 10; vu) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 12; vui) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14; ix) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 16; x) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 18; xi) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 20; xii) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 21 ; xiii) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 22; xiv) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 23; xv) raised against a purified or recombinantly produced human LP protein selected from : LP318a, LP318b, LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346; xvi) in a monoclonal antibody, Fab, or F(ab)2; or b) said binding compound is: i) an antibody molecule; ii) a polyclonal antiserum; iii) detectably labeled; iv) sterile; or v) in a buffered composition.
15. A method using the binding compound of Claim 13, comprising contacting said binding compound with a biological sample comprising an antigen, thereby forming an LP binding compound:antigen complex.
6. The method of Claim 15, wherein said biological sample is from a human, and wherein said binding compound is an antibody.
17. A detection kit comprising said binding compound of Claim 14, and: a) instructional material for the use of said binding compound for said detection; or b) a compartment providing segregation of said binding compound.
18. A substantiaUy pure or isolated antigenic polypeptide, which binds to said binding composition of Claim 13, and further comprises at least 25 contiguous amino acids from: a) primate LP318a (SEQ ID NO: 2); b) primate LP318b (SEQ ID NO: 4); c) primate LP288 (SEQ ID NO: 6); d) primate LP2894 (SEQ ID NO: 8); e) primate LP343 (SEQ ID NO: 10); f) primate LP319a (SEQ ID NO: 12); g) primate LP319b (SEQ ID NO: 14); h) primate LP321 (SEQ ID NO: 16); i) primate LP317 (SEQ ID NO: 18); j) primate LP283 (SEQ ID NO: 20); k) primate LP344 (SEQ ID NO: 21); 1) primate LP345 (SEQ ID NO: 22) or m) primate LP346 (SEQ ID NO: 23);
19. The polypeptide of Claim 18, which: a) comprises at least a fragment of at least 29 contiguous amino acid residues from a primate LP protein selected from: LP318a, LP318b,
LP288, LP289, LP343, LP319a, LP319b, LP321, LP317, LP283, LP344, LP345, or LP346; b) is a soluble polypeptide; c) is detectably labeled; d) is in a sterile composition; e) is in a buffered composition; f) is recombinantly produced, or g) has a naturaUy occurring polypeptide sequence.
20. The binding compound of Claim 14, where said compound is an antibody that: a) is raised against a peptide sequence of a mature polypeptide of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8; b) is produced in a mammal, or a plant; c) is immunoselected; or d) binds to a denatured polypeptide of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.
EP02719036A 2001-03-16 2002-03-01 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents Withdrawn EP1434783A4 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US27659601P 2001-03-16 2001-03-16
US276596P 2001-03-16
US28365401P 2001-04-13 2001-04-13
US283654P 2001-04-13
US28523801P 2001-04-20 2001-04-20
US285238P 2001-04-20
US28854801P 2001-05-03 2001-05-03
US288548P 2001-05-03
US29035101P 2001-05-11 2001-05-11
US290351P 2001-05-11
PCT/US2002/005093 WO2002074906A2 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-03-01 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1434783A2 true EP1434783A2 (en) 2004-07-07
EP1434783A4 EP1434783A4 (en) 2006-06-07

Family

ID=27540603

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP02719036A Withdrawn EP1434783A4 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-03-01 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1434783A4 (en)
AU (1) AU2002250143A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002074906A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2381790A (en) * 2001-09-26 2003-05-14 Glaxo Group Ltd LDL-receptor polypeptides
JP4618736B2 (en) * 2004-07-22 2011-01-26 エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 Lrp4 / Corin dopaminergic neuron progenitor cell marker
JP4717797B2 (en) * 2004-07-22 2011-07-06 エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 Lrp4 / Corin dopaminergic neuron progenitor cell marker
CA2574177C (en) * 2004-07-22 2019-01-08 Eisai Co., Ltd. Lrp4/corin dopaminergic neuron progenitor cell markers
JP4926965B2 (en) 2005-08-18 2012-05-09 エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 Dopaminergic neuron proliferative progenitor cell marker Nato3
EP2737057B1 (en) 2011-07-27 2018-10-24 Kyoto University Novel markers for dopaminergic neuron progenitor cells
EP2905622A1 (en) * 2014-02-07 2015-08-12 Institut D'Investigaciones Biomédiques August Pi i Sunyer Diagnosis of a neurological disease

Citations (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996016075A1 (en) * 1994-11-18 1996-05-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Antibiotic cryptdin peptides and methods of their use
US5750504A (en) * 1993-12-24 1998-05-12 Zeneca Agrochemicals Antimicrobial proteins
WO1998046743A1 (en) * 1997-04-15 1998-10-22 The Wellcome Trust Limited As Trustee To The Wellcome Trust Novel ldl-receptor
WO1999002714A1 (en) * 1997-07-07 1999-01-21 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the breast
WO2000055629A2 (en) * 1999-03-15 2000-09-21 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosing and treating breast cancer
WO2000061754A2 (en) * 1999-04-09 2000-10-19 Curagen Corporation Human proteins and polynucleotides encoding them
WO2001066690A2 (en) * 2000-03-06 2001-09-13 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
WO2001066689A2 (en) * 2000-03-07 2001-09-13 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2001072961A2 (en) * 2000-03-24 2001-10-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
WO2001075067A2 (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-11 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2001079294A2 (en) * 2000-04-19 2001-10-25 Curagen Corporation Human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
WO2002000843A2 (en) * 2000-06-23 2002-01-03 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 56739, a novel cub domain containing protein and uses thereof
WO2002004600A2 (en) * 2000-07-12 2002-01-17 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
WO2002014368A2 (en) * 2000-08-16 2002-02-21 Curagen Corporation Proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2002063009A2 (en) * 2001-02-02 2002-08-15 Eli Lilly And Company Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
WO2002064792A2 (en) * 2001-01-05 2002-08-22 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Molecules for disease detection and treatment
WO2002066643A2 (en) * 2000-11-13 2002-08-29 Curagen Corporation Proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
WO2002068579A2 (en) * 2001-01-10 2002-09-06 Pe Corporation (Ny) Kits, such as nucleic acid arrays, comprising a majority of human exons or transcripts, for detecting expression and other uses thereof
WO2002070669A2 (en) * 2001-03-06 2002-09-12 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Secreted proteins
WO2002072794A2 (en) * 2001-03-12 2002-09-19 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Immunoglobulin superfamily proteins
WO2002079449A2 (en) * 2001-03-28 2002-10-10 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Molecules for disease detection and treatment
WO2002101080A2 (en) * 2001-05-16 2002-12-19 Pe Corporation (Ny) Isolated human secreted proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human secreted proteins, and uses thereof
WO2003000863A2 (en) * 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Defensin polynucleotides and methods of use
WO2003002765A2 (en) * 2001-06-27 2003-01-09 Cancer Research Technology Limited Methods for the diagnosis of cancer based on the obcam and ntm genes
WO2003002610A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Extracellular messengers
EP1308459A2 (en) * 2001-11-05 2003-05-07 Helix Research Institute Full-length cDNA sequences
WO2003064616A2 (en) * 2002-01-31 2003-08-07 Temple University - Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Compounds and methods for inducing growth arrest and apoptosis

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000058473A2 (en) * 1999-03-31 2000-10-05 Curagen Corporation Nucleic acids including open reading frames encoding polypeptides; 'orfx'
EP1185700A1 (en) * 1999-06-11 2002-03-13 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 49 human secreted proteins
EP1074617A3 (en) * 1999-07-29 2004-04-21 Research Association for Biotechnology Primers for synthesising full-length cDNA and their use
WO2001055309A2 (en) * 2000-01-31 2001-08-02 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Nucleic acids, proteins, and antibodies
WO2001062927A2 (en) * 2000-02-24 2001-08-30 Incyte Genomics Inc Polypeptides and corresponding polynucleotides for diagnostics and therapeutics
US20040009907A1 (en) * 2001-02-26 2004-01-15 Alsobrook John P. Proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
AU2001263005A1 (en) * 2000-05-18 2001-11-26 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
CA2421265A1 (en) * 2000-09-05 2002-03-14 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Molecules for diagnostics and therapeutics
CA2469941A1 (en) * 2001-12-10 2003-07-03 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2003058201A2 (en) * 2001-12-31 2003-07-17 Quark Biotech, Inc. Methods for identifying marker genes for cancer

Patent Citations (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5731149A (en) * 1992-05-26 1998-03-24 The Shriner's Hospital For Crippled Children Antibiotic cryptdin peptides and methods of their use
US5750504A (en) * 1993-12-24 1998-05-12 Zeneca Agrochemicals Antimicrobial proteins
WO1996016075A1 (en) * 1994-11-18 1996-05-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Antibiotic cryptdin peptides and methods of their use
WO1998046743A1 (en) * 1997-04-15 1998-10-22 The Wellcome Trust Limited As Trustee To The Wellcome Trust Novel ldl-receptor
WO1999002714A1 (en) * 1997-07-07 1999-01-21 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the breast
WO2000055629A2 (en) * 1999-03-15 2000-09-21 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosing and treating breast cancer
WO2000061754A2 (en) * 1999-04-09 2000-10-19 Curagen Corporation Human proteins and polynucleotides encoding them
WO2001066690A2 (en) * 2000-03-06 2001-09-13 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
WO2001066689A2 (en) * 2000-03-07 2001-09-13 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2001072961A2 (en) * 2000-03-24 2001-10-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
WO2001075067A2 (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-11 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2001079294A2 (en) * 2000-04-19 2001-10-25 Curagen Corporation Human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
WO2002000843A2 (en) * 2000-06-23 2002-01-03 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 56739, a novel cub domain containing protein and uses thereof
WO2002004600A2 (en) * 2000-07-12 2002-01-17 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
WO2002014368A2 (en) * 2000-08-16 2002-02-21 Curagen Corporation Proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2002066643A2 (en) * 2000-11-13 2002-08-29 Curagen Corporation Proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
WO2002064792A2 (en) * 2001-01-05 2002-08-22 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Molecules for disease detection and treatment
WO2002068579A2 (en) * 2001-01-10 2002-09-06 Pe Corporation (Ny) Kits, such as nucleic acid arrays, comprising a majority of human exons or transcripts, for detecting expression and other uses thereof
WO2002063009A2 (en) * 2001-02-02 2002-08-15 Eli Lilly And Company Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
WO2002070669A2 (en) * 2001-03-06 2002-09-12 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Secreted proteins
WO2002072794A2 (en) * 2001-03-12 2002-09-19 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Immunoglobulin superfamily proteins
WO2002079449A2 (en) * 2001-03-28 2002-10-10 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Molecules for disease detection and treatment
WO2002101080A2 (en) * 2001-05-16 2002-12-19 Pe Corporation (Ny) Isolated human secreted proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human secreted proteins, and uses thereof
WO2003000863A2 (en) * 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Defensin polynucleotides and methods of use
WO2003002765A2 (en) * 2001-06-27 2003-01-09 Cancer Research Technology Limited Methods for the diagnosis of cancer based on the obcam and ntm genes
WO2003002610A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Extracellular messengers
EP1308459A2 (en) * 2001-11-05 2003-05-07 Helix Research Institute Full-length cDNA sequences
WO2003064616A2 (en) * 2002-01-31 2003-08-07 Temple University - Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Compounds and methods for inducing growth arrest and apoptosis

Non-Patent Citations (53)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BLOCH C ET AL: "A NEW FAMILY OF SMALL (5 KDA) PROTEIN INHIBITORS OF INSECT ALPHA-AMYLASES FROM SEEDS OR SORGHUM (SORGHUM BICOLOR (L) MOENCH) HAVE SEQUENCE HOMOLOGIES WITH WHEAT GAMMA-PUROTHIONINS" FEBS LETTERS, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 279, no. 1, February 1991 (1991-02), pages 101-104, XP002041563 ISSN: 0014-5793 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 11 February 2001 (2001-02-11), "human full-length cDNA 5-PRIME end of clone CS0DK007YE05 of HELA CELLS COT 25-NORMALIZED of Homo sapiens (human)" XP002374367 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:CNSLT0W8E Database accession no. AL555324 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 12 February 2001 (2001-02-12), "human full-length cDNA 3-PRIME end of clone CS0DF038YL21 of FETAL BRAIN of Homo sapiens (human)" XP002305996 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AL566375 Database accession no. AL566375 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 12 February 2001 (2001-02-12), "human full-length cDNA 3-PRIME end of clone CS0DF038YL21 of FETAL BRAIN of Homo sapiens (human)" XP002374364 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:CNSLT14RD Database accession no. AL566375 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 16 November 2001 (2001-11-16), "MEST347-G04.T3 ISUM5-RN Zea mays cDNA clone MEST347-G04 3', mRNA sequence." XP002374329 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:BM074930 Database accession no. BM074930 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 17 December 2003 (2003-12-17), "Sequence 17027 from Patent EP1074617." XP002305995 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PAT:AX882122 Database accession no. AX882122 & EP 1 074 617 A (HELIX RES INST) 7 February 2001 (2001-02-07) *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 18 November 1999 (1999-11-18), "687021A03.x1 687 - Early embryo from Delaware Zea mays cDNA, mRNA sequence." XP002374330 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AW181161 Database accession no. AW181161 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 2 October 2001 (2001-10-02), "Homo sapiens DiGeorge syndrome-related protein FKSG3 mRNA, complete cds." XP002374306 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AF305069 Database accession no. AF305069 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 2 October 2001 (2001-10-02), "Homo sapiens DiGeorge syndrome-related protein FKSG5 mRNA, complete cds." XP002374366 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AF305622 Database accession no. AF305622 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 20 January 2000 (2000-01-20), "Homo sapiens chromosome 15 clone RP11-300N24 map 15, LOW-PASS SEQUENCE SAMPLING." XP002374317 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AC021676 Database accession no. AC021676 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 24 August 1998 (1998-08-24), "Homo sapiens mRNA for MEGF7, partial cds." XP002374308 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AB011540 Database accession no. AB011540 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 29 April 1999 (1999-04-29), "rx00304s Rat mixed-tissue library Rattus norvegicus cDNA clone rx00304 3', mRNA sequence." XP002374318 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AI639089 Database accession no. AI639089 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 30 April 1998 (1998-04-30), "Homo sapiens unknown mRNA." XP002374307 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AF060862 Database accession no. AF060862 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 30 July 2000 (2000-07-30), "HVSMEh0093P24f Hordeum vulgare 5-45 DAP spike EST library HVcDNA0009 (5 to 45 DAP) Hordeum vulgare cDNA clone HVSMEh0093P24f, mRNA sequence." XP002374362 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:BE454491 Database accession no. BE454491 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 30 March 2001 (2001-03-30), "Homo sapiens yippee-like 3 (Drosophila), mRNA (cDNA clone MGC:10500 IMAGE:3639517), complete cds." XP002374365 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:BC005009 Database accession no. BC005009 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] EMBL Sequence Version Archive issued 14.03.2001 14 December 1999 (1999-12-14), "Homo sapiens BAC clone RP11-561N12 from 7, complete sequence." XP002374314 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AC016769 Database accession no. AC016769 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] EMBL Sequence Version Archive Issued 14.11.2001 14 December 1999 (1999-12-14), "Homo sapiens BAC clone RP11-561N12 from 7, complete sequence." XP002374313 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AC016769 Database accession no. AC016769 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] EMBL Sequence version Archive Issued 24.08.2000 24 August 2000 (2000-08-24), "Gallus gallus CEPU-Se alpha 2 isoform (CEPU-Se) mRNA, complete cds." XP002374315 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AF292935 Database accession no. AF292935 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] Sequence Version Archive Issued 02.03.2001 12 February 2001 (2001-02-12), "human full-length cDNA 5-PRIME end of clone CS0DB003YO14 of NEUROBLASTOMA COT 10-NORMALIZED of Homo sapiens (human)" XP002374316 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AL583491 Database accession no. AL583491 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] Sequence version archive issued 03.06.2000 7 January 2000 (2000-01-07), "Rattus norvegicus mRNA for MEGF7, partial cds." XP002374309 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:AB011533 Database accession no. AB011533 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] Sequence version Archive Issued 20.10.2001 29 November 2000 (2000-11-29), "Mus musculus 13 days embryo cDNA, RIKEN full-length enriched library, clone:3930402I15, 5' end partial sequence." XP002374322 retrieved from EBI accession no. EM_PRO:BB569837 Database accession no. BB569837 *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 15 January 2004 (2004-01-15), "Mouse tumour suppressor mRNA SEQ ID NO:50." XP002374319 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSN:ADD29597 Database accession no. ADD29597 & WO 03/058201 A (QUARK BIOTECH, INC; THE CLEVELAND CLINIC FOUNDATION; FEINSTEIN, ELENA;) 17 July 2003 (2003-07-17) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 22 April 2004 (2004-04-22), "Protein of the invention SEQ ID NO:710." XP002305994 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ADJ33733 Database accession no. ADJ33733 & WO 01/87917 A (CHEN RUI HONG ; HYSEQ INC (US); WANG JIAN RUI (US); WEHRMAN TOM (US);) 22 November 2001 (2001-11-22) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 23 March 2001 (2001-03-23), "Gene 30 human secreted protein homologous amino acid sequence #157." XP002306004 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:AAB64519 Database accession no. AAB64519 & WO 00/77255 A (HUMAN GENOME SCIENCES INC ; ROSEN CRAIG A (US); RUBEN STEVEN M (US); K) 21 December 2000 (2000-12-21) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 25 March 2004 (2004-03-25), "NOV25 coding sequence, SEQ ID 59." XP002374311 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSN:ADH48775 Database accession no. ADH48775 & WO 02/068652 A (CURAGEN CORPORATION; ALSOBROOK, JOHN, P., II; ANDERSON, DAVID, W; BALL) 6 September 2002 (2002-09-06) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 25 March 2004 (2004-03-25), "NOV25 protein sequence, SEQ ID 60." XP002374310 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ADH48776 Database accession no. ADH48776 & WO 02/068652 A (CURAGEN CORPORATION; ALSOBROOK, JOHN, P., II; ANDERSON, DAVID, W; BALL) 6 September 2002 (2002-09-06) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 29 January 2004 (2004-01-29), "Novel protein (useful for identifying genetic disorders) #7." XP002374326 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ADE07852 Database accession no. ADE07852 & WO 03/054152 A (HYSEQ, INC; TANG, Y., TOM; ASUNDI, VINOD; GOODRICH, RYLE, W; REN, FEIY) 3 July 2003 (2003-07-03) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 30 July 2002 (2002-07-30), "Human dithp polynucleotide #256." XP002374320 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSN:ABK71790 Database accession no. ABK71790 & WO 02/20754 A (INCYTE GENOMICS, INC; STUART, JACKSON; LINCOLN, STEPHEN, E; ALTUS, CHR) 14 March 2002 (2002-03-14) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 4 December 2001 (2001-12-04), "Human diagnostic and therapeutic polynucleotide (DITHP) #202." XP002374328 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSN:AAS31187 Database accession no. AAS31187 & WO 01/62927 A (INCYTE GENOMICS INC; PANZER, SCOTT; SPIRO, PETER, A; BANVILLE, STEVEN,) 30 August 2001 (2001-08-30) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 6 November 2001 (2001-11-06), "Human digestive system antigen SEQ ID NO: 1647." XP002374363 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:AAM92298 Database accession no. AAM92298 & WO 01/55314 A (HUMAN GENOME SCIENCES, INC; ROSEN, CRAIG, A; BARASH, STEVEN, C; RUBEN,) 2 August 2001 (2001-08-02) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 8 February 2001 (2001-02-08), "Human ORFX ORF2934 polynucleotide sequence SEQ ID NO:5867." XP002374324 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSN:AAC77379 Database accession no. AAC77379 & WO 00/58473 A (CURAGEN CORPORATION; SHIMKETS, RICHARD, A; LEACH, MARTIN) 5 October 2000 (2000-10-05) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 8 February 2001 (2001-02-08), "Human ORFX ORF2934 polypeptide sequence SEQ ID NO:5868." XP002374323 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:AAB43170 Database accession no. AAB43170 & WO 00/58473 A (CURAGEN CORPORATION; SHIMKETS, RICHARD, A; LEACH, MARTIN) 5 October 2000 (2000-10-05) *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 June 1998 (1998-06-01), "Neural secreted glycoprotein (CEPU-Se alpha 2 isoform)." XP002374368 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:O57596 Database accession no. O57596 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 May 2000 (2000-05-01), "LDL receptor member LR3." XP002374312 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q9UES7 Database accession no. Q9UES7 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 November 1996 (1996-11-01), "Protease inhibitor." XP002374321 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q39807 Database accession no. Q39807 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 October 2000 (2000-10-01), "CEGP1 protein." XP002374325 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q9NQ36 Database accession no. Q9NQ36 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 October 2000 (2000-10-01), "Cegp1 protein." XP002374327 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q9JJS0 Database accession no. Q9JJS0 *
DONG Y ET AL: "MOLECULAR CLONING AND CHARACTERIZATION OF LR3, A NOVEL LDL RECEPTOR FAMILY PROTEIN WITH MITOGENIC ACTIVITY" BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS, ACADEMIC PRESS INC. ORLANDO, FL, US, vol. 251, no. 3, 29 October 1998 (1998-10-29), pages 784-790, XP001076809 ISSN: 0006-291X *
GRIMMOND S ET AL: "Cloning, Mapping, and Expression Analysis of a Gene Encoding a Novel Mammalian EGF-Related Protein (SCUBE1)" GENOMICS, ACADEMIC PRESS, SAN DIEGO, US, vol. 70, no. 1, 15 November 2000 (2000-11-15), pages 74-81, XP004437770 ISSN: 0888-7543 *
HUTTNER K M ET AL: "STRUCTURE AND DIVERSITY OF THE MURINE CRYPTDIN GENE FAMILY" GENOMICS, ACADEMIC PRESS, SAN DIEGO, US, vol. 19, 1994, pages 448-453, XP002054342 ISSN: 0888-7543 *
J. I. KOURIE AND A. A. SHORTHOUSE: "Properties of cytotoxic peptide-formed ion channels" AM J PHYSIOL CELL PHYSIOL, vol. 278, 2000, pages C1063-C1087, XP002374273 *
KRIEGER M ET AL: "STRUCTURES AND FUNCTIONS OF MULTILIGAND LIPOPROTEIN RECEPTORS: MACROPHAGE SCAVENGER RECEPTORS AND LDL RECEPTOR-RELATED PROTEIN (LRP)" ANNUAL REVIEW OF BIOCHEMISTRY, PALTO ALTO, CA, US, vol. 63, 1994, pages 601-637, XP002937333 ISSN: 0066-4154 *
LIPPMAN D A ET AL: "OPIOID-BINDING CELL ADHESION MOLECULE (OBCAM)-RELATED CLONES FROM ARAT BRAIN CDNA LIBRARY" GENE, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 117, no. 2, 1992, pages 249-254, XP000602047 ISSN: 0378-1119 *
LODGE A P ET AL: "Co-localisation, heterophilic interactions and regulated expression of IgLON family proteins in the chick nervous system" MOLECULAR BRAIN RESEARCH, ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 82, 2000, pages 84-94, XP002977169 ISSN: 0169-328X *
MENDEZ E ET AL: "PRIMARY STRUCTURE OF OMEGA-HORDOTHIONIN, A MEMBER OF A NOVEL FAMILY OF THIONINS FROM BARLEY ENDOSPERM, AND ITS INHIBITION OF PROTEIN SYNTHESIS IN EUKARYOTIC AND PROLARYOTIC CELL-FREE SYSTEMS" EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF BIOCHEMISTRY, BERLIN, DE, vol. 239, no. 1, 1996, pages 67-73, XP001182417 ISSN: 0014-2956 *
MORIYAMA TATSUYA ET AL: "Purification and characterization of diacylglycerol lipase from human platelets" JOURNAL OF BIOCHEMISTRY (TOKYO), vol. 125, no. 6, June 1999 (1999-06), pages 1077-1085, XP002305993 ISSN: 0021-924X *
NEELS J G ET AL: "Interaction Between Factor VIII and LDL Receptor-related Protein. MODULATION OF COAGULATION?" TRENDS IN CARDIOVASCULAR MEDICINE, ELSEVIER SCIENCE, NEW YORK, NY, US, vol. 10, no. 1, 2000, pages 8-14, XP002264412 ISSN: 1050-1738 *
OUELLETTE A J ET AL: "A NOVEL MOUSE GENE FAMILY CODING FOR CATIONIC, CYSTEINE-RICH PEPTIDES" JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN SOCIETY OF BIOLOCHEMICAL BIOLOGISTS, BIRMINGHAM,, US, vol. 265, no. 17, 15 June 1990 (1990-06-15), pages 9831-9837,18702, XP000615234 ISSN: 0021-9258 *
SCHOFIELD P R ET AL: "MOLECULAR CHARACTERIZATION OF A NEW IMMUNOGLOBULIN SUPERFAMILY PROTEIN WITH POTENTIAL ROLES IN OPIOID BINDING AND CELL CONTACT" EMBO JOURNAL, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, SURREY, GB, vol. 8, no. 2, 1 February 1989 (1989-02-01), pages 489-495, XP000602249 ISSN: 0261-4189 *
See also references of WO02074906A2 *
SHARK K B ET AL: "Cloning, sequencing and localization to chromosome 11 of a cDNA encoding a human opioid-binding cell adhesion molecule (OBCAM)" GENE, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 155, no. 2, 3 April 1995 (1995-04-03), pages 213-217, XP004042416 ISSN: 0378-1119 *
SOUZA CASTRO DE M ET AL: "COMPLETE AMINO ACID SEQUENCES OF TWO GAMMA-THIONINS FROM MAIZE (ZEAMAYS L.) SEEDS" PROTEIN AND PEPTIDE LETTERS, BENTHAM SCIENCE PUBLISHERS, SCHIPHOL, NL, vol. 3, no. 4, 1 August 1996 (1996-08-01), pages 267-274, XP000623654 ISSN: 0929-8665 *
STRUYK A F ET AL: "CLONING OF NEUROTRIMIN DEFINES A NEW SUBFAMILY OF DIFFERENTIALLY EXPRESSED NEURAL CELL ADHESION MOLECULES" JOURNAL OF NEUROSCIENCE, NEW YORK, NY, US, vol. 15, no. 3, March 1995 (1995-03), pages 2141-2156, XP000953464 ISSN: 0270-6474 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1434783A4 (en) 2006-06-07
AU2002250143A1 (en) 2002-10-03
WO2002074906A2 (en) 2002-09-26
WO2002074906A3 (en) 2004-04-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6476195B1 (en) Secreted protein HNFGF20
US6566325B2 (en) 49 human secreted proteins
US20030055236A1 (en) Secreted protein HKABT24
EP1053245A1 (en) 45 human secreted proteins
EP1064297A1 (en) 95 human secreted proteins
EP1212342A2 (en) 18 human secreted proteins
EP1019091A1 (en) 50 human secreted proteins
US6878687B1 (en) Protein HMAAD57
CA2344100A1 (en) 31 human secreted proteins
US20040126777A1 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
CA2368927A1 (en) 45 human secreted proteins
CA2364209A1 (en) 49 human secreted proteins
CA2361293A1 (en) 33 human secreted proteins
US20040266674A1 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
CA2387696A1 (en) 48 human secreted proteins
CA2364630A1 (en) 50 human secreted proteins
EP1434783A2 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
CA2365223A1 (en) 46 human secreted proteins
US20010016647A1 (en) 29 human secreted proteins
US20040152885A1 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
EP1019506A1 (en) 101 human secreted proteins
CA2368467A1 (en) 50 human secreted proteins
CA2361272A1 (en) 33 human secreted proteins
CA2361277A1 (en) 49 human secreted proteins
EP1419250A2 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE TR

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20041022

RIC1 Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant

Ipc: 7C 07K 14/47 B

Ipc: 7C 12N 15/12 A

A4 Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched

Effective date: 20060427

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20060729